Full text of "The Philippine journal of science"

See other formats

eek era eek

edhe hey a SANTA bade

enon
4a A tek tahed Tek
CO ea rene
Car erie cM ere ty
ek Fr dade’ pee obey oaree’
Ae Y thetsttewed Ded: bale
Cee OM rene ie be rege Tey te Os
Crane er erie ene Prec arreeoe oe Maen
i eae liter bot WA obi Week AHL babe hide
SOLE eT ered MN eL gs Ment Mobs A ook Basha) HOVE eB ae
aan beh They aki: dokaWeten fhe

‘
Ch aed here ae
Carr IT NEN

Cree)
Vo ded ons

Dok peed ardoul
ms boeitcase A Veta Seacieas
Sef cede RAW tD dekebs fot,
CO RH nem ret ovr tet
Carry are ws

4 Vy gad Lee
Doshecnroirweney nity
Pad oy tek aid dike ia pariaig Os b
PHA ett de vag pede pods vets Peds byte
Nan es vides Husted Mbanguaioke eon)
Tee Edged blac bat WN bre tesceet shade ke bibefaibses dedndowrg. Bode
‘ eh eae eh d MSs wet Headed fin aa A
HATka tobah Miledt be telelg betel lh fel ety hiew

yin
wel
Waaiee
me
res B 9M
Meira?

Pvt) isha

rn
SAN tt toda Bad rm a9
. rue} cbs aodeaed # dognaeas kake bh prineaiee
Hanns Wedel & oh Mads el OAM MHOC REN an
debe Wehedomenlede tain ashi by ase Mais Heat Dewees
TR MOL SMR et a OA on Sanumanhong hye as
CISTERN TCIM ION St TNE re Tete
Sidon Wrchtaeasiiehd A Leia he hindbebedane hipue dade tae bed
Pies cartsh Wari sdiemibed-aibedy ty te hiss tv) WER wrae ah eee
Adenia teal talk ok nt ed act i,
Veeliavaiioat hn gobn §
eae Fives

awwiye
Ve ate bed Meet Le
Sern crite ATE rt

a eed

Vule rat
Hb MORAN
Ped aeketh te ty

ean
Ah Nndide act verre urn
Tad OT eho Cede D:
ed Dea vite .
54 Yr WO hohe NY ya bth :
Wiis hey tok bens be

Sera ee roe eet eo rn
Telit dno deities
Lagi areet ie bertyeed

Fede Hided Makod tet
sebedlee

be ee te aidtbie ee
Ve beh wicbigi be be has Eobedategs pes ¥ arco
S01 td de bebe Be det
Veh ke bey ora
wh fetes
+e ti wee
Naetaels

tet

tab Int at 0 ab
Dn at Heda aee dt

Lado E Pole
Cen ie a aearira a
area t

Yo) et beta t
Oi 1-4 fed
wi aeteid eieded Re keieh ©
ee eer nee nee eT)
heb be Beit ded Reta ede OH 2
InN ae ana és
Phe Sybs Li
iktittse, botched naidedhe @-aciean begs det dy bet
Tiath ated 4 Tet pbs rk Hohe ad
Sa Une RR 1 he be 2 ay
Fit O88 8 ate: dei ing ih
debe ti> Bo boihe 18)
Coe a
SOC UMM ay

Corn art
beast

ditt)
Teddies

Sha seaed

Aheatase se ett inh os
iN Nahe Yaar uh
ba hed

Hid

Webel
ifieitrdedeyiay aaa ar beds
PereeU Np deedvkh hOeby ia ehaed py debed dedebaye
é i bias redeeoe

We Bas pide ima

Jods he eaiTs

iam hh
Pars
arith Hie
eich anes

tebh) Malttn 120
fare

shite
Bait
ob dee Pith Sian dedi he Dy drtieas:
Bedi Sidom stint th Geta. Ye mre
Chenier ie
faye Macn dea ate
Cihetele
nied eed vert ¢
chee ed eM

Tigdiede hot
mea Cees
eh bdo bd re

reas
+ ayo dre

beatae alas
ftartastenahss

ares t)

eye

eter ocreet hire iy

sige dr
‘ ek Ea ok ad aa ea
anleae Taw
ie Soi Med oe
4-H Aillod! Has Wi deg side
Pivkidedcdvantedstird ahd
Bebecrdeeard ay wich Ths ied aed aan toe a da a dead
Mee istely kad wandog
a ia fae

fain
Wevadeaynce, ioc

pies
ritotary
Chanoteden A

viasues

sited nando fst
Rice ee Nor
Bi athe an enateat
Ath tol ane
pant Taseveit

4 Obra
Sra ain?

Peet itd
ers pore
poate

nareres bsWiarwr

Tesni nit h walle yoihe Siete

rveten WeNew eM a)

Tad) fo bad dd ed) ten ot &
EDEMA DRIVE rbot did

seaiictcleas
oh 8 ky,

Weve Wei detia ds thea

itary cara scarn bs

sede bear he chen
ee bawaeris te

COE ea
dene
VPM RA Ae Red deta beak ph
Heat oleh Baad ee
WM Pet te Cie)
plinarbess teas be
Pais

hehei
RAD

Cie

ote bes

CREM Mas
ty

Rava
ue

} Home die te
se reunere

b tora
Mee

“robes Sorel det

Panera reucactae sais

Head esac boeent

‘i

Pot aded che.
Coie gags OF
ies

COM Raa ih
oh ee ~# & Ar?

TW he Nie bays Ate R bade dake
Foe Weta Veber
1ytaduara ead aa a.
Ree

tata eletictjriat

Dappardd abet Ay

ahs:

Sls Wea yleee
slag aa ad ena a
ee ese ities

.
abs PH de
ake

i
sieritarsee
Sedo ards gba tveets lle
Sedahetrtes Si
errant
Hate MOTTE
ened ear
ices aaihbeusuapbchs ea tine

" i idea oa
id etad ot ast
ior hanced ence ht atin!
Hedda tmtanepaesen
elacehitn ta eiet isqrsbvare tag) lake melhsM ha temeprae gee teR g
hits uellibe ee ed A hea ae aah IE a tht ote da ba Be bata
hb Pct ik dail die tee tefatiey: fs dispute ties A Be
eee a Ac halhs peahe Be Dele aliata baie YH haba ai ae detain eed sD ee
Coreen
Sale deen
masa tb

ea arhsits ives

dea ab
eet aa :

OO ee
; on sys esta
HN iRp 8 Ae ode ey Hae he at oh

“bobaive ls Many by eka iteBet
Gi read be pclenaile aertets ted aged ts pane be
Wah ek wisn eytecaketh het

Breiner arr cot 1)
Pear ane

el eye tera tes

Oe rdad: dienes iis be ets ba aden ah
Peovtece Soe eteh watmukee arpanan aonvegrtahpeh gy}
mibeb end eth rackets is tshe se
ees Sah fat aneuecaneeueae
CUI ee eager [EE Faehseeameanbed tony

FON PM a
uate bet tet
bb kred prbet 1% ith

ants Morrie

RRO RET ns ihe jet

OG at ish es
Py SeB ee yeryh

BARRIOS

Pints PR NIT
theo aad te a gab bbDt-e aE:
Mehch da a arene ded intr ts
ae Fer abe Ys (Sadnadet De teteh ta
CGOROEN ie) padet

oe
be Betshe
Moa ttncaat
staat ane
Peete
ingse tn
nore in Lae) Sho htet
paren sheen

Rae tare Bees et ya

eicet re ek Uelaie ied
Sidi gh Brge ke Faas iannd

bes brbdiis tends dy ae }

east af
* eR erty

Senne dots keke dedatal

Veh AG ede ede Sede Nhe ot

7 ip Neary %

Fa deetotal
Reis ie

Miscek tne hal Url

Mics n bbep
pateanets

M liieash derseeas
SV diledubae
SAN hed tetany
beth ded ratte
25 i: Teaade cha ved a
fede tra hoody

CM hcate

indvaiai gag hal os
eet in ie
Sh ieeadtdckayoe
ish hai aey.
valle

sabi al nba

rae Seardet ae ian

wong) eek ate

Ware ad
ydea ya de sete
Shei der aded.

Kersey
TTR wos eda a
aug

Sia Fedee Tese y coedeieay

ah
slusded a-vepee these
Cote aha

pit dial
Dae tat need

de ds
Boktahik cts
Sd

avn
Stet iy Saat
dyer ai en 480
mayer iek

Saeed apren ar
De awsera

een
irdrsoarpe

ies eteena tee!
citina fae at lawl abot!

We ssh ered od anatbe beg gard

Cort n ints

Petre juten sensed a
aids Ras de eat indy Saves a as

we bt ende dots bas
Whe 6d
eerie}
Jee ame

he a pe oot ard

eer a

Var vaep )
Stites Smee none?

sda dated i a)
idm dae a kd

M
jsstrasmaaN ward ace gis

Vacs

eet
etre

Derrh

be byelode

Terr ee re
ae eet

Vb Sen WOE e te petrere sae

AURAL odes
Hn Sidon anticatehy

ied Ceeaicaryndeana

Oren eer

Braye ritiriees

Coenen pres

: Beant dais a vase
ai sat 8 ohn bess sik Wega
ih tnbek are aerPa loved tottan tad Pre
HG edt gt hincibawredbacccriay poses In fhabayor ce
Uren tele woven men work Maser ea?
hiking seine
oarecersedeath
YS . at “Us
bah set re te
ed eh

: sais cares
dete! rn

Bey re beak he
onde, Ciegnw Seed -bsordetn aren
eperer irene re Mee tors
Tesibd\eljeorwedawen oe bauried
Ase in adie dea 8a
daphssrestgeva ubeu-o
sane Hl Line Senge tia ot
ait revel agjeeree
yccbeat ash Ons ie

SN wayne

I oh Sant tmt reece

aera
Stara Penney auoned meiieas asap fd?
Abe bad Fe ee on
a ss
sian
Lim dsb be

Soret nit moter
pabba ths tin hpaereyy iy
rays us lyabt bhp hg aaa ets me beg
Reema iets
ie tard gs nadie op auoa

ria teats

or ate

can we
aval
MSH om 3

‘
aransiure Pheer praesytsctcenGeiniecnasiedes
iSaatevenshatbiai tear seuscticdate tstederd
Felaweuniole de
Afri

erat
easterly i oes erie

berg atpeone
oe

Sirs

“ a daataa tare y
Sroneies
Nt

Syisvitawacievswvey

eas FAV
ey
<

Bisysio

Wr v | ¢

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

EDITED BY

PAUL Chknnny Mo De, PHD:

WITH THE COOPERATION OF

DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D.
MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S.
ALVIN SEALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D.

RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B.L., M. A.

= PUBLISHED BY

THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE

OF THE

GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL ”
BIOLOGY

VOLUME V
1910

WITH 45 PLATES AND 25 TEXT FIGURES

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1910

99458

D1 3a

MORE
/
Las

a
ig

SCUM TS nya:

76h

tae
1iiy (Th

£4)

ivy

eas 5
Eis
; i 40

Fi : en
Age

¥ oe
Lids

UE,

Til.

. Distant, W. L. Rhynechota Philippinensia, Part I —....

. Banks, Charles $. The Polyscopic Cell

. Forel, A. Fourmis des Philippines
. Banks, Charles 8. A New Accessory for Dissection Work

CONTENTS.

No. 1, June, 1910.

. Bean, Robert Bennett, assisted by Planta, Federico $. III. Filipino

Types: Racial Anatomy in Taytay. (B) The Women

" Plates I to VII; text figure 1.
Bean, Robert Bennett. Paleolithic Man in the Philippines. Homo
Philippinensis
Plate I.

Banks, Charles 8. Rhynechota Palawanica, Part I1: Homoptera
Plate III.

Plate I.

. Viehmeyer, H. On the Myrmecophily of Caterpillars of Catochry-

sops Cnejus Fabr

. Viehmeyer, H. A Myrmecophilous Lycenid Chrysalis from the Phil-

DPD PONTO Sh ese a TE eee eed tee tee doe era SS een tas

Text figures 1 to 4.

Plates I and II.

. Banks, Charles §. An Interesting Occurrence with Sticky Grass:

Eragrostis viscosa Trin

. Griffin, Lawrence E. A Method of Using Magnesium Sulphate for

the Anesthetization of Marine Animals

No. 2, July, 1910.

. Seale, Alvin. The [Fishery Resources of the Philippine Islands.

Part III. Pearls and Pearl Fisheries
Plates I to VI; text figures 1 to 5.

. McGregor, Richard C. Birds Collected in the Island of Polillo,

EMO oN SISY era ce ere ee eR ee eae eae
Seale, Alvin. Descriptions of Four New. Species of Fishes from
Bantayan Island, Philippine Archipelago

Plates I and II.

Plate I.

. McGregor, Richard C. Birds from Pauai and Mount Pulog, Sub-

province of Benguet, Luzon

. Weise, J. Verzeichniss von Coleopteren aus den Philippinen, nebst

zwei neuen Arten aus Niederliindisch Ostindien

Page.

bo
Tr

oe)
1

o2)
bo |

103

115

121
131

135

139

iil.

Til.

CONTENTS.

No. 3, August, 1910.

. Griffin, Lawrence E. The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan.............
. Seale, Alvin. The Successful Transference of Black Bass into the

Philippine Islands, with Notes on the Transportation of Live Fish
THO MG TIS CANCE erase na eee cn cence ee eee en Re
Plate I; text figures 1 and 2.
Schultze, W. Contributions to the Lepidopterous Fauna of the Phil-
TPJDES) reccnoccencocendeacmntcesongechoscesesneauites [Rese ece easton ne sosttaeceecabeeseececereasccteon
Plate I.

. Moser, J. Neue Coleoptera Lamellicornia yon den Philippinen...
. Bean, Robert Bennett. Filipino Ears, II: Ears from Malecon

DN OS 2 DSS ensayo ee Sele Pee ne cr en RE cee Beate tesn tac
Plates I to Il.

. McGregor, Richard C. Additional Notes on Birds from Northern

Mind an aor bali pure eS) eae Spee ee essen eee sea ec ea

. McGregor, Richard C. Note on the Migration of the Tic-Wee Buz-

ZANT He Es NTT Typ 1TU eas I eA Cl pee eee ee
Plate I.

. McGregor, Richard C. Philippine Ornithological Literature, IIT...

No. 4, October, 1910.

. Griffin, Lawrence E. A List of Snakes from the Island of Polillo,

P. I., with Descriptions of a New Genus and Two New Species...
Plate I.

. McGregor, Richard C. Birds from the Coast of Northern Luzon and

from the Islands of Sabtan and Dalupiri ......2....2---22022222-2--0--s2-----

Weise, J. Ueber Chrysomeliden und Coccinelliden der Philippinen...
. Ohaus, Fr. Die Ruteliden der Philippinischen Inseln -......-......2..... j
. Seale, Alvin. Fishes of Borneo, with Descriptions of Four New

Species: Sect
Plates I to IV.

No. 5, November, 1910.

I. Griffin, Lawrence E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. noy.: I. Structure......
Plates I to III; text figures 1 to 13.
TED, Re wie Wace ccssce cc Sooo cote aa ee ee acc oe ce
No. 6, December, 1910.
I. Griffin, Lawrence E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. noy.: II. Division........
Plates IV to VIII.
TED. REVI WW Sese- cali Sete secs. 8 age oe coe ee ca cS cee

153

161

211)

Vou. V JUNE, 1910 | No. 1

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

é EDITED BY
PAUL CGC. FREER, M. D., PH. D.
’ WITH THE COOPERATION OF

DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D.
MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S.
ALVIN SEALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, PH. D.

RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A..B.; NELLIE LOUISH COOK, B. L., M. A.

PUBLISHED BY

THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE

OF THE

GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

D. EITHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL
BIOLOGY

PAA Sos on
Sr ap Sy
iy 7% a,
2 \
Alte eR isi

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
} 1910

Order No. 406.
THE HISTORY OF SULU.

By NasEers M. SAnensy.
274 pages.

A complete history of the Moro People in Sulu, with maps and many
translations from the original documents.

Price $0.75 United States currency.

Order No. 405.
STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION.

By Nasrees M. SaLensy.

107 pages. 16 illustrations. 5 diagrams,

A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro people.

Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half
morocco.

Order No. 410.
MINDANAO.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.
By Emerson B. CHRISTIE.

This, together with the History of Sulu and the Studies in Moro
History, Law and Religion, is one of an authentic and valu-
able set of works on the origin, history and customs
of these tribes, who are among the most
interesting people in the world.

Price $1.25 United States currency.

Any of the above announced publications may be ordered from the Business
Manager; Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., or from any of the agents
listed on the cover of this Journal. Please give order number.

HEP Ene eINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

Vou. V JUNE, 1910 No. 1

lll. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.

B. THE WOMEN.

By Rosert BENNETT BEAN, assisted by FEDERICO S$. PLANTA.

(From the Anatomical Laboratory, Philippine Medical School, Manila, P. I.)

This is the third in a series of studies of Filipino types, the other
two of which and the first part? of the present study, “A. The men,”
have appeared in a previous issue of the JOURNAL.

Only 63 women were measured at Taytay and the data obtained may
be consulted by referrmg to the table of “Actual measurements,” page
17. The measurements were made at the same time and in the same
manner as those of the men of Taytay, Mr. Planta doing the calculation
and Doctor Bean writing the paper and making the deductions.

Casual observations lead to the conclusion that the women of Taytay
are more Primitive than the men, and this may be corroborated or dis-
proved by the present study.

THE BODY PARTS.

The comparison of the men and women of Taytay with the women
of northeastern Siberia measured by Frau Jochelson Brodsky * will con-
stitute a feature of the present work. The comparisons will be made by
using single measurements, taking the stature first.

1This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 263, 297.
* Tbid, 359.
‘Zur Topographie des weiblichen Kérpers Nordostsibirischer Volker. Arch. f.
Anthrop. Neue Folge (1906), 5, 158.
94524

D; BEAN.

Stature.
« Num- " 2
Group, Vee | ico | ee
viduals. | |
|
AMEN) HON ae ee ee eee es 188 Te | a6) Tee
AE AIGIN ON O01 ae ee ee 63 162.4 | 147.8 | 136.8 |
146.5
Siberian womene-2----- 22-2 | 305 163 fe | 137
149.1

The women of aytay are below medium stature, accepting Topinard’s classifi-
cation, and they are relatively smaller than the men. The Siberian women are
almost identical in stature, even to the maximum and minimum, because the
extremes of 63 Taytayans are practically the same as those of 305 Siberians.

.
SS SS —-— == SSS
1 ' pod ! een! pal 1 yey ! 1 i ay p ! bo 4} '
1 1 yal 1 re flat i yl u Ne ay lee 1 1 1 ! !
h H H tt i ' ier
I i Iho ' Te Be ee Th a Tecate {
(al | aa wet i t \ | i \
i \
Sl ia eat es et soot == a t feria mal saat
the ik 3 di ' ' ' \
“Sianeli ah ( : fe ahi se Sh allie al eee ame ent ee rent nese]
(gaia S21 ! roe eon ened it font ee ul
ees pel ot Hear eee { thai! \
7 +H ~~ r 4+ .
) fine he arrays ie abate it eee ies teen ental ey
Sy eestor leans ene ! Hert) a al} Peer Mh 9h eet nen! eet
x [keira (sll he ee pentony (eo ae? Vea ea
26 So ot ; 4 ——+ 1 al t ed ifn
Q ton ow tne ! | 1 iSite OR eae aa in
SN Cham atta Teeth ernie ee 1 off 1 M at
1 ! I 1 ' 4
Ss \ \ yo ee AN 1 I al
! | 1 U ' Yea Teal
5) 5 I Sear oeett aee) Iago ree | fen || Nea bea fT
= Hueeli Tho eT tute a eae ae
SS Hee dhe lk eet tient (ae oH ay ff He Witaen lt Se ier an) teas
ire Foote ty) { ! 0 nH te rai ies 0 ere than ion
esd Messe i Neh ul iy Tees Le | t ‘
© Aa Tier alin lair mr aya aan
& We ene Petre Ais te ofp Deter ihe’ fh he gt uy el)
Q \ fy hy Ae oe 1 fia i a \ nce od oo
Q fhe wpa nol sie ey HL Wun tra Ais tae ee
\ ifs 1 t
So [a oe Tlal : f 1 —
> LaLa Oh at Na ra! Woe Wy Nos FV oe ty i}
he tpt i | en Mh i in ffl it lite eae et
= Ve ial H aT \ 1 nf « l My St\\ ty ptt fale cony eat fh > fi
(ess heme I 1 neat poesia \erre t
2-4 T ace : ; = = Sir
ain, peat t ila ie fe th Waeife 1 \ ieee
(ath A OOM ny if) ee Tiger aah Mall Die yt Hees
UE pana a { oy A ise oes NM a ry} yl YAY SLES ETL tert i oy
Nes Tt aneay I ia albeit vias ! VW {
/
ol =a . ¥ Tor aaa [acirsiia T Hi 7
fo aa 1 i i rT meet at fiesta ti 0 ho We odo nf
' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 in 1 1 1
! BH | | | | fp atone th (ile fins Wer Aliee Tg Wht
- 4 ee ™ i i t 4 i 1
140 145 150 155 160
STATURE IN CENTIMETERS

Fig. 1.

The curye of stature for the woman of Taytay is more irregular than
that of any group of the Siberian women, indicating greater homogeneity
for the latter, and a more complex composition for the Taytayans.

The stature is furthermore treated in groups by types as in former
-studies. The selection of types has been accomplished by the method
adopted for previous groups of Filipinos, using the median stature of
153 centimeters for the women instead of 163 centimeters, which was
used as the median for the men. In this way the following table is
produced :

UI. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 3

The stature of the types—women of Taytay.

| Num- |

| Types, eee eee (tenn, | AGB
| aces |
= | = -|
enim ibiy eee ree erent ea ta 2 142.1 141.2] 140.3
ifscerdyat ame ae ee era | 12) 155.8) 161.2) 144
AAU eToy6ls e | at 149.5 | 144.4 136.8 |
| Modified Primitive _ | 2 | 149.3 | 149.2 149
AN ose eee alan 2S a eed | 150.2 | 147.5 1447 |
iB Revi iets oearmaiiecleemoee Lae! Say, ity perenne te ealetaecn Lie Uae aR
ING nitati ons aes veal Diese eS fd lees Wegeen5 igi Maks es |
Blend eee Saeed eaten 2 | 36 | 162.4 | 147.8 138

It is seen that the stature of all the types except the B. B. B. and Adriatic
is below medium, and that of the Primitive is small. The Iberian is below
medium height, whereas the Iberian of Europe is above medium height, and the
student Iberian is taller than the European. This indicates that the women of
Taytay are primitive in stature, even when the type is Iberian. The Australoid
is intermediate in stature between the Primitive and the Iberian, although nearer
the former than the latter. ,

The Blend has a greater extent of variability as indicated by the maximum and
minimum, and the Primitive and Modified Primitive have the least variation of
all. The Iberian has less distance between the extremes than the Australoid,
although almost twice as numerous. The Iberian and Primitive are therefore
to be considered more homogeneous than the other types and the Blend and
Australoid not so homogeneous.

Sitting height.

| Num- | | |
' | ber of | Maxi- x Inreng H
| Group aah || aulbinay | Mean. |Minimum.
| viduals.) | |
| acne SS aa — = er —7 ;
ERY LS) yaavy| OTC Tyee re ee ee 63 | $2.90 | 78. 54 71.30 sl
| Taytay men ______ 183 91.70 | $3.99 74. 30
| Jakuten (women) __ 64 83. 70 | 78.12 | 72. 50

The sitting height is compared first by the general average, and afterwards by
types. The sitting height of the women is less than that of the men, and the
variation of the two groups as indicated by the extremes is about in proportion
to the number of individuals in each group. The sitting height of the women is
greater than that of the men relatively to stature, and that of the Taytayan
women is relatively greater than that of the Siberian.

The mean sitting height of the Taytay women is nearer the maximum
than the minimum, which indicates that a larger number of the women
have a sitting height near the maximum than near the minimum; and
as the greater sitting height is supposed to represent the Primitive type,
this is an indication that a greater number of the Taytay women par-
take of the Primitive type than of the Iberian or the other types. The
mean sitting height of the Siberian women, on the other hand, is almost
exactly intermediate between the extremes, indicating an even distribu-
tion of sitting heights about the mean, therefore more homogeneity.

4 BEAN.

The relatively greater length of body in the women of Taytay seems
to be due to the predominance of the Primitive type among the Blends
as indicated in the following tables:

Relative sitting height by type.
MEN OF TAYTAY.

a |
Type. Noms | Stature. ae
F height. |
| er 7 =|
Primitive. t 2 </= 0a aes eee nes 3) 150NDN eaten
| Modified Primitive --------------_-_- 2) BBS | BS |
Australoid S222 asa ee 32 | 157.7 | 53.7
Blend) Si eee eee 92 | 158.8 52.9
*AT pin eb = tsa ea te EA 10 | 159.8 | 52.8
TL etd ari a ee ee 17 | 160.8 52.8
BYBsB == 2 | 165.4 53.1
Cro-Magnon ____ IW} 167.8 52.6
——— = “= — Joa -—— a a
WOMEN OF TAYTAY.
Type. Ne | Stature, | see
e | height.
— a si] ~ —)|
IPrimitiy e'=2 2 =e aoe ee ee 2 141.20 | 52.66 | .
Australoid se oe eee ues | 7 144.40) 52.59 |
AU Diners Saoee tes. Saws CRE ee RE 2 147.45) 51.73 |
Blend oes Se eee 36 147.78 53.15
Modified primitive 2 149.15 53.30
Tberian\ 2222-232 ---22 3 eee 12 151. 20 52.58
BBB aise EU eh eee 1| 155.30] 52.93.
Adriatic. + 2.2 a5 as ee es 1/ 155.80] 52.18 |

The sitting height in general is relatively less for the tall than for
the small individuals.

Taken by. type, the Blend, with less stature than some other types,
has relatively greater sitting height, and this difference is greater in the
females than in the males. The Primitive type, also with less stature
than any other type, has a greater relative sitting height among the
males than any other type except the Australoid, and among the females
a greater relative sittmmg height than any other except the modified
Primitive, Blend, and B. B. B. This indicates that the Australoid
males and the modified Primitive, Blend, and B. B. B. females are in-
fluenced in relative sitting height by the Primitive, provided, of course,
we accept the conclusions of the author, that the Primitive has a relatively
long body and short legs. The Australoid type resembles the Primitive
among females, and the Iberian among males, in both stature and relative
sitting height, which may lead us to think that the primary inhabitants
were Primitive and the secondary Iberian, provided again we accept the
conclusions of the author that the Australoid is a product of the Iberian
and Primitive with mosaic characteristics, especially the disharmonic

Il. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY, 5

physiognomy, and provided we also accept Pearson’s law that males in-
herit more from the father, and females more from the mother.

Lower extremity.

iy ay ee eT | | | lativ |
[ | Num- | Maxi- | | Mini /Pel#tive
| Group. | | Mean, to | Stature,
| | ber. mum. | | mum. stature. |
|
= ee} z |
Taytay men G83 | 95) 83.08} 72.8] 52.10 | 159.47
Taytay women | 63 84} 76.80 | 69.6 51. 96 | 147.8
Jakuten women | 65 84 74. 87 | 62.7 50.47 | 148.34
|

Turning now to the length of the lower extremity as expressed by
the trochanter height, we find that the females are less than the males
both in absolute measurements and in relation to stature. The latter
is slight, however, and the males and females are practically identical.
The Jakuten of Siberia have less trochanter height, relatively and abso-
lutely, than the woman of Taytay. ‘They have also less than the other
Siberian women measured by the same author, but all the Siberian
women are practically the same in these dimensions. The indication
is that the women of Siberia haye more Primitive elements than either
the men or the women of Taytay, as represented by absolute and rel-
ative trochanter height, and the women of Taytay have more Primi-
tive elements than the men, although this is a negligible fact. It may
be of interest to note in this connection that the height of the pubis
is, relatively to stature, 51.3 for the Taytay women, 49.4 for the Sibe-
rian women, and 52 for the Russian women measured by Teumin.

The trochanter height.

MEN OF TAYTAY.

Type. | Num- | stature. labeler ter
| ee | height.
Pipi vem ese: we Meh 3)|)15012)))) 7088
| Modified Primitive —_______________ 6) 156.3 51.2 |
| 32] 157.7 51.7
lee lenc eae ~ 88] 158.8 519 |
Iberian 17 160.8 52.4
Cro-Magnon I | 167.8 Doel
WOMEN OF TAYTAY.
ase years [aE] Aaa
Type. Nu Stature. leeschenter
P | height.
Primi tives ee tw eee I 2) 141.2 51.6
WeWustraloideets 20.0 we whehee oi 2 | FW 51.8
eAlniness sens. rane 2| 147.4 | 2.8
Bl err eee see a aw ORE ee cat 36| 147.8] 51.5
| Modified Primitiye__---__________ 2 | 149.2| 51.6
ier eee eee eee es ee oe 12] 151.2] 52.6
eh Isysneee tees Rare Ret areca 1] 155.3} 52.8 |
driaticueme elder macs eee 1] 155.8 58.9 |

6 BEAN.

When the trochanter height of the types of the men of Taytay is contrasted
with that of the women, it is noted that the relative trochanter height increases
with increase of stature, but the Primitive, Modified Primitive, Australoid, and -
Blend of the women have a relative height about the same, with varying stature,
and the Alpine, Iberian, B. B. B., and Adriatic also have a relative height about
the same, but different from that of the other four types. The stature varies also,
but is higher in the last four than in the first four, except the Alpine, which
is less than the Modified Primitive and Blend.

Pfitzner * has demonstrated that the relative body length decreases
with increase of stature in both male and female from a stature of 41
centimeters to that of 180, and ihe relative length of the extremities
(arm and leg) increases with each increment of stature. This is cor-
roborated by my findings, and it would appear that the greater relative
leg length is no more than an additional increment of stature, or that
stature and leg length are highly correlated. This is no doubt true, and
as demonstrated by Martin and others the upper leg lengih and stature
are more highly correlated than are other parts with the stature. How-
ever, the cause of the correlation is as yet, undefined. If it is a matte:
of stature, then additional stature causes additional and relatively longer

limbs. If it is a matter of limb development, then the long extremities
~ cause greater height, but not so great in proportion to the length of the
extremities. If it is a matter of the interplay of factors in development,
then the undeveloped have small stature and relatively less limb length
and the fully developed, or overdeveloped, have tall stature and relatively
greater limb length. This is probably the true cause, and not only is it
true in the development of the individual, but also in the development
of the species. ‘The Primitive and its related types are early species of
man, and the form is retained more largely im women at present, with
small stature, relatively long body and relatively short extremities ; where-
as the Iberian and its related types are more recent species of men and
have the form retained more largely in men, with tall stature, relatively
short body and relatively long extremities.

UPPER EXTREMITY.
The length of the upper extremity as represented by the distance

from the acromion process to the finger tip may be considered in this
connection.

‘Pfitzner, W. Social-Anthropologische Studien. IV. Die Proportionen des
erwachsenen Menschen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop. (1903), 5, 201-314.

I. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. q

Men have relatively longer arms than women, and the Taytayans have relatively
longer arms than the Siberians. The first statement is confirmed by Frau Jock-
elson-Brodsky, who assembles the records of measurements made by 33 different
investigators of related Siberian peoples, and in only one group does the relative
arm length of the women exceed that of the men, and in only five groups does it
exceed 54.0, in the Lapps, the Ainos, the Jakuten, the Kirgisen and Sojotinnen,
and in each group the relative length is less than that of the men of Taytay.
There is so little difference, however, that no conclusions may be drawn with safety.
There is apparent correlation of stature and arm length, as there is of stature
and leg length.

TROCHANTER HEIGHT AND PUBIS HEIGHT.

The difference between the height of the pubis and the trochanter is
greater in the men of Taytay (difference 1.3 centimeters) than in the
women (difference 1.0 centimeter), whereas the two points in the Siberian
women are practically identical. There would seem to be a sexual differ-
ence, a higher trochanter in men, or a lower in women, or a higher pubis
in women and a lower in men, although a greater amount of material
should be utilized before this can be definitely decided.

The omphalic index.

Mentor ay talyeae eae a ee | 180 | 60.26 | 42.35) 20.36 | Bean,
Women of Taytay 73, 20 | 48.20 | 32.30 Do.

The navel of the men is lower than that of the women, which has been
demonstrated already for the Igorots and Morgue subjects; the navel of the
women of Siberia is at about the same relative position as that of the men of
Taytay. Siberian men are not to be compared with the Siberian women, but
no doubt if such a comparison could be made the men would be found to have
lower navels than the women. The Jewish and Russian women have lower navels
than any other group under consideration. This is of interest when the omphalic
index is considered in relation to type as follows:

The omphalic index.

MEN OF TAYTAY.

] ]
| Omphalic Index.
ue Yer Maxi | a
aa, Mean. Minimum|
HN eseaiet |
3 56.6 | 441 | 37.0 |
32 55.9 41.4 26.2
15 52.8 | 42.9 | 33.5
U1 | 51.6 | 22.9) 3816
10 | 52.2 | 42.6) 36.3
| 88 | 42.2 | 90,4
6| 43.1) 35.2
|

8 BEAN.

The omphalic inder—Continued.

WOMEN OF TAYTAY.

| Omphalic index. }
Type. | Suan leaves cease A :
| | : Maxi- Wean uale
| | mum. | mum,
) ~- | ef tors
| Primitive 2] 47.7 47.6 | 47.5
| Australoid 7 63.6 48.4 | 36.8
Iberian 12) 54.6 | 46.4 | 38.4
Alpine 2} 45.4 | 39.2] 33
Adininticesstremen 22. eevee eeeae | ny | ES ee 38.8 |.
MGBORSR Seales ae. eS ee rT [ose Beaten 37.6 |
{fBYerid) 2 Meee) od ke Ce 36 73.2 49.9 | 32.3
L Modified Primitive___.-_--.-----.--- | 2 47.8 | 46.2 44.6

Among the men the Primitive and Modified Primitive types have a
higher omphalic index than the others and the Australoid has the lowest
of all. Among the women the Australoid, the Blend and Primitive types
have the highest indices, and the Alpine, Adriatic, and B. B. B. have the
lowest; but only four individuals of the latter types were observed. ‘The
significant facts are that the Iberian and its related types have a lower
index than the Primitive and its related types in both men and women,
with slight exceptions. The Blend among the men has a low (42.2) and
the Blend among the women a high index (49.9) which indicates that the
female Blend is more largely Primitive and the male Blend more largely
Tberian in omphalic index. It is to be supposed from the above that the
women of Hurope, particularly the Russian and Jewish women, are
largely Iberian and the Siberian women are largely Primitive.

The omphalic index of the Igorot women and of the women measured
in Malecon morgue is greater than that of the men of these groups, and
the omphalic index of the Igorot boys is also greater than that of the
men, all of which indicates that women are more Primitive than men in
this respect.

RELATIVE UPPER-ARM LENGTH.

In the previous study of the men of Taytay it was noted that the
relative upper-arm length, the brachial index and the crural index were
factors that differentiated the Taytayan from other groups such as the
Soudanese Negroes, the European, etc.; therefore it may be well to
examine these factors in the women of Taytay.

The relative upper-arm length of the men of Taytay is greater than
that of any other people except the Sikh, Chinese, and European, and
since this factor is the same for the women of Taytay it may be dis-
missed. ‘There is also little difference between the types in this factor,
so that-its varieties have relatively shorter upper arms than the Iberian
and its yarieties, following in this the relative length of the upper leg.
This may be significant as a differential factor of the types, or only in-

Ill. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 7)

cidental to stature, the types with small stature having relatively short
upper arms and legs, and the types with medium or tall stature having
relatively long upper arms and legs. The brachial and crural indices
may throw some light on these conditions.

BRACHTAL INDEX (RADIO-HUMERAL).

The brachial index of the women of Taytay is 70.1, a little less than
that of the men. It is also less than that of the Russian women meas-
ured by Teumin, 72.4, the Siberian women measured by Jochelson-
Brodsky, 75.0, the Aino women of Koganei, 79.4, and the Japanese of
Biilz, 80.5 to 89. The same index is 75.6 for the Igorot women. When
this is examined for the types, the results are somewhat discordant ;
although the Primitive and related forms have a higher index than the
Iberian they are practically the same, and the low index of the
Australoid may be attributed to Iberian influence. The male Blend,
which has heretofore seemed to have more Iberian or fewer Primitive
elements than the female Blend, in this instance seems to have more
Primitive elements or fewer Iberian elements. However, the Primitive.
Modified Primitive, and Blend have higher indices than the Iberian.
Cro-Magnon, and Australoid, which indicates that the Primitive brachial
index is higher than the Iberian.

The brachial index.

| ae ‘ | |
Type. Na Men. | NO | Women.
| | | |
TEVA TRAC ee a Eee eel 3 | 73.7 | 2 74.4
| Australoid 33 70.4 | 6 66. 2
iberian ease te ead Seas Een 15 | 70.8 11 68.8
* | i}
| | 72.8 |
72,2) |
70.2

If this apples to the Russians, Siberians, and Japanese, then, without
doubt, the Primitive elements increase as the Orient is approached
through those three peoples, certainly among the women. The Taytay
women in brachial index appear to have more Iberian elements and
fewer Primitive than any of the three.

Hamy* gives the brachial index of infants and children as 88.88 for those
aged 2 months, and 72.30 for those aged 5 to 13.5 years, which would indicate

that the Primitive is more infantile than the Iberian, because the brachial index
of the Primitive is higher than that of the Iberian.

*Hamy, H. T. Recherches sur les proportions du bras et de Vavant bras aux
differents ages de la vie. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, deuxieme serie (1872), 7,
495-513.

10 BRAN.

he brachial index of the Taytay women exhibits marked individual
variation by reason of the great shortening of the humerus in not a
few individuals. ‘Three women were seen in Taytay, one in the neigh-
boring barrio of Rosario, and two in the town of Pasig, about 1 kilo-
meter distant, who had upper arms not more than 10 or 12 centimeters
in length, and forearms of the usual length. Unfortunately none of
these women could be measured, therefore no record may be made of
their brachial index. It is probably a pathologic condition due to
defective nutrition or disease, and not a type, although congenital or
hereditary predisposing causes can not be excluded.

THE CRURAL INDEX (TIBIO-FEMORAL).

The index of the women of Taytay is 5 less than that of the men (95.1
and 90.1), but in no way can this be compared with the index of the
women of Siberia, because of differences in measurement and computation.
Considered from the standpoint of type, however, the following differences

are determined :
The crural index.

Type. | uu Men. | ‘ete Women. |
fe a | zl | Baan
| Primitives Mark emeneter ones 3 wal) all wae
ANSTO ; 8 97.3 | 7] 94.5 |
Trin Wess aes ee sey en 15 94.2 12 | 88.6 |
Cro-Mae mone aesasaaaeea eee eee 11 93.4 {eben | wae |
VAT G2 eee Mee Ava ee tI a J LL ee | 96.0 | Di BR

1 Blend) uece. se Se ee eee 87 95.1 | 3H) | Sil,
Modified Primitive _________________ | 7 97.9 Bi CLG

The evidence from this table is that the Primitive has a smaller index
than the other types except the Iberian and Alpine women, but"so few
as five individuals do not constitute a fair number for an average. The
Modified Primitive of the men has the highest index of all, but the index
of the women is low; since here again only two individuals were measured,
this may be disregarded. he crural index of the Primitive Morgue
subjects was calculated to be more than 100, although only 7 men and 3
women were measured. It would be advisable to measure a greater
number of the Primitive type before the crural index can be determined
absolutely.

There can be no doubt but that the Australoid type has a high crural
index, because enough individuals have been measured to indicate this,
and all the measurements are corroborative. This would make the
Australoid like the Negro and Negrito. ‘The Iberian, on the other hand,
has a lower index, the Cro-Magnon and Alpine as well. ‘The Blend, too,
has a low index which denotes greater Iberian and Primitive(?) in-
fluence than Australoid. .

The crural index of the women in each type except the Primitive is

Ill. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. iil

less than that of the men, which means that the women have relatively
shorter lower legs than the men. ‘They are thus more Primitive, provided
the Primitive is found to have a relatively low index. ..

To summarize the measurements of the body parts:

The stature of the women of Taytay is small, identical with that of the Siberian
women, although more variable, and relatively less than the stature of the men
of Taytay. The sitting height of the women of Taytay is practically the same
absolutely and in relation to stature as that of the Siberian women, although the
relative sitting height is greater than that of the Siberian women or of the men
of Taytay.

The leg length of the women of Taytay is absolutely and relatively greater than
that of the Siberian women and less than that of the men of Taytay. Leg length
is highly correlated with stature, and this may be due either to onotogeny or
phylogeny, or to both. ,

The arm length is similar to the leg length in its various relationships.

The pubis of woman is probably lower than that of man.

The omphalic index of woman is higher than that of man, and the omphalic
index of the Siberian women is intermediate between that of the women of Taytay
and the women of Europe, and it is exactly the same as that of the men of Taytay.
The women of Europe have a very low index and the women of Taytay have
a very high one.

The brachial index of the women of Taytay is a little less than that of the men,
which is less than that of the Russian women.

The crural index increases in women as follows:

Taytayan 70.1
European 72.4
Siberian 75.0
Aino 79.4
Japanese ; 80.5—-89.0

The crural index of the women is less than that of the men.

‘ From the standpoint of type the greatest differences appear between
the Primitive and the Iberian, and in practically all the measurements
the women are more Primitive than the men, and the men are more
Iberian than the women. The Australoid type is intermediate between
the Iberian and Primitive, except in brachial index, in which it is almost
exactly the same as the Iberian and the crural index, in which it is like
neither, but resembles the Negrito.

THE HEAD AND FACE.

The body parts having been discussed, attention may now be devoted
to the head and face. A comparison of the most, important indices will

be made.
Cephalic index.

| Num- | Maxi-

7 EET

| Mini- |

| (CHROEDD: ber. | mum. | Mean. | yom. |
- - —| |

MenjofiMaytayaeassees= == 182 | 94.3 | 81.8 72.0 |

Women of Taytayeo 029 ses ee (eaeeh| 95.6 | 82.9 73.8. |

Jakuten (women) ___-_-__--__-______ | 57 | 90.0 83.3 74.0 |

MWY BEAN.

The cephalic index is greater for the women than for the men, and the
Siberian women (Jakuten) have the same index as the women of Taytay, although
this group of Siberian women, the Jakuten, has a higher cephalic index than the
other groups of Siberians given by Frau Jochelson-Brodsky. In this, as in the
stature and other measurements, the Jakuten and the women of Taytay are alike.

The cephalic index of the types is distinctive because it is used as a
differential factor in conjunction with the stature and nasal index in the
segregation of types: therefore it may be presented without comment.

The cephalic index.

7 Num- Num =
Type. nen Index. TES Index
3 88.5 2 86.3 |
15 76.2 12 TVA) «|
35 78.0 7 78.3 |
1 87.7 2) 92.9 |
2 $2.8 | 1 85.5 |
| 12 TRG | eee as eS
91 83.3 | 36 84.2
Nasal index.
Group. Nuns Maxi: Mean. Minimum.
y ei
Men‘of'Taytay: 4-2-2 = 182 110.0 85.2 54.9
| Women| of Taytay 63 THEE A)| 86.0 68.1
| Jakuten (women) 30 78.0 64.6 55.0 |
= |

The women of Taytay have wider noses than the men, and a great deal wider
than those of the Siberian women (Jakuten), which. may be due to the fact that
Frau Jochelson-Brodsky used the nasion and I used the line of greatest depression
of the nose bridge as the point from which to measure the nose length. A differ-
ence of § to 10 points less is obtained by using the nasion instead of the line
of greatest depression, and this may account for some of the difference between
the two groups of women; but after all deductions are made, there remains a
considerable distinction, and the nose of the women of Taytay is wider than
that of the Siberians. The nasal index by type is presented without comment for
the same reason that the cephalic index was so presented.

The nasal index.

j
| Men of Taytay. |Women of Taytay.

Type. 5 ie
Nun Index. | wu Index.
= a
3 39.1 | 2 107.4 |
15 78.5 12 77.4 |
35 93.3 7 97.4 |
uu 70.1 | 2 32.0 |
| 2 67.6 1 66.0
2 grat eleeme fees,

Il. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 13

The face index (morphologic) .

Num- | Maxi. Mini-
Group. ber. | mum. | Mean mum.

| Sas rere Tua aE |
Menon Ray tay caesar eee eI 178 | 93.3 | 81.3 | 66.1
Wom envoteha te yas eens | 61 | 90.4 | 79. 1 | 66.9
Jakuten (women) --=--------------_- 38 | 95. 0 | $4.0 | 76.0

The face of the women of Vaytay is relatively broader than that of the men,
and both are broader than the face of the Siberian women. It is to be noted in all
the head and face indices’ that there is a greater range of variation, judging from
the extremes, in the women of Taytay than in the Siberian women.

In the consideration of face index and type a combined face index is
utilized because this is a better differentiation than either the morphologic
or physiologic face index alone. The combined face index is obtained by
dividing the morphologic by the physiognomic (combined face index=
morphologic face index

: — =, .)- The following table is the result:
physiognomic face index

The combined face index—women of Taytay.

A high combined face index means a relatively long and narrow face,
whereas a low combined one means a relatively short and broad face.

The Primitive and the Iberian are more distantly separated in this
particular than any of the other types, and the Blends are nearer the
Iberian than the Primitive. The Australoid and the Alpine also resemble
the Iberian in this respect. The Modified Primitive is more like the
‘Primitive.

To summarize the head, nose and face:

The cephalic index, nasal index, morphologic face index, and combined face
index demonstrate that the women of Taytay have relatively broader heads, faces
and noses than the men of Taytay, and the latter have the same characters
relatively broader than the Siberian women, except that the cephalic index of the
men of Taytay is slightly less than that of the others. The broad head, face and
nose characterize the Primitive type, which would indicate that the women of
Taytay are more Primitive than the men, or than the Siberian women. d

14 BEAN.
THE EAR FORM.

The ears of the women of Taytay are not definite in type, but more
mixed than those of the men. Unlike the other physical characteristics
which are so largely Primitive in nature, the ears of the women are
more largely Iberian, 52 of the 63 having Iberian characteristics pure or
mixed, whereas only 8 have Primitive. There are also 14 that partake
of the B. B. B. type, entirely or in part. No other forms appear to any
considerable extent, although 16 are noted as mixed, which means that
the type is not pure. The inference is that the ears of the women of
Taytay are impure Iberian, partaking therefore of the Australoid, with
Primitive markings.

When the “Type of individuals” in the fifth column from the right
side of Table II, page 20, is corrected by the use of the ear type as a
factor, and removing from the Blend those individuals resembling the
Iberian or the Primitive, the following changes occur, as represented
by the “Species of individuals” in the first column of the same table:
Hight Blends become Iberian, six Blends become Primitive, and one
Blend becomes an Australoid by its similarity to the latter type. Twenty-
one Blends remain Blends. It is to be noted that the Blends that become
Iberian are more like the Primitive than are those becoming Primitive
like the Iberian: and as the Blends which remain are also more like
Primitive than the Iberian, this is additional evidence that the Blends
partake more of the former than of the latter in characteristics.

In this connection refer to Plate I where the Iberian (D) on the
left may be compared and contrasted with the two Primitive (Blends).
This may also be done more in detail by reference to Plates II, III, and
IV, where both front and profile views may be seen. There can be no
mistaking the Iberian characteristics of the woman in Plate IV. The
long, narrow head and face, the long nose, the long ears with pendant
lobule, everted concha, and helix that is rolled out below, are morpho-
gnomonic (a new word similar to pathognomonic and having the same
meaning in relation to pathological conditions). Likewise, the two
young women are unmistakably Modified Primitive in type, with shorter,
broader heads, faces, noses, and ears, the last with somewhat depressed .
concha and lower helix turned forward. The same is true also of the
Primitive (Blend) of Plate VI.

There are only two other plates, which will be described at this time
to complete their consideration.

The modified B. B. B. of Plate V is a fair representative of this
type as ordinarily seem among Filipinos, although it is by no means
the pure B. B. B. as found among Europeans. However, the head and
face are somewhat oblong and the ear is faintly so. The photograph
does not show the ear to advantage; it is somewhat more oblong in shape

WI. FILIPINO TYPHS: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. ili)

than it appears. Plate I shows the figure on the right representing a
woman who is square-set and solidly built, in contrast to the slender
Iberian at the opposite end of the plate and the rounded lines of the
other figures. There can be no doubt that these three types, the Iberian,
the Primitive, and the B. B. B., exist among the women at Taytay,
and the Australoid is also found, although no Australoid or Primitive
of pure type could be photographed.

The dwarf of Plate VII is of a Modified Primitive type but by no
means a pure Primitive. She is about 125 centimeters in height, very
shy, childlike and simple-minded, and could not be prevailed upon to
submit to any sort of measurements.

Disease and species.

| Group. eases Tumors. ‘other af Number. |

[eee eae pee Dick neem |

| Tenia eeeee eee see gue aoe ae | 3 4 3 20 b ,

The number of diseased persons is so small that a fair comparison. is
impossible, but the data corroborate previous findings; therefore they
may be taken as substantiating former deductions. Fifty per cent of
the Iberians examined were diseased, whereas only 20 per cent of the
Primitive and about 30 per cent of the Blend were diseased. Fifteen
per cent of the Iberians had tuberculosis, whereas none of the Primitives
were so affected, and only one Blend and one Australoid had the disease.
Two of the Iberians suffered with beriberi, which indicates that the
Iberian is not immune to beriberi.

Tt is obvious from the above that the Iberian women of Taytay are
more diseased than the Primitive, and they seem to be especially liable
to tuberculosis.

Im conclusion it may he said that the morphology of the women of
Taytay is more Primitive than that of the men and resembles the
women of Siberia. The types of ears and the physical types are as
definite among the women as among the men, and are thereby more
firmly established as entities. The Blend is largely Primitive in char-
acter and the Australoid is between the-Iberian and the Primitive.

16 BEAN.

TaBLe I.—Actual measurements, in

| Serial No.

| | Body. | Head.
| Sle vileeet| ele ee tee Sea #|s ee
3 | |S ek |e Mie) See | eee icy Se
z, la|e l=] 3 | SF) Slee] ss| & | Pits
= 3s || eee |S | @ 13) s (salons) 2 | ee ees

Ih Bs 2 g 3 = eb oe =| Sill ave ies oS
Slits Beh g 22) 8 Sasa ese ee deen e-toc a pees etsy |) = |
al] @|s )]s | 2 2 aS | ee) ee eee @ |= | 2 8 |)/2) 6
S{<| a |a| | a |/S|/al4i|4 le le |= /ale |S)ale

P| cae ea acl Rae | aie
498 | 45 | 140.5 | 76.9 | 69.5 | 82.6 | 113.4 | 118.3 | 127.3 | 5.3 | 40.8 | 69.6 52.6| 68.0/ 85.0 | 114.0| 19.1 14.1) 12.6
| 407 | 18 | 150.5| 77.3] 76.3 94.0 122.0 | 128.5 | 138.0 B1)43.5, 79.6 54.0 | 71.0| 93.2 | 121.0 | 16.6 | 14.8 | 12.1
393 | 40 | 147.0 | 81.8 | 73 52] 89.8 | 118.7 | 128.6 | 188.6 | 5.1 | 36.5 | 75.0] 58.0) 70.7| 89.7 | 120.0] 17.5 | 15.2 | 12.0

A pene)
429 | 30 | 150.8 | 80.1| 75.4 | 92.5 | 120.6 | 127.2 | 137.3 5.0 , 38.2 | 77.8 | 52.3) 68.0 | 90.2 | 123.0 | 17.6 15.3 | 12.9
|
|

497 | 40 | 145.1 | 77.3 | 75.0 | 92.5 | 119.0 | 123.42] 188.0 | 5.3 | 38.6 | 75.2 | 54.2| 70.6 | 91.0 | 121.4] 17.9/ 13.8 | 12.0
468 | 45 | 149.4| 78.1| 77.8 | 91.0 | 120.5 | 128.0 | 137.4 | 5.6 | 41.3 78.2|58.0| 74.8| 94.4 | 124.6 | 18.2| 14.3) 11.6
445 | 27 | 141.4| 75.7 | 74.7 | 85.2 | 116.0 | 122.0 | 130.4 | 6.1 | 36.5 | 73.0|53.4| 69.4| 88.0} 116.4] 17.2) 14.5] 11.6
443 | 37 | 148.0] 78.7 | 70.5 | 84.0 | 114.8 | 119.8 | 180.7] 5.5 36.0) 71.2] 58.8) 70.0/ 89.0/ 116.5181 14.9] 12.3

| { |

444 | 20 | 142.1 | 75.5 | 73.0 | 86.4 | 114.6 | 121.4 | 130.5 | 4.9 38.2 | 74.0 | 49.5) 65.8 | 86.7 | 115.2 | 16.3 | 14.2 |_____

poe 49 | 142.7 | 77.5 | 70.6 | 84.5 | 113.4 | 119.4 | 130.0] 4.8 | 38.7 | 72.3 | 50.6 | 67.0 | 84.8 | 115.3 | 17.2 | 14.5 | 11.7
460 | 50 | 146.6) 78.7 | 77.7 | 90.5 | 117.2 | 124.8 | 134.2 | 5.4 | 38.2) 76.5 | 54.5) 70.8 | 91.5 | 119.7 | 17.7 | 14.6 | 11.0
Seas 50 | 146.5 | 76.1 | 75.6 | 88.0 | 118.4 | 126.2 | 183.5 | 6.0 | 37.3 | 76.9) 51.8) 67.2 | 89.0 | 119.5 | 18.1 | 14.4) 11.3
{ | )
468 | 50 | 149.3} 80.3 | 79.2 | 92.4 | 122.0 | 129.2 | 137.8 | 6.1 | 39.8 77.0| 56.0) 71.5 | 92.0| 122.7| 16.9 | 14.3 | 11.4
499 | 50 | 150.2 | 77.2 | 80.8 | 93.2 | 120.5 | 127.0 | 136.0 | 6.2 40.0 | 78.2 | 58.0 | 73.4 | 94.3 | 126.0 | 16.9 | 15.3 | 11.2
ss 45 | 149.2 | 82.5 | 74.5 | 92.0| 119.2 | 126.3 135.5 | 6.0 | 58.5 | 75.0 | 57.0 | 72.2 | 93.5 | 121.5 | 17.1 | 15.0} 12.0
262) 25 | 149.0 | 78.7 | 77.0 | 91.3 | 121.2 | 128.3 | 137.2 | 5.8 | 39.3 | 77.0

57.2) 72.8 | 94.4 | 123.6 | 15.8 | 15.1 | 11.6
|

72.0 | 92.8 | 121.2 | 128.7 | 136.2| 5.9 | 42.5 | 74.0] 56.8 70.8 | 93.8 | 124.0| 18.0 | 14.3 | 12.3
|ota 30 | 143.8] 78.8 | 78.5 | $9.4 | 115.5 | 128.5 | 131.0) 5.5 | 85.6 | 73.4 60.0/ 67.8 | 87.0 | 117.5| 16.3 | 14.0| 11.8
507 | 60 | 149.7 | 86.7 | 76.6 | 88.0 | 120.2 | 127.0 | 187.3 | 5.0 | 39.3 | 78.8] 55.8| 71.5 | 95.0 | 124.5 | 17.5 | 14.6 | 12.0
433 | 60 | 155.3 82.2 | 79.8 | 92.2 | 195.2 | 132.0 | 141.3 | 6.5 | 40.5 /'82.0| 59.8 76.8| 95.9 | 127.2| 17.2 | 14.7 | 12.0
j | |

512 | 50 | 155.3} 79.1| 80.8 95.6 | 125.5 | 130.8| 140.0] 6.0 42.2) 82.7| 55.6, 72.8| 95.8 | 126.0 18.4 | 14.3 | 12.5 |
eel 20 | 155.8 | $1.3 | 82.8 | 95.5 | 128.2! 133.6 | 144.2 | 5.8 | 40.0 | $4.0 | 58.0| 74.3 | 95.6 | 129.3 | 17.7) 15.4 | 12.2
506 | 36 | 149.5 | 81.1 | 74.8 | 88.0| 118.7 | 127.2 | 185.7 | 5.0 38.5| 76.5| 50.5) 66.8| 87.3 | 121.8 | 17.6 | 14.1| 12.4)
213 | 80 | 156.0) 81.5 | 80.4 | 91.6 | 126.2 | 182.4,| 142.0 6.2 40.2/ 81.1] 54.8) 71.4) 94.5 | 126.5 | 18.5 | 14.9 | 12.3

oe
co
co
2
is
i
on
=
0
io)
o
os

Sen 133.0 | 141.3 | 5.8 | 42.8 | 79.6 | 62.0) 78.0 | 99.0 | 129.0 | 18.0 14.0 | 12.7
2| 50 | 158.8| 79.4) $1.2 | 97.5 124.7 | 131.0 | 140.5 | 6.1 44.0 | $2.0] 56.6 | 74.0 | 95.0 | 197.5 | 17.1 | 13.9) 11.6 |
155.3 | 81.3 | 77.5 | 92.7 | 128.8 181.4 | 140.5 | 5.5 | 40.4 | 82.3| 58.5! 72.6 | 96.0 | 127.2 | 18.9 | 14.9 | 12.3 |
253 | 48 | 151.8 | 80.1 | 78.0 M7 243 129.8 140.4 | 5.6 38.0| 78.5 | 61.0) 78.6 pop-alneae 18.1 14.3| 12.6

| | |

| |
524 | 24 | 154.0 78.4 93.8 | 125.6

55.0 | 72.0] 90.5 | 119.7
Hes

79.2 15.8) 90.5 | .2| 88.4 | 78.7 | 53.2) 70.4 | 92.3 | 123.0 | 18.2 | 14.1) 12.5 |
572 | 34 | 144.1| 75.5 | 75.6 | 87.2 | 8 42.4| 77.4) 54.4) 70.2) 89.6 | 118.0 | 18.3 | 14.4 | 11.5 |
578 | 30 | 143.7| 79.5 | 70.2 | 84.2 | 116.5 | 123.4 | 131.3 | 5.8 35.4 | 70.7 | 50.8 | 66.8 | 86.8 | 117.8 | 16.8 | 14.0 | 12.0
645 | 39 | 144.0) 78.9 | 71.4 | 87.5] 117.0 | 122.5 | 132.6 | 4.7 | 36.7 | 71.3) 58.4! 69.7 | 88.8| 116.4] 18.7 | 14.7| 12.0 |
677 | 50 124 81.2 |79.2) 90. 198.7| 181.0 ie | 78.7 | 55.4 | 72.2 93.0 | 128.5 | 16.6 | 14.9 | 12.3
652 | 23 | 155.6 | 81.3 | 82.4 | 94.0 | 125.5 | 183.2 | 79.8 | 56.0) 73.0 | 94.4 | 126.7 | 17.8 | 14.8 | 12.6
664 | 50 | 146.8 | 79.7| 71.0 | 87.5 | 118.0 | 124.7 72.3 | 58.5| 69.0| 90.0 | 120.5 | 16.8 | 14.7 | 12.4
699 | 50 | 148.3) 77.9 73.8 | 87.8 | 117.0 | 123.0 |§ 78.0 | 17.9 | 14.5 | 13.0
| |
|

40.0 | 80.0| 55.0) 72.4 98.0} 123.0) 18.8 | 14.3 | 12.2

37.0 73.9.| 08.4 | 69.2 | 88.7 |___--- | 17.5 | 13.8 | 12.3
| |

39.3 | 77.6 | 47.0 | 64.3 | 88.2 | 118.0 | 16.8 | 16.0 | 12.5

121.5 | 127.3 | 187.8 | 5.
115.8 | 128.7 | 133.0

wd i 75.0 | 85.3 | 116.5 | 124.0 | 133.3 55]
698 | 50 | 149.3 | 79.8 | 75.5 | $8.5 | 118.0) 129.5) 137.3] 5.8| 40.5 | 77.8| 55.0) 71.5) 94.0 | 123.2) 18.0) 14.1/ 11.8
i | i

Ill. FILIPINO TYPES : RACIAL “ANATOMY IN * Tas Y AY. 17

centimeters—the women of Taytay. «
Head.
| ~ a = Ae IP ES, Ss ee = =
er iene ened Re Iie eae) Te celle ae hele fares
PNG oe et 2/8 Res : | {jest || =I Sp |= Weel aeiesis| teas) [ne 3
Sleslgeloals (ols sebe| oiels@lalals laste | lsslogiesles
as /Se/So/s5/S/2/ 2 fel 2 S/F) E/2) Ss] 8] S188] ® | 2 | sles) eels
por lwRi@srag/2,e| 2 18a) & S\/[lalals|)8) Silas 6 | o |se ise) es )24)
ePleslss|e2|o/o/8 2/8 | S1SiSlelele) 2 (si o | |eElSsSelse |
Se esics |stn | o ell ecse Ran OMe maa mron On OMLON Gc ilsit ict (icity eos lbs Iota ean ©
is ja (8 |B jalalai|ol4iaje4\4)/e|/8 84 | 8 |e le ja |e jo
| | eal | | | ia 1
10.3 | 13.0 | 12.6] 10.6 | 6.7| 5.6 | 2.1 | 8.0| 10.2) 4.5] 4.2 FAVA 6.4/4.6/3.1/3.10| 7] 29.5| 36.4 | 26.0 | 31.0 |
10.0 | 13.6 | 12.6 | 10.6 | 6.3| 6.1 2.2 7.6 | 9.6 | 3.6 |4.0|1.5| 4.3/3.6) 6.0) 4.9|3.3) 2.95] 2) 99.8 | 33.8 | 26.8 | 26.0 |
| 10.6 | 13.6) 11.6|10.6| 6.8| 6.0] 2.8 17.0) 10.0) 4.0) 4.81.3 4.8/3.6 ]5.9 | 4.8) 3.7 | 3.10 | 2-3] 29.1 | 36.7 27.2 |.28.0
10.6 | 13.5 | 12.1! 10.6 | 6.8 | 6.4 2.5 |7.0| 10.5) 3.8 | 4.2) 2.0| 4413.71 6.0/4.413.4/3.15| 3) 33.0/ 37.2 | 26.6 | 27.8 |
| | | | } <8} |
9.8 | 12.7 | 11.6 | 10.0'| 6.7 | 5.8 2.4 | 8.2 | 104 4.3 | 4.2) 1.3/4.6) 3.4) 6.0] 4.8| 3.113, 4| 98.0 | 34.2 | 25.0 | 29.0 |
10.6) 13.0 | 12.1] 10.0 6.9 | 6.0| 2.2 | 6.9) 11.0; 3.9} 4.5) 1.5] 4.4'3.716.5 5.0/3.4/3.15| 4] 29.9) 34.7 | 27.6'| 28.0
10.7) 12.9| 12.0} 9.8 | 6.4:|6.2| 2.2 | 7.4} 10.0) 3.6 | 4.2 2 3 .6 | 26.7 |
|10.2 13.0 | 12.0 10.2| 7.41 7.0} 2.5 | 8.4/1.7] 3.6 | 4.8 2 3] |
| | | i | | |
10.3 | 13.0))----- 10.0|5.7 | 5.2| 2.6 |6.9| 8.7) 3.9) 3.4
10.3 | 13.1} 12.0) 9.6| 7.0/6.1) 2.6 7.9 |10.4\| 3.7) 4.8
10.3 / 12.7] 12.1) 9.5|7.016.0| 2.3 | 7.6| 11.0! 3.9 | 4.8 ;
10.1 | 12.5) 12-1) 10.1) 6.1) 5.6 | 2.5} 9.6| 9.3) 3.5 | 4.6 3 |
| | | |
9.4) 13.3'| 12.4 | 10.2) 5.8} 5.4) 2.4] 7.9) 9.7.) 44°) 4.4 1.7| 4.5) 3.3/6.3 | 4.9/3.5] 2.70) 3| 27.5) 34.8 25.5 | 27.5 |
10.4] 13.7 | 13.0) 10.4 | 7.6/6.8 | 2.6 | 8.4) 10.8 4.2 | 5.0 1.8/4.6) 3.5) 6.3) 4.8) 3.5 | 2.80 2 | 28.6] 36.0 26.7 | 27.8 |
10:8'| 13.8 | 12:2)| 10.3)|-6.8) 6.0)]' 2.5 |2__2|----= | 8.7) 4.6/1.4) 5.0/3.5) 6.3/4.7) 3.5/ 3.00) 1) 30.8) 36.2 28.2) 26.0 |
10.8) 18.7 | 12.1} 10.1} 6.0) 5.4| 2.5 | 8.0) 9.4) 3.5 3.8) 1.3/4.5) 3. 5.6/4.5) 3.4] 2.95) 3/29.3/ 35.7 27.3) 24.8)
| | | |
10.0) 13.2| 12.2) 10.0| 6.6 | 6.4] 2:1 | 8.5) 10.8) 3.7) 4.4) 1.9) 4.3/3.4) 6.3 3.0/8.1 3.20} 1] 30.0} 36.0 | 26.5 | 28.0
9.8 | 12.8| 11.4.) 9.8) 6.0} 5.4} 2.2 7.3 | 9.4| 3.7] 3.9 | 1.8.1 4.5) 3.5 | 6.0| 4.8] 2:9] 3.05 |: 3) 27.6 | 34.0 25.3 | 24.2
| | | |
9.8|12.8|11.9) 9.75) 7.1|5.6| 2-1 |8.0| 10.6) 4.0 | 4.5) 2.0) 4.2) 3.5] 7.8) 5.2) 3.3} 2.95]. 4| 28.3 | 36.1 | 26.1 28,2 |
11.0} 14.1 | 13.7.) 10.5 | 7.3 | 6.3} 2:7 7.5 | 10.0) 3.3 5.0/1.0 | 4.5 3717.1) 5.5}3.3)2:65| 4/28.7133.6 26.4 28.3 |
| | | i)
| | 1 Pal ee aI
10.5 | 13.6] 12.7| 10.5) 6.6 | 5.3) 2.9 |'8.8| 10.9) 3.71 4.8) 1.6] 4.0) 3.5) 7.0) 5.1 | 3:7 | 7.95 4 | 30.3:| 36.8 | 28.7.| 27.0
10.5 | 13.4 | 12.7!| 10.0/|:6.2| 6.0.2.5 | 7.6] 11.0 4.0 | 3.8) 2:5|4.8| 8.0] 5.7 | 4.7|3:7| 2.90]. 3 |____ feta Noes La
= i}
10.4'| 13.4 | 12.2 | 10.4|'6.3.) 5.7} 2.4 7.1 | 10.0 | 4.3 |4.4/1.5/5.1| 3.9) 7.0| 4.7| 3.4] 2.95 |__| 30.0 | 35.7 | 27.0 | 28.4
10.3 | 13.6 | 12.5 | 10.0| 7.4| 6.8 | 3.0 | 6.7| 11.6| 4.0 | 5.2| 2.0/ 4.5| 4.2] 7.0/5.6) 3.0] 3.00 |_-__| 29.0 | 36.0:| 28.6 ; 29.0
| | | | | | | |
10.7 | 13.3 | 12.0) 10.1] 6.2) 5.8) 2.1/8.7] 10.0) 3.5/4.3] 1.7/4.3) 3.6/6.0 4.7) 3.3) 3.00 2} 29.3 | 33.4 | 28.0 | 27.6
9.8 | 13.0) 11.6) 9.6] 6.7/6.3} 2.5 | 7.8} 10.4] 3.5 |4.5|1.5)| 4.2) 3.4] 6.4 4.8 | 3.2 2.60| 2/| 29.5 | 84.2 | 26.6 | 25.1
10.8 | 12.9} 12.0| 9.7/6.9] 6.4| 2.6|8.8| 12.1] 3.7 | 4.9 4.3/3.5 | 6.2|5.1|3.5|2.80| 3|30.7| 36.8 | 27.3 | 29.2
10.2 | 13.5 | 12.4 | 10.2} 7.1) 6.3 | 2.2 | 8.8| 10.6 | 3.9 | 4.6/1.7] 5.0/3.7] 6.9 | 5.3|3.5/2.75| 3) 30.0 | 35.4 | 29.0} 26.5
| | |
2 | | | | |
10.6 | 12.6 | 11.5 | 10.2 6.6 | 6.1) 2.5 8.0/ 10.5 | 3.6 | 4.2) 2.3] 4.5] 3.4] 5.7/4.5] 3.4| 2.80 | 30.7 | 35.0)| 28.0 | 25.5
i 1 2 | i | | | <
10.0} 12.0) 11.1] 9.6|6.2|5.9) 2.2 |8.2) 9.7/3.2) 4.7|1.0/ 4.5) 3.21 5.7! 4.4| 3.1] 2.70 | 4-5| 28.4 | 36.0 | 26.0 | 28.4
10.0} 13.0} 11.8 | 9.5} 6.2] 5.7] 2.5 |8.0/ 10.1] 3.4 |4.1/1.5/3.9} 3.0 6.0| 4.1/3.4] 2.90 ----| 28.0 | 34.0 | 26.8 | 25.3 |
9.8 | 12.8 12.3 | 10.0) 6.8) 6.1| 2.4 | 6.7 10.7} 3.6 | 4.4/1.7 | 4.3/3.3 auyae 3.4 | 2.30 | 4 | 29.8 | 36.0 | 27.0 28.0 |
| | | | | | }
10.0 | 13.1 | 12.3 | 10.1/ 6.7| 6.0} 3.0 | 8.4|10.0| 3.7 | 4.7/1.5) 5.0/3.5 Bb) as 3.2|2.80| 3] 29.0 | 36.0 | 26.0 | 26.0 |
10.1 | 13.6 | 12.5 | 10.3 | 6.0) 5.8] 2.1) 7.2] 10.0) 3.4 | 3.9) 2.2) 4.7/3.4) 6.0/ 4.6/3.7) 2.65| 2) 29.6 | 36.2 | 26.5) 28.4 |
10.0 | 13.0 | 12.0 10.4| 6.4) 6.2) 2.0]8.6|10.6| 3.7 | 4.5/1.7] 4.5/3.3 | 5.4) 4.1] 2.7 2.70) 2 28.0 | 35.0 | 26.0 24.0 |
9.7) 13.7) 12.1) 11.1) 7.0| 6.5) 2.6 | 7.1/ 10.7) 4.0 | 4.7/1.8 4.8) 3.3) 6.8/4 6 3.4] 2.80)3-4] 30.2 | 35.7 | 28.0} 25.0
1G a |
| | |
9.6 | 12.5 | 11.6 | 10.0 | 7.2| 6.4| 2.8 | 8.6 11.3] 3.7 | 5.0) 2.0) 5.0/3. 4) 6.7 | 4.9 | 3.2 | 2.90 3 | 29.8 | 36.5 | 26.0 27.3 |
9.5) 12.3] 11.2} 9.5/6.4/6.0| 3.1/7.8] 9.0] 3.7 |49/1.2)5.0/3.6|6.2/4.5\3.4) 2.55) 3 27.8 | 34.2 | 26.0 26.5 |
10.0 | 13.5 | 12.8 | 10.2| 7.8) 7.0| 2.0 | 5.4] 12.2) 4.0 | 5.0/2.0) 4.7 | 3.5 | 6.8 | 5.0 | 8.7] 2.70 | 4-5) 31.3 | 37.0 | 28.0 | 26.0 |
101 | 13.1) 19.2 | 10.0} 7.4/6.7] 2.9 | 8.0] 10.8} 3.8 | 4.9] 2.0] 4.8| 3.2 Gey Ee 4.0| 2.75} 5} 29.0 | 33.7 | 27.0 | 26.0 |
I le | |

2 .

18 BEAN.

: TaBLe 1.—Actual measurements, in

Body. : Head.

|
|
|

height.
height.

‘ab

Clinical No.
Sternal height.
Chin height.
Kar height.
Ankle height.
Knee height.
Fi nger-ti p |
height.
Wrist height.
lbow height

Breadth.
Height.

Length.

} E |
ae |
(116.5 | 125.5 132.4 | 5.2 | 38.6 | 76.0 65.5 87.8 117.0) 16.8 14.2) 11.5)
114.0} 119.4] 129.0 5.3 37.4| 74.4) 48.0| 63.2) 84.7 |115.5 17.2 14.0! 12.1
'124.0| 130.5 | 140.2 /5.6 39.6 | 80.8/ 58.0, 74.0 | 95.0 126.0| 17.6 | 14.5 | 12.5

117.0 124.0} 135.0 | 5.0 | 38.5 | 74.0 | 46.7 | 64.0 | 87.3 | 119.7 | 17.1 | 14.0 | 12.0)
| } i | |

Age.

10)

Stature,

|
nm
2
i)

41 712 65 | 143.0 | 72.3 | 77.5
42 711 30 | 140.8] 73.8 | 72.5
43 785 | 30 | 153.7 | 79.9 | 85.8 | 96.
44 741 | 36 | 147.2 | 78.9 | 74.20) 88.

|
|
|
|
| 53.0 | 67.0 | 86.0 | 112.0) 17.5 | 14.3 | 12.5 |

45 | 762 | (*) | 152.2 | 80.5 | 77.2 | 93.0 | 122.0 | 128.0 | 138.5 | 4.9 41.4 | 80.5 | 55.0 7 | 92.7 1122.8) 17.2 ‘4. 6 | 12.3 |
46 | $22 70 136.8| 73.3) 70.5| $1.0 109.5 | 115.0! 125.0 | 5 | 71.0
47 | $24 25 | 143.5 | 78.1 | 73.0 | 87.0 117.0 | 122.5 | 132.5 | 4.5 | 35.0 73.0 | 56.8 | 71.3 | 92.3 Fe 17.4 14.8 | 12.4
48 | 823 | 38 152.2] 82.9 | 76.5 | 91.8 | 122.5 | 131.3 | 141.0 | 5.3 | 38.2 | 78.0 ° 53.2} 70.0 | 90.5 | 124.4 | 18.1 13.8 11.8 |
| | | | / |
| 49 771 | 50} 140.3 72.8 85.8 | 113.0 | 120.5 | 130.5 } | 66.2 86.3 113.0) 16.5| | 14.1 | 11.3

73.
50 | 752 | 18 | 149.8 | 76.3 | 80.8 92.5 5 | 122.3 | 128.6 | 138.0 | 5 | | 71.6 | 93.2 , 123.0 | 16.2 14.1 11.5
| | 1
51 | 745) 30 | 154.8 | 82. } 80.0 94. 3, 125.4 131.0 | 142.5 | 6.2 | 41. 6 | 83.0) 55.3 | 73.0 93.5 | 127.5 | 18.1 | 14.2112.3
9

|
|

52 |-----| 46 150.3 | 79.0 | 77.0 | 89.8 | 118.0 | 127.3 136.4 6.2 | 38.8 | 76.7 52.5] 68.0 90,5 | 121.0 | 17.3 | 14.6 | 12.0
| | |

| | |
7. 3) 90. 6 | 116.2 122. oa 133.0 | 4.5 | 37.5 | 79.8 50.8 67.5) | | 88.5 a 119. oO | 17.9 | 15.1 | 12.8 |
7 73.5 | 90. 0, 119.0 125. 6 135. 40.2 | 80.7 | 4.5 | a | 91.2 | 117.6 17.5 14.2 | 12.0
55 859 = 33 | 142.5 | 76.0 | 73.0 | 87.3 | 114.5 | 121. 8) 130. 0) 5.0 | 39.0 | 73.8 | 53.0] 69.0 | 89.5 | 116.0} 16.7 14.6| 11.8
| 56 729 35 | 153.0 | 79.9 | 75.6 | 94.0 122.6 | 129.5} 138. 8 | 6.8 | 42. 8} 79.7 | 56.4) 72.7 | 95.2 125.0 | 17.2 15.0} 12.0
| | | | | | | |
|
S P -7 | 79.7 | 93.0 123.0 130.0 | 137. 0| | 5.1 | 43.4 | 81.0

Boi Res 30 | 145.2) 79.3.
25 | 147.8 | 78.8 |

57 | 818 25 150.4 77. | | | | 54.5 70.3 | 92.3 | 123.0 18.8 14.9 | 12.4

| 58 817 60 | 138.0 | 71.3 | 72.5 | 87.0 112.0 117.0 | 127.5 | 5.0 | 37.0 | 72.7| 47.0} 62.0) 82.5 | 110.0 | 17.5 | 14.5) 11.8
| 59 821) 50 142.8 | 7.0 7238 | 88.0) | 113.6 120.0 | 129.0 | 5.7 | 38.3 | 71.8 51.8 | 68.5) 80.3 114.4 | 17.5 15.1 13.0)
60) |=8 38 Baek 79.20) SG Tab 131.0 142.0) BS) eee ra (90:8) 028°6 18.0 | 14.1) 12.3
(oly eee 32 | 147.0 | 76. 8 alee 124.0 | 135.0 5:3 | 38.0 | 73.3 | 54.0 69.6 | 90.5 | 119.6 | 17.5 | 15.0 | 12.5
62 955 | 30 | 140.0| 75.1} 72.5 84.4) 113.0 120.5 126.7 | 5.6 38.3 72.0 50.8 64.2 | 87.6 | 114.4 | 16.6 14.5/ 12.0

| 63 920 30/1488 81.0 | 75.8 91.7} 118.6 125.4 | 135.2 4.7 | 40.0 | 78.3 52.0 68.0 87.8 | 118.3 | 18.5 14.0) 11.7
8 $ 58.9) 70.15 91.1 “1210/3175 14.51 12.1

| AY erage_ 39.8 | 147.8 | 78.5 | 79.8 | 89.9 1119.3 125.9 | 135.3 5.5 | 39.5) 76.
| | |

ee ee

2 Adult.

Ill.

centimeters—the

FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.

women of Taytay—Continued.

Head.
me IS bs ieee |e = LD pales 3 |e = a: Fa is
Qi AES. oes rep eas) i : ots es SS Diz. [eg lea lag | Ha
|S) el sles. la | 2 le SS pea Se leis onl oe |@ See
ae 42/28 08/8 3 8 lao] a | 3 wl | § s/sis legis 4 ORR leas a
eu l(os|/Seles/2/4/ 2 esl si1e/8 alf\2| sles] e |2iselaslsslss
eelSS|Ghleeie/e/o Sl elo leslsisl2i2icle2|3 18 |sslagiaa|eg
SUSE S| 3/8) S18 |S eISlSiSls\siele-| 2 /ejeslss|s3ss
me |e |B | |2la/4 4 |S] 4 |a/S/S/S\e|8 i | a le leclao leo lo”
Pte, [> lea | is | |
95|12.7/11.7/100/6.6/62|2.6/6.6| 95) 4.3 4.6 0.5/4.8|3.8| 6.7) 5.1| 3.8] 2.50 | 2-3) 28.2| 34.0] 26.3 | 24.5
9.5)12.4|11.6) 9.6/6.3/5.8/ 2.4/7.3) 9.7] 3.7|38/2.2)4.2/3.6|6.4)5.2/2.7)2.65| 2) 27.5| 34.2) 25.5 | 26.5
10.1] 12.7 12.0) 9.6|6.7|6.7| 2.4] 8.0/11.3] 3.4 | 4.5/1.8] 4.2]3.0|6.0)45/3.4|2.65| 2] 28.8 | 36.0] 27.0 | 28.0
10.4} 12.8) 11.5) 10.1) 6.4/56| 2.8 |____|____- 3.5 | 4.6/2.1] 4.7/3.4 | 6.1| 4.6 | 3.2| 2.90 |1-2/ 98.8 | 35.0 | 26.2 | 25.4
| |
10.2| 13.7 | 12.6 | 10.0] 6.8 | 5.8 | 2.7 |8.0/ 10.3] 4.0} 4.6] 1.8] 4.3/3.6 | 6.6/5.2) 3.1) 3.15 |2-3) 28.7] 35.5 | 27.7 | 27.7
10.2 17 1.7 9.4|6.5|5.8| 2.118.5/103] 4.3 | 41/23! 4.5|3.7]6.3) 4.9] 3.8] 2.55|3-4/ 28.6 | 34.5 | 27.0 | 28.0
10.1] 13.5 | 12.1] 10.2) 6.8|5.9| 2.3 | 7.5| 10.3) 3.9 | 4.4|1.8]5.0/3.5/6.3| 4.7/3.7] 2.95| 2) 30.0| 34.4 | 28.0] 24.5
10.0/ 12.8 11.6) 9.7/6.6 /5.8| 2.6|7.1/10.4| 3.5 | 4.3/2.0) 4.6) 3.4) 6.6/4.7 |3.0/2.90| 3 29.0 | 33.4] 27.6) 26.2
if | | |
10.5 | 13.0 | 11.5) 10.0/ 5.85.3] 1.864) 9.3] 8.7 /8.7|1.7/ 4.1/3.0) 5.4) 4.2/3.5/2.75) 4 29.4 | 33.5 97.0 | 24.28
10.0/12.7/ 12.0) 9.7/6.1) 5.3] 2.4) 7.3) 92] 8.6 |4.3] 2.1/4.2] 3.0/6.0) 4.9| 3.3| 3.00 | 1-2) 28.4 | 33.3 | 24.5 | 26.5
10.5 | 18.1 | 12.5/ 10.1) 6.6/6.0} 3.0 |7.4/11.2| 3.7 | 4.6] 1.8/4.3) 3.3/6.1] 4.8|3.6|2.80/ 3 / 28.5 | 33.0| 27.0 | 27.0
10.0/ 13.3| 13.0 11.0) 6.5/5.8/ 2.8/9.0] 9.5] 4.3 |4.7/1.7]5.5/ 3.5/6.8] 5.5/3.0]2.80| 3) 28.0| 35.0] 27.0 | 26.5
i | |
11.5 | 13.8 | 12.5| 10.7| 7.0| 6.0| 2.6 | 6.2| 10.2] 4.0] 4.4| 2.0] 4.4/3.0] 5.8] 4.5|3.6/3.25| 3] 29.5| 35.3 | 28.5 | 27.5
10.3 | 12.4/12.0| 9.3) 6.5/6.0) 2.7 | 7.8] 10.5) 3.5 | 4.1) 2.0] 4.2)3.7|5.5| 4.5|3.2|2.90] 3] 29.8 | 35.5 | 26.7 | 26.7
9.8 | 12.5 | 10.8| 10.0/6.3|5.5| 2.4 | 7.4] 9.6| 3.7 |4.4| 2.0/4.8) 2.7/5.7] 4.2) 3.3| 2.85 | 2-3] 28.2 | 34.8 | 26.0 | 25.0
10.2 | 18.2 12.4] 10.5| 6.6/5.4] 2.68.2] 10.4] 4.2 | 4.6/1.9] 4.0] 3.6|6.5|5.2/3.2/2.75| 3) 28.6 | 36.5 | 25.8 | 27.3
|
10.4 | 13.2| 12.7} 9.6|6.0|5.6| 2.6 |9.2|10.2| 4.2 | 4.3) 2.0|5.0/3.3]6.2!4.8/3.313.25| 2] 30.6|37.2|27.8| 28.5
10.4 | 13.3 | 12.3 | 10.2| 7.0] 6.2| 2.8 | 9.8} 10.5| 3.8 | 4.5| 2.0] 4.5/3.8|6.7|5.0/3.6|2.60| 4| 29.4] 33.0| 23.0 | 25.0
10.7 | 13.2} 12.4| 10.3! 7.0/6.3| 2.7} 7.7| 11.2! 3.7 | 4.5| 2.8/4.0] 3.7] 6.9] 5.1| 3.4] 2.80|___| 31.0] 35.7 | 27.7 | 25.7
10.5 | 14.1 | 12.6/11.0|6.8|6.2| 3.0] 7.7} 11.4| 3.8 | 4.9|1.7|5.0/3.2/6.3|5.1|3.3/3.15| 4] 29.3 | 36.0| 27.0] 28.0
10.5 | 13.2 | 12.3 | 10.0| 6.2|5.9| 2.4 |8.4|10.0| 3.7 | 4.0| 2.4] 4.8/3.1]6.1|4.3|3.5|2.75| 3] 31.0| 36.5| 28.0) 27.0
10.5 | 13.2|13.2| 9.7/6.7} 5.9| 2.6 | 8.4] 10.2| 3.8 |4.1/2.3|/44/3.3]5.7| 4.3/3.4] 2.90] 2] 29.2 | 33.8 | 26.4 | 25.5
10.4 | 13.1] 12.1] 10.0| 6.86.2] 2.7 |8.4|11.2| 3.7 | 4.3/1.7] 4.8|/3.4]6.2|__|3.8/2.80| 4] 29.8|34.2| 28.0 | 26.6
10.2 | 13.1} 12.1! 10.0] 6.6| 5.9| 2.45] 7.8] 10.3 | 3.75 | 4.4] 1.7] 4.5| 3.4] 6.2] 4.7/3.3|2.93| 3] 29.3 | 35.1| 26.8] 26.9

20) BAN.

TasLE II.—Jndices and calculated
| [s/s .ls.Jgle le leclelecle la je le
| | 2 Bele BeBe ise \a5s|"alsmleala lenis.

Species of Ym Nee Wyse (eeetall ay ea es etal ences NL eel ltay eas pete tet foment el | cote ea
individuals, | 8! 3 |=2/£8/28 BelEsleeies P2\22 128 | selak les
2/1 2 \SniSalawl/SualeaSiSMsgiBglegisg|at)ao| ee
|e) 2 ee |eegelseie" ls" ea ae eelesia |s"\e
[S| S485 lot ar lor |S |e |aaigalaa a8 | | 8
[4/0 |3 Je |< je |< je le je |= Ja |e |B jo
eed ee = — —-|. | _— —— <4 = | i) eS See
| | i
Australoid ___-____ | 1} 428)| 35.5 | 25.2 28.8 20.5 | 15.4| 10.9 17.0 | 12.1 | 29.0 | 20.6 18.1 | 30.8 | 42,5
Primitive | 2 | 407 | 37.4) 24.8 | 35.5 | 23.5 | 17.0 | 11.2) 22.2 | 14.7| 27.8 18.4 | 17.7 | 28.0 | 63.2
Primitive _ 3) 398 | 31.4 | 21.3] 38.5 | 26.1) 17.7 | 12.0 19.0 12.9 | 30.3 | 20.6 | 16.32) 28.9 | 56.3
Primitive 4 | 429 | 33.2 | 22.0 | 39.6 | 26.2 | 15.7 | 10.4 | 22.2) 14.6 | 32.8 21.7 | 17.1 28.1 | 60.8
| | | | | } | |
| | | | |
Australoid 5 | 427 | 33.3 | 22.8 | 36.6) 25.2) 16.4 11.1 20.4 13.8 80.4 | 20.6 17.5) 27.5") 63.6 |
Australoid _ 6 | 468 | 85.7 23.8 | 36.9 24.7 | 16.8 itl 2/ 19.6 | 18.1 30.2 | 20.2 13.2 | 29.5 | 44.5
7 | 445 | 30.4 | 21.5 | 36.5 | 25.8 | 16.0 | 11.3 | 18.6 18.1 28.4 | 20.0 | 10.5 | 30.8 | 34.0
443 | 30.5 | 21.3 | 85.2 | 24.6 | 16.2 | 11.3 | 19.0 | 13.2 | 27.5 | 19.2 | 18.5 | 30.8" 43.8
| | | | | |
| 444 |.83.3 | 93.4/ 35.8) 25.1 16.3) 11.4) 20.9 14.7 | 98.5 20.9 | 13.4 | 28.2) 47.5
aaa! 33.9 | 23.7 | 33.6 aoe se ae) 12.4 | 30.5 | (21.3 | 13.9 | 28.9 | 48.1
| 460 | 32.8 | 22.3 38.3 26.1 |16.3/ 11.1 | 20.7 14.1) 28. 2/ 19.2 12.8 26.7 | 47.9
eee 31.8 | 21.3 | 39.2) 26.7 | 15.4 105|218| 14.8 | 30.5 | 20.8 | 12.4 | 30.4 | 40.7
. | | | { H | | |
| | | | |
Primitive _________ | 13 | 468 | 33.7 | 22.5) 37.2 | 24.9 15.5 | 10.3 | 20.5, 13.7 | 30.7 | 20.5 | 18.2 | 29.6 | 44.6
ih Dt, | 14 | 499 | 33.8 | 22.5 | 8.2 | 25.4 | 15.4 | 10.2] 20.9 | 18.9 | 31.7| 21.1 | 12.4 | 27.8 | 45.4
Blend__ Hel Si See a ae ace Capieaiea 15.2 | 10.1) 21.3 | 14.2 | 28.0 | 18.7 | 17.5 | 27.2) 64.3
Primitives. = | 16 | 262 | 33.5 | 22.4 37.7 | 25.3 | 15.6 | 10.4 | 21.6 | 14.5 | 29.2 | 19.6 | 14.3] 29.9 47.8
| | | | |
Iberian __ 17 | 498 | 36.6 | 24.3 | 31,5 | 20.9 | 14.0} 9.3 | 23.0 | 15.3 | 30.2 | 20.0 | 20.8?/ 28.4 | 73.2
Blend eee pei eee 30.1 | 20.9 | 37.8 | 26,2) 17.8 12.8 19.2 13.3 30.5/ 21.2 15.9 | 26.1| 60.9
Tl | 19 | 507 | 34.3) 22.9] 39.5 | 26.3) 15.7) 10.4) 23.5 | 15.7 29.5) 19.7| 11.4 | 32.2) 35.4
BY BR. Besees he | 20 | 433 | 34.0 | 21.8 41.5 | 26.7 |17.5| 11.2| 19.1 | 12.3 | 31.3 20.1 | 12.4'| 33.0 | 37.6
|
Werewifsa 21 | 512 | 36.2 | 23.3 | 40.5 | 26.0 | 17.2 | 11.0 | 23.0! 14.8 | 30.2 | 19.4 | 14.8,| 29.9 | 49.5
Ari siti Caen 22) ewe 34.2 | 21.9 | 44.0 | 28.2 | 16.3 | 10.4 | 21.3 | 13.6 | 33.7 | 21.6 | 12.7 | 32.7 | 38.8
Australoid __._____ 23 | 506 | 33.5 | 22.4 | 38.0 | 25.4 | 16.3 | 10.9 | 20.5 | 13.7 | 34.5) 28.0 | 13.2/| 80.7 | 42.9
Waeocyy os | 24 | 213 | 34.0| 21.8 | 40.9 | 26.2 | 16.6 | 10.6 | 23.1 14.8 | 32.0| 20.5 | 11.2 | 34.6| 32.3
| | |
Tberian =.) | 25, | 524 | 37.0 | 24,0 | 36.8 | 23.9 |.16.0 |-10.3,| 21.0| 18.6 | 30.0] 19.4 | 15.1 | 32.1.| 47.0.
Iberian __ | 26 | 2 | 37.9) 24.6 | $8.0] 24.7 | 17.4| 11.3 / 21.0 13.6 | 32.5, 21.1 | 16.3 | 27.2 59,9
(peri ane! | 27 | 221 | 34.9) 29.4 | 41.9} 26.9] 14.1). 9.1 23.4 | 15.0 31.2 | 20.0 | 15.2 | 30.6 | 49.6
Tenia 28 | 253 | 82.4 | 21.3 | 40.5 | 26.6 | 17.6 | 11.5 | 21.4 | 14.0 | 28.0 | 18.4 | 16.7 | 29.6 | 56.4
| | | | | |
pera 32.2 | 21.4 | 40.3 | 26.8 | 17.2 114 | 21.9 14.5 30.7 20.4 14.7 | 30.5 | 48.2
572 | 36.6 | 25.4 | 85.0 | 24.2 | 15.8/ 10.9 | 19.4 | 13.3 | 28.4 19.7 | 11.6 | 29.6 | 39.2
578 | 30.1 | 20.9 | 35.3 | 24.5 | 16.0 | 11.1 | 20.0 13.9 | 31.0 | 21.5 | 14.0 | 32.3 | 46.4
645 | $2.0 | 22.2 | 34.6 | 24.0 | 16.3 | 11.3 | 19.1 | 13.2 | 27.6 | 19.1 | 16.1 | 29.5 | 54.5
| | | |
| 677 | 33.8 | 20.8 | 39.2 | 23.9 | 16.8| 10.3 20.8 | 12.8 30.5 | 18.7 | 11.3 | 33.2 | 34.0
625 | 33.2 | 21.3 | 40.3 | 25.9 | 17.0 | 10.9 | 21.4 | 13.7 | (82.38 20.7 11.6 | 31.5 | 36.8
| 664 | 31.9| 21.7 | 34.6 | 28.5 | 15.5 | 10.5 | 21.0 | 14.3 | 30.5 | 20:7 | 16.5 | 80:5 54.0
699 | 32.6 | 21.8 | 39.0 26.1| 17.0] 11.4| 18.5 | 12.4 | 29.2] 19.6 | 14.0 | 29.9 | 47.9
|
| 70 | 34.5 | 22.8 | 40.0 | 26.4 | 17.4 | 11.5 | 20.6 13.6 | 30.0 19.8 | 14.4 | 28.5 | 50.5
690 | 32.1 | 22.0 | 36.5 | 25.1 | 15.8/ 10.8 | 19.5 | eS |12.0 | 31.2) 38.4
|_-_-_| 83.8 | 23.3 | 38.3 | 26.4 | 17.3 | 11.9 | 23.9 16.5 | 29.8 | 20.5 10.3 | 31.2 | 33.0
698 | 34.7 | 23.2 | 37.3 ees ae ta 226 | 15.0 | 29.2) (19.5 | 13.0 29,5 | 44.0 |
712 | 33.4 | 23.3 | 37.4 | 26.1 | 17.5 | 12.2 | 22.8 15.6 99.2 talaet | 26.3 43.2
711 | 32.2 | 22.8 | 37.0 262/152) 107 /21.5)2 15.2 j80.8 21.8) 15.1 | 26.4 | 57.2 |
735 | 34.0 | 22.1| 41.2 | 26.8 | 16.0 | 10.4 | 21.0 | 13.6 | 31.0 | 20.1 | 10.4 | 27.8 | 37.4
741 | 33.5 | 22.7 | 35.5 | 24.1 17-8 | 1.7 283/158 24 21.9145 28.5 | 50.8
| | |

Ill. FILIPINO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY. 21

factors—women of Taytay.

= {oe 3} | ° ° zg
QS ee ao By | co |
ee il eel ie en AY a
jazleaiex | S| fe los) ge
TR| nh) og q Type of individuals. be her as | Ear type,
S) 3) a a3) Fee] cs
\2s | ea a) ra | 2S aS) a
lo |e | 2 Z| BS os) 2
ja |p 10 Ze Ae pO
| sist
| 22.2 | 12.0 | 73.80 78.4| 109.8) Iberian C..
“| 22.0 | 12.4 | 89.15 | 70.5| 89.1) Mixed B. B. B.
| 23.4 | 12.4 | $6.85 | 73.5} 91.8| Primitive.
23.5 | 13.0 | 86.93 77.7 | 100.7 |"Mixed.

{21.72} 11.32) 77.10 | Iberian C.

21.4 | 10.4 | 78.57 | Iberian C.

119.4| 9.4| 84.30) 85.71| Blend ete ee eae See 74.1| 77.5 | 104.5 | Iberian A, D, C, Primitive.
93.2 | 11.5 | 82.32:| 75.00) Blend _...--____.--____- 64.6 | 89.9 | 139.1] Iberian C.

20.7 | 12.0 | 87.11 |

23.3 | 12.9 | 84.30 Mixed.

21.8 | 10.8 | 82.49 Iberian C and D.

20.3 | 11.0 | 77.89 74.78 | Iberian __ 3 -| 66.1 | 74.4 | 112.5) Iberian C and D.

20.1 10.4 | 84.61 | 100.00 | Modified Primitive Iberian D,

23.2 | 12.4| 90.53) 84.00) Alpine or B. B. B__ | Mixed Iberian, B. B. B.
22.9 | EVGA | GOS} ea (sayel | ‘__| Tberian C and D.

90.7 | 11.8 | 95:57 Primitive, odd type.

21.6 | 10.8 | 79.44
20.3 | 10.9 | 85.88

Iberian D and-C.
Iberian B and C.

22.7 | 12.1 | 83.43 Iberian C.
238.3 | 13.3 | 85.50 Iberian C.
S |

PEL) || TES) 722") OE |) Woyeyore aL -0 | 80. -0| Iberian C and D.
22.2 | 11.2 | 87.00 | 105.26 | Adriatic Mixed Iberian ?
22.3 | 12.3 | 80.11} 97.75) Australoid Iberian C and D.
23.5 | 11.9 | 80.54 | 76.92 B. B. B., Iberian D.
91.0| 11.0| 77.77) 81.89 Iberian, B.B.B., Primitive.
22.8 | 12.4 | 81.28) 77.77 Iberian D.
| 23.9 | 12.8 | 78.83) 75.51 Iberian and Primitive.
22.0 | 11.4| 79.00} 84.78 | B.B.B.

| |
23.3 | 12.8) 77.46) 85.71) Iberian Iberian C and D.
21.1 | 11.4 | 78.68} 68.08) Iberian Iberian A.
20.3 | 10.2 | 83.33} 82.92) Blend Iberian D.

21.5 | 10.8 | 79.46 | 81.81

es
io)
i=)
j2y)

B.B.B., Iberian.

| 31.4?) 21.4?| 89.75 | 78.72 6. Iberian C and D.

| 92.4 | 12.4 | 83.14) 87.17 3. Mixed Primitive.

|92.1 | 11.5] 87.50) $2.22 1.5 Mixed Iberian.
25.3| 14.6 |.81.00| 85.10] Blend _...-_- 76.9 | 78.1 | 101.5| B.B.B., Iberian.

24.0 | 12.7 | 76.06 Iberian D.
21.7 | 12.7 | 78.85 Iberian D.
20.7! 8.5) 95.23 Iberian B, Alpine.
j19.8! 9.0 | 78.38 Iberian D.
17.5\|| 8:0)|/84:52\| 93.47} Blend! 22. 2-2 78.8 | 74.8| 94.9] Iberian D.
| 21.4 | 11.7} 81.39} 97.30} Australoid____-----_--__ | 72.9 | 78,1] 107.1) Iberian D.
981) TUL) || Cet || asi || UNG) 65.8 | 88.9 | 135.1) Odd type Iberian.

23.2 |_____| 81.87 | 76.08 Blendia= sae \==—s—

! . i

aecia|we eres B.B.B., Iberian.

BEAN.

TaBLE I].—IJndices and calculated

Species of
individuals.

Number.

Clinical No.

Absolute lower
leg length.

Relative lower |
leg length.
Absolute upper |

leg length.

Relative upper |
leg length.
Absolute hand

length.
length.
icus.
sternum.
index,

| (0) mp halie

Relative hand |
arm length.
Relative fore-
arm length.
arm length.
Relative upper
arm length.
Pubis to umbil-
Um bilicus to

Absolute fore-
| Absolute upper

wo 6
Poems
Hi

0
roe
na

34.7

25.7

16.7 | 10.9 | 21.0
14.0 | 10.2 | 19.0 | 18.8 | 26.0 | 19.0 | 10.5 | 28.5 | 36.8
14.5) 10.1 | 21.0 | 14.6 | 25.7 | 17.9 | 14.0 30.0 | 46.6
16.8 | 11.0 | 20.5 | 18.4 | 33.9 | 22.2 | 15.3 | 80.7 | 49.5

=
)
oo
oo
i=)
i
=
ye}
x
=
on
ao
to
ee)
o
rs
cs

16.2 | 11.5 | 20.1 | 14.3 | 26.7 | 19.0 | 18.0 | 27.2 | 47.7
16.6 | 11.0 | 21.6 | 14.4 | 29.8 | 19.8 | 11.7 | 29.8 | 39.2
17.7 | 11.4 | 20.5 | 13.2 | 34.0 | 21.9 | 14.3 | 31.1 | 45.9
15.5 | 10.3 | 22.5 | 14.9 | 30.5 | 20.2 | 12.8 | 28.2 | 45.3

16.7 | 11.5 | 21.0 | 14.4 | 30.5 | 21.0 | 16.3 | 25.6 | 63.6
14.5) 9.9 | 22.2 | 15.2 | 26.4 | 18.1 | 14.5 | 29.0 | 50.0
16.0 | 11.2 } 20.5 | 14.3 | 26,5 | 18.5 | 14.3 | 27.2 | 52.5
16.3 | 10.6 | 22.5 | 14.6 | 29.8 | 19.5 | 18.4 | 28.6 | 64.3

15.8 | 10.5 | 22.0 | 14.5 | 30.7 | 20.4! 13.3 | 30.0! 44.3
15.0 | 10.8 | 20.5 | 14.8 | 28.0 | 20.2 | 14.5 | 25.0 | 58.0
16.7 | 11.7 | 20.8 | 14.5 | 25.1 | 17.5 | 10.7 | 30.6 | 34.9
15.6 | 10.0 | 21.8 | 13.9 | 32.8 | 21.0} 16.6 | 30.4 | 54.6

15.6 | 10.6 | 20.9 | 14.2 | 29.1 | 19.8 | 17.2 | 31.0 | 55.4
13.4] 9.5 | 23.4 | 16.7 | 26.8 | 19.1 | 11.9 | 28.6 | 41.6
16.0 } 10.7 | 19.8 | 13.3 | 30.5 | 20.4 | 15.9 } 26.9 | 59.1

25.2 |

16.1 | 10.8 | 20.9 | 14.1 | 29.8 | 20.1 | 14.0 | 29.4 | 48.2

Ill. FILIP

factors—iwomen of Taytay—Continued.

INO TYPES: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.

m | o S
a | [en e
OO. S.,74- *
sales! es) §

(24.2 13.9 84.88 86.95
21.8 11.5 81.71 | 104.80
(21.0 10.7 87.06 | 88.63
| 20.9 | 10.5! 76.42 | 81.39
| |

/21.8 | 12.7 87.03 | $3.71
23.8 | 12.6 78.45 | 80.43
23.0 /13.5 84.39 91.48

22.9 12.7/ 84.35 90.90
22.2 | 11.7 | 81.14| 8536
20.7 | 11.1 87.42 84.09
| 23.5 | 13.1 87.20, 91.30

/21.0| 10.5| 82.09} 84.44
| 22.8| 11.6 | 36.20! $2.20
| 24.8] 13.4 | 78.38) 77.55
}
23.0] 13.0} 85.71) 92.50

19.5] 9.3) 87.35) 92.68

| 23.4|12.2|75.70| 86.04 |

22.2 | 11.8 | 82.93 | 86.00

| Morphologic

| Combined face

Type of individuals.

face index.
index.

face index.

Ear type.

19.8 | 10.5 | 85.45 | 100.00 |

20.4 | 10.2 | 79.20! 97.60 |

HeBlend eases eee)

{

—)
q
2
S
So
a
S

py
‘

on
a

Primitives ===sseo == sae
\eB lend pss ee eed

IsBlendgeese= sess 2s ae

~O~I
Hn a1
tN

oO
C)

Mixed B. B. B.
Iberian C.
Iberian C.

Iberian mixed.
Primitive, Iberian.
B. B. B., Iberian.
Iberian D.

Iberian C mixed.
Iberian B.
Primitive.
Mixed.

B. B. B., Iberian.
Mixed Iberian.
Iberian., B. B. B.
Mixed Iberian.

B. B. B. mixed.
Mixed Primitive.
Iberian.

B. B. B., Iberian mixed.

itd
ise
MD 3

Fic.

Fie.

Fic. 1

Fie,

Fic.

Fie.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Prats I. WOMEN or TayTAy.

. Iberian (D). :
. Primitive (Blend).
. Dwarf.

. Primitive (Blend).

15h) 18}, 18}
PrLate II. Woman or TAYTAY.

. Primitive (Blend). Side view
. Primitive (Blend). Front view.

Prate IIT. WoMAN or TAYTAY.

. Primitive (Blend). Front view.
. Primitive (Blend). Side view.

Prate LV. WOMAN or TAYTAY.

. Iberian (D). Front view.

2. Iberian (D). Side view.

PLate V. WOMAN OF TAYTAY.

. A Modified B. B. B. type. Front view.

2. A Modified B. B. B. type. Side view.

ra)

Prate VI. WoMAN oF TAYTAY.

. Primitive (Blend). Front view.
. Primitive (Blend). Side view.

PuatTe VII. A Dwarr or TayTay.

. Front view.
. Side view.

in
Or

1 S1Vv1d

“eh Ae) Ae] AG) “elle “(QNA41q) SAILINIYd ‘PF “94 “AUVMG ‘E94 “(GN3198) SAILINIYd “6 “9!4 “(G) NVIMSEI “L “94

J Be

‘T ON ‘A “TOA “IOS “NUAOL ‘Tin g] [AVEAVL NI ANOLVYNY IVIOVU :SUdKL ONIdITIY [I] : NVaG

“M3IA LNOYS “So “9S

"T (ON ‘A “I0A “10S “Nunor “11H gG]

S1v1d

“M3IA 3GIS “Lb “94

[AVZAVL NI ANOLYWNY TVIOVY :SaddAQ, ONIdIITIA “III

:Nvaq

[Pur. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1.

RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.]

FILIPINO TYPES:

Ill.

BEAN:

by eke Pes

ft On

Satta

Fic. 2. SIDE VIEW.

FRONT VIEW.

Fic. 1.

PLATE

[Puin. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1.

: RACIAL ANATOMY IN TAYTAY.]

FILIPINO TypPrs

Ill.

BAN ¢

SIDE VIEW.

Fic. 2.

FRONT VIEW.

Fic. 1.

PLATE Iv.

“A SAtvid
“M3IA 3GIS “dG ‘94 “MA3IA LNOYS “Lb 94

*E ‘ON ‘A “TOA “IOS ‘Nunor "TH [AVGAVL NI ANOLYNY TvIOVY :SUdAq, ONIAITI ‘TIT : Nvaad

"IN S1tvVv1d
“MBIA 30IS “@ “94 “M3IA LNOYS “L Ol4

‘T ‘ON ‘A “10A “IOS ‘NuNOr ‘TIHG] [/AVZAV,L NI ANOLVNY 'IVIOVY :S@dX.L ONIdIMY ‘JIT : Nvag

IA StvdId
“M3IA AGIS “6 ‘9s "M3IA LNOYS “L 9ld

"T ‘ON ‘A “IOA “IOS ‘NUNOL IIH] [AVIAVL NI ANOLYNY IVIOVYU : SAMA, ONIAGIIIY “TIT : NVA

ILLUSTRATION.

Pgate I.

Fics. 1 and 2. Homo Philippinensis.

eat.

‘ eT Ohad es vos

vee 2 1= 5" 2S | epee eek

a
H i "
'
j Soc
%
; sf. ,
4
{ S
:
‘
4 »
i t
i
. . ms
* ‘
<i i
i , ‘

BEAN: PALEOLITHIC MAN IN THE PHILIPPINES. ] [PHIL. JOURN. ScrI., Vou. V, No. 1.

PLATE 1.

PALEOLITHIC MAN IN THE PHILIPPINES. HOMO
PHILIPPINENSIS.

By Rosert BENNETT BEAN.

(Prom the Anatomical Laboratory, Philippine Medical School, Manila, P. I.)

The discovery of a lower jaw at Mauer, near Heidelberg, by Dr.
Otto Schoetensack, on October 21, 1907, marks the earliest form of man
yet found in Europe. ‘This man has been called Homo heidelbergensis,
and the jaw is peculiar in that it unites two seemingly contradictory
qualities: massiveness of jaw with absence of chin (“negative chin
formation,” H. Klaatsch), and an especially square, ascending ramus,
qualities called pithecoid. Homo heidelbergensis belongs to the earliest
paleolithic age, or to the transition period from Diluvium to late Ter-
tiary (pliocene). ;

Another early paleolithic form was recently discovered in the lower
grotto of Le Moustier (Dordogne), where a skeleton was unearthed
bearing the marks of the older Diluvial race, resembling the Neander-
thal type. The massive proportions of the chinless jaw are remarkable.
The femur is extraordinarily short, the length is estimated at 19.5
centimeters, and the lower extremities are necessarily short.

Another find of great importance occured in France near La Chapelle-
aux-Saints (Correze) on August 3, 1908, in the form of a skeleton of a
man in an absolutely undisturbed stratum, by the Abbés A. and J. Bouys-
sonie and L. Bardon. The subject was an old man of about 160 centi-
meters stature. The skull is dolichocephalic, with an index of 75; its
height is small; the huge round orbits and wide nagal apertures resemble
the Neanderthal skulls. The face is prognathous and the mandible is
very large, with absence of chin.

The cultural and fossil findings in connection with the remains place
them in three succeeding periods of time, Homo heidelbergensis being
older, and the other two more recent and of about the same date, but
all of great antiquity.

Men of similar form may be seen in the Philippines to-day, rarely,
it is true, but the close observer who lives among the people of different
parts of the Archipelago for years can hardly fail to notice such types.
Tt was my good fortune to make observations and measurements of such
a man at Taytay, in the Province of Rizal, Island of Luzon, on April
5, 1909, during my anthropometric survey of the town, ‘The man came
to the clinic of the Free Dispensary which was being operated during
the suryey and was treated for sexual neurasthenia. He disappeared as

28 BEAN,

quietly as he came, and I was unable to find him again. He did not
live in Taytay, and some of the people there said that he came in from
the hills that he immediately back of the town. I endeavored to obtain
a photograph, but unfortunately the Government photographer was absent
on that day and the only camera available was inadequate. However,
this was utilized and the resulting photographs are reproduced here for
the first time. (See Plate I, figs. 1 and 2.)

The features of this man are large and heavy, the lower jaw is heavy, long,
square and narrow, with “negative chin formation.” ‘The brow ridges protrude,
the cheeks are large and prominent, the nose is massive, wide, straight and
depressed at the nasion, and the lips are full and thick. The brow ridges are
noticeably prominent. The upper lip is broad from its border to the nasal spine,
a distance of 2.7 centimeters, and the peculiarity of it is the rounded contour
between the nasal spine and lip margin as seen in profile. The face is prognathous,
the facial angle 70°—glabella, nasal spine, external auditory meatus—is not
greater nor less than that of many other Filipinos, although it is 7° to 8° less than
that of the Igorots measured in the same way. Nevertheless, about 30 per cent of
the Igorots have the same index and 4 per cent one of less than 70°. The nasal
index is 102.2, the cephalic 73.68, and the stature 156.8 centimeters. The head
height from the upper part of the external auditory meatus to the bragma is 12.5
centimeters. The ear is a combination of Primitive and Iberian, and should be
called the Australoid ear. The orbits are large and round, the forehead is low and
the glabella is prominent. The sagittal head outline is low, long, and somewhat
flat over the lambda, and might very well represent the combined Primitive and
Iberian head outline in the form of the Australoid. The type falls within the
group I have designated as Australoid, because it is long headed, broad nosed, and
small in stature, but this man is a form somewhat apart, typical of neither the
primary nor the secondary Australoid. The following actual dimensions are
given to complete the description:

[Name, Alejandro Mesa; age, 55 years.]

i) i} i]
| cent. | | cent. | Centi-
| |meters.|| meters.|, | meters.
1 | H| |} = pate . mcd
Staturetssse esse cmee 156.8 Head breadth________ 14.0 | Lip width |(2))-2=222— | 1.8
Sitting height --_---__ 84.5 \ Headtheight== === 12.5 || Lip length | 1/9?
Heel to umbilicus__---| 95.5 \ Bizygomatic diam- i Ear breadth__ 3.6
Heel to sternum _---_- 125.7 || eters ase | 14.1 || Ear length | 6.2
Heel to pubis -___ eee Narrowestforehead__| 10.0 Distance between |
Heel to ankle —-=----_- 6.7 || Chin to nasion_______ 10.6 || theleyesss aes 3.5
Heel to knee === ---- 44.0 | Nasion to hair Tine__-| 6.0 | Distance between
Heel to trochanter____| 80.1 Bimastoid diameter__| 13.0 | the outer corners __| 927,
Heel to finger tip -____ | 54.02! Bigoniac diameter___| 10.2 | Eye color by Mar- |
iHeelitoswristsss- sas 73.4 | Naso-buccaldistance_| 7.2] tin’s artificial
Heel to elbow_-__------ | 95.0 Naso-alyeolar dis- | eyes, No. 3.
Heel to acromion _____ | 125.6 tan cep eee 5.8 || Right handed.
| Head length, gla- || Nose height___ 2.3 |]
bella—m aximum | Nose breadth —__-____ 4.6 |)
OCCipital==ssee ee 19.0 Nose length__------_-- 4.5 |)
| |

The upper leg length, or approxmately the femur length, is less than that of
the lower leg or tibia, which would give a high crural index, a characteristic of
the Australoid type.

PALEOLITHIC MAN IN THE PHILIPPINES. 29

A fair consideration of the physical characteristics of this man will

show necessarily his close relationship to the Neanderthal type. The
‘massive lower jaw with its square ramus and receding chin; the low
cephalic index, heavy brow ridges, rounded orbits, large nasal apertures
and high nasal index; the small stature, but muscular frame and the
‘short upper leg or femur, all betoken a form similar to that of the
antediluyial man of Hurope, Homo heidelbergensis.
- I believe this is the fundamental type of the Philippines, aud it is
closely allied to the Australoid, which I have found in groups of in-
dividuals from all parts of the Archipelago. Whether this form origi-°
nated here or elsewhere may not be known, but the probability is that it is
a production of the Hast rather than of Europe, although it may have
wandered away from Hurope during the ages of ice and cold, coming
to the Hast for a more equable climate. A form resembling the Aus-
traloid that has been found in the great islands of the Pacific Ocean,
Borneo, Java, Sumatra, Ceylon, Celebes, and in the Malay Peninsula
indicates that this may have been their original home.

Whatever the origin of this man there can be no doubt of the presence
in considerable numbers of nearly related forms in the Philippine Is-
lands, therefore I propose the name Homo philippinensis for this type.
The description and measurements given above serve to characterize the

type.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. HOMOPTERA.

By Cuaries 8. Banks.

(From the Entomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

The first part of this paper, published in this Journan, November,
1909, contained that portion of the Rhynchota of Palawan belonging to
the suborder Heteroptera. The remainder of the collections of Messrs.
Weber and Schultze, containing the Homoptera, is much smaller but
consists of some very interesting forms. A total of 45 species, including
8 new species in 38 genera, one of which is new, is here recorded. Many
of the species are noted from these Islands for the first time. The total
number of species recorded in this and the previous paper is 130, of
which 20 are new, comprising 103 genera, 2 of which are new.

Tt will be noted that, with the exception of Tara Island and Bacuit,
the chief collecting was done in the immediate vicinity of Iwahig, located
at about the central portion of the Island of Palawan. There is no
doubt but that careful collecting by one familiar with this order would
result in our obtaining four or five times as many species both in
Heteroptera and Homoptera.

RHYNCHOTA.
HOMOPTERA.
Fam. CICADID#.
Subf. CICADIN 42.
Diy. POLYNEURARIA.

PLATYPLEURA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1843) 465.
Type: P. stridula Linn.

1. PLATYPLEURA FULVIGERA Walk.
Platypleura fulvigera Walk., List Hom. (1850) 1, 9.
Pecilopsaliria fulvigera Stal, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 10, 169, 0. V. A. F.
(1870) 707; Butl., Cist. Ent. (1874) 1, 185; Dist., Mono. Orient.
Cicadid. (1889-1892) 13, pl. 1, fig. 2, a, b, (var.).
945243 33

3% BANKS.

PaLawaNn, Bacuit and Tara Island, P. J. (11655 and 11721 C. MW.
Weber), 2 specimens. This species is common in all parts of the Phil-
ippines. During the months of August and September its songs may
be heard at certain hours of the day in any part of the city of Manila.

Diy. CICADARIA.
CRYPTOTYMPANA Stal.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1861) (4) 1, 618.
Type: C. pustulata Fabr.

2. CRYPTOTYMPANA ?VARICOLOR Dist.
Cryptotympana varicolor Dist., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1904) (7) 14, 430,
Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 86.

I doubtfully refer the seven specimens to this species. The chief
differences between the specimens before me and C. acuta Sign., appear
to be in their lacking the dorso-lateral white fasciz on the abdomen
and in haying the 6 opercula very long and acute. They extend beyond
the caudo-lateral margins of the abdomen and their apices, which are
strongly hairy, are about in line with the apex of the penultimate abdo-
minal segment. There is a dark brown median yentral fascia on the
abdomen extending to the base of the penultimate segment only in the
é, while in the @ this fascia extends to the apex of the ovipositor.
The lateral portions of the sternites in both sexes are covered with
golden yellow or white sericeous pile. Distant gives a description of
the 2 only.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10891 W. Schultze; 11968 C. M. Weber),
7 specimens, 4 ¢ and 3 @. ‘This is the first record of this species as
from the Philippines if it prove to be varicolor.

Div. DUNDUBIARIA.
LEPTOPSALTRIA Stal.

Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 5.
Type: Leptopsaltria tuberosa Sign.

3. LEPTOPSALTRIA QUADRITUBERCULATA Sign.
Cicada quadrituberculata Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1847) (2) 5, 297.
Dundubia quadrituberculata Walk., List Hom. (1850) 1, 78. Stal, Ann.
Soc. Ent. Fr. (1864) (4) 4, 60.
Leptopsaltria quadrituberculata Stal, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 10, 170;
6. V. A. F. (1870) 710; Dist., Mono. Orient. Cicadid. (1892) 31, pl.
8, fig. 6, a, b.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. By)

This fine species, described from Jaya by Signoret, has been found in
China and also in the Philippines, having been taken by Semper. The
most striking feature is the presence of the four ventral abdominal
tubercles.

PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10889 W. Schultze), 2 é specimens.

DUNDUBIA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1834) 470.
Type: D. mannifera Linn.

4, DUNDUBIA MANNIFERA Linn.

Cicada mannifera Linn., Mus. Ad. Fried. (1754) 84, excl. syn.

Tettigonia vaginata Fabr., Mant. Ins. (1787) 2, 266.

Cicada virescens Oliy., Eneyel. Méth. (1790) 5, 747.

Dundubia vaginata Am. et Serv., Hist. des Hém. (1843) 471; varians
Walk., List Hom. (1850) 1, 48; immacula Walk., ibid., 50; nigrimacula
Walk., ibid., 63; sobria Walk., ibid., 63.

Cephaloxys terpsichore Walk., ibid., 239.

Fidicina confinis Walk., J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1867) 10, 92.

Dundubia mannifera Stal, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 10, 170; 6. V. A. F.
(1870) 707; Dist., Mono. Orient. Cicadid. (1892) 39, pl. 4, fig. 10,
a, b; Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 94, fig. 44.

Mogannia terpsichore Atkins., J. A. 8. B. (1885) 53, 233.

This species is found over the entire Hast, as far north as China. It
has been taken in Mindanao (6687, 7299 Mrs. M. 8S. Clemens) and on
Sibuyan Island (2010 R. C. McGregor).

PaLawaN, Iwahig and Tara Island, P. I. (10893 W. Schultze, and
11722, 11972, 11978 C. M. Weber), 16 specimens.

COSMOPSALTRIA Stal.

Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 5.
Type: C. doryca Boisd.
5. COSMOPSALTRIA INERMIS Stal.
Cosmopsaltria inermis Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 708; Dist., Mono. Orient.
Cicadid. (1892) 49, pl. 6, fig. 15, a, b.

This quite rare insect is very well figured by Distant. It has not
been brought previously to this laboratory by any collector. Mr. Schultze
was fortunate in securing a ¢ anda @ specimen.

PatawaNn, Iwahig, P. I. (10892 W. Schultze), 2 specimens.

1s)
[or

BANKS.
Subf. GZANIN 2.
Diy. MOGANNIARIA.

MOGANNIA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des. Hém. (1843) 467.
Type: Mogannia conica Germ.

6. MoGAnNIA coniIcA Germ.

Cicada conica Germ., Thon’s Arch. (1830) 2, pt. 2, 39.

Mogannia illustrata Amy. et Serv., Hém. (1843) 467, pl. 9, fig. 4.

Cephalozys hemelytra Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1847) (2) 5, 295.

Mogannia indicans, ignifera et avicula Walk., List Hom. (1850) 1, 249,
250; (1852) 4, pl. 2, fig. 5.

Mogannia recta Walk., List Hom., Suppl. (1858) 39.

Mogannia conica Stil, 6. VY. A. F. (1862) 483; Dist., Mono. Orient. Cicad.
(1892) 122, pl. 14, fig. 18, a, b, Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3,
152.

Mogannia histrionica Uhler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia (1862),
283.

Mogannia venutissima Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1865) 154.

PatawaNn, Bacuit, P. J. (11654 C. M. Weber), 1 specimen, which —

is the typical form. There is much variation in this ‘species according
to Distant e¢ al., although all the Philippine specimens appear to con-
form to the description of the typical form.

Subf. TIBICININ 4.

Diy. HUECHYSARIA.

HUEGCHYS Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1843) 464.
Type: H. sanguinea De Geer.

7. HUECHYS SANGUINEA De Geer. :
Cicada sanguinea De Geer, Mém. (1773) 3, 221, pl. 33, fig. 17.
Tettigonia sanguinolenta Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775) 681; Stoll, Pun. et Cig.
(1788-1790) fig. 62; Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 42.
Cicada sanguinolenta Oliv., Enc. Méth. (1790) 5, 756.
Huechys sanguinea Amy. et Serv., Hist. des Hém. (1843) 465; Dist.,
Mono. Orient. Cicadid. (1892) 111, 112, Fauna British Ind., Rhyn.

(1906) 3, 157, fig. 69.

There is considerable variation in the color and markings of this
species, but as all grades may often be seen in individuals of the same
community, these should hardly be considered as even of varietal value.
The insects lose their color in alcohol, the red changing to golden yellow,
so that such specimens might even be considered as distinct species.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 37

PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10955 W. Schultze and 11707 C. M. Weber),
140 specimens in many of which the mesonotum is nearly completely
suffused with red.

Fam. FULGORID A.
Subi. FULGORIN 2.

Div. APHANARIA.
APHAENA® Guerin.

Voy. Bélang. Ind. Orient., Zool. (1834) 451.
Type: A. farinosa Weber.
§. APHHNA FARINOSA Weber.”

Cicada farinosa Weber, Obs. Ent. (1801) 114.

Lystra farinosa Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 57; Germ., Thon’s Ent. Arch.
(1830) pt. 2, 52.

Aphana farinosa Burm., Handb. der Ent. (1835) 2, pt. 1, 166; Stal, Stett.
Ent. Zeit. (1863) 24, 232, 0. V. A. F. (1870) 742; Atkins, J. A. S. B.
(1885) 54, 142; Distant, Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 201.

Aphena farinosa Spin., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1839) 8, 244; Walk., List
Hom. (1851) 2, 274.

Aphana scutellaris White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1846) 17, 330; Westw.,
Cab. Orient. Ent. (1848) 73, pl. 36, fig. 3.

Aphaena saundersii Walk., tom. cit. 277.

This species, known in India, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo and
Sumatra, has been previously reported from the Philippines by Stal.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10957 W. Schultze), 2 specimens, which
haying been put into alcohol, show no white tomentum.

SCAMANDRA Stal.

Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1863) 24, 232.
Type: S. rosea Guér.
9. SCAMANDRA HERMIONE Stal.

Scamandra hermione Stil, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1864) (4) 4, 62, 6. V.
A. F. (1870) 748.

The specimen in my possession has a somewhat greater alar expanse
than that designated by Stal for his type, it being 67 millimeters across.
It is slightly longer also, its length being 21.5 mm.

PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10954 W. Schultze). A single specimen,
agreeing perfectly with the description except as to size.

+ According to the rules of priority there is no doubt that Guérin’s name should
stand as he originally wrote it. There appears no special warrant for the change
by Burmeister and much less for the following of his lead by modern entomologists,
Spinola, in 1839, reverted to Guérin’s name, with reason.

? Weber not Fabricius.

838 BANKS.

Subf. DICT YOPHARIN@.
DICTYOPHORA Germar.

Silb. Rev. Bnt. (1883) 1, 175.
Type: D. ewropea Linn.

10. DictYOPHORA PALLIDA Don.

Fulgora pallida Don., Ins. Ind. (1800) 8, fig. 2.
Fulgora graminea Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 4.
Flatta lyrata Germ., Thon’s Ent. Arch. (1830) (2) 2, 47.
Pseudophana lyrata Burm., Handb. Ent. (1835) 2, 160
Pseudophana pallida Westw., Tr. Linn. Soc. (1841) 18, 150.

‘ Dictyophora despecta Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 314; Atkins, J. A. S. B. ;

(1886) 55, 27. :

Dictyophora albivitta Walk., loc. cit. 319; Melich. Hom. Fauna Ceyl.
(1903) 22.

Dictyophora lepthorina Wallk., loc. cit. 321; Atkins, loc. cit. 30.

Dictyophora pallida Atkins, loe. cit. 27; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn.
(1906) 3, 243.

Dictyophora ?albivitta Atkins, loc. cit. 29.

Dictyophora percarinata Wirby, J. Linn. Soec., Zool. (1891) 24, 134;

» Melich., loc. cit. 24.

Dictyophora hastata Melich., ibid. 25.

Kirkaldy ? in his description of insects affecting sugar cane indicates
an entirely different position and name for the insect described by
Distant as cited above, and doubts the identity of Fulgora pallida Don.,
with the species above indicated.

There is certainly nothing in the essential structure of the insect
under my hand which would ally it with Zamila aberrans Kirby. On
the contrary, while Distant’s figure of Dictyophara [sic] lineata Don.,
is extremely poor as to neuration of the tegmina, my specimen conforms
closely to the figure of Pibrocha egregia Wirby, of a closely related
genus, as given both by Kirby * and Distant.°

As to the term Dictyophara, 1 find the citation for Germar’s genus in
Agassiz’s Nomenclator Zoologicus as Dictyophora. J haye not Germar’s
original, but Kirkaldy states that Germar gave it Dictyophora,° and
as Stal? gave it Dictyophora, I imagine that this change to Dictyophara
is a typographical error which has been transmitted. Distant in his
citations gives Dictyophara percarinata Kirby, whereas Kirby in his
original description gives Dictyophora percarinata. I see no reason
why the name should have been changed and agree with Mirkaldy’s
statement cited.

Patawan, Iwahig and Bacuit, P. 1. (10973 W. Schultze and 11663

3 Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1907), 51, 123.

4 Kirby, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. (1891), 24, pl. 5, fig. 4.

> Distant, Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906), 3, 240, fig. 104.
° Kirkaldy, loc. cit. p. 124, footnote.

7 Stal, Hem. Fabr. (1869), 2, 91.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 39
C. M. Weber). A single specimen of this insect was taken at each
place. It is common in other parts of the Islands, but has not been
reported previously.
CENTROMERIA Stal.
6. V. A. F. (1870) 745.
Type: C. longipennis Walk.
11. CENTROMERIA LONGIPENNIS Walk. :
Centromeria longipennis Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 316; Stal, 6. VY.
A. F. (1870) 745; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 250, ref.
This species was originally described from the Philippines.
PALAWAN, Bintuan and Tara Island, P. I. (11691, 11712 C. M.
Weber), 4 specimens, the single one from Tara Island somewhat multi-

lated and discolored.
Subf. ACHILIN 2.

FAVENTIA Stal.

Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 181.
Type: F. pustulata Walk.
12. FAVENTIA PUSTULATA Walk.
Cixvius pustulatus Walk., J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1856) 1, 87.
Faventia pustulata Stil, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 10, 392; Dist., Fauna
British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 287, fig. 135.

This species has not been recorded hitherto from the Philippines.

It is known from Tenasserim and Singapore.
Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (10977 W. Schultze). A single specimen.

Subf. DERBIN 42.
PHENICE Westwood.

Tr. Linn, Soc. (1845) 19, 10.
Type: P. fritillaris Westw.
13. PHENICE MOoESTA Westw.
Derbe moesta Westw., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1851) (2) 7, 209.
Phenice moesta Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 750; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886)
55, 41; Melich., Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 54, pl. 2, fig. 11.
Assamia dentata Buckt., Ind. Mus. Notes (1896) 4, 1.

This imsect is rather common on sugar cane in the Philippines at
certain seasons of the year. It might eventually prove to be a serious
pest.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10952 W. Schultze), 2 specimens.

JADA Distant.
Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 299.
Type: J. nitagalensis Dist.

14. Jada maculipennis sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 8.)
Fuliginous, facial carine slightly ferruginous; clypeus and rostrum sanguineous;
second antennal segment yellowish, passing lower margin of eye; prothorax

40) BANKS.

obscure brown-ochraceous; mesonotum glabrous medially; abdomen dull ochraceous
dorsally and ventrally, segments with brown margins; genitalia slightly sanguineous.

Tegmina fuliginous, veins brown, except apical which are spotted with san-
guineous; entire costal margin with pale ochraceous spots more or less confluent
basally; a spot at angle of ultimate and penultimate branches of upper longitudinal
vein;® two or three subcostal, subapical spots on costal vein and three pale spots
on apex, the upper and lower with a brown point in its margin. Hind wings
uniformly fuliginous with brown veins.

Length 3.5 millimeters, length of tegmina 9.5 millimeters.

Patawan, Tara Island, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector). ‘

Type ¢@ No. 11711 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science.
Manila, P. I. A single specimen.

This species resembles J. nitagalensis Dist., in general pattern, but
the wing maculation is quite different and the ¢ genitalia are not so
markedly hooked as in Distant’s species. The right hind wing of the
type is mutilated, the left one has been removed from the specimen and
mounted on a card attached to the same pin.

ZORAIDA Kirkaldy.

EAntomologist (1900) 242 (nom. nov.)
Type: Z. sinuosa Westw.

15. ZORAIDA JAVANICA Westw.
Thracia javanica Westw., Tr. Linn. Soc. (1842) 19, 19, pl. 2, fig. 9;
Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 400; Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 750.

This species is a true Zoraida. It has been taken at Montalban Gorge
near Manila, but is not abundant.
Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (12044 C. M. Weber). A single specimen,
somewhat damaged.
Subf. LOPHOPIN2.

SERIDA Walker.

J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1857) 1, 158.
Type: S. latens Walk.

16. SERIDA LATENS Walk.
Serida latens Walk., J. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1857) 1, 158.
Lerida fervens id., loc. cit. pl. 7, fig. 8.°
Serida fervens Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 325, fig. 160.

PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (11900 C. MW. Weber), 2 specimens.

The specimens from the Philippines agree with the description and
figure in every particular, except that the markings are slightly paler
and the tibiz are somewhat ampliate, not prominently so, while Distant’s
figure shows absolutely no ampliation.

8 As indicated in Distant’s description.
° Figured as Lerida fervens by Walker, probably in error or as an error of the

artist.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 41

ZAMILA Walker.

Journ. Hnt. (1862) 1, 304.
Type: Z. lycoides Walk.

17. ZAMILA PERPUSILLA Walk.
Pyrops perpusilla Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 269.
Zamila perpusilla Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 327.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10978 W. Schultze). A single specimen,
which lacks the abdomen.
Originally described from India, this is the first record of this species
for the Philippines.
JIVATMA Distant.

Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 328.
Type: J. metallica Dist.

18. Jivatma triangulata sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 5.)

Vertex, face and clypeus pale ochraceous, the face apically, transversely white,
the clypeus with oblique, brown hair-lines and black apex; pronotum slightly
darker; mesonotum brown between lateral carine and in lateral angles; all carine
and margins slightly paler. Antennz white, base of third segment beneath with a
black spot.

Abdominal segments dorsally dark brown with eretaceous exudate at segmental
articulations. :

Tegmina brown, very dark in claval areas and with a triangular, hyaline area
on middle of costa, its apex reaching disc of tegmen. Costal margin pale hyaline
before and after triangular area with a series of about seven oblique brown lines
crossing it and coalescing with brown of tegmen; beginning at proximal end
of triangular area and extending to apex of the tegmen, a continuation of this
series, consisting of about nine other brown, oblique lines, the first two short, the
next five twice as long, the next or eighth a brown curved-sided triangle and the
ninth like the 3-7. In the posterior apical angle a small dark brown spot, preceded
anteriorly by a hyaline streak. Veins on the apical third pale brown. Wings
fuliginous, veins black. Ventral surface ochraceous, more or less suffused with
eretaceous; legs ochraceous, anterior femora with three pale brown annulations,
anterior and mid tarsi with three, the apical being nearly black; spines of posterior
tibie broadly black at their bases and with black tips; first tarsal segment more
than twice length and breadth of remaining. Rostrum extends to posterior coxe.

Length 6 millimeters. Length of tegmen 8.5 millimeters.

Patawan, Bintuan, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector).

Cotypes No. 11679 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. 1. Described from two specimens.

Subf. ISSIN 22.
HEMISPHAERIUS Schaum.

Ersch & Gruber’s Allg. Enc. Wiss. Kiinste (1850) 1, 71.
Type: H. coccinelloides Burm.

19. Hemispherius parenthesis sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 3.)

Obovoidal, pale ochraceous with dark brown, transverse markings on the teg-
mina; head ochraceous, the margins diffusely sanguineous; eyes brown; ocelli
rufous; clypeus pitchy brown, except basal portion which is ochraceous; pronotum

A? BANKS. ,

concolorous with head and similarly margined; propleura black, as is also a
broad band on anterior and mid coxe; scutellum concolorous with head but not;
red-margined; tegmina convex, costal margin decidedly convex; the entire dise
to claval and sutural margins, but excepting the costal and apical marginal areas
which are ochraceous, dark chestnut brown with two transverse curved fascie,
one anteriorly arched, across the middle of the tegmen, the other parenthesis-
shaped on the apical third; these fasciz do not attain the margins of the brown
area on either side. The extreme external margin of the tegmen is slightly reflexed
and is dark brown. Wings minute, translucent, brown apically, with yellow veins,
pale basally.

Legs dark ochraceous; anterior and mid tibie with two brown annulations;
those of the latter, which is externally sulcate, are not complete; apical spines
to posterior tibie black, as is the single spine on apical third.

Basal ventral, abdominal segments dark brown, their margins ochraceous, apical
segments dark ochraceous. Genitalia ochraceous; black apically.

Length, including tegmina, 3.7 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters.

PaLawAaN, Tara Island, P. I. (C. I. Weber collector).

Type 2 No. 11720 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

Three other specimens, two from the same locality and one from Bin-
tuan, P. I. (11697 C. MW. Weber), labeled paratypes, are somewhat
paler in color with the ochraceous color of the tegmina more diffuse.
The specimen No. 11697 has the facial disc brown, its margins ochracous
and mid coxee somewhat broader.

20. Hemispherius transfasciatus sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 4.)

Obovoidal, pale brown, with three transverse yellow lines on tegmina.

Head, pronotum and scutellum pale ochraceous, all margined with ferrugineous ;
face slightly darker on disc; clypeus and rostrum black, glabrous; former pale
yellow basally. Tegmina pale brown with a transverse basal interrupted yellow
fascia, another, sinuate, on basal third from near internal suture externad for
two-thirds width of tegmen, and a third, crescentic, across apical third not
attaining either margin; wings fuliginous apically, with white veins, yellow
basally.

Abdominal segments dorsally, ochraceous, narrowly red-margined, yentrally
obsolescently brown, widely yellow-margined; genitalia brown.

Legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and mid femora and two annulations on
anterior and mid tibie dark brown, posterior tibie dark ochraceous; tibial spine
on apical third not conspicucus, black, as are the apical and subapical.

Length 3.75 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters.

PaLawANn, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector).

Type ¢ No. 11961 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen.

While this species might be taken for the ¢ of H. parenthesis at
first sight, the pleural and coxal markings together with the entirely

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 43

different pattern of the tegminal markings will at once aid in dif-
ferentiating it.
21. Hemisphzerius trimaculatus sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 1.)

Obovoidal, brown, with ochraceous spots on tegmina. Occiput dark ochraceous,
face brown except at union with clypeus, where it is pale ochraceous; clypeus
and rostrum black, glabrous, base pale ochraceous, medially prominent; eyes
brown, narrowly pale-margined; pronotum pale yellow, red-margined; scutellum
brown, margins rufous; pleure pale yellow with a longitudinal dark brown
stripe on pro- and mesopleure; anterior and mid coxe pale yellow, each with a
broad, black median band. Tegmina brown, pale-margined and with three irreg-
ular, pale, ochraceous spots, one on basal third and two across apical third;
wings black, the veins and basal areas yellow. Abdominal segments dorsally
brown with sanguineous margins, ventrally with yellow margins. Genitalia
yellow, brown at apices of lobes. Legs ochraceous; fore and mid tibize with two
brown annulations, the subbasal obsolescent. Posterior tibie apically black, with
a subapical black-tipped spine and another on apical third.

Length 3.75 millimeters, width 2.75 millimeters.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector).

Type 2 No. 10962 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen.

22. Hemisphzerius stali sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 2.)

Obovoid, ochraceous and red, with three longitudinal red lines on face, and
basal half of tegmina brown.

Head deep yellow; face margined with vermilion and with a broad, median,
vermilion, longitudinal line which, together with marginal red, terminates at
base of clypeus which is uniformly yellow except apical half and rostrum which
are pitchy black. Occiput yellow, red-margined; eyes brown with paler margins.
Pronotum lens-shaped, the anterior margin slightly more convex than the posterior
and both with vermilion margins; scutellum equilateral, yellow, with vermilion
margins of which the lateral are quite narrow and a median vermilion fascia
from anterior margin halfway to apex. Tegmina ochraceous, basal half darix,
pitchy brown except tumeral angles which are paler and internal sutures which
are broadly yellow, margined with red to apex of claval region. Wings exceedingly
small, not measuring a millimeter in length, and of a pale ocher.

Abdominal segments dorsally ochraceous, obsoletely red-margined, ventrally
brown with pale ochraceous margins.

Legs ochraceous; apices of tibie black. Apices of tarsi brown. Posterior tibial
spines black-tipped.

Length 4.5 millimeters; width 3.4 millimeters.

PatawaNn, Mount Kapuas, P. I. (C. MW. Weber collector).

Type No. 12399 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I. Described from a single specimen in perfect condition.

Somewhat like H. reticulatus Dist., in general pattern, but differing
decidedly in color and facial marking.

Dedicated to the memory of Dr. Carolus Stal.

44 BANKS.
Subf. RICANIIN 4.
Diy. RICANIINARIA.

POCHAZIA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1848) 528.
Type: P. fasciata Fabr.
23. PocHAZIA GUTTIFERA Walk.
Pochazia guttifera Wallk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 427; Melich., Ann. Hoffm.
Wien. (1898) 13, 216, pl. 9, fig. 22, Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 83;
Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 374.
Ricania guttifera Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 491; Atkins., J. A. S. B.
(1886) 55, 57. ;

This species, described by Walker from Silhet, and known also in
Darjiling and Tenasserim, has not been reported before from the Phil-
ippines.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10972 W. Schultze). A single somewhat
dilapidated specimen was taken.

RICANIA Germar.

Mag. Ent. (1818) 3, 221.
Type: R. fenestrata Fabr.
24, RICANIA SPECULUM Walk.
Flatoides speculum Walk., List. Hom.. (1851) 2, 406.
Flatoides tenebrosus et perforatus, Ibid., pp. 406 and 407.
Ricania malaya, Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1854) 247.
Ricania speculum Stal, loc. cit. (1870) 765; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886)
55, 54; Melich., (part) Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1898) 13; 223; Dist.,
Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 377.

A well-known species in the Philippines. There is a slight variation
in the piceous markings of the apical clear spots and of the costal spots
as to coalition.

PaLawan, Bacuit, P I. (11673 C. MW. Weber), 3 specimens.

25. RICANIA SUBSINUATA Stal.
Ricania subsinuata Stal. 6. V. A. F. (1870) 768.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10965 W. Schultze), 2 specimens.

This species has two costal transparent spots, another at the apical
angle and two on the apical margin, but it also has what Stal calls
“albido-hyaline” spots or areas over the whole tegmen, or “corium” as
he demonstrates it, in*his description, q. v.

26. RICANIA THNIATA Stal.
Ricania teniata Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 766.

PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10971 W. Schultze and 11982 C. M. Weber),
4 specimens. ‘This species is easily distinguishable by the broad, medial,

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART I. 45

dark band on the tegmina and the absence of the spot at the exterior
apical angle.

27. RICANIA FuMOosSA Walk.
Flatoides fumosus Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 414.
Ricania proxima Melich., Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1898) 13, 226, pl. 11,
fig. 22.
Ricania fumosa Stil, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 491; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1886)
55, 55; Melich., loc. cit. p. 230; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn.
(1906) 3, 382.

This species has been collected in Sumatra, Siam, Assam, Java, and
Celebes, but has not been recorded previously from the Philippines.

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10970 W. Schultze), 7 specimens. The
chief point of difference between this species and R. teniata is that the
apex of the tegmen in twniata is more acute than in fumosa.

Subf. FLATIN 2.
Div. CERYNIARIA.

CERYNIA Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. (1862) 2, 68.
Type: C. albata Stal.
28. CERYNIA MARIA White.
Peciloptera maria White, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (1846) 18, 25, pl. 1, fig. 3.
Flatta maria Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 436.
Flatta completa Ibid. p. 436.
Flatta tenella Ibid. p. 437.
Cerynia lutescens Melich., Ann. Hoffm. Wien. (1901) 16, 220.
Cerynia maria Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 490; Dist., J. A. S. B. (1879)
48, 38, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1883) (5) 11, 172; Atkins., J. A. S. B.
(1886) 55, 64; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1906) 3, 408, fig. 210.

This beautiful insect has never before been recorded from the Philip-
pines. It was described by White from Silhet, India, and it has been
taken outside of India only in west China and Sumatra (fide Melichar)..

The Philippine specimens have the subbasal spot on the tegmina more
luteo-chraceous.

PaLAwAN, lwahig, P. I. (10980 W. Schultze), 2 specimens.

SALURNIS Stal.
0. V. A. F. (1870) 773.
Type: S. granulosa Stal.

29. SALURNIS GRANULOSA Stal.
Salurnis granulosa Stal, 0. V. A. F. (1870) 774.

This species, the type of the genus, was originally described from the
Philippine Islands. Since the time of its first description it has ap-
parently not been taken previous to the present record. A species

46 BANKS.

somewhat similar was taken in Manila in 1905, but I have, as yet, not
placed it positively. This second species was identified by Distant as
S. granulosa, but certainly does not conform with Stal’s description,
either generically or specifically.
PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10979 W. Schultze). A single well-marked
specimen.
NEPHESA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1843) 527.
Type: N. rosea Spin.

30. NEPHESA ROSEA Spin.
Ricania rosea Spin., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1839) 8, 400.
Nephesa rosea Amy. et Sery., Hist. des Hém. (1843) 528; Walk., List
Hom. (1851) 2, 433; Stal; G6 V. A. F. (1870) 773.

PALawAn, Iwahig, P. I. (10981 W. Schultze), 32 specimens. There
is considerable variation in this species as to color, the tints ranging from
pale green through yellow and white to rose. Some of the green speci-
mens have the tegmina bordered with yellow-orange. Found by Schultze
on cacao (Theobroma cacao Linn.).

DAEDA gen. nov.

Type: Deeda puncticlava sp. noy.

Head, including eyes, somewhat narrower than pronotum; vertex one-third as
long as its width, anterior margin (viewed from dorsad) straight, obtusely
angulate medially, laterally carinate and slightly laminate before eyes; ocelli
widely separate, their distance from eyes one-fifth their interspace. Face confluent
with vertex, as broad as long, lateral margins convex and carinate apically; sub-
median area broadly foveate before clypeus; median carination strongly tumescent
ventrad to juncture of face and vertex, less elevate toward clypeus, which is
separated from face by profound transverse sulcus; rostrum just passes mid cox.

Pronotum slightly longer than head, its anterior margin convex and in line
with middle of eyes, its posterior margin evenly concave. Mesonotum three times
length of pronotum, its disc evenly convex and medially sulcate, its posterior~
medial angle tumescent-tuberculate.

Tegmina twice as long as wide, costal margin arched at base; costal area twice
width of radial and with parallel and reticulated oblique veins and sparse
granulations. Radial area with cross-veins on posterior third. Outer half of
dise with reticulated parallel yeins, apical area beyond transverse line with most
of veins fureate; entire clavus, interiad to its exterior vein, strongly granulate,
the granulations disposed in parallel lines. Posterior tibiae with two subapical
spines.

Most closely resembles Ketwmala Dist., from which, however, it differs
in the shape of the tegmina, the tumescent facial carination, the number
of spines on the posterior tibie and the position of the transverse preapical
tegminal line.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 47

It differs from all other related genera in the presence of the mesonotal
sulcation.
31. Deeda puncticlava sp. noy. (Plate III, fig. 6.)
* Compactly ovate, the tegmina compressed so that their apical margins are
vertical; dark ochraceous, the posterior apical region of the tegmina fuscous.
Head, pro- and mesonota pale ochraceous, glabrous, eyes brown, ocelli vitreous ;
clypeus sparsely pubescent; tegmina olivaceo-fuscous apically, pale ochraceous
basally; clavus with an oval, black foveate puncture at apical third between
longitudinal veins. Legs pale ochraceous.

Length 4 millimeters, including tegmina 7 millimeters; length of
tegmen 6 millimeters.

PaLawaNn, Tara Island, P. I. (C. M. Weber collector).

Type No. 11719 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science, Ma-
nila, P. I. Described from a single specimen.

Diy. FLATOIDESARIA.

UXANTIS Stal. :
0. V. A. H. (1870) 775.
Type: U. consputa Stal.
32. UXANTIS SICCIFOLIA Stal.
Uzantis siccifolia Stil, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 776.
This species, of which Stal possessed only the ¢, is fairly common in
Manila. It may usually be taken on Casuarina equisetifolia Forst.
PALAWAN, Bacuit, P. I. (11672 C. 2. Weber), 1 specimen.

Fam. MEMBRACID A.
Subf. CENTROTIN 2.
Div. MICREUNARIA.

LEPTOBELUS Stal.

Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 86.
Type: L. dama Germ.
33. LEPTOBELUS DAMA Germ.
Centrotus dama Germ., Silb. Rev. Ent. (1835) 3, 258; Fairm., Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr. (1846) 4, 510, pl. 8, fig. 14.
Leptobelus dama Stal, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. (1866) 27, 386; Atkins.,
J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 81; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908)
4, 15, fig. 11.

This is the first record of this species from the Philippine Islands.
PaLAwAN, Tara Island, P. I. (11715 C. Af. Weber), 2 specimens, one
having the corneous processes broken.

BANKS.

Diy. LEPTOCENTRARIA.

LEPTOCENTRUS Stal.

Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 87 and 90. :
Type: L. bos Sign.

34, LEPTOCENTRUS TAURUS Fabr.

Membracis taurus Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775) 676; Oliv., Enc. Méth. (1792)
665.

Membracis rupicapra Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl. (1798) 514.

Centrotus rupicapra Id., Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 18.

Centrotus taurus Ibid., p. 20.

Membracis tricornis Hardw., Zool. Journ. (1828) 4, 114, Suppl. pl. 39,
figs. c, d, f. “

Centrotus terminalis Walk., List. Hom. (1851) 2, 604; Stal, 6. V. A. F.
(1862) 491; Melich., Hom. Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 109.

Centrotus vicarius Walk., loc. cit., p. 605.

Leptocentrus taurus Stal, Hem. Fabr. (1869) 2, 50; Atkins., J. A. S. B.
(1885) 54, 85; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 28, fig. 24.

Leptocentrus gazella Buckt., Mono. Membrac. (1903) 235, pl. 53, fig. da.

I am inclined to believe that the species heretofore called L. reponens
Walk. and L. antilope Stal are the same as the above, the only difference
indicated by Distant being a slightly greater anterior foliation of the
transverse processes of the pronotum.

PaLAWAN, Bacuit, Bintuan, and Iwahig, P. I. (11669, 11690, 11924

C. M. Weber), 5 specimens.

Diy. GARGARARIA.

GARGARA Amyot et Serville.

Hist. des Hém. (1843) 537.
Type: G. geniste Fabr.

53. GARGARA PYGMA Walk.

Centrotus pygmaeus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 630.

This minute species, described originally from the Philippines and,
apparently, not noted since its description, may be distinguished from
its allies by the albescent apices of the tegmina.

PaLaWAN, Bacuit and Iwahig, P. I. (11668, 11925 C. MW. Weber),
3 specimens.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II. 49

Fam. CERCOPIDA.

Subf. MACH 4ROTIN 2.
MACHZEROTA Burmeister.

Handb. der Ent. (1885) 2, pt. 1, 128.
Type: M. ensifera Burm.
36. MAcH4ROTA ENSIFERA Burm.
Macherota ensifera Burm., Handb. der Ent. (1835) 2, pt. 1, 128; Stal,
6. V. A. F. (1870) 727; Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., Bull. (1879) (5)
9, xlviii; Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 22; Dist., Fauna British Ind.,
Rhyn. (1908) 4, 80, fig. 68.

An abundant species in the Philippines. It builds its calcareous,
tube-like nests on shrubs of Sida acuta Burm., and all the stages of its

development may be easily observed.
PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (11928 C. M. Weber). A single specimen.

Subf. APHROPHORIN€.

CLOVIA Stal.
Hem. Afr. (1866) 4, 75. ;
Type: @. bigoti Sign.
37. CLOVIA CONIFER Walk.
Ptyelus conifer Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 711.
Ptyelus simulans Ibid. p. 717.
Ptyelus frenulatus Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1854) 250; Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins.
(1859) 286, 6. V. A. F. (1862) 493.
Clovia frenulata Stal, loc. cit. (1870) 726.
Clovia conifer Atkins., J. A. S. B. (1885) 54, 114; Dist., Fauna British
Ind., Rhyn. (1904) 4, 93, fig. 72.

This species, though reported previously from the Philippines, has not,
up to this time, appeared in our collection.
PaLawan, lwahig, P. 1. (10964 W. Schultze and 11930 C. M. Weber),
2 specimens.
MANDESA Distant.

Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 106.
Type: M. amplificata Dist.

38. MANDESA VITTIFRONS Stal. (Plate III, fig. 7 J.)
Clovia vittifrons Stal, 6. V..A. F. (1870) 725.

In this species, which is undoubtedly referable to this genus, the discal
transverse raised ridge mentioned by Distant in his generic diagnosis
crosses only the inner two-thirds of the tegmina but the other characters
are not to be mistaken. The @ is considerably larger than the 6 and
is more pallid with all dark markings less pronounced.

In the specimens before me the measurements are as follows: 8 length
945244

5O BANKS.

7 millimeters, width at widest portion of tegmima

length 8.25—9.25 millimeters, width 3.75 millimeters.

Thus far known only from the Philippines.

PaLawAn, lwahig, P. I. (10963 W. Schultze and 11981 C. M. Weber) ;
Tara Island (11713 C. 12. Weber), 5 specimens.

3.25 millimeters, 2

Subf. CERCOPIN &.

COSMOSCARTA Stal.
Hem. Fabr. (1869) 2, 11.
Type: C. heros Vabr.
39. CoSMOSCARTA INCLUSA Walk.

Cercopis inclusa Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 658; Stal, 6. V. A. F.
(1865) 147.

Cosmoscarta inclusa Butl., Cist. Ent.

(1874) 1, 265; Melich., Hom

Fauna Ceyl. (1903) 125, pl. 4, fig. 5; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn
(1908) 4, 140.

This species, originally described from Ceylon and not thus far reported

from any other locality, is here recorded from the Philippines for the
first time.

Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (11973 C. Mf. Weber), 2 specimens.

Fam. JASSID A‘.
Subf. LEDRIN 2.

PETALOCEPHALA Stal.

0. V. A. BP. (1853) 266.
Type: P. bohemani Stal.

40. PETALOCEPHALA PHILIPPINA Stal.

Petalocephala philippina Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 732.
PaLawan, Iwahig, P. I. (10982 W. Schultze), 1 specimen.

Subf. TETTIGONIELLINAS.

TETTIGONIELLA Jacobi.

Zool. Jahr. Syst. (1904) 19, 778 (nom. nov.)

Type: 7. viridis Linn.

41. TETTIGONTIELLA IMPUDICA Sign. 2
Tettigonia impudica Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1853) (3) 1, 677.
Tettigonia impudica? Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1870) 733.

This species was originally described from the Philippines in Signoret’s
monograph.

RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART Il. . 51

PaLawaN, Iwahig and Tara Island, P. I. (10974 W. Schultze, 11714

C. M. Weber), 5 specimens.
KOLLA Distant.

Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 223.
Type: K. insignis Dist.
42. Kolla tripunctifrons sp. nov.

Head and pronotum more or less pale ochraceous; tegmina albescent, semi-
opaque, apical veins fuscous. Two black spots on anterior margin and another
before middle of vertex. Eyes black. Ventral surface of body slightly virescent
white. Legs very pale ochraceous or nearly white, tarsi slightly darker.

Length, including tegmina, 8 millimeters; width 2 millimeters.

PaLawan, Iwahig, P. 1. (W. Schultze collector).

Type No. 10976 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I. Another specimen taken by Weber at the same place
(11702.C. 1. Weber) is 10 millimeters long and 2.25 millimeters wide
but is otherwise identical with the type.

Subf. JASSIN 4&.
Div. TARTESSUSARIA.

TARTESSUS Stal.

6. V. A. F. (1865) 156.
Type: J. ferrugineus Walk.

43. TARTESSUS FERRUGINEUS Walk.

Bythoscopus ferrugineus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 3, 865.

Bythoscopus malayus Stil, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. (1859) 290.

Bythoscopus biarcuatus, wnilineatus, untfascia, Walk., MS.

Tartessus malayus Stal, 0. V. A. F. (1865) 156; Sign., Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr.
(1880) (5) 10, 357.

Tartessus ferrugineus Stil, loc. cit. (1870) 738; Spangb., loc. cit. (1877)
7; Sign., ibid. 356; Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 303,
fig. 193.

This species appears to be quite well distributed over the oriental region
as far north as Japan. It has been taken frequently in the Philippines.

PALAWAN, Bacuit and Bintuan, P. I. (11657, 11680 C. MW. Weber),
2 specimens.

44, TARTESSUS FIEBERI Stal.
Tartessus fieberi Stal, 6. V. A. F. (1865) 156, loc. cit. (1870) 738.

PaLawan, Bacuit, P. I. (11708 C. M. Weber) a single specimen.

52 BANKS.
Diy. JASSUSARIA.

JASSUS Fabricius.

Syst. Rhyng. (1803) 85.
Type: J. nervosus Fabr.

45. JASSUS ELEGANS Dist.
Jassus elegans Dist., Fauna British Ind., Rhyn. (1908) 4, 329.
Patawan, lwahig, P. I. (10960 W. Schultze), 1 specimen.
This species, described from India, is here recorded from the Philip-
pines for the first time.

ERRATA.

The following corrections should be made in Part I of Rhynchota Palawaniea,
Vol. IV, Sec. A, 553.

Page 557, in middle of page, for Coscomoris read Cosmocoris.

Page 562, line 16, a period follows Amy.

Page 564, line 1, for Tessaratominie read Tessaratomine

Page 564, page 11, from bottom of page, for

obscura Stal.
Page 565, above Subf. COREINZA insert Fam. COREIDZ.
Page 572, line 15, delete comma after British.
Page 584, line 3, and page 588, line 12, for and read &.
Page 593, line 11, for anadymone read anadyomene.

Stal read Eumenotes

Fic.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Prats IIT.

. Hemispherius trimaculatus Banks, sp. nov.
. Hemispherius stali Banks, sp. nov.
. Hemispherius parenthesis Banks, sp. noy.

Hemispherius transfasciatus Banks, sp. noy.

. Jivatma triangulata Banks, sp. nov.

Deda puncticlava Banks, gen. et. sp. nov.

. Mandesa vittifrons Stal.
. Jada maculipennis Banks, sp. noy.

or
ot

RS Rone 2 Yc aie

r “3
yl fia
: ive
: St Gain
net eye AD
| ps i al SOR
* ‘ . : + au
ey. I i r y
. | - be } oe
Fy Ry 2!
‘ ‘ =
aM
RS
h i
aT é :
x =e
«
i ‘ ‘ d
’
= ena Ns
i

BANKS: RHYNCHOTA PALAWANICA, PART II.] [PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1.

W. Schultze and J. Castro, ad nat. del. 1910,

PLATE 11I-

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I.

By W. L. DisTanr.

(London and Norwood Junction, England.)

When visiting London in 1908, Mr. Charles 8S. Banks, the Government
Entomologist at Manila, brought a collection of Rhynchota for determina-
tion. This collection contained the following apparently undescribed
species, and three others. which have been described elsewhere, viz:

Macropes philippinensis Dist., Rec. Ind. Mus. (1909) 3, 165, Pl. 11, fig. 7, a.
(Lygeide )

Catara philippinensis Dist., loc. cit. 172, Pl. 11, fig. 12, a. (Fulgoride )

Rihana atra Dist., Entomologist (1909) 207. (Cicadide)

There was also a number of species not enumerated in Stal’s “Hemip-
tera Insularum Philippinarum,” but these will be included in a complete
list of the known species when more material has accumulated. These
Islands probably contain a very exclusive Rhynchotal fauna.

Order RHYNCHOTA.
Suborder HETEROPTERA.
Family PENTATOMID A.

CANTAO Amyot et Serville.
Hém. (1843) 29.
Type: C. ocellatws Thunb.

Cantao intermedius sp. noy.

Dull brownish ochraceous; basal area of head centrally continued along middle
lobe, but not reaching apex, bluish black; pronotum usually with six small black
spots arranged transversely in three pairs, of which those of the middle pair are
usually closer together than the others; scutellum with eight black spots, two
basal, two on each lateral area (one before, the other beyond middle) and two
central (one near base, the other near apex); sternum and legs bluish black;
lateral margins of sternum and abdomen beneath ochraceous; the latter with
marginal and a double series of central bluish black spots; antenne black, second
joint very slightly longer than first, third, fourth and fifth subequal in length;
rostrum black and reaching the base of the third abdominal segment; pronotum

: 57

58 DISTANT.

thickly, finely punctate, except on anterior marginal area, the lateral margins
nearly obliquely straight, the lateral angles broadly subacute and subprominent;
scutellum thickly, finely punctate, except on basal area, with a central, longitu-
dinal carination neither reaching base nor apex.

Long. incl. tegm. 17-19 millimeters, Exp. pronot. angl. 9-9.5 milli-
meters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Batan Island (R. C. McGregor collector).

Separated from C. ocellatus Thunb., and allied to C. rufipes Dall., by
the length of the rostrum. From C. rufipes it is to be distinguished by
the more oblique and less sinuate lateral margins of the pronotum, the
lateral angles of which are also much more obtuse; the scutellum is
broader and somewhat shorter ; color different ; from both species it differs
by having the posterior lateral spots to the scutellum transverse and not

oblique.
PEGALA Stal.

Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1867) 522.
Type: P. biguttula Hag].

Pegala clemense sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 2.)

Head, pronotum and secutellum pale ochraceous; head with the lateral margins
and the anterior Jateral margins of the central lobe, black; pronotum with the
posterior margin (broadly) and the margins of the lateral angles (narrowly)
castaneous; scutellum with the basal half (in type) sordidly pale ochraceous;
corium castaneous brown, with a pale ochraceous subcostal spot behind middle;
membrane hyaline with a transverse pale fuscous fascia behind middle; body
beneath and legs pale luteous, two black spots on each side of mesosternum and
one on each side of metasternum, anal processes more or less castaneous; legs
minutely spotted with piceous; first, second and third joints of antenne ochraceous
with their apices piceous, fourth and fifth joints piceous, third joint longer than
second, third, fourth and fifth almost subequal in length; pronotum sparsely,
brownly punctate on central disk, the castaneous posterior margin more thickly
punctate; scutellum sparsely punctate, on posterior area centrally longitudinally
sulecate, an elongate marginal castaneous spot on each side beyond middle; corium
thickly, coarsely punctate; rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe, its apex
and the upper surface of second and third joints piceous; mesosternal laminate
carination continued before the anterior margin of the prosternum; apex of
scutellum obtusely angulate; posterior pronotal angles not prominent; posterior
angles of the sixth abdominal segment spinously produced.

Long. 9 millimeters, Exp. pronot. angl. 5.5 millimeters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindanao, Camp Keithley (Mrs. M. S.
Clemens collector).

Allied in general form and appearance to P. metaphea Walk., but
pronotum and scutelluam much less punctate; corium paler with pale
ochraceous subcostal spot, antennze with the first three joints pale, with
their apices piceous ; rostrum shorter, ete.

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 59

Family LYGAI1D A.
PACHYGRONTHA Germar.

Silo. Rev. Ent. (1837) 5, 152.
Type: P. lineata Germ.

Pachygrontha nigrolineata sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 3.)

Ochraceous, somewhat thickly, coarsely and darkly punctate; pronotum with
the extreme lateral margins pale ochraceous and levigate preceded by a sub-
marginal fascia formed by black punctures on each side; a longitudinal black
fascia on each corium commencing near middle of clavus and continued on mem-
brane to about one-fourth before apex where it is obliquely deflected to margin
by a broken continuation; apical fourth of membrane exhibiting a central black
longitudinal line probably a reflection from the abdomen beneath it and with
two small piceous spots on apical margin, the membrane between the black
longitudinal lines distinctly paler in color; head beneath and sternum brownish
grey, thickly darkly punctate; abdomen beneath pale ochraceous, with a sublateral
fascia on each side and a central fascia on the last two segments piceous brown;
stigmatal spots black; legs ochraceous, somewhat thickly speckled with piceous,
anterior femora, above, more prominently speckled with black; antenne with the
first and second joints subequal in length, apex of first joint moderately thickened
and piceous, third shorter than second, fourth mutilated in type; head, including
eyes, about as broad as anterior margin of pronotum, anteriorly shortly, spinously
produced on each side; pronotum scarcely or but little longer than broad
at base, more thickly punctate on lateral areas than on middle area; scutellum
with a central pale levigate line and a small pale spot near each basal angle;
corium with the extreme lateral margin levigate, except on basal fourth where
it is punctate; clavus longitudinally punctate; anterior femora somewhat strongly
spined beneath, anterior tibie curved.

Long. 12 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector).

Family TINGIDIDA.
HORMISDAS gen. noy.
Type: H. pictus sp. nov.

Head with seven porrect spines of which three are apical, the central one
eensiderably the longest, a shorter and more robust spine on each side between
eyes and base of antenne and two long spines extending from base of head to
about base of antenne; antenne long, distinctly pilose, first and second joints
short, robust, second shorter than first and more globose, third slightly more than
twice as long as fourth; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox; pronotum longer
than broad, continuously tricarinate, the lateral margins ampliate, bi-areolate and
longly, porrectly spined at the anterior angles; scutellum concealed; elytra elon-
gate, concavely sinuate on costal margin beyond middle, the apex a little widened
and rounded, discoidal area small, about as long as pronotum, subcostal area with
a single series of areolets, costal area bi-areolate, the areolets and those on sutural
area somewhat large and prominent; mesosternum with two longitudinal central
ridges between which the rostrum is enclosed; legs slender.

60 DISTANT.

This genus has a superficial resemblance to Hadus Dist., from South
Africa, but its real affinity is with the Ceylonese genus Celantia Dist.

Hormisdas pictus sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 1, a, b.)

Head, antenne and pronotum pale fuscous brown, the latter with the ampliated
lateral margins hyaline, with the edges of the areolets pale brownish; elytra
with the discoidal and sutural areas pale fuscous, the disks of the first and the
margins of the latter piceous, the narrow subcostal area greyish brown and the
costal area hyaline with the edges of the areolets pale brownish; body beneath
piceous brown; legs pale greyish; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 3.5 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector).

Family HEBRIDA.

MERRAGATA Buchanan White.

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877) (4) 20, 113.
Type: M. hebroides White.

Merragata cruciata sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 7.)

Head, pronotum and scutellum black, somewhat palely, finely pilose; anterior
margin of pronotum piceous brown; corium brownish ochraceous, the apical
margin paler; membrane piceous, almost completely crossed each way by a large
cruciform pale ochraceous fascia; body beneath black, legs, antenne and rostrum
ochraceous; antenne five-jointed, first joint a little longer than second, third
a little longer than either fourth or fifth, the latter (excluding base) a little
darker in hue; pronotum with the posterior angles a little tuberculately prom-
inent; seutellum with the apex broadly, angularly incised.

Long 2.33 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks
collector).

Family REDUVIID Ai.
ACANTHASPIS Amyot et Serville.

Hém. (1843) 336.
Type: A. flavovaria Hahn.

ACANTHASPIS DISTANTI*+ Banks. (Plate I, fig. 12.)
Acanthaspis distanti Banks, This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 584.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Bohol (A. Celestino collector).
Sibuyan Island (R. C. McGregor collector).

1 At the time of the receipt of this MS. from Mr. Distant, a paper of my own
eentaining this species under a different name was in press, and so could not be
changed. I was, however, able to have the name distanti substituted before the
publication of my paper. (C. 8. BANKS.)

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 61

SCADRA Stal.

Ofv. Vet-Alc. Forh. (1859) 176 and 182.
Type: S. lanwus Stal.

Scadra illuminata sp. noy. '

Head, pronotum and sternum shining black; eyes testaceous; pronotum with
the lateral margins of the posterior lobe and a central basal longitudinal spot
pale ochraceous; scutellum black, the two spinous apical angulations connected
with raised marginal carinse, pale ochraceous; hemelytra dull black, extreme base
of clavus, costal margin of corium (not extending to apical angle), connexivum
and abdomen beneath pale ochraceous, the latter with four transverse segmental
spots on each lateral area and the anal segment, black; rostrum and intermediate
legs (remaining legs mutilated in type) black; rostrum with the first joint about
as long as remaining joints together; pronotum broadly centrally sulcate, the
suleation not reaching the basal margin; scutellum with two apical spinous
angulations. (Antenne mutilated.)

Long. 12 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Negros Occidental, Maao (Charles S. Banks
collector) .
Allied to S. lanius Stal.
; PHEMIUS Stal.

Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1859) 200.
Type: P. tibialis Westw.

Phemius minor sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 9.)

Uniformly black or piceous; tibiew and tarsi ochraceous, apices of the latter
black; antennze ochraceous, bases and apices of the joints more or less black;
rostrum reddish, basal joint black; anterior lobe of pronotum with two erect
tubercles.

Allied to P. tibialis Westw., but a smaller species with the connexivum much
less and more angularly developed; apices of femora not ochraceous; basal joint
of rostrum black, ete.

Long. 6 and @ 21-29 millimeters.
Hab. Philippime Islands; Benguet, Irisan River (R. C. McGregor

collector).
AGA gen. noy.

Type: A. albomarginalis sp. noy.

Body subelongate; head longer than the pronotum, the postocular area longer
than the anteocular and behind eyes wider than the anteocular, moderately
attenuated toward base; ocelli distinctly elevated; antenne about as long as the
body (excluding membrane), first joint about as long as head and anterior lobe
of pronotum; rostrum reaching the anterior cox, second joint longer than the
first which extends to the eyes; pronotum distinctly, transversely constricted
before middle, the anterior lobe convex and broadly, longitudinally suleate, pos-
terior lobe moderately convex, centrally, foveately depressed, strongly, longitudi-
nally impressed before the lateral angles, posterior lobe about twice as broad as
anterior lobe; scutellum triangular, apex obtuse; membrane longly passing the

62 DISTANT.

abdominal apex, about half as long again as corium; legs of moderate length,
longly, strongly pilose, not nodulose, tibie as long as femora and cox together;
abdomen with the fourth and fifth segments not dilated.

Allied to Stachyomerus by the pilose legs, but differing in the absence
of the femoral spines; the shorter and pilose legs, etc., separate it from
Lamprosphodrus; from Pacilosphodrus it is to be distinguished by the
longer head, ete.

Aga albomarginalis sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 5, a.)

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, rostrum, sternum and legs castaneous brown;
posterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, corium, membrane and abdomen beneath
pale ochraceous; anterior margins of anterior and posterior. pronotal lobes, basal
margin of scutellum connected with a transverse fascia crossing base of corium,
and strong lateral suffusious to sternum tomentosely white; abdomen beneath
finely, somewhat longly pilose; legs longly, coarsely pilose; structural characters
as in generic diagnosis.

Long. incl. membrane 13 millimeters, Exp. post. pronot. angl. 3
millimeters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Negros Occidental, Mailum, Bago (Charles

S. Banks collector).
PHORTICUS Stal.

Rio Jan. Hem. (1858) 1, 69.
Type: P. viduus Stal.

Phorticus cardui sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 4.)

Above orange-red; head, a large quadrate spot at each basal angle of the
pronotum, scutellum, two somewhat large rotundate spots to corium (one near
apex of scutellum, the other near the posterior angle) and the membrane black;
apex of seutellum and margins of membrane orange-yellow; body beneath orange-
red; head beneath and a spot at each basal angle of the prosternum black; legs
and antenne ochraceous; body and legs pilose; antenne with the first and second
joints inerassate, first joint slightly passing apex of head, second longer than
first, attenuate at base; pronotum obscurely, transversely impressed behind middle
and near base, the lateral margins from this impression narrowed and rounded
to head, and longly pilose; scutellum with a faint central longitudinal ridged
line; connexivum exposed from about one-third from base; rostrum about
reaching middle of mesosternum.

Long. 6 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector).

NABIS Latreille.

Gen. (1807) 3, 127 (part).
Type: A. apterus Fabr.

Nabis latreillei sp. nov.

Head and anterior lobe of pronotum pale brownish ochraceous, posterior pro-
notal lobe pale ochraceous; scutellum brownish ochraceous, with a spot on each
side and the apex pale ochraceous; corium pale ochraceous, clayus, a broad
irregular medial fascia just beyond apex of clayus and the apical angular area
dark brownish ochraceous; membrane hyline, the basal angle and a transverse
fascia near middle dark brownish ochraceous; body beneath, rostrum and legs

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 63

ochraceous, apices of intermediate and posterior tibia more or less pale sanguin-
eous; head with the ante- a little longer than the postocular area, the apex sub-
acutely produced; antenne finely pilose, first joint shorter than second; rostrum
with the first joint a little longer than second, third a little more than half the
length of second, first joint shorter than first joint of antenne, pronotum with the
anterior lobe centrally, longitudinally impressed, posterior lobe thickly, finely
granulate, lateral margins finely, shortly pilose; membrane considerably passing
the abdominal apex.

Long. 9 millimeters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks
collector).

Allied to NV. brevilineatus Scott, from Japan.

Family CAPSIDA.
DISPHINCTUS Stal.

Ofv. Vet-Ak. Porh. (1870) 668.
Type: D. falleni Stal.

Disphinctus stali sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 6.)

Black, or piceous black; anterior collar to pronotum ochraceous; a central
longitudinal fascia to posterior pronotal lobe (narrow anteriorly and broadened
and ampliated at basal margin), scutellum and abdomen beneath stramineous, the
latter with black suffusions, principally a spot on each side behind base and
the greater part of the apical area; legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and inter-
mediate femora and the whole of the tibixw pale castaneous brown, posterior legs
black, posterior femora with a central pale ochraceous annulation, tarsi more
or less piceous or black; antenn black, first joint ochraceous at base, second
about five times as long as first, remaining joints mutilated in typical specimen;
corium piceous black, the cuneus distinctly paler and more brownish, membrane
brownish ochraceous.

Long. 9 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Bataan, Lamao (H. Cuzner collector).
Allied to D. sahlbergw Stal.

Disphinctus philippinensis sp. noy.

Above brownish ochraceous; head above, rostrum, pronotal collar, a central
narrow longitudinal fascia and narrow posterior angular margins to posterior
pronotal lobe, a lateral fascia on each side of scutellum, and cuneous pale ochra-
ceous; a small, obscure, linear reddish spot on disk of corium; membrane obscure
semihyaline, the basal area piceous; head beneath, sternum and legs, reddish
ochraceous, abdomen beneath dull ochraceous; antenne with the first joint casta-
neous, its base ochraceous, second joint black, nearly three times as long as first
(remaining joint mutilated in typical specimen) ; connexivum projecting beyond
posterior half of corium, ochraceous but more or less black inwardly. Inter-
mediate and posterior legs mutilated in specimen described.

Long. 8.5 millimeters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Rizal, Montalban Gorge (Charles S. Banks
collector.

Allied to D. reuteri Stal.

64 DISTANT.
Suborder HOMOPTERA.
Family FULGORIDA.

SCAMANDRA Stal.

Stett. Hnt. Zeit. (1863) 24, 232.
Type: S. rosea Guér.

Scamandra banksi sp. noy. (Plate I, fig. 8.)

Head and pronotum olivaceous brown, eyes ochraceous; mesonotum castaneous ;
abdomen above brownish, thickly covered with a white, waxy secretion; body
beneath pale chocolate-brown, face and legs dark olivaceous brown; tegmina with a
little less than basal half dark olivaceous, remaining area and the extreme base
brownish testaceous, the basal olivaceous area with two transverse pale ochraceous
fascie, the first obliquely directed inward, the second iregular and marking the
boundary line of the olivaceous area, the brownish testaceous area containing a
number of very obscure, slightly paler spots; wings brownish testaceous, the anal
area suffused with a white, waxy secretion, posterior margin from anal margin to
commencement of apical area, greyish white, veins and cross-veins on central
area olivaceous or greyish, the basal half of upper half of wing olivaceous, outer
margin of apical area pale brownish; tubercle at base of upper surface of posterior
tibiz short, obtuse; pronotum and mesonotum more or less finely wrinkled, the
first with an obscure fine longitudinal carinate line, the latter centrally, longi-
tudinally suleate; face with two strong central carinations, the lateral margins
also strongly carinate.

Long. excl. tegm. 21 millimeters, Exp. tegm. 73 millimeters.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindanao, Camp Keithley (Ms. I. S.
Clemens collector).

Allied to S. saturata Walk., and S. lydia Stal.

NEODICTYOPHARA gen. nov.

Type: N. nasuta sp. noy.

General characters of Dictyophara. Head in type longly produced; face and
clypeus centrally longitudinally carinate; rostrum reaching the intermediate
cox; pronotum angularly emarginate at base, tricarinate; mesonotum tricarinate,
the carinations united near anterior margin; femora shorter than tibiz, posterior
tibia (in type) armed with about four spines, the one near base very short;
tegmina about three times longer than broad, costal margin somewhat strongly
arched at base, moderately narrowed at apex, costal area with transverse veins,
subcostal area much broader, near base nearly twice as broad; from end of cell
three longitudinal veins, the upper and lower apically bifurcated for about half
their length; clavus without a transverse vein, apical area reticulate, preceded by
a series of prominent transverse veins; wings of moderate size, the veins bifurcat-
ing toward apical area and forming a series of irregularly sized and shaped apical
cells.

Neodictyophara nasuta sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 11, a, 6.) -
Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath and legs virescent; abdomen above
greyish white; tegmina virescent; wings greyish white; head in front of eyes

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I. 65

about twice as long as pronotum and mesonotum together, somewhat strongly,
upwardly recurved, its extreme apex subtruncate and piceous, the lateral margins
above strongly ridged as are also the lateral margins of the face, central
carination to face and clypeus sharply prominent; tegmina transversely veined in
costal area, irregularly transversely wrinkled in subcostal area; other structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

In the unique 9 type the genital apparatus above consists of two long parallel
spinous appendages, the apices of which are piceous.

Long. 2 excl. teem. 15 millimeters, Exp. tegm. 29 millimeters. —
Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector).

SYRGIS Stal.

Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 758.
Type: S. acutus Walk.

SyRGIS acurus Walk.
Issus acutus Walk., List Hom. (1851) 2, 369.
Syrgis simplex Stal, (part) Ofv. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 759.
Syrgis acutus Melich. (part) Abh. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. (1906)
308.
SYRGIS SIMPLEX Walk.
Issus simplez Walk., List Hom. Suppl. (1858) 92.
Syrgis simplex Stal, (part) Ofy. Vet-Ak. Férh. (1870) 759.
Syrgis acutus Melich. (part) Abh. K. K. Zool-Bot. Ges. Wien. (1906) 308.

The above two species are quite distinct. In S. acutus the anteocular
portion of the head is longer than the basal space between the eyes; in
S. simplex the head only projects a little in front of the eyes and is only
about one-third the length of the basal space between the eyes.

Syrgis fasciatus sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 10.)

Fuscous brown; body beneath and legs a little darker; face castaneous brown,
the base narrowly black and with two somewhat ill-defined transverse fascie (the
first before and the second beyond middle), apical margin before clypeus and the
posterior portions of lateral margins, pale ochraceous; tibie, tarsi and annulations
to femora, piceous; sternum mottled with piceous; tegmina with three irregular
transverse piceous fascie, the first basal, the second broad and at about middle,
its costal half broad and sub-triangular and then continued to clavus by two
narrow bifurcations, the third fascia narrow, continuous and subapical, apical
margin spotted with piceous; vertex longer than in S. acuwtus Walk., the anteocular
portion longer than the basal space between the eyes, vertex and pronotum strongly,
centrally, longitudinally carinate; mesonotum more faintly tricarinate; face
strongly, centrally, longitudinally carinate.

Long. 7 millimeters.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Manila (Charles S. Banks collector).
Allied to S. acutus Walk., from which it differs by the longer and more
produced vertex and the fasciated face and tegmina.
945245

66 DISTANT.
MINDURA Stal.
Rio Jan. Hem. (1862) 2, 69.
Type: WM. alligata Walk.

MINDURA ALLIGATA Walk.
Mogodina alligata Walk., Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. (1868) 10, 170.
Mindura subfasciata Stal, Ofv. Vet-Ak. Forh. (1870) 770; Melich. Mon.
Ricaniid. (1898) 302.

Melicher has given Stal’s name priority, but he has given 1870 instead
of 1868 as the date of Walker’s description.

Hyres ls,

Hew
1 ee

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.

a, b. Hormisdas pictus Dist., gen. et sp. nov.
Pegala clemense Dist., sp. nov.

. Pachygrontha nigrolineata Dist., sp. nov.
. Phorticus cardui Dist., sp. noy.

a, Aga albomarginalis Dist., gen. et sp. noy.
Disphinctus stali Dist., sp. nov.

. Merragata cruciata Dist., sp. nov.
. Secamandra banksi Dist., sp. nov.

. Phemius minor Dist., sp. noy.

. Syrgis fasciatus Dist., sp. nov.

a, b. Neodictyophara nasuta Dist., gen. et sp. nov.

. Acanthaspis distanti Banks.

bt Uae
j Phen
i 4
ates
aay
: ij es : Vink, pe
wn, ACTA,
iol \ ; x ‘
Pi titel say (Oe) a ray
7 ‘ he
Hi
: ies ‘
t
6 4 ¥
’
i
4

Scr, Vou. V, No. 1.

JOURN.

RHYNCHOTA PHILIPPINENSIA, PART I.] [PHin.

DISTANT :

ad nat. del. 1909.

Knight,

PLATE

ON THE MYRMECOPHILY OF CATERPILLARS OF CATO-
CHRYSOPS CNEJUS FABR.

By H. VIEHMEYER.
(Dresden, Germany.)

[Translated and edited by Charles S. Banks.]

In a collection of larve of Lycenide received from Mr. W. Schultze,
of the Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., I have noted, among other
interesting forms, the species designated in the title of this paper.

The larvee belong to those species which bear a symbiotic relationship
to ants. De Nicéville* thus designates them and in doing so says,
“Hxtensile organs on the twelfth segment small.” He mentions Cam-
ponotus rubripes Drury, subspecies compressus Fabr. (det. Forel.) as
visiting ants. In the same work he gives the following notes by Green,
of Ceylon: “Both species (Larucus theophrastus Fabr. and Catochrysops
cnejus Fabr.) have the power of emitting some agreeable odor or juice
from the small movable horns situated on the upper side near the tail.
These horns are capable of being projected and retracted at pleasure.”
What De Nicéville here says regarding the peculiar organs of the larve
of C. cnejus is very incomplete and is therefore liable to give a false
impression.

The ant-attracting organs of the lycenid larve were first fully
described and figured by Brants* (1865) and Gueneé* (1867), ap-
parently independently of each other. According to them, these larve
possess two distinct organs: The first on the dorsal surface of the third
from the last abdominal segment (the eleventh body-segment, including
the head), on the median line and near the posterior margin of the
segment having the form of a straight sulcus surrounded by two swellings
or lips; upon the penultimate (twelfth body-segment) toward the outer
half and behind the last pair of stigmata is another pair of eversible
(eyaginating) and inyersible (invaginating) cylinders, the upper edges

1The Butterflies of India, Burmah and Ceylon (1890), 3, 17.
? Sepp. Jan. Christian, Nederlandsche Insekten (1870), (2) pt. 2, 59, pl. 13.
*D’un Organe particulier que présente une chenille de Lycena. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. (1867), (4) 7, 665-668, pl. 13, figs. 9-12.
69

70 VIEHMEYER.

of which are provided with a crown of short, hair-like bristles. Edwards *
discovered on the caterpillars of Lycana pseudargiolus Boisd., that the
slit-like pores gave forth a drop of liquid which was quickly licked up
by the ants and positively carried off and that the tubes upon the twelfth
segment neither voided a drop of liquid nor did the ants pay any atten-
tion to them.

In spite of the exceedingly clear and detailed description and differen-
tiation of the organs as given by Edwards, later observers have repeatedly
put forth the assertion that only one of the two pairs is functional or
that the ants lick the evaginating tubes. Both these latter statements
are certainly false in so far as they apply to the larvee before the second
moult. Moreover, the caterpillars of C. cnejus show clearly the fluid-
producing pore upon the third from the last segment, if De Nicéville
does not err. I do not doubt but that when more careful research is
made the pore will be found upon all larve in which De Nicéyille has
indicated only tubes.

For C. pandava Horsf. and Polyommatus beticus Linn., at least, I
am able to demonstrate both organs. Apparently the only exception
seems to be Curetis thetis Dru., but according to De Nicéville they appear
not to be yisited by ants, and their tubes are to be differentiated from
those of the myrmecophilous lyceenid caterpillars as well by their form
as by their habits. It is therefore equally as possible that we have to
deal in this case with a substantially different organ.

The more important of the two organs are the secreting pores, for
they furnish the attraction for the ants; but what the relationship of
the tubes is appears still uncertain. One might consider them as de-
fensive weapons or at least as the rudiments of such, as signal tubes,
or as scent organs for attracting the ants. A partial explanation of
their relationship is given by the earlier stages of the caterpillars of C.
cnejus. It should be noted that the development of both organs is not
symmetrical, but that they are drawn toward each other. Edwards
appears to have studied the earlier stages of these caterpillars in order
to determine the existence of the myrmecophilous organs. He says,
“The outward openings (the tubes) and the orifice in [segment] 11 are
visible in the youngest larval stages, but till near maturity the larva has
no use for the tubes and can not emit the secretion.”

In the caterpillars of C. cnejus the relationship is different. At the
time of leaving the egg it possesses neither pore nor tubes. After the
first moult the pore appears; after the second, the tubes. This agrees
perfectly with the observations of Scudder ° on the caterpillars of Hveres

*On the Larve of Lycena Pseudargiolus and Attendant Ants. Oan. Hnt. (1878),
10, 131-136.

°The Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada. (1882), 2, 914
and 959.

MYRMECOPHILY OF CATERPILLARS. 71

comyntas Godt. He disposes of the question of the presence of evaginat-
ing tubes, or “caruncles” as he calls them in parentheses, by, “First noticed
in the third stage.” Indeed, of the caterpillars of the genus Rusticus
Hiibn., he then says, “A transverse slit in the middle of the dorsum of
the seventh abdominal segment appears in the third stage, but appar-
ently the caruncles of the eighth segment do not appear until the fourth
stage.”

From the extraordinary similarity of the caterpillars and the almost
perfect similarity of structure of the myrmecophilous organs, I do not
believe that such a striking difference could exist, but rather think that
an error les therein. Another question here arises, and that is as to
whether the organs, as Edwards questioned, are really functional in the
earlier stages of the caterpillar’s existence.

I have recently noticed that Gillmer ° also affirms that in caterpillars
of Lycena argyrognomon Bergstr., the pore is developed first in the second
stage and the tubes first in the third stage. It is then certain that the
earlier statements concerning this are not exact.

Finally, the first stages of the caterpillar of C. cnejws must be con-
sidered from another standpoint. Thomann‘ has made certain careful
studies upon the integument of the caterpillars of myrmecophilous Lyce-
nide. He found that the skin is covered with “star-shaped warts so
exceedingly small that they can not be seen by the naked eye and that
from their centers grows a single minute bristle with, usually, a tuft of
fine hairs at its tip.” He sees in these growths possible organs of touch,
which may serve to notify the caterpillars of the return of the ants.

This view appears to be reasonable, especially as in the region of the
myrmecophilous organs there is usually to be found an accumulation of
these tufted hairs. In the young caterpillars of C. cnejus there are three
interesting facts to be noted: That the tufted hairs appear after the
first moult simultaneously with the opening of the pore; in this stage
they remain proportionately sparse and appear especially around the pore,
but not in masses; after the second moult, they show in the same numbers
and with the same arrangement as in the fully developed larve.

The ant which visits this caterpillar is Polyrhachis dives Smith (det.
Forel.) Green’s supposition that the pupation of the caterpillar takes
place in the ant’s nest appears to be without foundation. The appearance
of caterpillars of Lycenide in ants’ nests seems to me, at least for the
European species, to be more or less accidental and then only if the ants’
nests are upon the ground in the immediate vicinity of the food plant
of the caterpillar.

‘Win literarischer Beitrag zur Grosschmetterlingsfauna von Liibeck.. Arch. d.

Ver. d. Naturgesch. in Meck. (1907), 61.
7 Schmetterlinge und Ameisen. (1901).

2 VIEHMEYER.

LIST OF THE MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCH NIDA OF THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN REGION.

Gerydus symethus Cramer. Catochrysops cnejus Fabr.
Cyaniris puspa Horsf. Tarucus theophrastus Fabr.
Lycena astrarche Bergstr. Castalius ananda deNicéy.
Lycena icarus Rotb. | Polyommatus beeticus Linn,
Lycena hylas W. V. | Liphyra brassolis Westw.*
Zizera lysimon Hiibn. Hypolycena phorbas Fabr.
Azanus ubaldus Cram. | Arhopala meander Boisd.
Chilades laius Cram. | Aphneus vulecanus Fabr.
Chilades trochilus Freyer. | Rapala schistacea Moore.
Lyeenesthes emolus Godart. | Ogyris genoveva Hewits.
Lampides celeno Cram. (xlianus Fabr.) | Jalmenus evagoras Don.
Catochrysops pandaya Horsf. | Jalmenus ictinus Hewits.

‘ Doubtfully myrmecophilous, at least in the sense here indicated.

A MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCANID CHRYSALIS FROM THE
PHILIPPINES.

By H. VIEHMEYER.
(Dresden, Germany.)
[Translated by W. Schultze.]

At the beginning of the year 1908, Mr. W. Schultze, of Manila, sent
me a yery interesting lepidopterous chrysalis, together with some ants,
for which I here wish to express by thanks. Concerning the locality the
following information is taken from his letter:

“One of my friends (Mr. H. M. Curran) had a large, old tree in Santa Maria,
Laguna Province, cut down in order to obtain certain epiphytic plants. As the
tree lay on the ground, he observed that ants had built an earthen nest among the
roots of one of the epiphytes, and that the nest had been broken by the fall of
the tree. His interest was further aroused when he noticed that the furious
ants had grouped themselves around certain objects within special cells fastened
to the bark of the tree as if to defend these objects.His astonishment was great
when he found that the immovable objects were lepidopterous chrysalids. He
counted about sixteen specimens. In using a forceps for their extraction from
the nest he crushed three, after which he succeeded in loosening six more with
his hands. These he placed in a glass bottle and brought them, four days later,
to the laboratory.”

So much for the facts. Unfortunately, no butterflies emerged from
the chrysalids, although they were in an advanced stage of development.

We are in all probability dealing with a species of the genus Arhopala.
The ants were Camponotus quadrisectus Smith (det. Forel). First of
all, so far as the particular nest design of Camponotus is concerned, one
is strikingly reminded of the hanging nests or “ant gardens” which HE.
Ule observed in the Amazon region.t In our case, what he says about
Camponotus femoratus Fabr., would appear to best apply to the question
namely :*

“The nests of these ants are often built high up in the trees, though they are
found just as abundant in shrubs more or less close to the ground. The primary

+ Ameisengiirten im Amazonengebiet. In Hngler’s bot. Jahrb. (1902), 30, No.
68, 45-52.
* Blumengiirten der Ameisen am Amazonenstrome. In Karsten u. Schenck,
Vegetationsbilder, 3te Reihe, Heft I, Taf. 1-6.
73

74 VIEHMEYER.

foundations of these nests consist for the most part of very small, irregular
accumulations of earth. The whole structure rarely attains the size of a man’s
head and is surrounded by a somewhat thin, earthy, crust-like cover. Inside
it consists of numerous irregular chambers having no particular design. Plants
soon begin to grow over the entire surface of the nest from seeds previously carried
in by the ants. Some of these plants attain a considerable size. Still more earth
is now carried in by the ants so that the plants do not lack material for nutrition
and can develop into enormous clusters. Since in this manner the ants often
cultivate flowering plants, their nests may be called ‘flower gardens of ants’ in
analogy with M@éller’s ‘fungus gardens.’ As these plants, thus bred by the ants,
are, by reason of their care, able to live in the air in the same manner as epiphytes
ou other plants, I shall call them ‘ant-epiphytes.’ ”

In this comparison too much importance should not be attributed to
the fact that the plant was probably a true epiphyte and received no direct
benefit from the accumulation of earth by the ants. The relationship
between the plants and the ants here existing is not symbiotic in the
strictest sense, because it directly benefits only the ants, in that the
interlacing of the plant roots increases the stability of the nests. The
benefit which the plants receive from this relationship is a very equivocal
and incidental one. As a rule, one does not speak of benefit, but rather
of injury, so long at least as it is not proved that the ants make selections
among plant species. It is therefore not difficult to imagine similar
conditions in the case of Camponotus quadrisectus Smith; on the other
hand, it is also easily possible that the ants take possession of the in-
terlacing roots simply as a suitable place for their nest. I simply wish
to indicate here the probability of the first-mentioned association, in
order to call attention to these relations, further observations upon the
construction of the nests of C. quadrisectus being needed in order to show
which of the two possibilities applies to the case in question.

The relation of the ants to the lycenid chrysalids is, however, clearer
and more interesting. The pupa sent to me is about 17 millimeters long
and shows the closest similarity to the dominant forms in the genus
Arhopala. The abdominal extremity is developed into a large cupule or
pulvillus-like depression, presumably similar to that of many of its
closely related allies, at present unknown, and by means of which it was
fastened to the bark of the tree within the ants’ nest. Dorsally, on the
seventh abdominal segment, exactly in the place where the myrmecophi-
lous lycenid larve have the opening of the secretary gland, there is
situated an oval, chitinous, crater-shaped cavity 1.3 millimeter in length
and 0.7 millimeter in width. Its edges consist of strong, dark-colored
chitin and project.considerably above the surrounding surface. Inside
the oval zone the chitin is much thinner and readily distinguishable by
its yellowish color, though especially so when viewed by transmitted
light. When the butterfly is withdrawn from the skin of the pupa, one
notices plainly that a fine transverse incision is present between two
chitinous lamelle, which extend into the crater from the cephalic and

MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCAZNID CHRYSALIS. ; 75

caudal borders, respectively. A direct connection is thus indicated as
existing between the interior of the body of the pupa and the chitinous
crater.

Tt is a great pity that the pupa sent to me was not suitable for
sectioning. Frém the striking size of the chitinous crater and the con-
nection with the inside of the pupa, we may conclude with comparative
safety that secretory glands are also present. ‘This pupa must therefore
be considered myrmecophilous, and certainly, as such, of a species which
actually supplies the ants with some kind of secretion. It is an ascer-
tained fact that the pup of myrmecophilous Lycenidz are often found
in ant nests. So far as all the palearctic species are concerned, the
presence of lepidopterous pupe in colonies of ants is not usual, but more
or less accidental. At the time of pupation, when the caterpillars leave
the food plant, they very often wander into the immediate vicinity or
even into the nests of ants which frequently have their colonies located at
the roots of the plant. ‘That the pup are permitted in the nests of ants
is easy to understand on the basis of the symbiotic relationship existing
between the caterpillar and the ants. The ants experience the trans-
formation of the caterpillar into the pupa in their very midst, as it
were. Very probably their toleration of the pupa is enhanced by the
existence of some pleasantly scented substance, secreted by glandular
cells situated in its epidermis; at least the action of the ants seems to
point in that direction. In none of the lycenid pupe hitherto known
to me is the reason for this tolerance to be sought in the presentation of
some kind of gift by the pupa to the ants, because all pups of this family
so far known are without a secretory organ.

Fies. 1, 2, 3.—LATERAL, VENTRAL AND DORSAL ASPECTS.

Fie. 4.—MYRMECOPHILOUS ORGAN.

76 VIEHMBEYER.

The possession of the organ used in serving the symbiotic relationshin
appears very strange, in view of the profound histolytic and histogenetic
processes during the pupal stage. One might be induced to con-
sider the organ as rudimentary, im a manner similar to the abdominal
feet of some caterpillars, indications of which are still visible upon the
pupa. A comparison of pupa and caterpillar should then show the de-
velopment of the secretory organ in the former to be much less than in
the latter. The caterpillar producing this pupa is still unknown. A
short time ago I received from India caterpillars and pupe of Arhopal
amantes Hewits., which show similar relationship when compared from
this point of view. ‘The pup of this latter species are larger than thas
under discussion and have also a myrmecophilous organ, though not
nearly as well developed. In a comparison between pupa and caterpillar
of A. amantes, with reference to their myrmecophilous organ it becomes
apparent that externally they are exactly alike. As the pupa from the
Philippines is much smaller than that from India, though haying a much
larger and more strongly developed chitinous crater, it can not possibly
be assumed that this organ is rudimentary, but it must be considered as
being completely functional. This would therefore indicate that the
living together of this pupa and the ants is no longer accidental, but has
become an obligatory relationship. -

The myrmecophilous lyczenid caterpillars, as 1s well known, have,
besides the glands for producing honeydew, another organ which has a
relation to the symbiosis. On the eighth or penultimate abdominal
segment there are two tubes provided with a bristly rim which can be
drawn in or extruded like a pair of snail tentacles. In all: probability
these two epidermal tubes strengthen the symbiosis by attracting ants
through the secretion of a scent substance. By no means do the tubes
produce any kind of liquid secretion. It is therefore very worthy of note
that the tubes in the pupa from the Philippines are entirely rudimentary.
They appear only as a pair of slight depressions in the chitin. In con-
cluding that the epidermal tubes are scent organs for attracting ants, it
is at once apparent why the tubes and not the secretory organs have
become rudimentary in the pupal stage. The attracting of the ants and,
therewith, the functioning of the organs serving that purpose, naturally
become unnecessary in the ant nest, while the organs which serve in the
real symbiosis retain their significance and utility.

To sum up: We have here undoubtedly the peculiar spectacle of a
lepidopterous pupa acting as a food puryeyor to ants, as it gives them,
from a chitinous crater, the secretion of two glands (in analogy with the
caterpillars) at least during the first part of the pupal stage.

This singular occurrence induced me first of all again to make a
thorough investigation of all lycenid pupz obtainable. But on none
could I discover myrmecophilous organs, and the symbiosis of the Phil-

MYRMECOPHILOUS LYCA2NID CHRYSALIS. aa

ippime pupe with C. quadrisectus would therefore haye become a very
interesting but doubtful case had I not received the aforementioned
material from Mr. T. R. Bell, of Karwar, India. The pupe of A. amantes
represent, so to speak, the missing lnk between those lycwnid pupe
which are simply permitted to remain, or are more or less accidentally
found, in ant nests and those which we may legitimately assign as dwell-
ing in ant colonies.

It would be very interesting to search further for the reciprocal relation-
ship of the symbionts on the spot, chiefly to find out if the butterflies
when emerging are not possibly in need of assistance from the ants, as
well as to verify the secretion by actual observation. In this wise it
would be easier to understand the symbiotic relationship than if the reten-
tion of the honeydew glands were credited merely to their use in repaying
the ants for the protection afforded the pupe. For the latter reason
no secretory organs such as are demonstrable in many examples, would
be needed. As Thomann has demonstrated, the pupe of palearctic
Lycenide do not need the help of the ants. This I have been able also
to verify on a number of species.

‘ ap arred | ee o i
i

ny ¢ r
ie ubeer

i eg 4, th :

THE POLYSCOPIC CELL. A NEW MICROSCOPICAL
ACCESSORY.

By CHarzes 8. BANKS.

(Prom the Entomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

For many years I haye found myself handicapped in the study of the
anatomy of microscopic animals, especially insects, by having no means
whereby parts might be mounted either temporarily or permanently in
such manner as to obviate their distortion and at the same time to enable
the observer to view them from all sides. Those who have had to study
mouth parts, thoracic sclerites and genitalia of minute Coleoptera, Hy-
menoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera, will appreciate what I mean when
I say that it is next to impossible to get, for example, the proper relation-
ships of the parts of male genitalia in Culicidae in preparations mounted
according to the ordinary modus operandi.

One needs but to take up any of the more recent publications dealing
with mosquitoes in which photomicrographs of the genitalia appear, to
be struck immediately by the very unsatisfactory appearance of most of
these, owing to displacement of parts, due to pressure of the cover glass
in making the preparations.

Furthermore, everyone who has observed the genitalia in living mos-
quitoes and those recently dead knows that the parts lie in many planes
and that no satisfactory idea of their relationships can be secured from
a slide which gives only a ventral or a dorsal aspect. It is true that by
using a “built-up” cell, this distortion of parts may, to a certain extent,
be overcome, but at best it is exceedingly difficult so to mount one of
these preparations by ordinary methods as to get a lateral view; and
then, if one should succeed in thus mounting the specimen, he must
either prepare a second mount showing the dorsal surface and a third
one showing the ventral surface, or else reverse the slide, which is not
always feasible because of its thickness or of the position of the cover glass.

After haying tried every one of the classical cells, as well as numerous
others devised by myself, I have at last, I believe, secured a cell- which
will prove useful not only to the entomologist but likewise to the general

biologist.
79

80 BANKS.

As the name would suggest, this cell enables the worker to observe
all sides of an object parallel to its longitudinal axis, provided this cor-
responds with the longitudinal axis of the cell itself. For example, in a
preparation of the male genitalia of any species of mosquito, if the last
three abdominal segments be mounted in this cell, one may obtain both
lateral, ventral and dorsal aspects. The only aspect not possible would
be the caudal, and this, for anatomical purposes, is quite unnecessary, as
all essential features are demonstrable in the other four.

The polyscopic cell, which is really nothing more than a section of
glass tubing of small caliber, is made by grinding it to the form of a
square prism instead of a cylinder. This, as I shall describe in detail,
is easily accomplished in any institution having a rock grinding ap-
paratus; and three or four dozen of these cells can be prepared in a day
by the plan which I have adopted.

METHOD OF PREPARATION.

Lengths of glass tubing of small diameter, say 4 to 6 millimeters, and of the
required caliber, are cut up into pieces of the desired length, usually 15 to 20
millimeters. It would be better to keep pieces cut from the same tubing together,
as these are most likely to have the same caliber and the cells will be kept uniform
in this way. Nine to a dozen of these short tubes are fastened to a small plate of
glass such as is used in grinding rock specimens.

The best preparation for cementing to the glass is a mixture composed of 20
parts of white shellac and 7 parts Canada balsam. This, in the form of a pencil,
is applied to the glass plate held over the gas flame, until a sufficient quantity has
melted upon the plate. The short tubes. are then placed close together and
pressed down upon the plate so that they will all be parallel. (See Plate I, fig. 2.)
The cement having become hard, the tubes are ground down upon the steel wheel of
a rock-grinding machine, the operator employing first coarse emery and then
finer until their surfaces have become worn to the desired degree and have the
velvety appearance of ground glass. A still finer polish may be obtained by next
grinding for a short time on a plate glass with pumice and water. (See Plate I,
fig. 3.)

The next step is to dry the plate and gently heat it until the tubes become loose
enough for removal. The entire mass of adherent tubes may be slipped off, turned
completely over, pressed firmly to the glass plate to remove air bubbles and, after
cooling, the operation of grinding the faces on the opposite side begun. (Plate I,
fig. 4.) This being completed, the tubes are now removed as before, set up on
edge so that their plane faces are contiguous, recemented to the plate and the
third face ground. (Plate I, fig. 5.) For the fourth face, the mass may be
slipped off entire and turned over, the same precautions being taken to press the
mass flat to the plate. (Plate I, fig. 6.) The finished cells will then appear as
in Plate I, fig. 7. g :

The cells may now be removed from the plate and, after cleaning off the
cement, they are ready for use. They may, however, be polished even more
finely if it is so desired, to remove the ground surface and render them perfectly
transparent like ordinary glass slides; but this is not absolutely necessary, for

THE POLYSCOPIG CELL. 81

the following reasons: After mounting the specimen, the only thing necessary
when it is desired to study it under the microscope is to place a drop of immersion
oil on the top of the cell and press over it a tiny piece of cover glass. This
causes a perfect transparence of the top of the cell and makes the inclosed specimen
visible. The only special advantage of having the cell polished is to enable one to
determine quickly the position of the specimen within. An advantage of leaving
the cell with ground sides is that the number and name of the specimen may be
written easily upon the surface with India ink.

METHOD OF USE.

The slide once made (Plate I, fig. 8), the method of preparing and
mounting the specimen is a very simple one. Having passed it through
all the fluids to the xylene, the portion of the insect which it is desired
to preserve is dissected away and placed in the tube of the cell which has
previously been filled with Canada balsam dissolved in xylene. The
specimen, which should be just large enough to slip into the tube readily,
is pushed in by means of a pin or other suitable instrument and the ends
of the tube sealed with slide cement of the kind generally used by the
worker. :

Sometimes it may occur that the specimen is slightly smaller than
the caliber of the tube and, in order to hold it in a fixed position therein,
recourse may be had to a bent bristle which is pushed in until it comes
in contact with the specimen. (Plate I, fig. 9.) A tiny piece of filter
paper or other convenient substance will serve the same purpose, as shown
in the figure indicated.

Cells of the kind described here may he stored as easily as ordinary
microscopical slides by either placing them in a drawer with compart-
ments numbered to correspond with their numbers or else in small en-
velopes. Where slide cabinets with compartments of sufficient depth are
available, an excellent plan is to fasten each cell to an ordinary shde by
means of a minute drop of balsam which, while retaining it in place for
storage, may be dissolved easily when it is necessary to work with the
specimen. a

CELL HOLDER.

When using the preparation for study, the cell may be held in place
upon a special holder which I have devised for this purpose. It consists
of an aluminium plate 25 by 75 millimeters, having an opening 10 by 30
millimeters, in which a small glass slide may rest upon a flange and upon
which the cell may be placed and clamped as shown on Plate II, figs.
1 and 2. This piece of apparatus is not necessary if one has slide clips
on his microscope long enough to rest upon the ends of the cell, and thus
retain it in position for work with the camera lucida or in making
photomicrographs.

945246

82 BANKS.
USES OF THE CELL.

This cell will be found useful not only for minute insects and parts
of insects, but it can also be employed to great advantage in the study of
Crustacea, Arachnida, Infusoria, Rhizopoda, Vermes, ete. In reality,
there is no minimum limit to the size of the cell provided one can obtain
glass tubes of small bore. I have cells which have a caliber of less than’
0.45 millimeter, and an outside diameter of less than 1 millimeter, thus
obtaining a distance of less than 0.625 millimeter between the lower
surface of the “Zeiss DD” lens and the floor of the cell tube. The
distance between the upper surface of an object lyimg in a cell of this
size and the lens would be small enough to make it possible to examine
the object with ease, using a high-power lens.

However, it must be borne in mind that the greater utility of ie cell
will be in connection with lower power lenses and the camera lucida or
the photomicrographic apparatus, and that it serves primarily as a means
of preserving parts undistorted by pressure, such as is inevitable in the
ordinary technique of flat slide and cover glass, and enables the worker to
see successively four sides of the specimen.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.

Fic. 1. Glass cell cemented to plate and ready for grinding.
Fies. 2-7. Successive positions in grinding a number of the polyscopic cells.
Fie. 8. The finished polyscopic cell ready for the specimen.
9. The cell with specimen mounted showing means of holding the object in
place therein; ready for microscopical examination.

Prate II.

Fies. 1 and 2. Slide devised by the author for holding the cell when microscope
is inclined.
Fie. 3. Photomicrograph of ¢ genitalia of Culex fatigans Wied., mounted in
polyscopie cell, using Zeiss AA objective and No. 3 ocular.
4. Lateral view of same mount, the cell having been given a quarter turn.
83

Bag

8 ‘ Ae
2 cs ac la Sn “Otiania
i ~ esi at
: fei ys wa!
.
: i Sah anit
r et ani
=
+
aft ‘

BANKS: THE POLYSCOPIC CELL. ] (PHI. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 1.

. LEGIT
Ze

BANKS: THE POLYSCOPIC CELL.] [Prin. JourRN. ScrI., Vou. V, No. 1.

am Sls Gn:

PLATE Il.

EDITORIAL.

AN INTERESTING OCCURRENCE WITH STICKY GRASS:
ERAGROSTIS VISCOSA TRIN.

While sitting on the veranda at my home several days ago, my atten-
tion was attracted by the pitiful wailing peep of a small chicken. I
thought at first that it was simply lost and was crying for its mother,
but as the wail continued unremittingly for about half an hour, I sent *
my boy out to find the chick. He returned in a moment bringing a two-
day old chicken, still peeping. Upon glancing at it I discovered that
three flower stalks of sticky grass were firmly attached to its neck, and
two more were twisted in the downy feathers under one wing, the boy
in releasing the chick having pulled up the grass.

It required considerable manipulation to disentangle the down of
the chick from the grass, but it is quite certain that it could never have
_ freed itself had not help come as it did. In running along, the chick
had evidently become enmeshed by a couple of the grass stalks and then,
in its efforts to get free, had inyolved itself to a more serious extent.

An examination of the grass shows that when it is in flower and fruit
there exudes from a series of longitudinal pores, beginning from 5 to 10
millimeters below the panicle and extending downward for 10 to 15 milli-
meters, a viscid substance of great tenacity. This substance serves
the plant primarily for protection against ants and other insects which
might climb the stall and damage or remove the flowers or unripe seeds.

As Hragrostis viscosa Trin. is very widely distributed in the Philippines
as well as in other parts of the Tropics, the possibility of its doing greater
damage than would have occurred in this single instance makes its eradica-
tion, especially in chicken yards or in other places to which young chickens
have access, a problem worthy of consideration.

Caries §S. BANKs.
85

86 . BDITORIAL.

A METHOD OF USING MAGNESIUM SULPHATE FOR THE
ANAZSTHETIZATION OF MARINE ANIMALS.

While on a collecting trip in the Philippine Islands this spring, I
used a method of anewsthetizing marine forms with magnesium sulphate
which proved yery successful. The method may not be new to many
workers, certainly the principle is not. Since I do not know of any
zoologist who uses magnesium sulphate in just this way, I venture to
publish the method and hope some one else may find it useful. Success
in using magnesium sulphate lies in securing its quick diffusion through
the water in sufficient quantity, without causing any mechanical disturb-
ance of the animals to be anesthetized. If a heap of crystals of the salt
is placed on the bottom at one side of a dish of water, solution and
diffusion are very slow, and attempts to hasten these processes are
apt to result in the contraction of sensitive forms. Some workers have
made a large quantity of a saturated solution of the salt, which was
then led through a tube to the surface of the dish in which were the
animals to be stupefied. I believe this method gives good results; but
it is a difficult one to use in ordinary field collecting, where room and
apparatus are limited.

The forms on which I have been working this year have been mostly
corals, aleyonaria, and gorgonians, with some hydroids and worms. Most
of these are quite sensitive. Many of the gorgonians are very slow to
expand after they are brought in, and are extremely ready to contract
at any time; and I have failed completely in securing well-expanded
specimens by the first method mentioned.

The method which I have used successfully is as follows:

A considerable quantity of the magnesium sulphate, say 50 to 250 grams, is
tied in a piece of cheese cloth and hung over a dish of water so that the bottom
of the bag barely dips into the water. It does not seem to matter whether the
bag is directly over or to one side of the specimen to be anesthetized. Streams
of the sulphate solution can be seen descending at once through the water in the
dish. Even extremely sensitive zodids do not seem to be disturbed by the streams
of the salt solution. I have sometimes used two bags of the sulphate when a
considerable number of specimens were in one large dish. In order to preserve
some of the larger specimens, I have anesthetized them in dishes holding 6 gallons

of water. Anesthesia of some of the alcyonaria can be completed in fifteen
minutes, and of most gorgonians in half an hour.

On this same trip I used successfully A. G. Mayer’s method of anaes-
thetizing medusx by carbon dioxide. The charged water is also helpful
in the case of some alcyonarians and gorgonians, although it must be used
in conjunction with magnesium sulphate. ‘To other related forms the
carbon dioxide is an irritant.

LAWRENCE H. GRIFFIN.

Order No. 401,
THE BONTOC IGOROT.
By A. EH. JENKs.
110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic plates. 9 figures.

An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among
the Bontoc Igorots.

Price $1 United States currency.

' Order No. 402.
THE NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES,
By Wittiam. ALLEN REED.

90 pages. 60 full-page photographic plates. 2 maps. 2 figures.

A valuable ethnological study of the pigmy blacks of Zambales.

Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half
morocco. :

‘ Order No. 403.
THE NABALOI DIALECT.
By Orto Sate

TOGETHER WITH

THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN.

By Epwarp Y. Minter.

199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures.

The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive
people.

Price $0.25 United States currency, paper; $0.75 United States currency, half
morocco.

Any of the above-mentioned publications may be ordered from the Business
Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., or from any of the agents
listed on the cover of this Journal.

be $2 United States currency. <7 pe
Beginning with 1911, the price of the entire Journal will be inéreased to 7
~ | currency. eecaE D will ePpeey as. often as material ‘is ayaneulens a

amas Salk t Ree;

BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT. III. Filipino. Types: Racial aes.
in Taye ges ie Women eee re

_Cneius F pone Ae Se Dh ONAL kn ese a

_\-eurrency per year. tei
Section B, Medical Sciences, a United States currency per "year:
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year,

Section D, Ethnology, a and General Biology, $2 United State
'_-Teney per year. j

The entire “J ournal,”’ $5 United States currenoy for Volumes II, 1H, 1Y, and v. ;
after, $7 United States currency per year. ; ;

Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. _ A

Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal ts Soience,
Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to ads of the peers listed below. _ Please gi order Sy
number. :

See Geen of Science: Manis, Ps We at ‘the foll
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 Un
States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United Sta
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United S:
ee - currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices. «

ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL |
Bionoey

ETHNOLOGY,

i ‘BUREAU OF PRINTING
1910)

SPF

‘lie

Ontkr No, 408,

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION.
By NasEEs M. SALEEBY.
107 Beets 16 illustrations. 5 deans:

A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro: Beapieh
Price $0.25, United States currency, ‘postpaid.

aU Order No. 208, ,
THE HISTORY OF SULU.

By Naszees M. SAupesy.
275 pages. : i

A A complet History of the Mors pane in Sulu, with maps and many
translations from the original documents.

» Price $0.75, United States currency, postpaid. Jie aaah ’

Rear A } - order No, 410, Bre a he
_ MINDANAO. FO ea Baa a i,

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.

By Everson B. Curistre.
122 pages. : é Profusely illustrated.

Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid.

NOTE. RM nDleas:

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, Wit mi 4
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number. : 5

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York cata U. s. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messre. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

Walle isl E ie INps,

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

Vor. V JULY, 1910 Nos 2
ae FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
PART: Ill, PEARLS AND PEARL FISHERIES.’

By ALVIN SEALE. °

(From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila,
12, Iie)

INTRODUCTION.

During the past ten years the writer has been engaged, as time would
permit, in making a study of pearls and pearl fisheries. In 1900, a
year was spent in the fisheries.of Paumota and Gambier Islands and in
1902 the fisheries of Australia and the Solomon Islands were visited ;
during the past year considerable time was given to a study of the pearling
grounds of the Philippine Islands.

So far as possible, a careful study has been made of the development,
life history and habits of the pearl oyster, chiefly with the view of
increasing its value as a commercial asset. Experiments relating to pearl
growth, deyelopment and culture haye been inaugurated; and a large
number of both hard and soft sections through pearls from Various loca-
- lities have been made in order to throw additional light on the direct cause
of their origin and growth.

The object of the present paper is to give the results of these observa-
tions and a general review of our present knowledge of the subject, with
the hope that such results may lead to increased interest in the Philippine
- pearl fisheries and to their greater development.

* Part I of this series appeared in This Journal Sec. A (1908), 3, 513; Part II,
Ibid. (1909), 4, 57.
96836 87

88 SEALE.

PHILIPPINE PEARL OYSTERS.

There are two varieties of pearl oysters in the Philippines which are
of considerable commercial importance: One, called the gold lp pearl
shell, Doctor Pilsbury kindly informs me is doubtless Margaritifera
maxima Jamson* (see Plate III, figs. 1 and 2); the other, the black
lip pearl shell, is Margaritifera margaritifera (Limneeus). (See Plate
IV, figs. 1 and 2.) The gold lip shell is by far the most important, it
being the variety chiefly sought in commercial ventures, its market value
being from 30 to 80 pesos* per picul of 63.3 kilos (139.5 pounds). This
shell, when mature, is usually from 180 to 230 millimeters (7 to 9 inches)
in diameter and weighs from 1.82 to 2.3 kilograms (4 to 5 pounds) ;
shells weighing more than 5 kilograms (11 pounds) haye been found.
This species occurs in waters of from 5 to 20 fathoms throughout the
Sulu Archipelago, and is probably more or less abundant throughout the
entire Philippine group. ;

The black lip shell is a much smaller variety, rarely exceeding 150 or
180 millimeters (6 or 7 inches), with a weight of from 1 to 1.5 kilograms
(2 to 3 pounds), although usually it is much smaller. It is common
along the shores of almost all the islands of the Philippine Archipelago,
and is of much less value commercially than the gold lip shell, being
in but little demand and selling for about 13 pesos per picul. This form
usually gives a large yield of pearls which are of comparatively little value,
as they generally are small, irregular in shape and of a gray or dusky color.

In the year 1886 a paper was published in Bergen, Norway, which
contained the following interesting statement regarding the Philippine
pearl fisheries : \

The Philippine Islands produce great quantities of pearl shell. In 1877, 155
tons were exported. In 1878, 152 tons, valued at 164,720 pesos were exported. In
1879 the value of exported pearl shell was 155,802 pesos. The entire region from
Tawi-Tawi to Basilan is a continuous pearl oyster bed; the Sulu fisheries are the
largest and most productive of any in the East Asiatic waters. The pearls are

famous, and the shell has a fine luster. Labuan is the chief market. The yield is
decreasing.

It will be of interest to compare the above account of the fisheries of
thirty years ago with those of the present time. During the year 1907
there were exported from the port of Jolo 154,918 kilos (340,820 pounds)
of pearl shell, valued at 119,045 pesos; and during the same period the
product exported from Zamboanga was valued at 45,254 pesos, making a
total of 164,399 pesos from the Moro Province alone, which shows a sub-
stantial increase rather than a decline in the fisheries. ‘The above value

? Revised Nomenclature of Pearl Oysters. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, (1901), 1,
392.
*One peso equals fifty cents U. 8S. currency.

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 89

is of the shell alone; that of the pearls secured during this time is
unknown, but doubtless it amounted to several thousand pesos.

No export duty is charged on shell, but wharfage to the amount of
1.50 pesos per ton is collected.

The price of shell at the present time is from 60 to 100 pesos per picul
for those of the first class of the gold lip variety, and about 20 pesos per
picul for the black lip variety. ‘The picul is counted at 63.3 Inlograms
(139.5 pounds, 16 piculs to the ton). Almost all the shell is sent either to
Singapore or to Hurope. There is one button factory located in Manila
which has a capacity, when running constantly, of about 6,000 gross per
month, requiring about 300 tons of shell per year; otherwise, all the shell
is exported.

During the past year about 56 tons of shell were taken from the Davao
pearl bed. ‘These were of very large size and first class in every respect.
They gave a very small yield of pearls, the value of which was probably
not more than 6,000 pesos. Some very beautiful pearls are to be found in
the Sulu fisheries, and it was my pleasure to examine two of these, each
valued at 5,000 pesos, secured from this region during the past year.

Almost all the fishing for pearl oysters is carried on by the use of
diving armor, in water of from 15 to 20 fathoms. Shells are occasionally
found in shallower water, but in such cases naked Moros usually dive for
them, or they are secured by a primitive rake-dredge worked by a rattan
line from a native canoe and which can be used only in smooth water.
‘The natives frequently soak dry shell in water for several days before it
is sold, in order to increase the weight; and I have seen Chinese and
other middlemen doing the same thing. The shells are usually opened
on the boats and all the pearls extracted soon after the oysters are
brought up.

THE PEARLING FLEBT.*

At present about 30 vessels are engaged in pearling in the Sulu
Archipelago. These boats range from 5 to 15 tons, and usually carry a
erew of seven men, including the diver. All boats with armored divers

*The following boats constituted the Zamboanga pearling fleet for the year
1908: Sirena and Nawtilus, owned by J. F. Maddy; Cleopatra, Galatea, and
Maritima, owned by J. Wilson; Joenia and Placido Reyes, owned by the Cebu
Pearling Company; Mina, Burtandy, Ida, and Manny, owned by Capt. Chas.
Linberg; Paragua, Zamboanga, and Sapit, owned by G. W. Langford; Alice
Holmes, Rosario, and Olinga, owned by Mr. Holmes; Mindanao, owned by Mr.
Teck; Pruno, owned by V. Sision. All of these boats carried on more or less active
operations during the past year.

The Jolo pearling fleet is composed of the following boats: Victoria, Helena,
Santa Maria, and Elisabet, owned by Ong Tiam Teng; Almosouth, owned by Hadji
Abubacal; King of Spades, owned by Richard H. Gibbs; Ramon, owned by Her-
nandes & Co.; and Alfonso and Nena, owned by Asing.

90, SEALE.

are required to take out a license, for which the charges are 300 pesos
a year for a first-class license, or a three months’ license may be secured
for one-fourth of this amount. ‘These are obtained from the provincial
treasurer at Jolo, Zamboanga, or Davao. The divers are usually natives
or Japanese. Hach boat is equipped with one complete diving outfit,
consisting of armor, pump, tubes, weights, etc. The diver receives a wage
of from 20 to 80 pesos per month, in addition to a percentage of the shell,
but the terms upon which both men and divers are hired vary with
almost every pearler.

The treasurer of Davao reports that nine first-class licenses have been
taken out at that place since January, 1908, chiefly by local firms, and for
the purpose of working the newly opened Davao pearl bed.

It costs about 55 pesos a month, aside from wages, to navigate a pearling
boat. The diving armor used is nearly all of a modern type, and of
English manufacture. The air pumps used are worked by hand, two
men being stationed constantly at the pump when diving is im progress.
The diver has from 18 to 20.4 kilos (40 to 50 pounds) of weight attached
to him in order to reach the bottom. Divers usually remain under water
until they fill the net basket which they carry, this requiring from ten
minutes to an hour. The diver of a boat on which I was a guest for
some time, usually made about three descents in one hour; this was on
the Davao bank in a depth of 20 fathoms and where the man experienced
great difficulty in working because of strong currents. The length of
time during which an armored diver can remain under water is very
indefinite, depending on the depth of water, strength of current, strength
of the diver, and other factors. In calm water, but a few feet in depth
and of an even temperature, a man should be able to remain for almost an
indefinite period. The naked diver scarcely ever stays down for more
than one minute. Fishing is carried on at all seasons of the year.

THE PHILIPPINE PEARLING BANKS.

Practically the entire region from Sibutu Passage to Basilan Straits
and around the southern shore of Mindanao Island is a continuous
potential pearling bank. However, the greater number of the known
localities have so constantly been fished that they have had small chance
to recover, and, as a result, much of the pearlers’ time is lost in pros-
pecting for new beds in various parts of this wide area; but the ground
never seems to become completely exhausted, for we found pearling boats
operating successfully directly in front of the town of Jolo, within half
a mile of the beach. Fishing for shell had doubtless been carried on at
this point for over a hundred years.

Occasionally, a pearler will locate a bank on which the oysters are

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 9]

very abundant. Such a bank was found just south of Basilan Island;
another near the Tapu Islands, and another in Tataan Pass of Tawi-Tawi
Island. A large yield of shell has been secured near the Samales group.
Shell has been reported from Illana Bay, and during the past year an
extremely valuable bank was located in the Gulf of Davao in Pakiputan
Strait between Samal Island and the mainland. The most prolific por-
tion of the bank was in the narrow part of the passage directly between
Point Lanang and Point Linao. The depth of water is from 20 to 25
fathoms. The bank is well protected above by the large reef known as
Arboles Island. Usually, there is a very strong current pouring through
this strait, but at the point where the pearl bank occurs the tides and
currents form a strong eddy which has doubtless contributed to the
formation of the bank by giving an opportunity for the spat to settle and
attach. The bottom is of coral, sand, and gravel, and is comparatively
smooth. The width of the strait at this place is less than 1.6 kilometer
(1 mile) ; the beach on one side slopes steeply down, and on the other
drops abruptly into several fathoms of water from a live coral reef. The
water is quite clear, its temperature about 24° C., and its specific gravity
1.022. At the time of my visit (May, 1908), there were only four
pearling boats operating on this bank; two others were prospecting in
adjacent waters.

The currents were so swift that diving could be carried on only between
the hours of 6 and 7 o’clock in the morning. The diver, a Filipino,
during this hour made three trips to the bottom; on the first he secured
three shells; on the second, eight; and on the third, two. These were
all large, first-class shells, each weighing about 3.2 kilos (7 pounds).
One contained a small pearl.

The diyer brought up some young shells for our inspection, and reported
that they were abundant on the bed. All the large oysters were in a
breeding condition, so probably this bank will be able to keep up a
moderate yield, unless overfished at the beginning. So far, the Davao
pearl bank has yielded about 56 tons of first-class shell.

Pearl shells in considerable numbers are found in Tanon Strait, between
Cebu and Negros Islands; im the vicinity of Guimaras; and also along
the west and the north coast of Samar. Shell has also been reported —
from Palawan and Cagayan Sulu. It is more probable that as the
Islands become better known, many new pearling banks will be found,
and those now known will be mapped and better defined.

The most desirable bottom for a pearl bank is coarse sand, with dead
coral and rock to which the young may attach. They can not grow on
live coral, and they are very apt to be covered up and smothered on fine
sand.

G2, SEALE.

LIFE TWISTORY OF THE PEARL OYSTER.

The oysters are of separate sex, male and female. The eggs of the
female, when ripe, are extruded into the sea water, where they are
fertilized by the spermatozoa of the male, if by chance the currents bring
the two elements together. Doctor Hornell ® observed in regard to the
Ceylon pearl oyster, “that a ripe female, in close proximity to a mature
male, was sufficient cause to excite the male to throw off spermatozoa.”
The meeting of the spermatozoa and oya is left entirely to chance.

The eggs of the Philippine pearl oyster (M/. maaima Jamson) are at
first pyriform (see fig. 1) and float on the water; as soon as they are

ew. fertilized, they become round ;

hours old, they move about
by means of small, hatir-hke

Di and when from three to six

4. Cilia. Segmentation is com-
i / @) plete, but unequal. The shell
C begins to form at the end
d. of the second day, and’ in
Fic. 1.—Spermatozoa and ova of Philippine pearl from four 0 eight days the
oyster. young oysters settle and be-
(a) Micropyle through which the spermatozoa come attached to the bottom,
enters the ova.
(b) Nucleus. or to any object they chance
(@) NMEORS. to fall upon. At this stage
(d) Spermatozoa of male.
they are known as spat and
are about 1 millimeter (0.04 inch) in length. They attach by means
of a small tuft of coarse, hair-like bristles, known as the byssus.

Hach mature female contains several thousand eggs, but no doubt the
destruction of eggs and young is very great, many being swept into great
depths by strong currents, where they either perish or settle on the
bottom so thickly as to smother each other; or else they become covered
with sand, or attach to some floating object and are washed ashore.
Apparently, there is no fixed time in the Philippines for the maturing
of the ova, as sexually ripe individuals are found at all seasons of the
year.

The shells are supposed to reach a maximum size and are most valuable
commercially in from four to five years, although they doubtless con-
tinue to grow for several years longer. I have examined specimens
weighing 5 kilos (11 pounds) which I believe were ten to twelve years old.
However, shells older than five or six years are apt to be worm-eaten
or full of holes caused by boring sponges, and so are of less value. More

* Report on the operations of the Ceylon pearl banks during the fishery of
1905. Rep. Ceylon Marine Biol. Lab. (1906), 55.

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 93

accurate information regarding the age and growth of shells obtained
from direct observations and measurements is yery desirable.

Mr. Seville Kent states in regard to the rate of growth of the pearl
oyster :

Under favorable conditions a period not exceeding three years suflices for the
shell to attain to the marketable size of 200 to 230 millimeters (8 or 9 inches)
in diameter, and heavy shells of 2.3 kilos (5 pounds) weight per pair may be the
product of five years growth.

“The food of the pearl oyster consists of minute marine infusoria,
Diatomacee, ete. We discovered that in fully 75 per cent of the specimens
examined, the food consisted of Diatomacee with a small amount of
vegetable matter.

The pearl oyster: does not travel to any great distance; in fact, after
the spat stage, it remains in one spot for the greater part of its life,
although it can, and does at times, cast off the byssus attachment and
reattach to some more desirable place, moving very slowly by means of
its small foot. The yery old shells of M. maxima Jamson were, with
but few exceptions, without attachment, probably the weight of the shell
being sufficient to keep them in place.

ENEMIES OF THE PEARL OYSTER.

The pearl oyster, especially in its younger stages, is exposed, to
constant danger. Numerous fishes consider it a great delicacy, and
such fish are found in large numbers about the pearl banks. ‘The various
species of sharks, rays, sparoides, and balistes feed largely upon shell
fish, including the pearl oyster. However, these are not wholly an evil,
as they are probably the intermediate host for the cestode which is the
cause of the growth of pearls; the fish becoming infested with this cestode
by eating the oyster. Doubtless, star fishes also cause much destruction
to the banks, and, in old specimens, the boring sponges, boring worms, and
gastropods, do great damage.

In addition to these enemies which affect the oyster directly, there are
an enormous number of marine animals and plants that, by using up
the available space and food which otherwise would fall to the lot of the
pearl oyster, affect the life of the oyster indirectly.

One pearl diver reported the finding of a very large pearl bank south
of Basilan Island, where the shells were abundant and of very large size,
but of no value, as they were dead and had lost their luster. Im cases of
this kind, it is almost impossible to state the cause of the destruction.
It may have been brought about by some epidemic due to the crowded
condition of the shells, or possibly by some voleanic disturbance, or a
dozen other causes might be assigned, but without facts it is useless to
theorize on the subject.

94 SEALE.

TRANSPLANTING AND CULTIVATING THE PEARL OYSTER.

Pearl oysters may with but little difficulty be transported for several
days, if they are kept in running salt water, or if the water is changed
frequently; thus the question of transplanting them from one bed to
another in a more conyenient locality, or im water of less depth, becomes
a comparatively simple one and will doubtless play an important part in
the pearl oyster industry of the future.

As a matter of fact, the Ceylon government is, or was at a recent date,
engaged extensively in the transplanting of young oysters and the distri-
buting of “clutch,” 1. e., rock of small size which is scattered over the
bottom of the oyster beds, and to which the young oysters become attached.
The young pearl oysters are removed from beds which are overcrowded
to others which are less productive. j

It would be an easy matter for men engaged in pearling to keep
suspended over the side of their vessels bamboo crates or cars im which
they could place the young oysters which are frequently brought up, and
so transport them to a favorable place for development, as is the case
in the sponge fisheries.° In this way they might, with but little effort,
accumulate a valuable pearl farm where a number of oysters could be
harvested each year and the bed looked after just as in the case of the
edible oyster. The yield of pearls and shell would doubtless pay a good
dividend. This process would especially be easy to carry out im the
Davao fisheries which are near shore and where local people are engaged
in the fishing. Such farms should simulate the natural beds so far as
practicable, but improvements over natural conditions could be effected
by supplying an abundance of small, broken rock as “clutch,” upon
which the young could attach; the keeping of the beds free from un-
desirable tenants, such as star fish, holothurians, ete., could be accom-
plished by dredging.

LAWS RELATING TO PEARL FISHING.

I have abstracted the laws,’ or at least such portions of them not
repealed by amendments, as are now in force in the Islands.* They are
of undoubted benefit in protecting the young shells, and, for the greater
part, relate to the waters of the Moro Province. In other portions of the
Archipelago, various local acts and provincial legislation greatly handicap
the pearling industry.

®*This Journal, See. A (1909), 4, 62, 63.

™These laws were enacted by the legislative council of the Moro Province. A
copy of them may be secured from the provincial treasurer of either Jolo or Zam-
boanga.

* Sec. 23, Act No. 51, of the Philippine Commission should read: “The words
‘pearl shell and shell of the pearl oyster as used in Act No. 43 of the Legislative
Council and in this Act shall be construed to mean the shell of the marine bivalve
mollusk Margaritifera maxima Jamson, commonly known as the Philippine gold
lip pearl oyster.’ ” f

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 95

The laws should be extended to include the entire Archipelago, and
all local regulations should be repealed. In this way only can the young
shell properly be protected. Additional legislation protecting the black
lip pearl shell, Wargaritifera margarvtifera (Linnzeus), should be enacted.

Act No. 43 provides for the protection of pearl fisheries within the jurisdiction
of the Moro Province, and was passed February 29, 1904. It forbids the taking
of pearl oysters less than 100 millimeters (4 inches) in diameter. y

Act No. 51 regulates the fishing for shells of marine mollusks and was enacted
June 7, 1907, at the urgent request of the pearl fishers. It prohibits from
engaging in pear! fishing all vessels not built in the Philippine Islands or in the
United States, or not wholly owned by citizens of the United States or by people
having the political rights of the natives of the Philippine Islands. It prescribes
the places at which licenses to engage in pearl fishing may be secured, the price
for such licenses, and the length of time for which they are granted. It states
that the master of every vessel operating under a first-class license shall record
the date of every operation and the number of shells taken each day. Before any
shell can be landed, these records must be verified under oath in the presence of the
collector of customs of Jolo or Zamboanga. This Act also amends Act No. 43
and requires the size of the shell to be 180 millimeters (7 inches) in diameter from
the outer margin to the middle of the hinge, measured at a right angle to the
hinge. A fine of not less than 50 pesos is provided for the violation of any provyi-
sions of this Act. ,

Act No. 131 amends Act No. 51 by reducing the price of first-class shell
licenses to 300 pesos per annum, and provides for the issuance of such licenses for
periods of three months. The enforcement of Act No. 51 resulted in such a
‘decrease of reyenues, owing to the excessive cost of licenses, that this amendment
was made necessary, and it was enacted August 22, 1905. Q

Act No. 176 amends section 2 of Act No. 51 and was enacted October 12, 1906.
It provides for the issuance of licenses only to those vessels wholly owned by
citizens of the United States, to honorably discharged soldiers or sailors of the
United States Army and Navy, to natives of the Philippine Islands, or to those
having the political rights of natives.

Act No. 200 repeals Act No. 176 and was enacted September 19, 1907, and
approved by the Philippine Commission October 7, 1907.

PEARLS.

The Philippine fisheries give a fair yield of pearls; in fact, some of
the most beautiful specimens ever discovered haye come from the Sulu
fishery. The yield is fully as large as that in either the Gambier Islands
or the Pearl Islands. The number of pearls secured in Ceylon is much
greater. In that country the commercial pearl oyster is of a different
species (Margaritifera vulgaris Schum.), a very small oyster prolific
in pearls, but with shells of practically no value.

The composition of a pure pearl as given by Harley and Harley” is
as follows:

Carbonate of lime : 91.72
Organic matter 5.94
Water pees
Loss 0.11

°’ The Chemical Composition of Pearls. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (1888), 43, 461.

96 SEALE.

and that of the Ceylon mother-of-pearl, as given by Herdman and
Hornell 7° is—

Calcium carbonate 88.79
Calcium sulphate 4.93
Organic matter 2.32
Water 2.28
‘ Loss (no magnesium, no phosphates, faint trace
of iron) 1.68

It is well known that the organic basis of the shell, conchiolin, is a -
cuticular product excreted by the underlying epidermis of the mantle.

Passing without comment the many fanciful theories regarding the
formation of pearls which have been held from historic times up to a
comparatively recent date, we will consider only such facts as have been
revealed by modern scientific investigation.

I have in my work dissected a large number of pearls from our large
gold lip pearl oyster (IZ. maxima Jamson). Of this number, forty were
prepared as “hard sections,” each side bemg ground down so that a
small transparent section through the center of the nucleus was obtained
for microscopic examination. (See Plate V, figs. 1 to 3.) ‘Ten were
prepared as microtomic sections, and the remainder, and by far the
greatest number, were dissolved in acids of various kinds and dissected.

The results show that the round orient —
Philippine pearl may have various ob-
jects in the center forming the so-called
nuclei, which, because of stimulation or
irritation, have become incased in nacre,
thus forming pearls. Fully 50 per cent
of the pearls examined contained laryal
cestodes, two only contaimed sand, one
a bit of seaweed, one a spicule of calca-
reous sponge, two, forms which with but
little doubt were larval Distomids. One-
rather interesting form (see fig. 2) ob-
tained from a perfectly round pearl ap-
pears very closely to resemble the free-
swimming larval cestodes secured by Mr.
Fic. 2.—Cestode from center of a Phil- Ffornell in Ceylon,’* and is doubtless a

eee related form. Several pearls contained
material that had become calcified and could not be identified with any
degree of certainty. Three had what I believe to be the ova of the small

Report of the government of Ceylon on the pearl fisheries of the Gulf of
Manaar. Roy. Soc. London (1906), Part V, 6.

u Hornell & Shipley. Reports on Parasites of the Pearl Oyster. Rep. Ceylon
Pearl Fishery (1903-1906), Part II, 77; Part III, 49; Part V, 43.

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 97

erab (Alpheus avarus Fabricius) which is almost without exception
found living in pearl oysters as a commensal.

Pearls may be found in any part of the oyster, or in the shell. The
free pearls and those attached to the shell result from some injury, while
those in the muscles are formed around small, calcareous bodies called
ealcospherules. The so-called “blisters” on the inside of the pearl shell
are usually produced by boring worms or by some external injury. How-
ever, in one case at least,
a yery fine blister now in my
possession was caused by a
small black pebble which
was completely embedded in
the shell. Blisters frequent-
ly contain pearls of value,
and specimens of good shape
and luster may become fully
embedded in the shell. I
now have a shell before me
which, when found, exhib-
ited no sign of a pearl, but

Fic, 4. when broken, showed two
A bit of shell in which a pearl valued at 500 fine pearls, embedded and

pesos was hidden. The X, fig. 3, shows where the completely hidden in the
pearl was located. Fig. 4 is the same shell cracked
open, showing the pearl. shell. (Hor

similar ex-
amples see figs. 3 and 4.)

Cyst pearls are found in the mantle or soft parts of the oyster. ‘These
are formed by a larva, usually a cestode, which enters some portion of
the connective tissue where, as stated by Doctor Jamson,’* it at first
occupies a space lined with connective tissue fiber; but the oyster soon
gives rise to a pearl-secreting, epithelial layer which lines this space and
becomes the pearl sac. I am of the opinion held by Mr. Herdman and
Mr. Hornell ** that this pearl-secreting epithelium is of ectodermal origin.

ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF PEARLS.

From the time of Linneus, who claimed to have discovered a method
whereby the oyster could be made to produce pearls, up to the present
date, the attempt to force the passive oyster into producing culture pearls
has never ceased, so that almost each year some one announces in the
press of the country that he has at last reached the true solution of the
problem and can produce pearls at will. There is no question but that,

The Formation of Pearls in Huropean Mussels by Action of Trematodes.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1902), 140.

42 Notes on Pearl Formation in the Ceylon Pearl Oyster. Rep. Brit. Assoc.
(1903), 695.

98 SEALE.

in some cases at least, cultural pearls have been produced; but when the
methods haye been brought to the crucial test there is always some small
point or flaw which has prevented their application with profitable results.
This is at least true concerning the forming of the free, round, cyst
pearls of fine luster, but in so far as the production of half-péarls and
blisters is concerned, the Mikimoto pearl farm in the Bay of Ago, Japan,
need only be visited to carry conviction that the artificial production of
pearls is both practicable and profitable, for at this place several hundred
people are employed in the work, and the cultural pearls harvested find a
ready market at a good price. In fact some of the “antique” jewelry
sold in Manila was found to be set with these. (See photograph of some
of these culture pearls, natural size, Plate VI, fig. 1.)

From 200,000 to 300,000 oysters are treated each year at this pearl
farm. The method employed is similar in most respects to that used
by the Chinese hundreds of years ago, when small, rough images of
Budda were placed between the mantle and shell of the live river clam,
which was then returned to the water until the images were coated over
with nacre, after which they were taken out and sold as charms. ‘The
Japanese use a small canula to insert a minute mother-of-pearl bead
which is flat on the side and which fits against the shell. ‘The oyster is
then again placed in the water and allowed to grow for six or seven years, .
when the pearls are harvested. The undertaking is profitable, owing to
the large number of oysters treated.

However, the chief object to be desired is to grow round, perfect, cultu-
ral pearls of fine luster ; in other words, to produce a eyst pearl, or one so
closely resembling it as to be indistinguishable from it. Our efforts have
been directed to this end, but the results so far obtained do not warrant
publication. As an illustration of some of the difficulties encountered
by those engaged in experimenting in pearl growing, a gentleman from
Australia, who some time ago purchased the experimental pearl farm
inaugurated at Tuesday Island by Seville Kent, and who had spent
several thousand pounds in attempting to grow cultural pearls, remarked
to me, “I have succeeded in growing the perfectly round pearls, but my
great difficulty is to prevent their discoloration.”

It may be predicted that within the next few years perfectly round
cultural pearls of fine luster will be produced commercially and that the
undertaking will prove to be the most profitable achievement of modern
zoology.

Pearls of value sometimes are found in other mollusks of the Philip-
pines, as, for instance, in the Taclobo (Tridacna gigas Linn.) which
occasionally contains pearls of great beauty. (See Plate VI, fig. 2.)
However, these usually are without luster and hence valueless.

FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 99

DETERMINATION AND VALUATION OF PEARLS.

Pearls have a hardness of 4, they are so compact that they do not
break when stepped upon; their specific gravity is 2.65 to 2.68. ‘To be
of much value they must be round or drop-shaped and either pure white,
or dark, or of a golden color, with a peculiar luster and slight trans-
lucency. They must be free from spot, speck, or blemish. As they are
formed, layer upon layer, around a central point, like the layers of an
onion, they are sometimes peeled or “doctored” to remove spots or flaws,
in the hope that the new layer will be of better luster. Such pearls are
obviously of much less value than those found perfect, in their natural
condition. However, any such tampering with a pearl can usually be
detected by the use of a good glass, which shows any minute band-like
stripes or sight scratches. It is also a very easy matter to detect whether
a trifle more than one layer of a pearl has been taken off, and equally as
easy to tell the difference between a pearl that has been ground into a
round shape and one naturally round; such specimens are of but little
ereater value than marbles. ‘The following is a table of the actual size

of pearls of from 0.1296 to 1.944 grams (2 to 30 grains).

Grains. Grains. Carats.

2 @ >» @ *

4 vA}
6

°
8

ie)

+
-@-

20 D2

Fie. 5.>—Exact sizes of pearls from 2
to 30 grains in weight.

100 SEALE.

No one but an experienced buyer can properly estimate the value of a
pearl, as many conditions, such as size, shape, luster, flaws, etc., must be
taken into consideration. In 1896 a very interesting publication was
issued by the United States Government,™* giving the value of pearls all
over the world, together with an estimate of the yield. In Manila, a
perfect pearl of 0.0643 gram (1 grain) with good luster and shape retails
for about 5 pesos. The price increases more rapidly than the size of the
pearl, as from 70 to 100 pesos per 0.205 gram (1 carat) is asked for
perfect pearls over 0.41 gram (2 carats) in weight.

“Pearl Fisheries and Pearl Supply. U. S. Consular Report. (1896), 51, 622.

Fic.

Fie.

Fic.

Fig.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.
Landing pearl shell at Jolo.

Prate II.
. Jolo pearling fleet.
. Pearl diver in the water.
. Pearl diver coming out of the water.

Puate III.
Philippine gold lip pearl shell (Margaritifera maxima Jamson) .

. Inside view.
. Outside view.
Pirate LY.

Philippine black lip pearl shell (Margaritifera margaritifera Linneus) .—

Fig. 1

Fic.

Inside view.
. Outside view.
PEATE Vi).

. Section through center of Philippine pearl, showing an eneysted cestode.

. Section through a Philippine pearl, showing a calcified cestode in the
center.

. Section through a Philippine pearl which had a grain of sand in the
center. It is also shown how a perfectly round pearl may become irreg-
ular and how it may be peeled to form a perfectly round pearl.

PLATE VI.

. Culture pearls from the pearl farm in the Bay of Ago, Japan.
. Pearls, found at Siasi Island in Tacloban shells.

Trxr FIGURES.

. Spermatozoa and ova of Philippine pearl oyster.
(a) Micropyle, through which the spermatozoa enters the ova.
(6) Nucleus.
(¢) Nucleolus.
(d) Spermatozoa of male.
. Cestode from center of a Philippine pearl.
. A bit of shell in which a pearl valued at 500 pesos was hidden. The x
indicates the spot where the pearl was hidden.
. The same shell as in fig. 3, but cracked open showing the pearl.
. Exact sizes of pearls from 0.1296 to 1.944 grams (2 to 30 grains) in weight.
101

cy a Ras

ee ey

j
fat
+E
fit

1
rn t
4

1 S3tv1id

‘o10r LY 11SHS 1uvad SNIGNV1I

» _ &

‘SON ‘A OA “IOS ‘NuGO¢ “HA [SUNIdd IInd AHL 10 SHOUNOSAY AUGHSIY | GIVaS

SEALE: FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] (PHin, JouRN. SCI., Vou. V, No. 2.

Fic. 1.

“hhh Sivdid

“(NOSWYP VWIXVW VHASILINVOYVW) 11SHS 1YVad dI1 d109 ANIddITIHd

WddI Td GHD JO SHOMNOSUAY AUMASTY + WTS

‘Z ‘ON ‘A “IOA “IOS “Nunor “THI d)

15 ie
Sur

“Al S4tv1id

*(SNYNNIT VHSSILINVOYVAW VYEASILINVOYVW) 113HS 1YVad dil XOV1d ANIddITHd a5
2 ‘ld Le

"Zz ON ‘A “IOA “IOS ‘NUHOL ‘THA (SaQNIddITIHd THE AO SMOWUNOSAY ANAS + aIvag

SEALE: FISHRRY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] (PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 2.

PLATE v.

SEALE: FISHERY RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] [PHIL. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 2.

Fic. 1.

Fic. 2.

PLATE VI-

“BIRDS COLLECTED IN DHE ISVAND OF POLIEE@,
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By Ricwarp C. McGRecor.

(From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

INTRODUCTION.

The Island of Polillo is situated some 36 kilometers from the nearest
coast of Luzon in about the same latitude as Manila. Its area is roughly
900 square kilometers and its length, north and south, 56 kilometers.
Although nearly the entire island is mountainous, no part of the surface
has a great elevation, the highest point, Mount Malulud in the north-
central part, being but 350 meters. With the exception of a few small
areas planted in rice, mostly along the western coast, Polillo is heavily
forested. No grass land was discovered and in no island have I seen so
large a proportion of the area covered with trees.

In May, 1907, Mr. H. M. Ickis brought me a specimen of Collocalia
marginata with nests and eggs which he had collected near the settlement
of Burdeos on the eastern side of Polillo. Beyond this nothing has been
known concerning the fauna of the island.

In September, 1909, with two Filipino assistants, I] was landed at the
town of Polillo and for two and one-half months we made collections of
birds, insects, reptiles, mollusks, and plants. The greater part of our
collecting was done in the vicinity of the town and along the coast north
and south of the town; a little. time was spent near Burdeos. The birds
collected, or certainly identified, number 101 species, of which I venture
to describe the following as new: Tanygnathus freeri, Penelopides sub-
nigra and Kittacincla parvimaculata.

Rejecting migrants and other species of wide distribution, we find
that Polillo has more in common with Luzon than has Marinduque,
Catanduanes, Lubang, or the Babuyanes. Of the seventeen species found

Dr. C. B. Robinson of the Bureau of Science visited Polillo during August,
1909, and he will publish in the botanical section of This Journal a paper on the
plants collected by him and by my party.

96836——2 103

104 MCGREGOR.

in Luzon, but not known from Mindoro, Masbate, Samar, nor any of the
other more southern islands, we find ten in Polillo, nine in Marinduque,
five in Catanduanes, one in Lubang, and one in the Babuyanes. This
is most clearly shown in tabular form.

List of species of birds confined to Luzon and smaller adjacent islands.

Leucotreron marchet x s

(PRIEGUNAS LUZONICO Se oe ee
Prioniturus luconensis

Loriculus philippensis

Jeyx melanura 2 |

EY OCON G2 NY CUN OCOT Oa ee ee
Penelopides manillx_ __
Centropus unirufus -—-

Dasylophus superciliosus
Lepidogrammus cumingi___-------------------__-
Crysocolaptes hematribon__-
Lichtensteinipicus Funebris__

ANIOMIGeS Strata =2ee) Sk ee a ee a
Unena cy anogcstt Waa = a ee

TCT ACUICLONUZONENSES Se oe
Cinnyris henket —.-

Cinniyts flagrans Se ne

Totals) o 8S 22 Spe ee eee 17 10 9 5) 1] 1

In Polillo, as in nearly all of the smaller islands, several of the genera
which are most conspicuous in the large islands are not represented.
Not one species of any of the following genera was found in Polillo:

Caprimulgus. Pycnonotus. Hyloterpe.
Hemiprocne. Copsychus. Pardaliparus.
Cacomantis. Orthotomus. Calhsitta.
Xantholema. Cisticola. Zosterops.
Pitta. Megalurus. Anthreptes.

LIST OF BIRDS.
MEGAPODIIDA.
Megapodius cumingi Dillwyn.
Apparently very rare; two fresh eggs were purchased, September 27.

PHASIANIDA. -
Gallus gallus (Linneus).

The only specimen of the jungle fowl seen in Polillo was a female
which had been caught in a trap.

BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. _ 105

TRERONIDA.

Osmotreron axillaris (Bonaparte).

This little pigeon was very abundant in thickets bordering ‘the forest;
it was frequently noticed feeding on the fruits of Pandanus copelandi
Merrill. Name in Polillo, “punai.”

Phapitreron amethystina Bonaparte.

The amethistine brown pigeon is known in Polillo as “cu-lu-cu-lu.”
Tt was usually lolled in fruiting trees of various species of Micus §
Urostigma, but when not found in these trees it was rarely seen. Spec-
imens from Polillo, Luzon, and Bohol appear to be identical*in size and
coloration.

Leucotreron marchei (Oustalet).

On October 19 a female fruit pigeon, presumably L. marcher, was
lolled from a tree in deep forest. The plumage agrees in many points
with Grant’s description of the young male,* but for the present this
identification must be considered provisional.

Muscadivores chalybura (Bonaparte).

This “balud,” or imperial pigeon, was fairly abundant until a typhoon
swept the island during the night of October 24. After that date not
a bird of this species was heard. Possibly they moved to a part. of the,
island where the trees were less damaged. September 14 a male bird
was shot from a nest containing a single, heavily incubated ege. The
nest had been built in a large tree at a height of about 10 meters. The
egg is pure white and measures 46.5 by 32.3 millimeters.

I recently have seen two living examples of a pigeon from Bulacan
Province, Luzon. I have no doubt these were J. nuchalis (Cabanis).
This is a very distinct species with a large, well-defined patch of dark
chestnut on the neck. A note on this species will be published as soon
as specimens can be collected and compared with other material.

Myristicivora bicolor (Scopoli).

Early in October the nutmeg pigeon was found in some numbers near
the barrio of Burdeos on the east coast, and specimens were collected at
a later date near the town of Polillo.

COLUMBIDAZ.

Macropygia tenuirostris Bonaparte.

One male and one female were collected; the species seemed to be
rare.

* Ibis (1895), 469.

106 MCGREGOR.

PERISTERIDA.
Streptopelia dussumieri (Temminck).
This common species was usually found near the beach.
Chalcophaps indica (Linneus).

This widely distributed dove is known in Polillo by the name “u-man-
ban.”

Phlegoenas luzonica (Scopoli) .
A male in molt, collected October 31, does not differ from typical
specimens. ‘This species is known in Polillo as “la-ga-ran.”
RALLIDA.
Hypotzenidia torquata (Linnzus).

A living, immature female was purchased September 24 and another

was seen at a later date.
LARIDA.
Sterna sinensis Gmelin.

Two pairs of this little tern were killed September 7; the species was

not noted again.
CHARADRIIDA.

Arenaria interpres (Linneus).

Two females were killed October 6 and others were seen subsequently.
Squatarola squatarola (Linnzus).

Fairly common on tide flats and sandy beaches during October and
November.
Charadrius fulvus Gmelin.

Two males in molt were taken, September 7 and 15, respectively.
Ochthodromus geoffroyi (Wagler).

Two females and one male were collected September 7 and one female
November 4.

Ochthodromus mongolus (Pallas).

Four females were killed from a large flock on November 17.
FZgialitis dubia (Scopoli).

One male and one female.
7Zgialitis peroni (Bonaparte).

One male was collected November 12.
AEgialitis alexandrina (Linnzus).

One female killed November 8.
Numenius variegatus (Scopoli).

Not abundant; a male was collected September 11.
Totanus eurhinus (Oberholser).

One female was collected October 1.

BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 107

Helodromas ochropus (Linnzus).

One female was collected November 11.
Heteractitis brevipes (Vieillot).

The Polynesian tattler was one of the most abundant beach-birds; a
specimen in mottled plumage was killed September 7.
Actitis hypoleucos (Linnzus).

Fairly abundant.
Glottis nebularius (Gunnerus).

One female was killed from a flock November 3.
Rhyacophilus glareola (Linnzus).

Three females were collected November 11.
Calidris leucophza (Pallas).

One male was collected November 4.
Pisobia ruficollis (Pallas).

One female was collected November 4.
Gallinago megala Swinhoe.

Abundant during October and November; the native name is “u-suc-
u-sue.”

CEDICNEMIDA.

Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot).

One male, collected September 13, was the only individual seen on

the island.
CICONIIDA.

DissGura episcopus (Boddaert).
This species is known as “a-mo-bi1” on Polillo; individuals were seen
from time to time, but not one was killed.

ARDEIDA.
Egretta garzetta (Linneus).

Two specimens were collected.
Demigretta sacra (Gmelin).

Rare; one or two seen.
Nycticorax manillensis Vigors.

A few individuals seen in trees along small streams.
Butorides javanica (Horsfield).

Abundant.
Bubulcus coromandus (Boddaert) .

Abundant in fields wherever carabaos were feeding.
Nannocnus eurhythmus (Swinhoe).

Two males were collected, September 30 and October 13, respectively.

108 MCGREGOR.

ANATIDA.
Anas luzonica Fraser.

This mallard is known in Polillo as “

pa-pan.”
Spatula clypeata (Linnzus).

Three. shoveler ducks were killed November 1; this species is called
“ha-li-wis.”

FALCONIDA.

Astur trivirgatus (Temminck).

One immature male was collected September 26.
Accipiter gularis (Temminck and Schlegel).

An immature female was collected November 17.
Spilornis holospilus (Vigors).

One male was killed near the barrio of Burdeos.
Butastur indicus (Gmelin).

A few individuals noted.
Haliastur intermedius Gurney.

Occasionally seen.
Pernis ptilorhyncus (Temminck). +

A female honey buzzard, taken September 30, is in immature plumage.
Entire under parts white, lightly washed with buff ; feathers of throat and
fore breast with blackish shafts; forehead, cheeks, ear-coverts, and a wide
band over each eye white; a large patch in front of each eye, and a smaller
space behind each eye, blackish brown. Another female, in adult plum-
age, was collected October 2.

: STRIGIDA.
Ninox philippensis Bonaparte.
One female was killed in deep forest; others were heard in coconut
trees about the town.
CACATUIDA.
Cacatua heematuropygia (P. L. 8. Miiller).

Several hundred cockatoos roosted every night in a large, dead tree
in the center of a rice field. This species is called “ca-lang-ai” in Polillo.

PSITTACIDA.
Tanygnathus lucionensis (Linnus).
Abundant.
Tanygnathus freeri sp. nov.
Specific characters Similar to Tanygnathus everetti Tweeddale, but
much larger; wings and tail much longer; blue of the back lighter; green
of the crown lighter ; a distinct yellow collar on the hind neck.

Type —No. 7219, adult male, Bureau of Science collection; collected
near Polillo, Island of Polillo, November 8, 1909, by R. C. McGregor and

BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 109

A. Celestino. Length, about 400 millimeters; wing, 235; tail, 170;
chord of culmen from front of cere, 37; bill from nostril, 36; tarsus, 18.
Upper mandible bright red, light yellow near the tip; lower mandible
light orange-yellow ; feet black.

Description.—Top and sides of head green; hind neck, sides of neck,
chin, and throat golden-yellow, the yellow collar being quite distinct from
the green occiput ; interscapulars dark green, edged with blue; entire back
and rump blue; tail-coverts green ; rectrices green above, the tips narrowly
golden-yellow, shafts black, below golden-yellow, shafts gray; exposed
portions of wing-feathers green, shafts black, and more or less of the
inner webs black; first primary with the entire inner web as well as much
of the outer web black; median and greater secondary-coyerts conspicuously
edged with golden-yellow; below, wing-quills and greater under wing-
coverts slate-black, very narrowly edged with yellow; lesser coverts, axil-
lars, abdomen, flanks, and thighs green.

Female—No. 7175, Polillo, Island of Polillo, October 21, 1909. Mce-
Gregor and Celestino. The female is similar to the male. Length, 400
millimeters; wing, 230; tail, 165; chord of culmen from anterior margin
of cere, 35; bill from nostril, 35; tarsus, 20. Bill white; iris bright
red; legs and feet dirty, pale blue; nails horn-gray.

Freer’s parrot was not detected until after the typhoon of October 24
and then it was found feeding in “camansi” (Artocarpus camansi Blanco)
and “catmon” (Dillenia philippinensis Rolfe). The individuals observed
by us were silent, thus presenting a marked contrast to the noisy Philippine
green parrot, 7’. Jucionensis (Linneus). This species is named for Dr.
Paul C. Freer, director of the Bureau of Science, Manila.

Loriculus philippensis (P. L. 8. Miiller).

Our efforts to secure specimens of this species met with little success.
Of the two males collected, one only has the red plastron on the breast.
This specimen resembles L. philippensis of Luzon, except that there is
no trace of orange behind the red forehead; this, if constant, would be
a perfectly good specific character, but as it may be due to immaturity,
I shall not attempt to found a species upon it.

CORACIIDA.

Eurystomus orientalis (Linnzus) .

Rare.
ALCEDINIDA.

Pelargopsis gigantea Walden.
Fairly common; one would expect to find P. gouldi Sharpe in Polillo,

but a male Pelargopsis, collected October 2, is certainly P. gigantea, the
light-colored species.

Alcedo bengalensis Gmelin.

Fairly abundant.

110 MCGREGOR.

Alcyone cyanopectus (Lafresneye). =

Four males and one female from Polillo do not differ from Mindoro
and Mashate skins of this species.
Ceyx melanura Kaup.

Two males and two females are easily distinguishable from C. mvin-
danensis Steere by their smaller size and much shorter bills.
Halcyon gularis (Kuhl).

One immature female was preserved.
Halcyon chloris (Boddaert).

One female was collected.

BUCEROTIDA.

Penelopides subnigra sp. nov.

Specific characters—Most nearly allied to Penelopides manilla
(Boddaert), but noticeably larger with longer bill, wings, and tail. Back,
rump, tail-coverts, and wings black, glossed with dark green, instead of
being dark brown.

Type.—No. 7038, adult male, Bureau of Science collection. Collected
near Polillo, Island of Polillo, September 19, 1909, by R. C. McGregor
and A. Celestino. Wing, 260 millimeters; tail, 235; bill from nostril,
93.

The female is almost entirely black, thus resembling the females of
P. affinis Tweeddale and P. basilanica Steere, but the rufous on the
rectrices 1s confined to a small area near the middle of the tail as in
P. manille (Boddaert).

This hornbill is abundant in Polillo; it was often found feeding on
the fruit of a species of Micus § Urostigma and on the fruit of a tree
belonging to the genus Dysoxylwm. ;

MICROPODIDA.

Collocalia marginata Salvadori.

Salvadorrs swiftlet was abundant im and near the town of Polillo and
was found nesting in a small cave near Burdeos; nests containing young
birds were examined October 5.

Tachornis pallidior McGregor.

This palm swift was noticed only in the town of Polillo. Specimens
of this species and of Collocalia marginata were knocked down with
bamboo poles in front of our house.

TROGONIDA:.

Pyrotrogon ardens (Temminck).

Fairly abundant in deep forest; one male was collected.

BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. ali

CUCULIDA.

Centropus unirufus (Cabanis and Heine).
Six specimens from Polillo are darker in color than one specimen from
Bataan Proyinee, Luzon. ‘The species is abundant in Polillo.

Centropus viridis (Scopoli).
Rare.
Dasylophus superciliosus (Cuvier).

Abundant.
PICIDA.

Chrysocolaptes haematribon (Wagler).

Fairly abundant; two females were collected.
Lichtensteinipicus funebris (Valenciennes).

Very rare; one male was collected.

HIRUNDINIDA.
Hirundo gutturalis Scopoli.
Two immature males were collected in September.
MUSCICAPULIDA.
Hemichelidon griseosticta Swinhoe.
Rare; one female September 29.
Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe.

Abundant; in one male, collected September 4, the flanks and basal
tail-coverts are washed with reddish orange, thus approaching Cyornis
mindorensis Mearns.

Hypothymis occipitalis (Vigors).

Abundant; one male was collected.
Rhipidura nigritorquis Vigors.

Abundant; one young male was collected.
Xeocephus rufus (Gray).

Two males and one female.
CAMPOPHAGIDA.

Artamides striatus (Boddaert).

Fanly abundant; specimens from Polillo do not differ from others
taken in Luzon.

Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresneye.

One specimen was killed November 1; others were seen a few days
earlier.
Lalage niger (Forster).

Fairly abundant.

pie MCGREGOR.

PYCNONOTIDA.
Irena cyanogastra Vigors.
Abundant; many specimens were collected and do not differ from
others from Luzon.

lole gularis (Pucheran).

This fruit thrush fed in great numbers at a species of Ficus of the
section Urostigma. Other birds feeding on the fruit of the same tree
were: Irena, Phapitreron, Poliolophus, and Penelopides. In Polillo the
fruit thrush is known as “tu-tu-riac.”

Poliolophus urostictus (Salvadori).

A very common species.

TURDIDA.

Petrophila manillensis (J. R. Forster).

First seen on September 22 when a male was killed.

Kittacincla parvimaculata sp. noy.

Specific characters-—Similar to Kittacincla luzoniensis (Iittlitz),
but the terminal white spots on the rectrices much shorter. On the
outermost pair the spots are 7 to 8 millimeters, when measured on the
shafts (in K. luzoniensis, 13 millimeters) ; on the second pair, about 7
millimeters (in Kt. Juzoniensis, 15 millimeters) ; a trace, or no white, on
the third pair; no white on the fourth pair. In K. luzoniensis the white
spots are always well developed on three, usually on four, pairs of outer
rectrices. White superciliary stripes about as wide as in K. luzoniensis,
‘but not united across the forehead im any of the eleven males from Polillo.

Type.—No. 7151, adult male, Bureau of Science collection ; collected
in Polillo, October 15, 1909, by R. C. McGregor and A. Celestino.
Wing, 76 millimeters: tail, 77; culmen from base, 18.5; tarsus, 25.

SYLVIIDA.

Acanthopneuste borealis (Blasius).

Rare. L
ARTAMIDA.
Artamus leucorynchus (Linneus).

Abundant; native name, “man-da-ra-git.”
3 ? to}
LANIIDA.

Otomela lucionensis (Linneus).

A female, collected October 30, is probably O. lucionensis, but two
males, collected October 2 and September 23, respectively, seem to be
much nearer Q. cristata.

BIRDS COLLECTED IN THE ISLAND OF POLILLO.

DICAIDA.

Diczeum xanthopygium Tweeddale.

113

A yery abundant species, indistinguishable from Mindoro specimens.
This flowerpecker feeds at the flowers of Conocephalus violaceus (Blanco)

Merrill and also at the fruit of Picus minahasse Miquel.
Diczeum pygmzeum (Kittlitz).

Two females were collected.
NECTARINIIDA.

A=thopyga flavipectus Grant.

Grant’s sunbird was found in abundance. Immature males were taken
throughout September, and three males, collected late in October, show

gray on the sides of the throat.
Cinnyris sperata (Linneus).
Pairly abundant. :
Cinnyris jugularis (Linneus).
Abundant in mangroye-swamps.
MOTACILLIDA.
Motacilla melanope Pallas.

First specimens obtained September 10; rather abundant in rice-!and ;

known to the residents of Polillo as “pi-yug-yug.”
Budytes leucostriatus Homeyer.

Rare and shy; first seen early in October.
Anthus rufulus Vieillot.

Fairly abundant in rice-land.
Anthus gustavi Swinhoe.

First specimen was collected September 29.

PLOCEIDA.
Munia jagori Martens.

Abundant; a nest with four eggs was found late in September.

Uroloncha everetti (Tweeddale).

Abundant.
ORIOLIDA.

Oriolus acrorhynchus Vigors.

Abundant.
DICRURIDA.

Dicrurus balicassius (Linneus).

The only specimen of Dicrurus collected, a female, appears to be of

this species.

114 MCGREGOR.

STURNIDA.
Lamprocorax panayensis (Scopoli).

Flocks of glossy starlings were noted several times, but none was
collected.

Sarcops calvus (Linneus).

The only specimen of bald starling from Polillo is intermediate he-
tween S. calvus and S. melanonotus.

CORVIDZ.

Corone philippina. (Bonaparte).
Abundant.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES OF FISHES FROM
BANTAYAN ISLAND, PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO.

By ALVIN SEALE.

(From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila,
ie, Il.))

Cheetodon carens Seale, sp. nov.

Head 3.10; depth 1.75; eye 2.80 in head; snout 3.25; interorbital 3 ;
dorsal XIII, 21; anal III, 17; scales 7-38-20, the scales are larger on
middle of sides; maxillary 4.50 in head, its distal end under nostril.
Body slightly more elongate than is usual in this genus, strongly com-
pressed, length of caudal peduncle 1.10 in its depth. Head of moderate
size, characterized by the large eye, and short pointed snout; profile from

. tip of snout to origin of dorsal forms an angle of about 45°, the line
from tip of snout to nuchal region is straight, slightly concave on the
shoulder; the depth of the fish at origin of dorsal 1.75 in length to end
of vertebra; origin of soft dorsal and origin of anal about on line.
Mouth small; teeth brush-like in several rows, slightly projecting; gill
openings wide, being carried forward to below eye; nostrils small, close
together, in front of eye; gill rakers few, short and weak; dorsal spines
rather long and saber-like, the third, fourth, and fifth the longest, the
fourth 1.30 in head; dorsal and anal rounded; the origin of anal midway
between middle of opercle and end of caudal vertebra; the second anal
spine is the strongest and equal in length to the third spine, its length
1.50 in head; origin of ventrals midway between origin of anal and
middle of cheeks, its tip extending slightly past anal pore; pectorals 1.10
in head.

Color in alcohol sepia-brown; no ocular band; nuchal region and
top of head slightly darker, being a clove-brown; a wide black band on
middle of spinous dorsal extends back and occupies almost the entire
anal, except a narrow white tip and a small portion at the base of the
anal spines; caudal yellow with a slight dusky wash on its posterior third ;
ventral brown with some indistinct yellowish blotches ; pectorals yellowish
white.

Type, No. 6173 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan
Island, P. I. Length, 108 millimeters.

115

116 SEALE.

Chzetodon adiergastos Seale, sp. nov.

Head 3; depth at middle of dorsal 1.30; eye 3 in head; snout 3;
interorbital 3; dorsal XII, 26; anal ITI, 21; scales 4-31-14; maxillary
4, its tip below nostril. Body short, deep, and strongly compressed ;
scales large on sides, small on head, soft dorsal, anal, and base of caudal.
Head small, the profile steep, concave: snout small and pointed, its
length about equal to width of eye; mouth small; teeth setiform, in
several rows in each jaw, somewhat curved and projecting ; nostrils small,
close together and in front of eye: interorbital space slightly convex;
gill openings large, being carried forward to below middle of eye; gill
rakers few, short and weak; dorsal spines short and strong, the middle
ones the longest, about 1.80 in head; soft dorsal rounded, similar to
anal; origin of anal midway between anterior margin of eye and tip of
caudal, the second anal spine strong and equal in length to the third
which is slim; caudal truncate, its length 1.75 in head; ventrals midway
between middle of cheek and origin of anal, the tip extending beyond the
anal pore, the axil with an elongate scale; pectorals slightly less than
head. Lateral line arched and high, ending at posterior angle of dorsal.

Color in alcohol is yellowish with numerous oblique brown lines ex-
tending down and forward over the entire side, each line marking the
center of a row of scales, a jet-black ocular band of greater width than
eye, the band not uniting above with its fellow, and its lower margin -
ending on the suboperculum. This band is yery distinct and sharply
defined, and is without marginal white borders, although the opercles and
chin are almost white. On the shoulder midway between the first dorsal
spine and the interorbital space is a small black saddle, not connected
with the ocular band. Snout yellow, unmarked; soft dorsal and anal
brown, with dark tips which haye a rather narrow band across the
posterior yellowish white area, basal third of fin brown; yentrals yellow-
ish with some very indistinct darker blotches; pectorals ‘yellowish.

Type, No. 5800 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan
Island, P. I. Length, 116 millimeters. Also cotype No. 5791, length
111 millimeters.

This species is related to C. flavirostris Giimther, but lacks the wide,
dusky band from dorsal to anal which characterizes that species. Our
species is more distinctly striped than C. wanthurius Bleeker. It differs
also in having a wide ocular band and in being distinctly striped, the
stripes running obliquely forward over the entire sides. It also has
no “broad yellow band occupying the posterior part of the body,” and
neither the ocular band nor the saddle is bordered by a white line.
Amblygobius insignis Seale, sp. nov.

Head 3.60; depth 4.70; eye 4 in head; snout 4.10; maxillary 2.50;
interorbital less than width of pupil; dorsal VI, 13; anal 13; scales 60-70
in lateral series. Head naked; no barbules; no serri.. Teeth in two

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. Lily

or more rows with an outer row of enlarged curved canines in the anterior
part of each jaw. ‘Tongue rounded, not adnate to floor of mouth. Head
rounded, angle of mouth under anterior third of eye.

Body oblong compressed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.30 im head; its
length 1.75 in head. No hair-like filaments at upper part of pectorals.
Origin of dorsal fin midway between tip of snout and base of sixth
dorsal ray, the second, third and fourth dorsal spines slightly elongate,
the second spine the longest, being almost equal to head; anal similar
to soft dorsal, its longest ray 2.10 in head, its origin under the second
ray of soft dorsal, its posterior rays not reaching to caudal; caudal
rounded, 1.10 in head; yentrals fully united, their origi midway be-
tween tip of snout and origin of anal, their length 1.25 in head, their
tips not reaching to.anal opening; pectorals 1.10 im head.

The color markings of this species are very striking and character-
istic, the posterior half of the body being covered with oblique bands
of brown alternating with yellowish. These run downward and back-
ward at an angle of about 70°; the yellow bands are slightly less in
width; below the spimous dorsal they are broken up. ‘The coloring of
the belly is lighter, with about six narrow white lines which extend
entirely around the belly and nearly to the median line on sides. ‘Iwo
oblique narrow dusky lines extend forward across cheeks and around
the throat, the anterior one just back of angle of jaw; some small black
dots scattered over head and shoulders; about three very indistinct
darker bands over nuchal region. Spinous dorsal yellowish with a
dusky stripe near the margin and some dusky punctulations at base,
soft dorsal with the alternating brown and yellowish bands of body
extending into the fin and forming the markings; caudal grayish with
indistinct yellowish vertical lines; some black dots on upper portion
of fin; anal yellowish, the distal half black in which color are small
scattered yellow:dots; ventrals grayish, with a dusky wash on the pos-
terior portion of the interior; pectorals yellowish, slightly darker at base.

Type, No. 5779 in collection of Bureau of Science, from Bantayan
Island, P. I. Length, 58 millimeters. One specimen.

Amia griffini Seale, sp. noy.

Head 2.50 (including opercular flap) ; depth 2.25; eye 3.10 in head;
snout 4.50; interorbital space 4; dorsal VII, 19; anal II, 8; scales
2-26-71; lateral line complete; two rows of scales on cheeks; posterior
limb only of preopercle serrated. Mouth large, oblique, the maxillary
ending under middle of eye: minute teeth in jaws, vomer and palatines;
gill rakers rather long and strong, 15 on lower arch; gill openings large,
being carried forward to below anterior third of eye.

Body oblong, compressed, the depth appearing greater than is usual
in members of this genus; depth of caudal peduncle 1.25 in its length.
Head deep and pointed, the profile almost straight; fins long, the soft

118 i (SEAIE!

dorsal with the three anterior rays elongate, greater than length of
head; first dorsal spine very minute, the second 1.30 in eye, the third
and fourth the longest, 1.85 im head; origin of anal midway between
base of caudal and posterior margin of eye, its second spine equal to
width of orbit, its longest ray 1.75 im head; origin of ventrals on a line
with origin of first dorsal, its rays reaching anal spines, its length 1.30
in head; pectorals 1.50 in head.

General color in alcohol mars-brown; yellow on belly; margins of the
scales on sides above belly are shaded with minute brown dots. ‘There
is a very indistinct indication of five or six narrow dark stripes on the
middle of the rows of scales anteriorly, scarcely to be distinguished in
the cotypes; no marking on head; a brownish blotch on base of pectorals;
a small black dot on base of caudal just above the lateral line, one of
the cotypes 1s without dot. Dorsal fin grayish, the spinous dorsal
slightly darker on margin; caudal yellowish, the margin grayish; anal
yellowish at base shading into grayish on outer half; ventrals yellowish,
their margins grayish; pectorals yellowish.

Type, No. 5701 in collection Bureau of Science, from Bantayan
Island, P. 1. Length, 125 millimeters. Cotypes, Nos. 5696 and 5698,
from same locality. Length, 124 and 135 millimeters.

Named in honor of Dr. L. EH. Griff, the collector.

Fic.

ILLUSTRATIONS. .

Puate I.
1. Chetodon carens Seale.
2. Chetodon adiergastos Seale.

PLATE IT.

1. Amblygobius insignis Seale.
2. Amia griffini Seale.

96836——3

119

[PuIL. JourN. Scr., Vou. V, No.

SEALE: Four New SPECIES OF FISHES.]

a
Sa
Ye LOE
Zi

Fic. 2.

PLATE We

(PHIL. JourRN. Sci., Vou. V, No.

Four New Species or FISHES.)

SEALE :

Fic. 2.

PLATE

Y FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES.

Par A. FOoREL.

(Yvorne, Switzerland. )

Les fourmis énumérées ci-dessous et décrites font partie d'une collec-
tion recue de M. Charles S. Banks, Entomologiste du Gouvernement au
Bureau of Science 4 Manille, avec l’addition dune espéce de l’lle
Sumatra récoletée par feu le Dr. Moesch. i
1. Odontomachus banksi sp. nov. s

@ Long. 13 4 14 mill. Mandibules lisses, longues de presque 2 mill.,
ayant a Vextrémité 3 dents pointues, dont |’intermédiaire ou préapicale
est la plus courte. eur bord interne a de 3 a 4 fortes dents vers
Pextrémité et de 6 a 8 petites dents vers la base. Téte longue de 3.5
mill., et large de 2.5 a la hauteur des yeux et de 2.0 a Vocciput. Bord
antérieur de |’épistome presque droit. Yeux ovales, allongés dans le
sens oblique. Sillon occipital profond. Bord postétieur de la téte
non releyé en collerette; téte fortement échancrée derriére. Le scape
dépasse le bord occipital de 2 fois son épaisseur. Second article du
funicle 1$ fois plus long que le premier. Mésonotum fortement et
largement échaneré, comme chez les O. rivosus et papuanus Em. Face
déclive de l’épinotum trés courte et abrupte. Noeud conique, n’ayant
quwun seul pan antérieur de la base au sommet de lVépine. Celle-ci
longue et pointue, un peu courbée en arriére. Le pan postérieur présente
sur le profil une convexité médiane en feston 4 chacun de ses bords.
Une large dent en dessous, devant.

Lisse et luisant. Front strié en long de stries divergentes qui at-
teignent la portion postérieure des profondes fossettes antennaires. Les
fossettes latérales d’Hmery n’not qu'une fine punctuation espacée. Tho-
rax assez mat, transversalement strié: les stries de l’épinotum plus gros-
sieres, celles du pronotum fines et serrés, parfois longitudinales au milieu.
Pilosité dressée, nulle sauf deux ou trois poils jaunes sur la téte et
VPabdomen. Une pubescence jaundtre, oblique soulevée et assez abon-
dante, mais espacée, se trouve partout sur le corps et sur les membres.

Téte dun roux jaunatre. Thorax et écaille d’un brun noiratre;
abdomen d’un noir brunatre. Mandibules, antennes, tarses et articula-

tions des pattes roux. Hanches, cuisses et tibias d’un jaune testacé clair.
121

122 FOREL.

Tres voisin du papuanus Em., dont il differe surtout par sa téte plus
grande et plus large et par sa couleur.

Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Mount Banajao, P. I. (Charles S.
Banks collector).

Type No. 7181 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.
2. ODONTOMACHUS INFANDUS Sm. $

Correspond assez bien a la description de Smith et montre une tend-
ance du noeud du pédicule a prendre devant une forme resemblant a
celle de Vimperator Kmery. Les stries de Vocciput sont superficielles
et la téte derriére légérement plus étroite que chez le papuanus dont
il est bien voisin. Je ne connais pas le vrai sevissimus, qui, m’assure M.
Emery, différe du papuanus par sa téte plus longue et plus étroite
derriere.

NeGRos OcciDENTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6908 Banks).
3. ODONTOPONERA TRANSVERSA Sm. 8

NeEGROs OccIDENTAL, Nakalang, Bago, P. I. (35 Banks) ; Minpanao,
Camp Keithley, P. I. (7319 Mrs. M. S. Clemens).
4. DracamMa RUGOSUM LeGuill. subsp. GEOMETRICUM Sm. 8

Mrnpanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2219 #. B. Copeland).
4. Diacammra RUGOSUM LeGuill. subsp. GEOMETRICUM Sm. yar. VIRIDIPURPUREA

_ Emery.

Luzon, Province .of Rizal, Montalban, P. I. (5321 Banks).
6. Platythyrea inermis sp. noy.
8 Long. 5.2 mill. Mandibules subopaques, densément ponctuées et
pubescentes, longues, a bord terminal tres distinctment denticulé et bien
plus long que le bord interne. Epistome et front formant une forte
conyexité antéro-postérieure, sans sutures. Bord antérieur de |’épistome
en are conyexe. Yeux assez plats, plutdt grands, situés en ayant du
milieu des cétés. Téte rectangulaire, médiocrement élargie derriére,
a cétés médiocrement convexes et a bord postérieur faiblement échancré.
Le scape attemt a peu pres le bord postérieur de la téte. les articles
6 4 10 du funicule sont un peu plus épais que longs. Suture promésona-
tale profonde: suture mésoépinotale nulle. Dos du thorax a peme
conyexe. Face déclive de l’épmotum haute, abrupte, concave, réguliére-
ment bordée en ovale de cété et en haut, sans trace de dent, ni de
tubercule, ni d’angle. Nceud du pédicule aussi haut que le 1° segment
de Vabdomen, plus haut que long, mais un peu plus long qu’épais,
verticalement tronqué devant et derriére, mais a face antérieure conyvexe,
tandis que sa face postérieure est concave et bordée comme la face déclive
de l’épinotwm, mais obtusément. Abdomen médiocrement étranglé entre
ses deux premiers segments; le 2™° un peu plus long que le 1°. Hanehes
postérieures sans trace d’épine.

FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. 123

Densément et finement ponctuée, subopaque ou a peu pres mate.
La ponctuation superposée (espacée) nest pas grossiére; elle est distincte,
réguliérement espacée et luisante sur la téte, moins distincte sur le
pédicule et a la base de Vabdomen, trés effacée ou nulle ailleurs.
Pubescence pruineuse extrémement fine assez abondante partout, sans
étre trés dense.

Noire. Pattes, funicules, mandibules et arétes frontales dun brun
rougeatre, devant de l’épistome et scapes bruns.

Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks,
collector).

Type No. 5431 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. 1.

7. SOLENOPSIS GEMINATA Forel, subsp. RUFA Jerdon 98.

Nucros OccrpenTAL, Maao, P. I. (878 Banks) ; Luzon, Manila, P. J.

(8133 Banks and 8931 P. L. Jones).
8. PHEIDOLOGETON DIVERSUS Jerdon &

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4200 Banks).

9. Monomorium floricola Jerdon, var. philippinensis var. noy.

8 Identique a la forme typique. ‘Tout au plus léchancrure tho-
racique est elle un peu plus faible et les nceuds sont ils un peu plus
comprimés Wayant en arriére, moins épaissement arrondis au sommet.

@ Long. 3.2 a 3.3 mill. Plus grande, surtout plus robuste que
Vespece typique et d’un brun unicolore, avec les pattes et les antennes
(sauf la massue et les cuisses brunes) jaunatres. Hpinotum plus court.
Second neeud bien plus comprimé, plus court et plus large, moins arrondi.

La femelle se distingue de prime abord du floricola, tandis que louy-
riére est bien difficile a différencier.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks, collector).

Type No. 5862 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science,

Manila, P. I.

10. MononomoriuM (MARTIA) ORIENTALE Mayr 8

Nueros Occipentan, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (47 Banks).

11. Monomorium (Martia) banksi sp. noy.

Long. 1.4 mill. Légerement plus grand que Vatomus Forel, mais
plus petit que Vorientale Mayr. Mandibules lisses, plus larges que chez
Vatomus. Hpistome armé de deux carenes plus aigués, divergeant beau-
coup moins en ayant. T'éte rectangulaire, un peu plus longue que
large, distinctement échancrée derricve, a cétés pas ou a peine convexes.
Yeux avec une dizaime de facettes, comme chez l’atomus. Antennes de
11 articles, comme chez Vatomus. Nceuds presque anguleux au sommet,
moins arrondis que chez l’atomus et beaucoup moins que chez Vorientale.

Entiérement lisse et luisant, avec quelques poils dressés épars comme
chez Vatomus (moins que chez Vorientale).

124 FOREL.

Entiérement d’un jaune sale ou brunatre un peu moins foncé que chez
Vorientale, mais bien moins yif que chez Vatomus. Pattes et antennes
dun janue plus pale. Les ondes transversales un peu plus brunes, a
peine perceptibles au milieu de segments abdominaux. Du reste comme
Vatomus.

Intermédiaire entre atonvus et orientale, mais avec les carénes de
Vépistome plus vives et les nceuds plus anguleux que chez ces deux
especes.

2 Long. 3 mill. D’un brun jaunatre clair, avec Vextrémité des seg-
ments abdominaux, les pattes et les antennes d’un brun jaune pale.
Premier neeud, yu de profil, conique, le 2™° bien plus large que long
(tous deux arrondis, le 2™° aussi long que large chez l’atomus yar.
integrius). L’épinotum beaucoup plus court que chez Vatomus. Téte
bien plus étroite et plus allongée que chez Vorientale.

Moins gréle que Vatomus, mais beaucoup plus petite et plus gréle que
Vorientale.

Neeros Occrpentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks
collector).

Type @ & No. 53 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

12. CREMASTOGASTER DEFORMIS Sm. 8

MinpDanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2214 H. B. Copeland).
13. CREMASTOGASTER ROGENHOFERI Mayr ¢ Q 8

Minpbanao, Province of Davao, Davao, P. I. (2220 #. B. Copeland).
14, CREMATOGASTER SIMONI Emery 8

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3041 Banks).

15. Cremastogaster subnuda Mayr, subsp. politula Forel, var. tagala var. nov.

2 Long. 2.7 mill. Trés voisine de la var. ruginota Forel de Inde,
et avec la méme sculpture sur le thorax, mais les épines épinotales sont
bien plus longues, le premier nceud est un peu plus large et plus court,
et la couleur plus foncée (téte et abdomen dun brun foncé; thorax et
pédicule Wun rouge brun).

@ Long. 5.6 mill. D’un brun roussatre. Abdomen d’un brun plus
foncé. Epinotum presque absolument inerme ou avec deux tubercules
tres obtus. Plus petite espéce. Ailes hyalines. (la @ de la var.
ruginota nest pas connue; celle de la subsp. politula typique est noire,
faiblement subdentée a |’épinotum et longue de 7 mill.).

6 Long. 2.3 mill. D’un jaune brunatre sale; téte dun brun noir.
Plus petit et plus gréle que celui du politula typique, et avec ’épinotum
subopaque, finement sculpté (celui du politula est noir et a ’épimotum
luisant et les ailes plus longues).

Il est fort possible que la var. ruginota doive étre élevée au rang de
sous-espece et separée ainsi de politula, auquel cas la var. tagala devra se

FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. : 125

rattacher non au politula typique, dont il différe beaucoup, mais au
ruginota.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8S. Banks collector).

Type 8 @ & No. 2792 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

16. Cremastogaster modiglianii Hmery, var. clemensze var nov.

8 Long. 2.7 4 3.2 mill. Différe de la forme typique par sa sculpture
plus faible (derriére de la téte luisant) et de la var. annamita Em.,
en outre par l’absence de la petite caréne médiane du pronotum qu’on
voit chez cette derniére (dont la couleur est en outre plus foncée et la
sculpture plus forte que chez la forme typique).

Minpawnao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens collector).

Type 2 No. 5537 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

17. Vollenhovia oblonga Sm., subsp. dispar subsp. nov.

§ Long. 3.2 mill. Mandibules plus courtes et plus larges que chez
le type de V’espece, armées de 6 dents, et de forme nettement triangulare,
formant un angle net entre le bord terminale et le bord interne. Les
carénes de Pépistome sont plus élevées, moins divergentes devant et plus
prolongées en arriére que chez la subsp. levithoraa Hm.; pronotum plus
déprimé et plus épaulé devant; premier noeud du pédicule plus court,
plus large que long, avee un pan antérieur absolument vertical (oblique
chez levithoraz). Pattes entiérement d’un rouge jaunatre. Du reste
comme la subsp. levithoraz. .

? Long. 8 mill. Mandibules armées de 7 dents, ponctuées. ‘Téte en
trapeze, rétrécie devant, un peu plus large derriere qu’elle n’est longue.
Thorax plus large que la téte. éte striée-ridée en long; les rides
divergent en arriére et leurs intervalles sont rugueux, subopaques. Thor-
ax avec de rides longitudimales effacées et des series de points allongés
entre deux; une bande médiane, longitudinale lisse. Hpinotum et une
partie des nceuds irréguliérement ridées. Abdomen lisse, 4 points épars,
piligéres trés fins.

Noire. Bord antérieur de la téte, mandibules, antennes et pattes
rougeatres. Ailes brumes, avec une cellule cubitale allongee et une
cellule discoidale. Du reste comme l’ouvriere.

@ Long. 3.8 mill. Mandibules courtes, étroites, jaunes, obtusement
unidentées. Téte arrondie derriére, au moins aussi large que longue.
Epistome trés convexe et proéminent. les yeux occupent la moitié
antérieure de la téte. Antennes de 13 articles. Scape long comme
les 3 premiers articles du funicule pris ensemble. Ceux-ci sont courts,
presque aussi épais que longs; les quatre ou cing derniers sont longs,
formant une massue fort indistincte. Thorax plus large que la téte.
Epinotum et téte assez mats densément et finement sculptés. Le reste

126 FOREL.

plus ou moins lisse et ponctué. Sautf sur le dos de ’abdomen, Ja pilosité
dressée brun roussitre est plus abondante que chez les 3 et 2.

D’un noir un peu brunatre. Pattes brunes. Articulations, mund-
ibules et antennes jaunatres. Ailes d’un brun plus clair que chez la @.
Cellule discoidale distincte.

La ¢@ est beaucoup plus grande, presque double de celle de l’espéece
typique WVapres Smith et Emery. Les caracteres génériques du ¢ cor-
respondent assez bien a ceux indiqués par Mayr (var. samoensis).

Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Mount Banajao, P. I. (Charles 8.
Banks collector).

Type ¢ 2 & No. 7189 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau
of Science, Manila, P. I.

18. Vollenhovia banksi sp. nov.

2 Long. 1.8 a 2 mill. Mandibules lsses, luisantes, assez trian-
eulaires, avec trois dents peu distinctes sur la partie antérieure de leur
bord terminal que est 4 peu prés tranchant derriére elles. Hpistome
court, avec une faible impression médiane. Téte rectangulaire dun
bon sixiéme plus longue que large, 4 peine rétrécie derriére. le scape
atteint ou dépasse un peu le quart posterieur de la téte. Chassue
trés distinctement de 3 articles, dont les deux derniers fort renflés.
Bord postérieur de la téte faiblement échancré. Yeux médiocres légére-
ment en arriére du tiers antérieur de la téte. Arétes frontales trés
courtes. Thorax allonge, 4 dos subdéprimé, presque rectiligne sur son
profil @’avant en arriére (a peine convexe). Sutures tres peu marquées,
la promésonotale presque obsolete. Pas trace d’échancrure. la face
basale de l’épinotum bien plus longue que large et plus longue que la
face déclive. Premier nceud plus long que large. Second neeud légere-
ment plus large que long. Cuisses médiocrement renflées, bien moins
que chez la subtilis Emery.

Téte et pronotum a peu pres mats, finement et densément ridés en
long; épistome lwisant avec peu de rides. Une raie luisante et lisse a
la-place du sillon frontal; milieu du pronotum, devant, un peu luisant.
Mésonotum a la fois ridé et réticulé. Epinotum, cétés des noeuds et
cotés du mésonotum mats et densément réticulés—ponetués. Abdomen,
sommet des neeuds et pattes lisses. Tout le corps, les pattes et les scapes
recouverts d'une pubescence jaunatre oblique (souleyée), assez abondante,
quioque espacée. Pilosité dressée jaunatre, fine pointue, éparse sur le
corps, nulle sur les tibias et les scapes.

Corps et cuisses bruns ; pattes, antennes et mandibules d’un jaune sale.

Nucros Occmentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks
collector).

Type & No. 67 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES.

—
te
=~!

19. DorrcHoDERUS BITUBERCULATUS Mayr $3 '
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4490 W. Schultze).

20. DoLicHopERUS PATENS Mayr subsp. PUBIVENTRIS Hmery 9 8

Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (8897 #. W. Foxworthy).

Cette forme constitue, plus ou moins, un intermédiaire entre patens
Mayr, dont elle a la sculpture, et semiruwgosus Mayr, dont elle a la
couleur; mais ’abdomen est plus pubescent que chez tous les deux.

21. PRENOLEPIS LONGICORNIS Latr. 9 $8
Cosmopolite. Luzon, Manila, P. I]. (2890 Banks).
22. PLAGIOLEPIS LONGIPES Jerdon @.

Neueros OccipEntTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6907 Banks).
23. CAMPONOTUS (COLOBOPSIS) VITREUS Smith Q@. 8.

Luzon, Province of Zambales, Olongapo, P. 1. (12860 Banks).
24, CAMPONOTUS (COLOBOPSIS) PUBESCENS Mayr 8

Luzon, Province of Lepanto-Bontoe, Cervantes, P. I. (8790 Banks).
25. CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS Fabr. subsp. PALLIDUS Sm. 8

luuzon, Manila, P. I. (2579 Banks).

26. CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS Fabr. subsp. SUBNUDUS Em. 9 $

Luzon, Manila P. I. (2506 W. Schultze).

27. CAMPONOTUS QUADRISECTUS Sm. 6

Luzon, Province of La Laguna, Santa Maria, P. I. (8606 H. M.
Curran).

28. Camponotus horrens sp. nov.

® Long. 5.5 mill. Mandibules lisses, luisantes, étroites, armees de
5 dents; langle entre le bord interne et le bord terminal trés obtus.
Epistome tres conyexe, subcaréné au milieu, a bord antérieur bicchancie,
sublobé entre les échancrures, faiblement imprimé au milieu dudit bord
antérieur. Aire frontale bien plus large que longue, mal délimitée en
arriére. Sillon frontal remplacé par une carene longitudinale assez
courte. Arétes frontales plutot courtes, trés divergentes. Téte large,
fort conyexe, trapéziforme, a cdtés convexes, fortement rétrécie devant,
au moins aussi large derriere que longue, a bord postérieur presque droit.
Yeux convexes, situes au quart postérieur de la téte. Le scape dépasse
le bord occipital des 2/5 a la moitié de sa longueur. Thorax conformé
comme chez le C. sergutlatus Fabr., mais encore plus profondément
échaneré entre le mésonotum et Vépinotum. Ce dernier forme une bosse
allongée, dont Vextrémité antérieure, arrondie en haut, tombe en haute
marche d’escalier sur la suture méso-épinotale. Vue de dessus cette bosse
est subdéprimée, plus longue que large, mais a peine plus étroite que le
mésonotum ; face déclive mal délimitée, plus courte que la face basale.

128 FOREL.

Quoique un peu plus haute et a bord supérieur plus arrondi (plus obtus),
Vécaille a la forme de celle du C. quadrilaterus Mayr; tres épaisse en bas,
ayec un pan antérieur vertical tres court, puis avec une surface: oblique
montant au bord supérieur, et enfin avec un pan postérieur haut et ver-
tical. Abdomen court: pattes longues, sans piquants. ‘Tibias cylindri-
ques.

Luisant, superficiellement et peu distinctement reticule; épinotum sub-
opaque, transversalement chagriné. Des points piligéres espacés fort
distinets et formant de petites élévations, surtout sur la téte, le thorax
et les membres. Tout le corps, les pattes et les scapes hérissé de longs
poils grossiers et pointus, dun brun foncé, en partie presque noiratres
vers leur base, plus clairs a l’extremité, trés abondants sur l’épinotum,
les tibias et les scapes. Hn outre une pubescence fauve dispersée partout
ailleurs, mais assez abondante sur l’abdomen o elle forme un léger duvet.

Entiérement d’un brun roussatre, rappelant beaucoup celui des Myr-
micaria eumenoides Gerst et brunnea Saunders. Abdomen d’un brun ~
fonce.

L’analogie de couleur, de forme, de pilosité, d’éclat et de taille avec
la Myrmicaria brunnea qui habite les mémes parages est telle que je
soupconne fortement cette espéce d’étre mimétique et d’avoir quelque
relation correspondante avec la Myrmicaria brunnea.

Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles S.
Banks collector); NeGRos OccmEntTAL, Mailum, Bago, P. I. (6906
Banks).

Type § No. 5433 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. L-

29. ECHINOPLA STRIATA Smith 6. :

Neeros OccmEntTAL, Pinalayan, Bago, P. I. (6909 Banks).
30. POLYRHACHIS CYANIVENTRIS Smith 9 8.

Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (5427 Banks) ;
Mryvoro, Mount Halcon, P. I. (6232 #. D. Merrill).

& Long. 11.2 mill. Du reste toute semblable 4 Vouvriere. Ailes
brunes. Les scapes de cette espéce, trés large et robuste, sont fortement
renflés 4 ’extremité chez la femelle et Vouvriére, ce que Smith et Mayr
mont pas mentionné. .

31. PoLYRHACHIS ARMATA LeGuillon 9.
NortH Camieurn Isnanp, P. I. (7791 R. C. McGregor).
32. POLYRHACHIS SCULPTURATA Smith 9 8.
Necros OccmeEntan, Mailum, P. I. (6070 Banks).
33. POLYRHACHIS BIHAMATA Drury 8.
Necros OcciwwEentar, Mount Canlaon, Tabidiao, P. I. (5719 Banks).
34. POLYRHACHIS SEXSPINOSA Latr. var. ESURIENS Em., 8.

Negros Occrpentat, Nakalang, Maao, P. I. (2170 Banks).

FOURMIS DES PHILIPPINES. 129

35. Polyrhachis bicolor Smith. var. concolor yar. nov.

8 Différe du type de Vespéce par sa couleur enticrement noire, avec
les antennes, les mandibules, les pattes et tout au plus la base de l’ab-
domen d’un brun un peu roussatre. Tout le corps, y compris l’abdomen,
est recouvert dune pelisse. argentée aussi brillante que celle de Vacantha
yar. argentea. Du reste la forme et les épines gréles sont identiques
a celles du type de la espéce. La ¢@ et le ¢ sont comme louvyriere,
avec les ailes enfumées de brundtve et les nervures brunes. Chez le
é la pubescence est diluée. -

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks collector). :

Type 6 2 2 No. 4224 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau
of Science, Manila, P. I.

36. Polyrhachis textor Smith var. zqualis var. nov.

8 Long 4.6 4 5.2 mill. Correspond bien exactemente a la description
de Smith, mais les trois épines de l’écaille sont de longueur égale.

2 Long. 6.5 mill. Pronotum avec deux angles obtus; épinotum avec
deux larges dents, fortes et obtuses. Les 3 épines de Vécaile de longueur
égale. Ailes jaunatres, avec les neryures et la tache marginale jaunes.

Luzon, Proyince of Zambales, Olongapo, P. I. (Charles S. Banks
collector) ; NeGros OocrpENTAL, Maao, P. I. (866 Banks).

Type @ & No. 12869 dans la collection entomologique du Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Camponotus moeschi sp. noy.

8 Long. 4.5 mill. Mandibules assez lwisantes, finement chagrinées
et abondamment ponctuées, assez ¢troites, armées de 5 dents au bord
terminal et dun denticule au bord interne. Hpistome carené avec un
lobe arrondi devant. ‘Téte peu large en trapeze peu marqué, plus
longue que large, médiocrement élargie derriére, 4 bord postérieur con-
vexe. Yeux grands, au tiers postérieur. le scape dépasse le bord
postérieur d’un bon tiers. Avrétes frontales divergentes; aire frontale
transversale ; sillon frontal peu distinct. Suture promésonotale profonde,
constituant une échancrure distincte, quoique faible, du dos du thorax.
Kchanerure mésoépinotale moins profonde que chez le C. horrens
(moins abrupte surtout), environ comme chez le sexguttatus (2 major),
mais l’épinotum est un peu plus court, plus convexe d’ayant en arvicre,
et plus comprimé, beaucoup plus étroit que chez Vhorrens, nullement
déprimé dessus (sans face supérieure distincte). Face déclive légere-
ment concave, plus courte que le dos ou face basale. Heaille mince,
comprimée, a bord supérieur subrectiligne. Abdomen court; pattes plutot
gréles; tibias cylindriques, sans piquants.

Luisant, superficiellement et peu distinctement chagriné (épinotum
inclusivement), avec les mémes points piligéres élevés que chez Vhorrens.
Pilosité dressée jaunatre, pointue, assez abondante et longue sur Vab-

130 FOREL.

domen et le derricre de la téte, plus courte sur le thorax et le devant de
la téte. Les tibias et les scapes n’ont quwune pilosité oblique (demi-
conchée) et courte. Pubescence adjacente presque nulle.

Entiérement (un roux jaunatre, en partie un peu brunatre; funicules
et pattes d’un jaune roussatre, ainsi que l’épistome et les joues.

Sumatra, récoleté par feu le Dr. Moesch. J’avais pris cette espéce
autrefois pour le C. nutans Mayr, mais c’est autre chose. Elle est
parente du @. horrens, mais néanmoinsbien différente. Les £ sont toutes
de méme grandeur ( minor ou media?).

Type dans ma collection.

"A NEW ACCESSORY FOR DISSECTION WORK.

By CHARLES 8. BANKS.

(From the Entomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

In the course of my studies in insect anatomy, I have had occasion to
use a small, easily made piece of apparatus with such excellent results
that I believe it to be worth noting, especially as I haye never seen
mention of a similar accessory.

This apparatus is especially adapted for such delicate work as that of
differentiating the parts of the alimentary canal and the reproductive
organs in small, adult insects such as Bombyx mori Linn., and it also
serves admirably for all lands of larye and for larger adult insects:
Arachnida, Lumbricide, Cestodea, Nematodea and Myriapoda, as well
as for small vertebrates, the dissection of which could be performed in
normal salt solution, or other similar liquid.

The apparatus is really nothing more than the classical pin of our
school days, fashioned on slightly different lines from that well-known
weapon of offense and defense, and is made from brass or nickel insect
pins No. 3 or No. 5. J] have used two styles of this pm, one in which
the base forms two sides of an equilateral triangle, the other in which
the triangular. base is complete. (See Plate I, a and b.) A bend is
made 5 to 10 millimeters from the point so as to form an angle of 60°;
the other bends are made so that when completed the point comes over
the center of the triangular base. The only advantage in using style
a is that the base is larger and somewhat greater stability is thereby
secured. j

The subject to be dissected is cut open, laid im normal salt solution
in the dissecting pan with paraffine in the bottom, and the flaps of in-
tegument are stretched open and fastened with ordinary pins.

With a number of the bent pins at hand, lying loose upon the paraffine,
one may begin tearing away any part desired, the trachea probably first
demanding attention. As each part is freed, a bent pin is seized by the
forceps and its point hooked under a loop of the tissue. The bent pin
is then gently pulled away as far as possible and set down upon its base
on the paraftine. As other parts are dissected, successive bent pins are

96836——-4. 131

132 BANKS.

used. Where overlapping parts occur it is an easy matter to release
them, pick them up from beneath and drop the bent pin where most
convenient for holding the tissue apart. While its own weight and the
adhesion of the base of the bent pin to the paraffine are amply sufficient
to hold the tissues apart, yet it can so easily be moved that there is
practically no danger of tearing important organs by an inadvertent
pull with the forceps, and in this lies the chief value of this method.

I have found that organs as delicate and as intricately enmeshed in
trachez as are the ovaries or the abdominal nerve fibers and ganglia of
Bombyx mor Linn., and Attacus ricint Boisd., may be admirably dis-
sected by the use of the bent pin, whereas an attempt to hold them with
ordinary pins stuck into the paraffe would result in disaster to the
specimen. Another value of this apparatus is that it may be picked up
with the engaged tissue and moyed here and there at will and with
greater dispatch than if ordinary pins were used. ‘here is also no
danger of pinning the part into the paraffine.

Perhaps a no less useful feature of the bent pin is that it may be
used most successfully in glass vessels, e. g., Petri dishes, where obviously
no other method of holding tissues could be devised.

This apparatus will be found particularly useful in the class room
or in’ the anatomical laboratory where a lack of skill on the part of
stidents would be compensated for by a diminished . liability to spoil
specimens upon which hours of careful dissection had been spent. In
making the apparatus it is better to use the poimted end of the pin for
a hook, as the tissue can be more readily slipped off.

Plate I shows several of these bent pins in use in the dissection of a
silkworm in a Petri dish.

ILLUSTRATION.

Pirate I. a and b, showing different methods of using bent pins,in dissection work.
133

vas RAG, sire ea
f a My me? Se
(OPN hey 4

_
if 5 ta ih
a i Au) A
; Tie.
ti
ny >
s i
i f ;
TA, al aut
‘ : j V2 Th ‘ S
; if 029% ah a (it ey ee
Pe cis es y an eS
L y ) ol Tite \ 0) lt Dieu a eer rag # ale
(ay i i i P j $2
4 Pe fim ‘
i : ‘i : Ss |
ie " \ Pie ay
Dew es. Fatal ck A am
{ ale hasES Tal
4: 7
i i
f :
i
lL
‘
.
5
i

Banks: A New ACCESSORY FOR DISSECTION WoRK.] [PHrn. Journ. Sci., Vou. V. No. 2.

PLATE Il-

Aye i oe

ih
cs

Lea ae
ete nT

BIRDS FROM PAUAI AND MOUNT PULOG, SUBPROVINCE
OF BENGUET, LUZON.

By Ricwarp C. McGREGorR.

(From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

INTRODUCTION.

Pauai, or Haight’s, is some 56 kilometers from Baguio, near the main
mountain trail between Baguio and Bontoc, in the subprovince of Ben-
guet, Luzon, and has an approximate elevation of 2,250 meters. The
trail is built through forests of island pine, Pinus insularis Endl., while
the yegetation about Pauai is the mossy forest, characteristic of many
mountain tops in the Philippine Islands.

The change in the flora from pine forest to mossy forest is very abrupt
and the line of demarcation between the two is as distinct as can be
imagined. The trunks and branches of the trees are covered with masses
of ferns, orchids, lichens, and mosses producing a striking and character-
istic appearance and many of the shrubs, grasses, and other small plants
are of genera different from those inhabiting the pine woods.t

During May and June, 1908, with my assistant, Andres Celestino,
I made a collection of birds at Pauai. Of the twenty-two species col-
lected or noted in the mossy forest, only two, Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant
and Rhinomyias insignis Grant, appear to be confined to the mossy
forest, as all of the others have been collected at lower altitudes. The
poverty of the avian fauna of these high mountains is emphasized when
it is remembered that seventy-two species were recorded from Irisan,
near Baguio.

In July we spent three days collecting in the mossy forest on Mount
Pulog, a peak some 10 kilometers east of Pauai and 2,800 meters in
elevation. On our return from Mount Pulog we were detained for a
few days at Lutab, a barrio of Cabayan, elevation about 1,000 meters.
Very few birds were noted in the yicinity of Lutab. Hirundo striolata
(Boie) was seen on July 5 and 6, an immature male of Chaimarrornis

*This Journal See. C (1910) 5, Nos. 4, 5, with a paper on the flora of Mount
Pulog by Merrill and Merritt, will be found plates showing some of the botanic
and physiographic features of this section of Benguet.

135

136 MCGREGOR.

bicolor Grant was collected, and the following species were seen in some
numbers: Jole gularis (Pucheran), Cacomantis merulinus (Scopoli),
Anthus rufulus Vieillot, Cisticola exilis (Vigors and Horsfield), Munia
cabanisi Sharpe, and Pycnonotus gotavier (Scopoli).

BIRDS OF PAUAT.
Prioniturus montanus Grant.

Abundant: many specimens.

Batrachostomus microrhynchus Grant.

One male, collected June 4, is in the gray phase of plumage. Wing,
140 millimeters; tail,.114; bill from nostril, 14; greatest width of bill,
30; internasal line, 16; tarsus, 17. The stomach contained beetles.
Collocalia species.

Swittlets were frequently seen, but it was impossible to obtain speci-
mens of them.

Yungipicus validirostris Blyth.

This little woodpecker was not uncommon.
Chrysocolaptes haematribon (Wagler).

One pair of this species was collected.

Thriponax javensis (Horsfield).

Seen but once.

Muscicapula westermanni Sharpe. .

Westermann’s flycatcher is represented in this collection by two adult
males, and one male and one female in spotted plumage.
Muscicapula luzoniensis Grant.

One female was taken June 12.

Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cassin).

Fairly abundant and usually found in flocks with other species of
small birds.

Rhinomyias insignis Grant.

Very rare; one male was collected June 15. Length, 170 muillh-
meters. Imis light brown; bill black; legs and feet lead-blue.
Culicicapa ceylonensis (Swainson).

Two males collected.

Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley. :

This inconspicuous little bird was one of the most abundant species
recorded.

Eumyias nigrimentalis (Grant).

The black-masked yerditer flycatcher was abundant. Many speci-
mens, both immature and adult, were collected.

BIRDS FROM PAUAI AND MOUNT PULOG. 1x7

Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant.
Whitehead’s tree babbler was very abundant and was often observed
in company with other small birds.

Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant.

Very abundant, but shy and difficult to collect. A. young female, May
24, may be described as follows: Above dark brown; feathers of the
crown, nape, sides of neck, and breast with rusty-brown median lines;
chin and throat rusty-brown; no blue anywhere in the plumage.
Planesticus thomassoni (Grant).

Very abundant. A young male, with tail just showing, has the
plumage nearly all black; head, neck, and throat black; middle of lower
breast and abdomen with shaft-lines of rusty-brown; feathers of abdo-
men, thighs, and under tail-coyerts frmged with rusty brown.

Horornis seebohmi (Grant).

The plumage of young birds differs somewhat from that of the adult.
Above blackish-brown, head like the back; under parts dusky olive-
brown; chin and middle of abdomen light ocherous-brown.

Cephalophoneus validirostris (Grant).

Three specimens collected; not common.

Hyloterpe albiventris Grant.
Fairly abundant; three males collected.
Pardaliparus elegans (Lesson).

This titmouse is one of the most conspicuous elements in the flocks
of small birds seen in the mossy forest. A young male, collected May
24, has the upper plumage suffused with dark olive-green ; below yellow,
throat .and chin yellow, but with a dark streak along each side of the
throat.

Callisitta mesoleuca (Grant).

Very common in flocks of small birds.

Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant.

This bullfinch is one of the few birds the range of which is limited
to the mossy forest. Two, three, or four individuals were usually ob-
served together and feeding, nearly always, in the larger evergreens.
Single birds could at times be attracted by imitating thei plaintive
whistle. Iris dark brown; legs and feet clay-color or pale flesh-color ;
nails gray; bill mostly black, more or less of the basal portion of the
lower mandible yellowish white. The young is similar to the adult,
but crown and nape brown, slightly darker than the back; the white
cheek-patch small and ill-defined; chin brown like the throat.

138 MCGREGOR.

BIRDS OF MOUNT PULOG.

Prioniturus montanus Grant.

Several individuals seen in the mossy forest.
Collocalia whiteheadi Grant.

A small flock of swiftlets was seen near the summit of the mountain.
The single specimen collected is doubtfully identified with C0. whiteheadi.
Compared with skins from Irisan, Benguet, this specimen is somewhat
darker and more blackish on the head and back, while the wing is
shorter. A smaller species of swiftlet was noted, possibly it was @.
isonota.

Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cassin).
Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley.
Eumyias nigrimentalis Grant.

These three species of flyecatchers were more or less abundant in the
mossy forest.
lole gularis (Pucheran) .

Several fruit thrushes were noted near the Igorot barrio of Ankiki,
just below the mossy forest.

Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant.

Two specimens collected July 3.
Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant.

Several seen in the mossy forest.
Planesticus thomassoni (Seebohm).

One specimen collected July 4.
Horornis seebohmi (Grant).

A young spicemen was caught with an insect net, near the base of the
mountain.
Zosterops whiteheadi Hartert ?

A female silvereye, Milled near Anlili, is doubtfully referred to Z.
whitehead.
Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant.

A pair of bullfinches was collected near timber-lme and others were
seen.

|
’ VERZEICHNISS VON COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN,
NEBST ZWEI NEUEN ARTEN AUS NIEDERLANDISCH_
OSTINDIEN.

Von. J. WEISE.

(Berlin, Germany.)

Herr W. Schultze, Assistent-Hntomolog am Bureau of Science in
Manila, welcher seinen Urlaub in Europa verlebte, brachte eine Anzahl
yon Coleopteren zur Bestimmung mit, die in den Philippinen gefangen
wurden. Von den Chrysomeliden wnd Coccinelliden gebe ich hier eine
Aufzihlung in der die im Cataloge von Baer nicht genannten Arten mit
eimem * yersehen sind.

I. CLILRYSOMELIDEN.

*], DONACIA WIEPKENI Ws., Arch. f. Nat. (1898), 178.

Luzon, Province of Tarlac, Tarlac, P. 1. (4688 C. S. Banks).

*2. LEMA SEMPERI Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1893), 267; var.

Fliigeldecken einfarbig metallisch griimlich-blau; Spitze der Schienen
und Tarsen schwirzlich. 5

Batanus Istanps, Calayan, P. I. (944 Rk. C. McGregor).

*3. CRIOCERIS SEMIPUNCTATA Fabr., Syst. Hleut. (1801), 1, 472.

Rompton, P. I. (1985 R. C. McGregor).

*4, Phytorus latus sp. nov.

Subrotundus ( @ ) vel transversim rotundatus ( ¢ ), fulvescens, capite
prothoraceque obscure aut saturate brunneo-rufis, hoc crebre punctato,
juxta marginem anticum sublaevi, elytris prothorace duplo latioribus,
punctulato-striatis, intersticiis conyexiusculis, stria duodecima integra.
—lLong. 6 mm., lat. ¢ 7, 2 5.5 mm. .

Romsion, P. I. (2. C. McGregor collector).

Type No. 1973, in der Hntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Von den tibrigen Arten durch den sehr breiten Korperbau, besonders
aber durch den Verlauf des zwolften Punktstreifens ausgezeichnet.
Derselbe bildet bei den typischen Arten nur einen Strich, der bald

hinter der Schulter erlischt, in der vorliegenden Art ist er vollstindig,
139

140 WEISE.

hochstens fehlt zuweilen eine Spur an der Basis; hinten verbindet er
sich regelmissig mit dem dritten Streifen.

Gerundet, fast so breit (@), oder breiter als lang (4), hell und
lebhaft braunlich rotgelb, glinzend, Fithler mehr rostrot, Kopf und
Thorax hell kastanienbraun, letzterer nach hinten zu allmahlich dunkler.
Kopfschild und Stirn sehr fein gewirkt und yerloschen punktiert, die
Trennungslinie zwischen beiden und die Augenrimnen schmal, doch
scharf und tief. Thorax halb so breit als die Fliigeldecken, hinten fast
dreimal so breit als lang, nach vorn in missiger Rundung stark verengt,
oben schwach queriiber gewolbt, aber in den Vorderwinkeln stirker
abfallend, dicht punktiert. Die Punkte sind nabe dem Vorderrande und
auf einem grésseren Raume in den Vorderecken flach, yerloschen und
weiter auseinander geriickt. Schildchen gross, flach, hinten kurz, doch
scharf zugespitzt, zart gewirkt. Fliigeldecken mit regelmiissigen feinen,
aber scharfen und tiefen Streifen, in denen sehr kleine Punkte stehen.
Letztere fallen dadurch mehr in die Augen, dass ihre nichste Umgebung
dunkel durchscheint. Der erste (abgektirzte) Streifen ist missig lang,
der siebente und der achte sind yorn nach innen gebogen und dann nahe
der Schulterbeule abgektirzt, der neunte und zehnte yereinigen sich weit
hinter der Schulter mit eimander, der elfte nahert sich dicht hinter der
Schulter dem achten bedeutend. Der abgesetzte Seitenrand ist dach-
formig, iihnlich wie-bei den Cassiden, beim ¢? kaum ein drittel so breit,
beim ¢ ziemlich so breit als die Scheibe der Fligeldecken und fallt
mit der Scheibe fast in einer Flucht ab. Er ist nicht dicht punktiert, die
Punkte scheinen bei gewissem Lichte dunkel durch. Beim -é sind die
Tarsen der Vorderbeine etwas erweitert.

5. CORYNODES INDAGACEUS Cheyr., Rey. et Mag. Zool. (1841), 228.

Luzon, Proyince of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (1300 R. C. Me-

Gregor).

6. COLASPOSOMA species.

7. AULACOPHORA QUADRIMACULATA Chap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1876),
19, 100.

Nueros OccrbpentaL, Maao; Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban
Gorge, P. I. (277, 5564 C. S. Banks).

8. AULACOPHORA ROSEA Chap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1876) 19, 99.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (1299 Rk. C. Me-
Gregor).

*9. HOPLASOMA PHILIPPINENSIS Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1894), 197.

Der Bauch ist nur in der Mitte schwarz, an den Seiten blass gelblich
gesiumt, der erste Bauchring ganz, sowie del Hinterrand der folgenden
Ringe gelblich. Der zweite Ring trigt im der Mitte einen breiten,
dicken pechschwarzen Anhang, der hinten in zwei lange, dicke, allmahlich
gugespitzte Zahne endet. Diese sind an der Spitze rotlich gelb, der

COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 141

ganze Anhang ist dicht gerunzelt, sehr dicht behaart und erscheint daher
rauh. Die Hoplasomen lassen sich tiberhaupt an der mannigfaltigen
Bildung des Bauchanhanges beim ¢ sicher unterscheiden.

Luzon, Province of Pampanga, Mount Arayat, P. I. 2,500 feet
(2977 W. Williamson).

In Allard’s Tabelle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1888) 327, ist die Angabe
unter g+: “Philippines ............ 5. picifemora All.” an eine falsche Stelle
geraten ; sie muss hinauf an den Satz unter g gertickt werden, wonach die
Anmerkung Jacobys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1896) 271 unten und p.
272 unter H. abdominalis zu berichtigen ist. Zugleich muss in dieser
Arbeit, pp. 271-273 fir Haplosoma immer Hoplasoma gelesen werden.
10. HapLosonyx spEeciosus Baly., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1879), (5) 3, 113.

Hin Exemplar mit einfarbig weisslichgelben Fiihlern.

Srpuyan Istanp, P. I. (2001 &. C. McGregor).

11. HAPLOSONYX ?SMARAGDIPENNIS Chevr., Rev. Zool. (1839) 288.
Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (1070 R. C. Me-
_ Gregor).
*]2. CNECODES SUTURALIS Motsch., Etud. Ent. (1858) 100.

Hin @. Von Birma beschrieben, ttber Vorder- und Huinterindien,
China, ete., verbreitet. Das 92, welches der Autor nicht erwahnt, hat
im der Regel nur Glied 8 und 9 der Fithler weisslich.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4868 C. S. Banks).

13. MENIPpuUS yirIDIS Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Bull. (1884), 28, 315.

NareGRros-OcciDENTAL, Maao, P. I. (3827 C. S. Banks).

14. Monolepta (Candezea) bifoveolata sp. nov.

é Oblongata, fulvo-rufa, nitida, antennis articulis 3-7 nigris, 8-11
flavis, articulo ultimo apice infuscato, tibius apice tarsisque infuscatis,
capite laevi, prothorace subquadrato obsolete punctulato, elytris subtilis-
sime punctatis, simgulo fovea sublaterali ante medium impressis.—Long.
5.8 mm.

Minporo, Rio Baco, P. I. (R. C. McGregor collector).

Type No. 3393 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Die Fiihler smd ziemlich so lang als der Koérper, Glied 3 ist doppelt
so lang als 2, 4 linger als 3 und etwas kiirzer als 1, die folgenden sind
dem 4ten ahnlich; die beiden ersten Glieder sind rostrot gefarbt wie der
Kérper, 3-7 nicht besonders tief schwarz, 8-11 weisslichgelb, die Spitze
des letzten Gledes und der Schienen, sowie die Tarsen angedunkelt.
Thorax wenig breiter als lang an den Seiten hinter der Mitte leicht
verengt, auf der Scheibe verloschen und sehr fein punktiert, in der Mitte
jederseits leicht emegedriickt. Schildchen glatt. Fliigeldecken an der
Basis. nicht ganz deppelt so breit wie der Hinterrand des Thorax, bis
ein viertel der Linge leicht erweitert, dann ziemlich parallel, im letzten

142 WEISE.

Viertel wieder etwas verengt und hinten gerundet abgestutzt; sehr fein
punktiert und in den Zwischenraéumen mit zahlreichen noch feinéren
Piinktchen besetzt. Jede Decke hat hinter dem ersten Viertel der Linge
tiber dem Seitenrande eine gerundete Grube, deren Umgebung etwas
wulstartig erhoht, iusserst dicht und fein punktiert und ziemlich matt
ist. Die Grube ist tief, aber viel klemer wie beim ¢ von cavipennis
Baly. Huinterschienen mit miissig langem Hnddorne, Metatarsus bemahe
halb so lang als die Schiene.

15. SPHAERODERMA species.

Ein Exemplar, emer gelbbraunen Art, deren Fiihler vom fiimften
Gliede ab schwiarzlich gefarbt sind.

*16. PSYLLIODES SPLENDIDA Harold, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (1877), 364.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2466 C. S. Banks).

*|7, PHYLLOTRETA SERRICORNIS Duviy., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1885), 46, 387.

Hin ¢. Nach der Grosse, Farbung und namentlich nach der Form
der weissen Liingsbinde jeder Fliigeldecke diirfte das yorliegende Exem-
plar zu dieser Art gehiren, die nur nach dem ¢ beschrieben ist. Beim
2 sind die Fiihler emmfach, Glhied 2 und 3 Klein, 3 unbedeutend linger
als 2, 4 und die folgenden dicker als die beiden vorhergehenden, all-
mihlich bis zum 6ten Gliede verbreitert, dann gleichbreit, Glied 4 so
lang als 2 und 3 zusammen, 5 und die folgenden etwa so lang als 4,
nur das Endglied etwas linger.

Nzeros OccrpentaL, Nakalang, P. I. (1148 C. S. Banks).

*18. Blepharida manilensis sp. nov.

Hlongata, dilute ferruginea, elytris citrinis, ferrugineo- vel brunneo-
variegatis, prothorace ante medium dilatato, hic illic parce punctato,
basi sulco breyi, antice sulco longo apice bifurcato impresso, prosterno
basi subtruncato. Long. 11-12 mm.

Srpuyan Istanp, P. I. (Rk. C. McGregor collector).

Type No. 1913 im der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Nach der Beschreibung mit Bl. flavopustulata Baly yon Assam am
nichsten verwandt, aber der Thorax mit gut ausgepragten punktierten
Furchen yersehen, ahnlich wie bei der kleineren BI. xanthospilota Baly
aus China.

Der Korper ist schlank gebaut, namentlich beim ¢, hell rotbraun,
die vier Vorderbeine und die Fiihler blasser, die Fliigeldecken citronen-
oder weisslichgelb, mit zahlreichen, unregelmissigen rotbraunen Flecken
bestreut, welche teilweise der Quere nach, oder schrig unter einander
yerbunden sind; die Punkte in den regelmiissigen Reihen ebenfalls
rotbraun: Zuweilen nimmt die dunkle Farbung so zu, dass auf der
Scheibe nur zahlreiche kleine, gelbe Fleckchen tibrig bleiben, wahrend

COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 143

die Basis fast zusammenhingend gelb gefiirbt ist und auch der letzte
Zwischenstreifen zwei grodssere gelbe Makeln tragt. Die Stirn ist
sehr fein punktiert, die gebogenen Stirnrinnen sind tief und scharf und
setzen die glatten Beulen tiber der Fiihlerwurzel scharf ab. Thorax -
mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, die Seiten von der Basis bis zur
Mitte ziemlich parallel, dann im Bogen erweitert und nach den Vor-
derecken wieder verengt, letztere wie gewohnlich nach aussen vortretend.
Die Scheibe ist vor der Mitte fast glatt, unter stiirkerer Vergrésserung
zart punktuliert, hinter derselben jederseits von der Mittellinie mit einer
Gruppe von kriftigen Punkten versehen; die Furchen sind tief, die an
der Basis kurz, glatt, die vom Vorderrand ausgehenden lang, punktiert,
noch yor der Mitte des Thorax gegabelt, em Ast lauft gradlinig bis in
den Seitenrand, der andere schrig nach hinten und innen. Die Punkt-
streifen der Fliigeldecken sind wenig tief, die Zwischenstreifen fast glatt,
eben.

19. ASPIDOMOPHA MILIARIS Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775) 91.

Die hellste Form, aberration flaveola, liegt von den Philippinen zwar
nicht vor, diirfte dort aber kaum fehlen, da sie tiberall mit der Stamm-
form zugleich auftritt. Bei ihr besitzen die Fliigeldecken nur wenige,
kleine, punktformige, schwarze Plecken, das Seitendach ist ganz unge-
fleckt, oder hat zwei bis ftinf schwarze Punkte: 1, hinter der Basis,
neben der Schulterbeule, 2 und 3 dahinter, neben einander nahe dem
Ausserrande, und swei iihnliche (4 und 5) hinter der Mitte, alle frei.

Uberginge zur typischen Form, bei der auf dem Dache 2 schwarze
Querbinden liegen, bilden solche Stiicke, bei denen entweder der 2te
und 3te, oder der 4te und 5te Fleck sich der Quere nach yereinigt
haben.

Haufig schemen bei Manila Uberginge zur dunkelsten Form, der
aberration inundata, zu sein, bei welcher zuletzt die Fliigeldecken tief
schwarz sind, ausgenommen ein grosser Fensterfleck auf dem Dache,
von ein viertel der Linge bis hinter die Mitte, und eine kleine, gemein-
schaftliche gelbe Makel am Schildchen. Stiicke bei denen ausserdem
das Seitendach im letzten Viertel, oder eine gemeinschaftliche Makel
in der Mitte der Fliigeldecken, oder noch mehrere punktformige Makeln
auf der Scheibe jeder Decke gelb sind, konnen ebenfalls schon zu dieser
Farbenabanderung gerechnet werden. }

20. ASPIDOMORPHA species.

Hin é aus der Verwandtschaft yon dorsata und bilobata, aber von
diesen Arten durch lingere HEndelieder der Fiihler verschieden. Bei
den hierher gestellten Species hat Boheman ausser klemen Farbenab-
weichungen eigentlich keine positiven Unterschiede genannt und sie
bediirfen daher einer griindlichen Bearbeitung.

144 WEISE.

*21. Laccoptera manilensis sp. nov.

Subtriangularis, convexa, rufo-testacea, subopaca, antennis articulis
5 ultimis pectoreque macula postica utrinque nigris, prothorace in disco
subtiliter aciculato-punctato, nigro bimaculato, elytris crebre-, interne
substriato-punctatis et bicarinulatis, macula subscutellari communi ma-
culisque sex rotundatis in singulo nigris, protecto deflexo, crebre sat
fortiter punctato—Long. 7-7.5 mm.

Aberration a. nigripennis.

Elytris nigris, protecto maculis duabus rufescentibus, prima baseos,
secunda in medio.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. C. McGregor
collector).

Type No. 6360 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Korpergestalt von L. tredecimpunctata Fabr., aber nach hinten etwas
mehr yerengt, auf den Fliigeldecken ohne einen gemeinschatftlichen
einen Hocker in der Spitze des Basaldreieckes und durchweg feiner
punktiert, nur die zwei ersten Punktreihen sind ziemlich regelmissig,
die beiden folgenden schon sehr gestért und die iibrigen ganz verworren,
auch die Zeichnung ist abweichend, namentlich dadurch, dass die yordere
Randmakel und die daneben hegende Makel 3 nahe der Mitte der Scheibe
gross und gerundet sind; L. philippinensis Boh. ist etwas glinzender
als die vorliegende Art, auf den Fliigeldecken ihnlich punktiert und mit
der gleichen Zahl schwarzer Flecken gezeichnet, aber das Seitendach
fallt weniger ab, ist weitliufiger und viel flacher punktiert und neben
der Schulter, sowie zwischen den beiden Randmakeln convex aufge-
trieben, ausserdem hinter der zweiten Makel weniger verengt aber tiefer
yon der Scheibe abgesetzt und die erste Randmakel tritt kaum auf das
Dach hinaus.

Fliigeldecken in den Schultern am breitesten, bierauf allmahlich
verengt und hinten gemeinschaftlich schmal abgerundet; auf ihnen
befinden sich zusammen dreizehn gerundete schwarze Makeln, eine
gemeinschaftliche vor der hichsten Stelle der Decken, breiter als lang,
sowie sechs auf jeder Fliigeldecke. Hiervon liegt Makel 1 auf dem
vorderen Teile der Schulterbeule, 2 in der Seitengrube vor eim drittel der
Linge, mit dem gréssten Teile auf dem Seitendache, 3 und 4 bilden
mit ihr eine Schrigreihe nach hinten und innen, 3 ist gross, innen yon
der zweiten Rippe begrenzt, oder wenig dariiber hinwegreichend, 4 klein,
auf der ersten Rippe, 5 und 6 bilden eine weniger schrige, zuweilen
fast grade Querreihe. Makel 5 befindet sich unmittelbar vor zwei drittel
der Liinge auf dem Dache und reicht nur wenig auf die Scheibe hinauf,
6 zwischen der zweiten Rippe und der Naht.

Ofter verbindet sich Makel 3 mit 4; dusserst selten (Herr Schultze
fand unter Hunderten von Exemplaren nur ein Stiick) sind die Fliigel-

COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 145

decken schwarz, cine grosse, ziemlich dreieckige Makel in der Schulterecke,
sowie der Raum des Daches zwischen den Normalmakeln 2 und 5
rotbraun. (ab. nigripennis).

Zwei ihnlichen Arten yon Niederlandisch Ostindien scheinen ebenfalls
unbekannt zu sein:

22. Laccoptera insulana sp. nov.

Breviter ovalis, convexa, testacea, nitidula, antennis articulis 5 ultimis
pectoreque utrinque macula postica nigris, prothorace disco obsolete
reguloso-punctato, nigro-bimaculato, elytris crebre et fortiter punctato-
striatis, rugosis, nigro-irroratis, protecto crebe rugoso, nigro-bimaculato.
Long. 7 mm. ;

Insuta Werra, Niederlandisch Ostindien April, 1901.

Diese Art von der ich fiinf Exemplar von Herrn Hauptmann Moser
erhielt, und noch andere sah, lasst sich mit der mir unbekannten sculp-
turata Boh., aus Celebes nicht vereinigen, weil die drei Gruben an der
Basis der Fliigeldecken, die Boheman ausftihrlich beschreibt, nicht
yorhanden sind, und die Korperform und die Zeichnung abweicht.

Der Umriss ist liinglich oval, indem die Fliigeldecken an der Basis nur
massig breiter sind als der Thorax, sich im ersten Viertel etwas erweitern,
dahinter gradlinig und sehr wenig verschmialern, und erst im letzten
Drittel stirker gerundet-verengt und hinten breit abgerundet sind.
Auf der Scheibe sind sie stark in Reihen punktiert, die an einigen Stellen
durch Querrunzeln gestoért werden, welche die sehr schmalen, erhohten
Zwischenstreifen yerbinden. Das Seitendach ist dicht querrunzelig, ohne
deutlich hervortretende Punkte.

Hell rétlich gelbbraun, das Seitendach gelblich, die beiden schwarzen
Makeln des Thorax ziemlich gross, auf jeder Decke sind ftinf regelmissige
Makeln, zwei auf dem Seitendache, gross und drei vor der Mitte der
Scheibe, kleiner. Die erste Dachmakel liegt bald hinter der Schulterecke
am Seitenrande, ist dreieckig, nach innen zugespitzt, und erreicht hier
die 10te Punktreihe vor der normalen tiefen Grube. Uher dieser liegt
zwischen der 9ten und 6ten Reihe die dritte Scheibenmakel, die
gewohnlich etwas breiter als lang ist. Die beiden andern Scheibenmakeln
sind gerundet, 1 vor der Schulterbeule, 2 vor der Spitze des Basaldrei-
eckes, in der Regel frei. Ausserdem ist die Scheibe hinter der Mitte
unregelmissig mit kleinen schwarzen Flecken bestreut, die aus der
Vereinigung yon 2 bis 3 schwarz gefarbten Punkten entstehen, auch der
Spitzenwinkel ist mehr oder weniger breit schwarz. Die zweite Dach-
makel liegt normal, reich vom Seitenrande bis zum 10ten Punktstreifen
und ist meist viereckig.

23. Laccoptera fallax sp. nov.

Subrotundata, convexa, rufo-testacea, nitidula, protecto flavescente,
antennis articulis 5 ultimis et plerumque maculis duabus metasterni
nigris; prothorace disco sublaevi, nigro-bimaculato, elytris in disco crebre

96836—5

146 WEISE.

et fortiter punctato-striatis, maculis parvis cerciter 22 signatis, protecto
fortiter rugoso-punctato, maculis duabus magnis nigris, postica in diseum
nonnihil exeurrente.—Long. 8 mm.

Insuna Larat vel Tentwper Niederlindisch Ostindien (Moser).

Der vorigen sehr ahnlich und nahe verwandt, jedoch breiter gebaut
und an den Seiten mehr gerundet, die Scheibe des Thorax fast glatt,
das Seitendach dagegen stark und tief runzelig punktiert und die zweite
Makel desselben bis in die 9te Punktreihe reichend und auf dem letzten
Zwischenstreifen nach vorn ausgezogen. Die drei ersten Scheibenflecke
sind ahnlich, nur liegt der erste mehr auf der Schulterbeule und weiter
yon der Basis entfernt, dahinter befinden sich noch acht kleine schwarze
Flecken : zwei in der Mitte neben einander, drei hinter derselben und drei
auf dem Abfalle zur Spitze. Diese selbst ist ebenfalls schwarz.

24. METRIONA TRIVITTATA Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. (1801) 1, 397.
Wurde auch von Herrn Ribbe bei Manila haufig gefangen.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (304 W. Schultze).

25. PROMECOTHECA CUMINGI Baly, Cat. Hispid. (1858) 88.

Da die Farbung der hellen Hispinen oft erheblich varirt, rechne ich
das vorlegende ¢ noch zu dieser Art. Hs ist 8 mm. lang, rostrot,
Fliigeldecken blassbriiunlich gelb, die letzten drei bis vier Fiihlerglieder
schwirzlich. Alle acht Punktreihen der Fliigeldecken sind durchaus
regelmissig, nur schiebt sich zwischen Reihe 5 und 6 yor der Mitte noch
eine tiberzthlige Reihe, die auf der Schulterbeule beginnt. Der Zahn
an den vier Vorderschenkeln ist klein, breit, stumpf, der an den langen
Hinterschenkeln grésser, spitz, und bedingt eine ziemlich tiefe, bogen-
formige Ausrandung in den Hinterschienen.

Luzon, Mamila, P. J. (2448 OC. S. Banks).

*26. AGONIA VANDEPOLLI Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova (1877) 38, 120.

Hin Exemplar; heller als normal gefarbt, der Bauch einfarbig rostrot,
die Fliigeldecken an der Spitze mit emem kleinen schwiirzlichen Wische.
Innen sind die beiden ersten Fiihlergheder rétlich.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2621 C. S. Banks).

27. DACTYLISPA CLADOPHORA Guér., Rey. Zool. (1841), 7.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2188 W. Schultze).

II. COCCINELLIDEN.

*28. EPILACHNA PUSILLANIMA Muls., Spec. (1851), 784.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (248 C. S. Banks).
29. EPILACHNA VIGINTIOCTO-PUNCTATA Fabr., Syst. Ent. (1775), 84.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2236 C. S. Banks).

COLEOPTEREN AUS DEN PHILIPPINEN. 147

30. HARMONIA OCTO-MACULATA Fabr., Spec. Ins. (1781), 1, 97, und deren. ab.
PHIDIPPINENSIS Mauls. ;
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (1876 and 2874, W. Schaltze).
*31. Tura crineTa Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. (1798), 77.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2137 W. Schultze).
*32. COBLOPHORA vipUA Muls., Spec. (1851), 393.

Var.? 1 Hxemplar in der Farbung mit Symia melanaria Muls., tiber-
einstimmend : Oberseite schwarz, glinzend, der Mund und ein feiner Saum
des Kopfschildes, em nicht breiter Saum in den Vorderecken des Thorax
(vom inneren Augenrande bis zur Mitte des Seitenrandes reichend)
nebst Fiihlern, Beinen und der Unterseite (die Hpipleuren der Fliigel-
decken ausgenommen) rotlich gelbbraun. Die Punktierung der Oberseite
ist femer wie in der typischen vidua.

Luzon, Manila, P. L., (752 W. Schultze).

*33. Coelophora personata sp. nov. :

Subhemispherica, nigra, nitida, fronte utrinque tarsisque testaceis,
prothorace subtilius punctato, limbo angusto apicali maculaque magna
laterali albides, elytris coccineis, macula rotunda subhumerali, fascia
communi pone medium lLmboque suturali utrinque abbreviato nigris.

Mas: capite albido, pedibus anticis testaceis. Long. 4-5.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (C. S. Banks collector).

Type No. 2678 in der HEntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

An der Zeichnung der Fligeldecken sofort zu erkennen. Dieselben
sind lebhaft und glainzend geblich rot gefirbt, eine runde Makel nahe
der Basis an der Innenseite der Schulterbeule, eine gemeinschaftliche
Querbinde hinter der Mitte sowie ein Naht- und oft auch ein Seitensaum
schwarz. Die Querbinde ist gerade, ziemlich von gleicher Starke und
dehnt sich bis zum Seitenrande aus, seltener erreicht sie denselben
nicht ganz. Mit ihr ist der Nahtsaum verbunden, der sich vorn, nahe
dem Schildchen, teilt und jederseits etwas von der Naht entfernt; jeder
Ast bleibt von der Basis und der Schultermakel ungefihr gleichweit
getrennt. Der Seitensaum ist rot-, oder pechbraun und reicht von der
Basis bis neben, oder wenig hinter die Querbinde.

Taster und Fiihler rotlich gelbbraun, Kopf beim ¢ weisslich, beim
2 schwarz, Vorderrand der Oberlippe und eine Lingsmakel der Stirn
jederseits rotlich gelbbraun. Thorax schwarz, ein Saum des Vorder-
randes und eime damit yerbundene grosse Makel in den Vorderecken,
innen bogenforming ausgerandet und hinten gerundet, nicht ganz die
Basis erreichend, gelblich weiss. Schildchen schwarz, in der Mitte oft
rotlich durchscheinend. Unterseite und Beine schwarz, Hpipleuren der
Fliigeldecken, Seiten der Vorderbrust und des Bauches nebst der Tarsen
(beimy 6 auch die Vorderbeine) rotlich gelbbraun, Hpimeren der Mittel-
und Hinterbrust gelb.

“448 | sires sane eee <i i jeans

*34. Coelophora Saifrech sp. nov. oe aa tek :

Subhemispherica, dilute fulva, mide fronte, lateribus prothoracis
guttisque 12 elytrorum, 1, 2, 2, 1 collocatis, albidis. Long. 5 mm. ~

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (C. 8. Banks collector). ‘

Von den sechs gelblich weissen Tropfen jeder Fliigeldecke feeen -
drei, nimlich 1, 2, 4, in einem Bogen hinter einander innen, die andern
drei in einem schwiicheren Bogen am Seitenrande, die inneren sind
kleiner, die fiusséren grosser. Der erste Tropfen hbefindet sich an der —
Basis nahe dem Schildchen, der zweite viel weiter von der Naht abge- —
riickt in ein drittel der Liinge, etwas schrag nach hinten und innen yon
3, welcher unmittelbar am Seitenrande liegt und schwach quer ist.”
Tropfen 4 und 5 bilden mit dem entsprechenden Tropfen der anderen
Decke eine grade oder nach yorn leicht convexe Querreihe wenig hinter
der Mitte, 6, in der Spitze, ist der grosste von allen. Am Thorax ist
ungefiihr das fiussere Viertel gelblich weiss gefarbt. ;

Hs macht mir besonderes Vergniigen, diese hiihbsche Art Herrn W..
Schultze in Manila widmen zu konnen.

35, CHILOMENES SEXMACULATUS Fabr., Spec. Ins. (1781) 1, 96.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (264 W. Schultze).

36. HETERASPIS BILLARDIERI Crotch, List Coeccinel. (1871), 6; (reticulata Fabr.)
Syst. Eleut. (1801), 1, 362. ; j

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2087 W. Schultze).

37. SyNONYCHA GRANDIS Thunb., Nov. Ins. Spee. (1781), 12.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2136 W. Schultze).

*38. VERANIA NIGRILABRIS Muls., Monogr. Coccin. (1866), 73.

Var.? Die Oberlippe ist nicht schwarz, sondern hell gefiirbt wie der
ganze Korper, der Bauch nur in der Mitte der ersten Segmente dunkler,
gebraunt.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (266 P. L. Stangl).

*39. CHILOCORUS CERBERUS Muls., Opusc. (1856), 148.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (1356 C. S. Banks).
*40, BRUMUS SUTTURALIS Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. (1793), 78.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3765 C. S. Banks).
*41. CRYPTOGONUS oRBICULUS Gyllh., Schénh., Synon. Ins. (1808), 1, 2, 205.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4738 C. S. Banks).

\ f Order No, 401,
THE BONTOC IGOROT. :

By A. E. Jenxs.
110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic plates. 9 figures. ane

An interesting study ; the result of almost a year’s residence among
the Bontoe Igorots.

Price $1 United States currency, postpaid.

Order No, 402,
NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES.

By Wittiam ALLAN REeEp.

62 photographie illustrations. 91 pages.

An Arcsin ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales.

Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid.

Order No, 403,

aA THE NABALOI DIALECT.

By Orro SCHEERER.

TOGETHER WITH

THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN.

By Epwarp Y. Miner.

199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures.

The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive
people.

Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid.

NOTE.

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Mane,
i or to any of the below-listed agents. “Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U..S. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holtand,

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

--Ig10 will be ee ineretctore! $5 Uni
be $2 United States currency.

Be inning with Igrt, the Price o: the entire Journal will
currency. Section D will aap as often as TEV SIE is s avail

ee ee

‘

McGREGOR, RICHARD rey Peicds Collected i in the Island of Poli. oO,
Bima mae Pet CENT c CENTS EM AUN JASOB BL eNO A

| McGREGOR, | RICHARD C. Birds from Tete und ‘Mount piles. Sub- ATR

_ province of Benguet, Luzon se aT si) SU a s CURSOR NOTA 133

ree ¥

y WEISE, ‘fens Verzeichniss Von Coleopteren Aus Den Baie at
ene Neuen Arten “Aus Niederlandisch Ostindien een!

The “Philippine Journal of Science” is issued as Gaines ¥i8 aye iy
‘ Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, 82 Unite Sta
Seu currency per year. ;
‘Section B, Medical Sciences, $8 United States ourrency per year.
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year. i
* Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and General Biology, $2 United States ©
rency per year.

. Theentire “Journal,” $5 United States ourrency | for Volumes TI, ae Iv, and Vv. There-
after, $7 United States ourrenoy per year.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free,
Subscriptions should be sent to the Business deca gant Philippine Journal of giiedeelt i
Bureau of SE) Manila, P. I., or to any of the erent use below. pees give order
wr. ;

) >

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan ‘Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, ‘New York City, Uv. 8. A Ree THEI

. Messrs. Wm, Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C:, eee 4: st
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. mea
Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Garnchye
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 82 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits ‘Rettlements. ‘
Messrs, A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. j

A limited number of Cabana copies of previous volumes are
available, which may be secured from the Business Manager
Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the foll
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 Unite
' States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States
currency; all later volumes at current subscription pie oS BRS

Vou. V. AUGUST, 1910 ENON TS

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

EDITED BY
PAUL C. FREER, M. D., Pu. D.
WITH THE COOPERATION OF

DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D.
MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S.
ALVIN SEALE, ‘A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D.

RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B. L., M. A.

PUBLISHED BY
THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE
OF THE

GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL
BIOLOGY

| MANILA ( Aon
BUREAU OF PRINTING ak
1910

107 ages. ‘16 ‘lustrations, 5 5 agrams.

A compete History of the Mi Fee in sit with maps and many
ah j bien translations from me ee el ;

: ae eA MINDANAO, ae

GaSe Site THE: SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.

be a a Emenson B. Crrrsrre.
ae. PN ea Nitaa a dae Ri

STR a Wee Law and Religion, is one of an occ and. valu-
able set of works on the origin, history and customs \
ARS TCI an: of these tribes, who are among the most ae
es . _ interesting peoples of the world. PAR We)

Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. Je iy Na

NOTE. ;
4 Hii 4 Gutters should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Seience, Manila,
hs | or to any of the below-listed agents, Please give Or der Number, iat hy
. FOREIGN AGENTS. Bee a Pye
The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. co Bigland, i
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland,

' Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., coneny
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits ee
Messré.: A. M. & J Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, ‘Ceylon. :

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT on APPLICATION.

Walle. TRUE UN Te!

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

Vou. V AUGUST, 1910 No. 3

THE PEARL FISHERY OF BANTAYAN.*

By LAwRENCE HE. GRIFFIN.

The Island of Bantayan hes between the northern ends of Negros
and Cebu, at the head of the Tatton Channel. It is about 11 kilometers
wide and 18 kilometers long. A string of islets, sometimes called the
Don Islands, stretches 13 or 14 lnlometers from its southwestern corner
toward Negros. A single islet is located about 13 lalometers north of
the outermost of the Dons. These islands, Bantayan on the east, the
Dons on the south, and the last islet to the northwest, bound a shoal
about 260 square kilometers in area. On the east and south of Bantayan,
and south of the Dons, the shallow water extends for from 1 to 2 kilo-
meters and then gradually deepens. At only one point, Santa Fé, on
the southeast corner of Bantayan, does the water deepen suddenly. This
is the only place where large boats can come to- within half a kilo-
meter of the main island. Almost all the small islands are inhabited,
but their total population bemg is not much more than 1,000; that of
Bantayan Island is over 37,000.

The islands are formed entirely of coral, all except Bantayan being
flat, with an elevation not exceeding 5 meters. Curiously enough, the
outermost of the Dons, Lipayran, is densely covered with virgin forest
of first-group woods; the other islands have few trees except the coconut.

The passages between the Don Islands are all shallow, except between

* Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
2 Associate professor of zoélogy, Philippine Medical School, Manila, P. I.
97124. 149

150° GRIFFIN.

the last two, Doong and Lipayaran, where the channel is at least 4
fathoms deep. At the rise and fall of every tide, the water pours
through these passages, at one*place making whirlpools which are much
feared by the pearl divers and fishermen. A strong current sweeps
over the entire shoal. - ; :

During the months of May, June, November, and December, when
usually the winds are light and calms prevail, the water is so clear that
the bottom can plainly be seen in eight fathoms. At such times the
divers float around over the shoal looking for pearl shells. There is
nothing here that can be called a pearl bank, such as is found near
Mindanao, Jolo, or Ceylon. The pearl shells are scattered singly over
the sandy bottom, and it is a rare ocurrence for a diver to be so fortunate
as to find half a dozen shells in a day’s search; he is generally satisfied
with one or two shells ina day. As a compensation for the small number
of shells, the number of pearls found is proportionally yery high and
their quality good. ;

One pearl found this year was valued at 800 pesos (400 dollars United Stat»s
currency) ; others, worth from 200 to 500 pesos (100 to 250 dollars United States
currency) have not been rare. One of the Bantayan pearls was sold in Cebu
about three years ago for 800 pesos (400 dollars United States currency). The
mother-of-pearl gathered at Bantayan and disposed of to the local dealers for the
year 1908 was worth 1,548 pesos (774 dollars). The pearls bought by the same
dealers during this period were worth 4,584 pesos and 50 centavos (2,292 dollars
and 25 cents United States currency). The presidente of Bantayan estimates that
mother-of-pearl and pearls of about half this value are sold in such a way that
there is no record of them. The total value of the pearl fisheries at this place is
then not far from 9,000 pesos (4,500 dollars United States currency) per annum.
The competition among the local Chinamen is so great that the prices for shell are
almost equal to those paid in Cebu.

The shells are generally second grade in size, but of good quality.
The search for them during the favorable season is so keen that the
full-erown oysters have nearly all been gathered. If the shoal were
smaller or the season longer, the pearl oyster would have disappeared
long ago from this place.

The municipal council recently has passed an ordinance regulating
the size of shells which may legally be taken. While this is the proper
thing for the council to do, it is doubtful if the ordimance will have
the slightest effect upon the pearl fishery.

This pearl fishery of Bantayan is illustrative of many native Philip-
pine industries: while collectively bringing considerable money into the
municipality and increasing to that extent the income of a part of the
population, there is not the slightest chance of its attracting capital to
Bantayan or of its being expanded by any modern method of working.
However, Bantayan seems to be an ideal place for experiments in the

THE PEARL FISHERY OF BANTAYAN. 151

artificial culture of pearl oysters. If a practical method*® of rearing
the young oysters through the larval period to the time when they set-
tle upon the bottom, and also for planting them over this great shoal
could be discovered, the value of the Bantayan pearl fishery would be
multiplied many hundred times, for every part of the shoal seems equally
adapted to the needs of the oyster.

The pearl button factories of the United States for many years have
been using the shells of clams found in the Mississippi River and its
tributaries. ‘These, once so numerous, are reduced now to such an extent
that the industry is in danger of extinction. A knowledge of these
facts led Prof. W. C. Curtis in 1898 to commence a study of the develop-
ment of the clams and to experiment in rearing them under artificial
conditions. Later he was joined in this work by Prof. George Lefevre.
The experiments have reached a stage where they promise success, and
lately the United States Fish Commission has built a laboratory on the
upper Mississippi to enable these two men to carry on their experiments
pn a larger scale.

We haye similar conditions affecting the pearl fisheries in the Philip-
pines. Pearl shells are found in limited numbers in nearly all parts of
the Archipelago. They are of a finer quality than the Ceylon or Persian
shells, and consequently available for an immense variety of uses. All
requisites for the growth of the oyster seem to be favorable, excepting
some condition affecting the young at the time when they cease swimming
and settle down. If a practical means of artificial planting could be
introduced such as is now employed in Ceylon, the shores of the Phil-
ippine Islands could be lined with pearl.

The food fisheries of Bantayan are second in the Philippines, ranking
next to those of Zamboanga. The value of the fishes disposed of to
dealers (probably for export) during 1908 was 18,250 pesos (9,125
dollars United States currency). Boats come here from Cebu, Negros,
and even Panay, to take cargoes of dried or pickled fish. At present
there are 380 fish traps licensed by the municipality. In addition, large
quantities of dried Holuthurians (trepang, Béche de mér) are prepared
here, the export sales for last year amounting to 3,277 pesos and 11
centayos (1,638 dollars and 56 cents United States currency). This
figure can be raised very considerably by increased industry on the part
of the Bantayanos.

*One practical measure would be the complete closing.of this bed, or at least
half of it, for three years, so that there will be enough mature oysters left to
repopulate it, and “clutch,” i. e., dead coral, rocks, old shells, ete., should be
seattered over the bottom so that the young may have material to which they
ean attach. In this way the bed could be made much more productive than
when first opened. ;

in eae “aN wh ithe
Peasane ie Une ce
= M 1 Gaaire sedate? ry y

v ih :

Wi Alife s rove
2 +

yeh 5 ee Shes AR a

y iJ :
iu .
en obit aa
wy
hore ¢
i
' eu
{ y
taal
" |
fi. ey
j
4
+ B&
oi
{3

THE SUCCESSFUL TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS TO
THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, WITH NOTES ON THE
TRANSPORTING OF LIVE FISH LONG
_ DISTANCES.

By ALviIn SEALE.

(From the Section of Msheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

In April, 1907, I was authorized by the Insular Government to secure
and bring to the Philippine Islands a shipment of live large-mouthed
black bass [Micropterus salmoides (acépéede)]. One hundred and
seventy-five fingerlings, alive and in good condition, were secured at
Folsom, California, upon the payment of a fee to the California State
Fish Commission. Permission was secured from the United States
Army Transport Service to ship the fish on the transport Sherman, and
the success of this enterprise was due largely to the interest of both officers
and men of that ship.

A small motor, driven by the electric current of the ship, was
installed on the mess deck. An iron boiler, capacity 265 liters, was
secured from the transport as an air reservoir, and a small air pump
was connected with the boiler. A system of rubber pipes conducted the
air from the boiler to the bottom of the cans in which the fish were carried
and by working the motor only a short time sufficient air could be pumped
into the reservoir to circulate through each can for four hours, the
advantage of the reservoir being to maintain an even pressure and
allow the air to cool. By means of a pipe, cold water could be kept
running over the reservoir, which was also arranged so that ice could
easily be packed around it.” he end of each of the rubber pipes leading

*A system of cold-water coils inside the reservoir would perhaps be a better,
but more expensive method.
153

154 SEALE.

into the cans was drawn to a very minute point so that the air simply
bubbled up through the water in a yery small stream. (See fig. 1.)

Fic. 1.—APPARATUS USED IN TRANSPORTING BLACK BASS TO THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

When everything was ready, the fish were placed in six 38-liter milk
cans which had previously been scalded and cleaned; about twenty-nine
fish being allotted to each can. The temperature of the Spring Valley
water in which the fish started was 11°; that of the air, 16°: and of the
sea-water, 14°. :

We sailed from San Francisco April 5, 1907. The next mornme,
while washing down decks, a sailor carelessly allowed some salt water
to run into one can and fourteen of the fish therein were dead before
we discovered the cause. However, not another fish was lost until we
reached Honolulu. The second day out, food in the form of hard-
boiled eggs, was offered the fish, but they would not eat. In the mean-
time the temperature of the water in the cans had been increased
gradually to 21°, the air was 26°, and the sea water 25°.5.

When the transport coaled at Honolulu, despite all efforts to prevent it,
more or less coal dust sifted into the cans; and six fish died during the
two days’ stay at that port. The remaining fish were alive when we
reached Manila, May 4, twenty-eight days after starting from San
Francisco.

When we were two days out from Honolulu the fish began to eat.
They were fed on chopped crabs secured from the cold storage on the ship.
They were given a small amount of food once a day, and they ate greedily.
Shrimps were substituted occasionally for crabs.

A large pailful of water was taken from each can every day and
replaced by one of fresh water from the ship’s reservoir. On every
third day each can, after the fish were poured into another, was thor-
oughly cleaned and scalded in order to prevent the growth of fungus;
and every morning and evening the excreta and refuse in the bottom
of the cans were siphoned out with a rubber pipe 18 millimeters in
diameter. After leaving Honolulu the temperature of the water in

TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS. 1S

the cans was kept at about 21° until within two days of Manila, when
it was increased gradually to 23°. When we arrived in Manila the
temperature of the water in the cans was 23°, that of the air was 29°,
and of the sea water 28°.

The fish had to be transported from Manila to Dagupan by rail, a
distance of 193 kilometers, and thence 120 kilometers overland to
Baguio, a mountain town in the Province of Benguet. This was the
most difficult part of the trip, but it was accomplished in two days,
with the loss of but one fish. The temperature of the water was lowered
considerably during the last stages of the trip to Baguio, at which
place the fish weve planted in three distinct spots: One lot in the small
lake near the Hotel Pines, another in a deep pool in the Trinidad River,
and a third in the large Trinidad Lake. (See diagram, fig. No. 2.)

In December, 1909, I visited the places where these fish had been
planted, and found that those placed in the small lake near the Hotel
Pines had escaped early in the year; nothing was seen or heard of those
planted in ‘T'rmidad River, but a tale was current of the capture of
some large fish by the natives. The bass planted in Trinidad Lake
had flourished and multiplied exceedingly well. A short trial with a
fly gave suflicient proof that the lake was well stocked, as not only one
of the original fish, but also one of the offspring was hooked; the latter
(see Plate 1) was 190 millimeters long and the parent fish was almost
twice this length.

During February of the past yéar the small artificial lake in front
of the Hotel Pines at Baguio was transformed into a good spawning
pond by raising its walls, putting in concrete gates, and adding several
loads of gravel for spawning beds. Twelve large bass caught in Tri-
nidad Lake with a fly hook were transferred to this breeding pond on
February 23. By May 4 they had spawned and there were hundreds
of young bass in the pond, many of these have since been planted in
other places, and some large bass were placed in Cayman Lake at Los
Banos, Laguna Province. It is now an assured fact that people who live
far inland may have this most desirable addition to their diet, and for
those who care for it there is the pleasure and excitement of angling for
this noble game fish.

TRANSFERRING MOSQUITO-EATING FISH.

In the year 1905 I was authorized by the Government of the Hawaiian
Islands to secure and bring to Honolulu a shipment of live top minnows,
Fundulus heteroclitus (Linn.), Gambusia affinis (B. & G.) and Mallienesia
latipinna La 8. to assist in ridding that place of the pest of mosquitoes.
These fishes belong to the family Poeciludw and are found in the southern
United States. They feed almost exclusively on the eggs and young of
the mosquito. Fifteen hundred dollars United States currency was

156 SEALE.

LEGEND

Trinidad pond.
Trinidad road.
Trinidad river
Experimental farm.
Goverment Stock farm.
San Fernando tra/l.
Bagu/o Shops.

Market.
Spawning pond for black bass.
Hote/ Fine.

Goverment Cer ler.

Benguet Road.
Observatory.
Road to Camp John Hay.

me =e es SS ee ep aah inn tS) ey 09) 3

SCALE
| Centmeter = | Kilometer approx.

Fic. 2.—DIAGRAM OF BAGUIO AND VICINITY, SHOWING LocaTIoN oF BASS PONDS.

TRANSFERENCE OF BLACK BASS. 157

provided by the Territorial legislature for this venture. The fish were
secured at Seabrook, Texas, and two weeks were spent in experimenting
on conditions under which they could be transported through this long
distance. It was proved that they could not successfully be iced and
earried at a low temperature, a method which is usually most satisfactory,
but that at a temperature of 23° they could be kept in ordinary milk
cans with but little trouble.

On September 4, 1905, I left Seabrook, Texas, for Honolulu, with
six 38-liter milk cans and 75 top minnows in each can. By adhering
to the following routine, but little difficulty was experienced in the
transportation of the fish. At 8 o’clock im the morning the fish were
fed sparingly on prepared fish food, finely ground liver or hard-boiled
eggs > at 9.30 half the water in each can was siphoned from the bottom,
thus cleaning out the can and remoying all uneaten food and excre-
ment, and an equal amount of fresh water was added. At noon, all
the cans were aérated by means of a large bicycle, pump, a sponge
being tied over the hose to separate the air into fine particles. At
4 o'clock in the afternoon 8 liters of water were siphoned from the
bottom of the cans and fresh water added; and late in the evening
the cans were again aérated. At each place where the water was changed
it was first tested by placing two fresh fish in’a bucket containing the
new water at the proper temperature.

Twelve fish died between Galveston, Texas, and San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, and fifteen between San Francisco and Honolulu. I landed in
Honolulu from the steamship Alameda on September 15, 1905, after a
twelve days’ trip from Texas.” Only 27 of the 450 fish were lost. They
were in good condition when they arrived and were at once transplanted
to small breeding ponds which had already been prepared for them,
and they at once began work on the mosquito larve. There was but
0.56° difference between the natural temperature of the water at Sea-
brook and that at Honolulu.

At the present time, these fish have multiplied to such an extent that
‘there are now several hundred thousand of them and they have been
distributed to all the large islands and have very perceptibly diminished
the mosquito pest, as is evidence by the following statement quoted
from a letter from the governor of Hawaii written on May 23, 1910:

* * Tam glad to state that top minnows haye been a decided success
here. They were introduced, I believe, about six years or so ago, and have been
placed in all the different districts of this island and in a number of places on
the other islands. They have multiplied rapidly and the streams and ponds
about Honolulu are full of them. I understand that in some cases where ponds
have swarmed with the larvye of mosquitoes, the top minnows have entirely

cleaned them out within a few days after their introduction. . At Waimanalo,
on this island, where mosquitoes were usually plentiful, there are now scarcely

2 It would be better to feed every third day.

158 SEALE.

any, owing to the introduction of this fish. One difficulty has been experienced,
and that is that the natives and Chinese catch them in considerable quantities
to eat and for bait.

As a result of my experience in carrying live fish great distances, I
have found that there are three important things which must not be
lost sight of. Jirst, cleanliness. All cans im which the fish are trans-
ported must be cleaned thoroughly at least every third day with hot
water; this prevents the growth of fungus. The water in the cans
must always be pure and the excrement and wneaten food must be
siphoned out each day. The fish must never be touched with the hands.
Second, temperature. Above all else a sudden change in the tempera-
ture, of the water must be avoided; it must never be changed all at
once, but the fresh water must gradually be mixed with that in which
the fish already are. It shonld take at least several hours to lower the
temperature one or even one-half degree. Third, vigilance. Success
in this work is attamed only at the cost of eternal vigilance. When
the fish are suffering from any cause whatsoever, they come to the top
of the can continually and only by constant care and watching can
the proper remedy be learned.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.

Large-mounted black bass [Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde)] from Trinidad
Lake, Baguio, Benguet.
TEXT FIGURES.

Fic. 1. Apparatus used in transporting black bass to the Philippine Islands.

(a) Three-fourth horsepower electric motor.

(b) Aix pump.

(d) Air supplying pipe from reservoir.

(e) 265-liter air reservoir (old iron hot-water boiler).
(f) Box for holding ice.

(g) 38-liter milk-can containing fish.

(h) Safety valve.

(i) Pressure indicator.

Fig. 2. Diagram of Baguio and vicinity, showing location of bass ponds.
159

Sth Lae ye
Be baWons Hs

, Sl ptrend-
Y ry ac AE 6S
Z s 3 Sheet
7 uy
1
- 7
* - ;
5
‘ in Parity
(f
*
i a wv
rf i
’
: ‘ eS
5
*
‘
k >
? aed
i
t i

Scr., Vou. V, No. 3.

[Puin. Journ.

TRANSFERENCH OF BLACK BASs.]

SHALE:

pee

=
See

PLATE

iy
(al

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF
THE PHILIPPINES.

By W. ScHULTZE.

(Prom the Hntomological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

A. NEW LEPIDOPTERA.

Fam. LYC ANID.
TARUCUS Moore.
Lep. Ceylon (1881), 1, 81.
Type: 7’. theophrastus Wabr.
Tarucus leopardus sp. nov. Pl. J, fig. 9.

é. Upperside of wings irridescent purplish blue with a narrow dull
black line along outer margin; cilia white. Tail black, tipped with white.
Hind wing with two indistinct submarginal spots at posterior angle.
Underside of wings white with a faint ochraceous tinge and numerous dark
brown markings as follows: A narrow subcostal band from base to middle
of fore wing, thence obliquely toward posterior outer angle; basal area
v ith three triangular patches, the medial one being most prominent ; outer
area with three oblique bars from the costa, the second, which is the
lo. zest, reaching vein IV; a prominent, nearly round, postmedial spot
between veins III and LV; a submarginal band and a marginal row of
six very small spots, each between two veins and a very fine marginal line.
Cilia white. Hind wing with a basal bar, six antemedial transverse
streaks, two medial transverse streaks, two postmedial streaks, and a
postmedial band from inner margin to vein VI; a prominent submarginal
band, six submarginal spots and a fine anteciliary line. The submarginal
area between veins I and III is dark ochraceous and the two black spots
upon it are surrounded by a highly metallic, green line.

9. Upperside of wings grayish brown with a bluish irridescence on
basal half. Discal area whitish. All markings on underside similar to
those above although less diffused. Hind wing with the submarginal
row of spots large and distinct. Underside similar to that in 2 ; all
markings somewhat larger.

161

162 SCHULTZE.

Length of wing: ¢, 11 millimeters; 2, 13.5 millimeters.

Luzon, Province of Camarines, Paracale, P. I. (J. P. Iddings col-
lector). e

Type 6, @ and cotype 6 No. 12743 in’ Entomological Collection,
Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Fam. KUPTEROTID A.

PSEUDOGANISA gen. noy.
Type: P. currani. :
Palpi upturned and thickly fringed with hair. Fore wing broad, the
apex rounded, outer’ margin produced at vein IV. Veins VII, VIII,
TX, stalked. Outer margin of hind wing very much
pronounced at vein IV and sharply angulate. Closely
related to Ganisa.
Pseudoganisa currani sp. noy. Pl. I, fig. 2.

4. Head ochraceous brown. General color of
thorax, abdomen and wings tawny aboye; collar
cream-white ; basal half of the fore wing with shiny
scales in certain, lights. Fore wing with a dark
brown spot at the end of cell and straight oblique
postmedial line and two brownish submarginal
patches between veins Il and LY. Hind wing with the basal half hairy,
the postmedial line slightly curyed outward. Underside of thorax,
abdomen and wings yellowish ochraceous. All markings as on upper

side, with reddish suffusions, especially between postmedial line and
margin.

2 unknown.

Length of wing: 4, 25 millimeters.

Minpanao, Port Banga, District of Zamboanga, P. I. (W. I. Hutchin-
son collector).

Type ¢ No. 8748 in Entomological collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

I take pleasure in naming this species in honor of Mr. H. M. Curran,
who has contributed a large number of insects to our collection.

Fam. LYMANTRIDD A.

NUMENES Walker.
Cat. Lep., Het., British Mus. (1855), 3, 662.
Type: WN. siletti Walk.
Numenes insolita sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 4.
é.-Head and thorax aboye dark brown, fore legs fuscous. Palpi,
thorax below, middle and hind legs, as well as abdomen, yellow. Latter

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 163

with a dark brown spot on the second segment dorsally. Fore wing
creamy white, with a dark brown band from the base, along inner margin,
to posterior outer angle. A narrow oblique antemedial and a broad
postmedial band from costa to inner margin. The postmedial band some-
what ampliated beyond the cell. Hind wing yellow with an irregular,
dark brown, marginal band. Underside of wings pale yellow. Fore
wing with the postmedial band and hind wing with the marginal band
as above.

9 unknown.

Length of wing: 3, 21 millimeters.

PaLawaNn, Iwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector).

Type 6 No. 10873 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

This species seems to be closely related to N. contrahens Walker, from
Sarawak, Borneo, which has the fore wings testaceous.

ADLULLIA Walker.

Cat. Lep., Het., British Mus. (1865), 33, 392.
Type: A. lunifera Walk.
Adlullia benguetana sp. noy. Pl. I, figs. 6, 7.

6. Head, thorax and abdomen ventrally, anal tuft and legs ochraceous.
Thorax dorsally, and fore wing red-brown, the latter with the discal area
of postrior margin irrorated with black scales. Abdomen dorsally and
hind wing dark fuscous.

@. Head, thorax above, and front and middle legs yellow, the latter
somewhat paler; hind legs and thorax below fuscous. Abdomen dark
brown, the anal tuft cream-white. Fore wing dark, fuscous brown;
costal area, veins and cilia bright yellow. The interspaces between the
yeins irrorated with yellow scales, especially toward outer margin. Hind
wing dark brown, the cilia fuscous brown.

Length of wing: ¢, 13.5 millimeters; @, 20 millimeters.

Found in copula: Luzon, Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (J. P. Iddings
collector).

Types, ¢ and @, No. 12733 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Adlullia samarensis sp. noy. Pl. I, fig. 1.

?. Head, antennz and legs yellow, the latter irrorated with brown
scales. Thorax above pale reddish brown with a few very long yellowish
hairs. Thorax below and abdomen dark brown. Fore wing reddish
brown; a large, lunular, cream-white, discal spot between veins III and V.
A dentated row of yellow spots along outer margin and cilia. Posterior
margins with a few yery long, yellow hairs. Hind wing with the basal

97121——2

164 SCHULTZE.

half dark brown, the apical half yellow. Underside of wings similar to
upper, though the discal spot of the fore wing is not as prominent.

é unknown.

Length of wing: @, 30 millimeters.

Samar, P. I. (@. L. Parks collector).

Cotypes, @ No. 12783 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

Fam. ARCTIIDA.

Subf. LITHOSIIN 4.
DEILEMERA Hiibner.

Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 178.
Type: D. evergista Stoll.

Deilemera gratia sp. noy. PI. J, fig. 3.

6. Head, collar and thorax cream-white. Palpi with a black spot on
second and third joints'laterally. A black spot on front and one on top
of head, two on the collar, one on each tegula and three medially on the
thorax. Legs white; cox and thorax below black-spotted. Abdomen
pale yellow, with black segmental bands dorsally and tow rows of lateral
spots. Wings snow-white, semi-transparent. Fore wing with the veins
more or less fuscous. Underside similar to upper, the fuscous color
more pronounced especially along the costal margin of the fore wing.

9. The black, abdominal band on the penultimate segment yery wide
and bi-emarginate posteriorly; anal segment cream-white.

Length of wing: ¢, 28.5 millimeters, 2, 29 millimeters.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (R. C. Me-
Gregor collector).

Types, ¢ and @, No. 11136 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

MONOTAXIS Hampson.

Cat. Lep., Phal., British Mus. (1900), 2, 181.
Type: VW. trimaculata Hamps.

Monotaxis montanus sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 10.

9. Head, collar, tegule, thorax and abdomen below ochraceous.
Thorax and extremities of tegule metallic blue-green. Abdomen fuscous.
Fore wing ochraceous, the costal margin metallic blue-green except the
apical third. A band from base along posterior margin expanding into
a large patch below the cell and another wedge-shaped, postmedially.
Hind wing pale ochraceous, the apical area fuscous.

$ unknown.

Length of wing: 2, 18 millimeters.

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 165

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. I., 1,000 meters (Rk. C. Me-
Gregor collector).

Type 2 No. 12701 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

Fam. GEOMETRIDAE.
Subf. LARENTIIN.

PHTHONOLOBA Warren.

Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 397.
Type: P. decussata Moore.
Phthnoloba benguetana sp. noy. Pl. J, fig. 5.

2. Head, collar and thorax bright green, a dark brown spot on each
tegula. Abdomen and legs pale green, the latter streaked with brown
and the former with a brown spot on the first segment. Fore wing
bright green with a brown discocellular spot and double antemedial,
medial, postmedial and submarginal brown zig-zag lines. ‘lhe post-
medial lines form a brown patch in the discal area and at the posterior
margin. Hind wing pale green with a brown discocellular spot, a curved
postmedial line and an internal fuscous marginal band. Cilia with a
series of fuscous spots at the ends of the veins.

6 unknown.

Length of wing: 2, 19 millimeters.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. 1., 2,250 meters (R. C. Mc-
Gregor collector).

Cotypes, @ No. 11177 in Entomological Collection, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.

Fam. TINEID A.

Subf. GELECHIIN 2.
HYPERPERISSA Walsingham.
Cat. Bast. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 546.

Type: H. aurantiaca Semper.
Hyperperissa pulchella sp. nov. PI. J, fig. 8.

@. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs dark, metallic blue. Wings
golden yellow. Fore wing with a streak at the base and the apical
third dark, metallic blue. Hind wing with the apical dark metallic
blue, the inner margin of which is nearly straight.

é unknown.

Length of wing: @, 14 millimeters.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, 1,000 meters, and Pauai, P. L.,
2,250 meters (2. C. McGregor collector).

Type 2 No. 12686 and paratype No. 11148 in Entomological Collec-
tion, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

166 SCHULTZE.

B. SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HITHERTO UNRECORDED FROM THE
‘ PHILIPPINES.

Suborder RHOPHALOCERA.
Fam. LYCANID A.

CHILADES Moore.

Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 76.
Type: C. laiws Cram.
CHILADES TROCHILUS Frey. :
Lycena trochilus Freyer, Neuere Beitr. Schmetterl. (1844), 5, 98, pl.
140, fig. 1. :
Lycena putli Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir (1848), 4, pt. 2, 422.
Chilades putli Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 77, pl. 35, fig. 4. 3
Chilades trochilus de Nicev., Butterfl. of India, Burma, and Ceylon
(1890), 3, 91. .
Zizera putli Semper,’ Schmetterl. d. Phil. Ins. (1892), 5, 172, footnote.

Luzon, Mountaim Province, Kalinga, Sabue, P. I. (10561 H. M.
Curran).
ZIZERA Moore.

Lep. Ceyl. (1881), 1, 78.
Type: Z. alsus Wien. Verz.
ZIZERA MORA Swinh.
Zizera mora Swinhoe, Proc. Zoél. Soc., Lond. (1884) 506, pl. 47, fig. 2;
de Nicev., Butterfl. of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 118.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (8019 W. Schultze).

ZIZERA GAIKA Trim.
Lycena gaika Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. 3 (1862), 1, 403.
Zizera gaika Butl., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1884), 484; de Nicey., Butterdfl.
of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 118, pl. 26, fig. 174.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (7351 W. Schultze) ; Laguna, Sta. Maria, P. I.
(8532 H. M. Curran); Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (9128 F. D.
Nash).

CASTALIUS Hiibner.

Verz. bek, Schmetterl. (1816), 70.
Type: C. rosimon Fabr.
CASTALIUS ELNA Hewits.
Lycena elna Hetwits., Ex. Butterfl. (1876), 5, Lycena pl. 1, fig. 8.
Castalius elna Moore, Proce. Zoél. Soe. Lond. (1877), 587; de Nicey.,
Butterfl. of India, Burma and Ceylon (1890), 3, 201; Bingham, Fauna
British Ind., Butterfl., (1907), 2, 430.

PaLawan, lwahig, P. I. (11166 W. Schultze).

*I quote this species again, as Semper mentions it as rather doubtful from
the Philippines.

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. ING

Fam. PAPILIONID.
Subit. PAPILIONIN 2.

PAPILIO Linnzus.

Syst. Nat. (1758), 1, 458.
Type: P. priamus Linn.
PaPILio xuTHUS Linn.

Papilio cuthus Linn., Syst. Nat. Given. Uy (oil,
Papilio xanthus Rothsch., Noy. Zool. (1895), 2, 278.
Papilio cuthus Bingham, Fauna British Ind., Butterfl. (1907), 2, 38.
Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11130 R. C.
McGregor).
PAPILIO NEPTUNUS Gueér.
Papilio neptunus Guérin, Deless. Souv. Inde (1843), 2, 69; Wall., Trans.

Linn. Soe. (1865), 25, 42; Druce, Proce. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1873), 357;
Distant, Rhop. Malay. (1886), 335.

Minpanao, P. I. (13196 C. 2. Overman).
Fam. HESPERID At.

PADUKA Distant.

Rhopal. Malay. (1886), 375.
Type: P. glandulosa Dist.
PADUKA GLANDULOSA Dist.

Paduka glandulosa Distant, loc cit. 376, pl. 35, fig. 5.
PALAWAN, Puerto Princesa, P. I. (8757 C. M. Weber).
Suborder HE TEROCERA.
Fam. SPHINGID 2.
Subf. PHILAMPELIN#.

ANGONYX Boisduval.

Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. (1875), 1, 317.
Type: A. testacea Walk.
ANGONYX TESTACEA Walk.

Perigoma testacea Walk., Cat. Lep., British Mus. (1856), 8, 102.
Angonyx testacea Rothsch. and Jord., Rey. Lep. Fam. Sphing. (1903), 544.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (11050 R. Werm).

Subf. SESSIIN 4.

CEPHONODES Hiibner.

Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1816), 131:
Type: C. hylas Linn.
CEPHONODES TITAN Rothsch.
Cephonodes titan Rothschild, Noy. Zool. (1899), 6, 69; Rothsch. and
Jord., Rev. Lep. Fam. Sphing. (1903), 469.

juuzon, Province of Benguet, P. I., 1,850 meters (12726 J. P.
Iddings).

168 SCHULTZE.
Fam. NOTODONTID/.
GARGETTA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1864), 32, 455.
Type: G. costigera Walk.
GARGETTA COSTIGERA Walk.
Gargetta costigera Walk., loc. cit. 455; Hamps., Fauna British Ind. Moths
(1892), 1, 135.

Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Tuguegarao, P. I. (9447 W. Wilhamson).

Fam. COSSID At.
COSSUS Fabricius.

Ent. Syst. (1794), 3, pt. 2, 3.
Type: C. ligniperda Fabr.
CossUS ACRONYCTOIDES Moore.
Brachylia acronyctoides Moore, Proce. Zoél. Soc. Lond, (1879), 411, pl.

8h, fig. 4.
~“Cossus acronyctoides Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 305.

Luzon, Province of Laguna, Los Banos, P. I. (12901 #. M. Ledyard).

Fam. LIMACODID A.

NAGODA Moore.

Lep. Ceyl. (1887), 3, 542.
Type: NV. nigricans Moore.
_NaAGoDA NIGRICANS Moore.
Nagoda nigricans Moore, loc. cit., 542, pl. 211, fig. 10; Hamps., Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, pl. 161, fig. 1; Fauna British Ind.,
Moths (1892), 1, 401.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Trinidad, P. I. (8352 C. S. Banks).

Fam. LASIOCAMPIDA:.

ODONESTIS Germar.

Prod. (1811), 49.
Type: O. potatoria Fabr.
ODONOSTIS PLAGIFERA Walk.
Lebeda plagifera Wallk., Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1855), 6, 1459;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1881), 5, 73, pl. 99, fig. 5.
Odonestis plagifera Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 427.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P..I. (10494 W. Schultze).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 169

Fam. LYMANTRIIDA.

AROA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1855), 4, 791.
Type: A. discalis Walk.

AROA MAJOR Hamps.
Aroa major Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 74, pl.
159, fig. 8; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 437.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10451 W. Schultze).
LALLIA Stephens.

Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. (1829), 2, 52.
Type: L. cenosa Hubn.
LA&LIA surrusA Walk. :
Ricine suffusa Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1855), 4, 824.
Prorodeca angulifera Walk., loc. cit., 919.
Lelia suffusa Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 441.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3123, 5215, W. Schultze) ; Nucros OccIDENTAL,
Bago, P. I. (6282 C. S. Banks).

DASYCHIRA Stephens.

Tll. Brit. Ent., Haust. (1829), 2, 58.
Type: D. pudibunda Linn.
DASYCHIRA HORSFIELDI Saund.
Arctia horsfieldii Saund., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1851), 1, 126, pl. 12,
figs. 1, 2.
Dasychira horsfieldi Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1892), 1, 448.

PALAWAN, Iwahig, P. I. (10870 W. Schultze).

Fam. ARCTILD A.
Subf. LITHOSIIN 2.

MANOBA Walker.

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. (1863), 7, 62.
Type: WM. implens Walk.
* MANOBA FRACTILINEA Snell.?
Pitane fractilinea-Snell., Veth’s Midd.-Sumatra Lep. (1880), 38; Kirby,
Cat. Het. (1892), 364.
Bugoa multipuncta Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1893), 9, 81,
pl. 158, fig. 3.
Aimene multipuncta Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 93.
Stictane fractilinea Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 259.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4908 C. S. Banks).

? All species preceded by an* were determined by Sir George Hampson of the
British Museum.

170 SCHULTZE.

MILTOCHRISTA Hiibner.

Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 166.
Type: M. miniata Forst.
MILTOCHRISTA SEMIFASCIA Walk.
Setina semifascia Wallk., Cat. Lep. Is. British Mus. (1854), 2, 521.
Lyclene semifascia Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1882), 2, pl. 103, fig. 7.
Miltochrista semifascia Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2,
109.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (8818 C. 8S. Banks).
DARANTASIA Walker.

Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1859), 3, 186.
Type: D. cuneiplena Wall.
DARANTASIA CUNEIPLENA Walk.
Darantasia cunerplena Walk., loc. cit. Swinh., Cat. Het. Lep. (1892), 1,
99, pl. 3, fig. 17; Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 273.

Nzcros, Mount Canlaon, P. I. (12892 C. 8S. Banks).

Subf. NOLIN 4.
CELAMA Walker.

Cat. British Mus. (1864), 32, 500.
Type: C. bifascialis Wall.
CELAMA TANIATA Snell.
Nola teniata Snell., Tijdschr. v. Ent. (1874), 17, 65, pl. 6, fig. 1; Kirby,
Cat. Het. (1892), 372.
Roesella fragilis Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1890), 184; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 139; Kirby, loc. cit. 376.
Sorocostia mesozana Lucas, Proe. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (1890), 4, 1075;
Kirby, loc. cit. 377.
Celama teniata Hamps., Cat. Lep., Phal. (1900), 2, 17.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2377, 3978, 5148, C. S. Banks).
>
Subi. NYCTEOLIN 4..

EARIAS Hiibner.
Verz. (1818), 395.
Type: #. clorana Linn.
*HARIAS INSULANA Boisd.
Tortric insulana Boisd., Faune Ent. Madag. (1833), 121, pl. 16, fig. 9.
Earias insulana Rogenh., Verh. Zo]. Bot. Ges. Wien. (1870), 20, 869.
Harias smardinana Zell., Lep. Mic. Wahlb. Caffr. (1852), 79.
Earias frondosama Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 204.
Farias simillima Walk., op. cit. (1866), 35, 1775.
Earias siliquana Stainton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1865), ser. 3, 5, 89.
Earias gossypii Frauenf., Verh. Zoél. Bot. Ges. Wien. (1867), 17, 791.
Farias tristrigosa Butl., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1881), 614; op. cit.
(1883), 157.
Earias insulana Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. (1892), 1, 133; Hamps., Fauna
British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 133.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2936 C. S. Banks).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. eal

Fam. NOCTUID A.
Subf. TRIFIN4.
AGROTIS Ochsenheimer.

Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 66.
Type: A. segetis Schiff.
AGROTIS SEGETIS Schiff.
Noctua segetum Sehiff., Wien. Verz. (1876), 252.
Agrotis segetum Leech, Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond. (1889), 499; Meyr., Handb.
British Lep. (1895), 91.
Agrotis segetis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 181.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11385 R. C.
McGregor).
AGROTIS BICONICA Koll.
Agrotis biconica Koll., Hiigel’s Kaschmir. (1844), 4, 480.
Agrotis exigua Woll., loc. cit. 481.
Agrotis spiculifera Guen., Noct., (1852), 1, 266.
Agrotis aristifera Guen., op. cit; Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1884), 3, 32,

pl. 14%, fig. 5. -
Agrotis biconica Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 182.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11377 R. C.
McGregor).

AGROTIS ¢-NIGRUM Linn.
Phalena-Noctua c-nigrum Linn., Syst. Nat. (1758), 852.
Noctua c-nigrum Scehiff., Wien. Verz. (1776), 77.
Graphiphora e-nigrum Steph., Ill. British Ent. Haust. (1829), 2

), 2,
Agrotis c-nigrum Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 188.
Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11
McGregor). . ,
AGROTIS YPSILON Rott.
Noctua ypsilon Rott., Naturf. (1776), 11, 141.
Bombyx spinula Esp., Schmetterl. Eur. (1782), 3, pl. 63, fig. 6, 7.
Noctua suffusa Fabr., Mant., Ins. (1787), 2, 157.

Agrotis suffwsa Treit., Schmetterl. Eur. (1825), 5, 152.
Agrotis ypsilon Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 182.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9748 W. Schultze).
AGROTIS INGRATA Butl.

Agrotis ingrata Butl., Ann. Mag. Mat. Hist. (1878), V, 1, 162; Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het., British Mus. (1878), 2, 27, fig. 9.
Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. L., 2,250 meters (11185, 11384,
Rk. C. McGregor).
ACRONYCTA Ochsenheimer.
Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 62.
Type: A. leporina Linn.
ACRONYCTA SINENS Walk.

Orthosia sinens Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins., British Mus. (1857), 11, 746.
Acronycta sinens Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 241.

172 SCHULTZE.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9645); Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10462 W.
Schultze).
CURGIA Walker.

Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond. (1864), 7, 166.
Type: C. nonagrica Walk.
CurGIA NoNAGRICA Walk.
Curgia nonagrica Walk., loc. cit.
Radinacra euthusa Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1891), 8,
79, pl. 145, fig. 1.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3821, 7880 W. Schultze) ; Tarlac, Anao, P. I.
(9455 R. C. McGregor).

. LEUCANIA Ochsenheimer.

Bur. Schmetterl. (1816), 4, 81. .
Type: L. comma Linn. :
LEUCANIA INFRAMICANS Hamps.
Leucania inframicans Hamps., Ill. Typ. Lep. British Mus. (1893), 9,
90, pl. 161, fig. 2; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 270.

MINDANAO, Camp Keithley, P. I. (73892 Mrs. M.S. Clemens) ; Luzon,
Manila, P. I. (9680 R. Werm).

Lrucania Nicrizinrea Leech.
Leucania nigrilinea Leech, Proce. Zodl. Soc. Lond. (1899), 483, pl. 50, fig. 8.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. I., 2,250 meters (12709 BR. C.
McGregor).
PHYCIDOPSIS Hampson.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1893), 9, 91.
Type: P. albovittata Hamps.
PHYCIDOPSIS ALBOVITTATA Hamps.
Phycidopsis albovittata Hamps., loc. cit., pl. 161, fig. 13; Fauna British
Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 288.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Lutab, P. 1. (12699 R. C. McGregor).

Subf. ACONTIIN 2.

EUBLEMMA Hiibner.
Verz. (1816) 256.
Type: #. respersa Hiibn.
* HUBLEMMA VERSICOLOR Walk.
Autoba versicolor Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1864), 7, 58.
Mestleta angulifera Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 1795
Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 208, pl. 175, figs. 2, 2a.

Eublemma angulifera Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 343.
HLublemma versicolor Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 65.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2938 W. Schultze).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. iW)

Subf. SARROTHRIPIN 2.
BLENINA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1857), 13, 1214. °
Type: B. donans Walk.
BLENINA DONANS Walk.

Blenina donans Walk., loc. cit., 1215; Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 129,
pl. 160, fig. 2; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 377.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9689 R. Werm).

BLENINA QUINARIA Moore.
Blenina quinaria Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 158,
pl. 5, fig. 5; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 379.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9191 W. Garcia).
CLETTHARRA Walker.
Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1863), 27, 101.
Type: C. valida Walk.
CLETTHARRA ALBONOTATA Hamps.
Clettharra albonotata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 384.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (6388 W. Schultze).

Subf. STICTOPTERINA.
MACEDA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1857), 13, 1140.
Type: WM. mansueta Walk.
MAcEDA MANSUETA Walk.
Maceda mansueta Walk., loc. cit. 1141.
Calduba obdenta Wallk., op. cit. (1858), 15, 1815.
Maceda discalis Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (1864), 7, 176.
Maceda mansueta Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1884), 3, 82, pl. 154, fig. 4, 5;
Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 397.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9229 R. Pards).

GYRTONA Walker.
Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1863), 27, 89.
Type: G. prozimalis Walk.
GYRTONA LAPIDARTIA Walk.
Gyrtona lapidaria Walk., op. cit. (1864), 31, 257; Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het.
British Mus. (1889), 7, pl. 143, fig. 20; Fauna British Ind., Moths
(1894), 2, 406.
Luzon, Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (6961 H. Cuzner).
GYRTONA HYLUSALIS Walk. :
Gyrtona hylusalis Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1863), 27, 93;

Hamps., Ill. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, pl. 163, fig. 18; Fauna British
Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 405.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (10458 W. Schultze).

174 SCHULTZE.

Subf: QUADRIFIN 2.

SYPNA Guenée.
Noct. (1852), 3, 144.
Type: S. @micronigera Guen.
Sypya Puncrosa Walk.
Tavia punctosa Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1865), 33, 939.
Sypna ochreiciia Hamps., Ill. Het. British Mus. (1891), 8, 89, pl. 147,
fig. 1.
Sypna punctosa Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 447.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11138 R. C.
McGregor).
: ERCHEIA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1857), 13, 1107.
Type: H. cyllaria Cram.
ERCHEIA CYLLOTA Guen.
Achaea cyllota Guen., Noct. (1852), 3, 248.
Eircheia cyllota Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 115, pl. 157, fig. 2.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2585 W. Schultze).

NYCTIPAO Hiibner.
Verz. (1818), 271.
Type: NV. erepuscularis Linn.
NYCTIPAO STRIGIPENNIS Moore.
Nyctipao stringipennis Moore, Proc. Zobl. Soc. Lond. (1883), 25; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 460.

liuzon, Manila, P. I. (5086 C. S. Banks).
CHRYSOPERA Hampson.

Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 493.
Type: C. combinans Wall.
CHRYSOPERA COMBINANS Walk.
Achacea combinans Walls., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1399;
Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 165, pl. 169, fig. 3.
Chrysopera combinans Hamps., loc. cit. 493.

Luzon, Province of Tarlac, Anao, P. I. (9449 R. C. McGregor).

HYP/ETRA Guenée.
Noct. (1852), 3, 259.
Type: H. noctuoides Guen.
HyP&TRA NOCTUOIDES Guen.
Hypetra noctuoides Guen., loc. cit.; Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths
(1894), 2, 507. 2

Luzon, Manila, P. Il. (4764 #. D. Merrill).

HYP2@TRA BUBO Hiibn.
Athyrma bubo Hiibn., Zutr. (1832), 4, 13, figs. 633, 634.
Hypetra bubo Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 508.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (1432 W. Schultze).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 17

DORDURA Moore.

Descr. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1879), 170.
Type: D. aliena Walk.
DorpurA ALIENA Walk.
Hypetra aliena Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1865), 33, 964.
Dysgonia tincta Hamps., Ill. Typ. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 112,
pl. 165, fig. 3.
Dordura aliena Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 511.

Luzon, Manila, P. 1. (8798 J. Guerrero).

HAMODES Guenée.

Noct. (1852), 3, 202.
Type: H. propitia Guen.
HAMODES AURANTIACA Guen.

Hamodes aurantiaca Guen., loc. cit. 203.
Ophisma attacicola Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1383.
Hamodes attacicola Swinh., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1885), 463.
Hypernaria dicistriga Moore, Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1867), 78.
Hamodes dicistriga Moore, op. cit. (1877), 609.
Hamodes marginata Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ins. Coll. Atk. (1882), 169.
Hamodes aurantiaca Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 547.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (12683 C. 8. Banks).
ENMONODIA Walker.

Oat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1858), 14, 1332.
Type: HL. pudens Walk.
ENMONODIA PUDENS Walk.

Hypopyra pudens Walk., loc. cit. 1329.
Spirama pudens Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1894), 2, 555,
Enmonodia pudens Butl., Entom. (1893), 26, 353.
Hnmonodia hypopyroides Wallk., loc. cit., 1333.
Hypopyra grandeva Feld., Reise Noy., Lep. (1873), pl. 115, fig. 2.
Hypopyra persimilis Moore, Proc. Zoél. Soe. Lond. (1877), 608.

Luzon, Province of Laguna, Los Bafios, P. J. (12902 #. W. Ledyard).

Bam. EPIPLEMID/.

ORUDIZA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1861), 23, 857.
Type: O. protheclaria Walk.
ORUDIZA PROTHECLARIA Walk. 0
Orudiza protheclaria Walk., loc. cit. 858; Hamps., Fauna British Ind.,
Moths (1895), 3, 124.

Luzon, Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (9149 W. Schultze).

176 SCHULTZE.

Fam. GEOMETRID A.

Subf. BOARMIIN4.
ORZONOBA Walker.

Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1860), 20, 218.
Type: O. clelia Cram.
ORZONOBA CLELIA Cram.
Phalena clelia Cram., Pap. Exot. (1782), 3, 172, pl. 288, figs. B, C.
Orzonoba clelia Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1887), 3, 395, pl. 187, fig. 2; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 212.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (7138 W. Schultze).
APLOCHLORA Warren.

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1893), 386.
Type: A. vivilaca Walk.
APLOCHLORA VIRIDIS Warren.
Aplochlora viridis Warren, loc. cit., pl. 31, fig. 7.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I., 2,250 meters (11372 R. C.
McGregor).
Subf. LARENTIIN 2.
PHOTOSCOTOSIA Warren.

Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond. (1888), 328.
Type: P. miniosata Walk.
PHOTOSCOTOSIA MINIOSATA Walk.
Scotosia miniosata Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1862), 25, 1354.
Photoscotosia mimosata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3,
380.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. [., 2,250 meters (11134 R. C.

McGregor).
CATACLYSME Hiibner.

Verz. bek. Schmetterl. (1818), 329.
Type: C. riguata Hiibn.
CATACLYSME CONTURBATA Walk.
Larentia conturbata Walk., Cat. Lep. Ins. British Mus. (1862), 26, 1703.
Cataclysme conturbata Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 349.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. [., 2,250 meters (11379 R. C.

McGregor).
PHTHONOLOBA Warren.

Nov. Zool. (1894), 1, 397.

Type: P. decussata Moore.

PHTHONOLOBA DECUSSATA Moore.
Phthonoloba decussate Moore, Proc. Zoil. Soc. Lond. (1867), 655, pl. 33,

fig. 10.
Necros, Mount Canlaon, 850 meters (6448 C. 8. Banks).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 1

=I
I

Subf. ACIDALIIN 42.
ACIDALIA Treitschke.

Hur. Schmetterl. (1825), 5, 438.
Type: A. ochrata Scop.
*ACIDALIA RUFULA Swinh.

Acidalia rufula Swinh.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3506 C. 8S. Banks).

Subf. GEOMETRIN 4&.

DYSPHANIA Hiibner.
Verz. (1816), 175.

Type: D. militaris Linn.
DyYSPHANIA PALMYRA Stoll.

Phalena Bombyx palmyra Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. (1790), 5, 159,
pl. 36, fig. 1.

Huschema palmyra Hiibn., Verz., (1816), 175; Hamps., Fauna British
Ind., Moths (1895), 3, 470.

Huschema transversa Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1887), 3, 422, pl. 189, figs.
3, 3a.

Dysphania palmyra Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. (1900), 2, 381.
Patawan, Iwahig, P. I. (9445 C. M. Weber, 11106 W. Schultze).
AFRENA Hampson.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1895), 314.
Type: A. esmeralda Hamps.
AFRENA ESMERALDA Hamps.

Afrena esmeralda Hamps., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1895), 314; Fauna
British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 565.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (11545 W. Schultze).

Fam. PYRALIDZD.
Sub. ANERASTIIN 2.

ANERASTIA Hiibner.
Verz. (1816), 367.
Type: A. lotella Hiibn.
*ANERASTIA CELSELLA Walk.

Anerastia celsella Wallk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 193; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 56.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3831 C. S. Banks).
* ANERASTIA PALLIDICOSTA Walk.

Pempelia cautella Wallk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 73.
Cadra defectella Walk., op. cit. (1864), 30, 962.
Ephestia cautella Hamps., Fauna British Ind.. Moths (1896), 4, 66.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (117, 3828, 3876 C. S. Banks).

178 SCHULTZE.

NEPHOPTERYX Hiibner.
Verz. (1816), 370.
Type: N. rhenella Zinck.
* NEPHOPTERYX SYNTARACTIS Turn.

Nephopteryx syntaractis Turner, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. (1904), 18, 145.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4169 C. S. Banks).

CANTHELEA Walker.

Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1866), 35, 1726.
Type: C. egnusalis Wall.
* CANTHELEA AGNUSALIS Walk.
Pyralis?egnusalis Walk., op. cit. (1859), 19, 905.
Homcosoma gratella Walk., op. cit. (1863), 27, 26.
Homeesoma derasella Swinh., Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond. (1885), 877, pl. 57,
fig. 19.

ELpicrocis egnusalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 85.

Luzon, Manila, P. J. (2376, 2632 C. S. Banks).
PHYCITA Curtis.

British Ent. (1840), 6, 233.
Type: P. spissicella Fabr.
*PHYCITA PROXIMALIS Walk.

Nephopteryx proximalis Wall., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 68.
Phycita proximalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 94.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (5864 C. S. Banks).
*PHYCITA CLIENTELLA Zell.

Nephopteryx clientella Zell., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1867), 396.
Phycita clientella Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 94.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2628 C. 8. Banks; 5246 W. Schultze).
RHOBOPHAA Guenée.

Hur. Microl, Ind. Meth, (1845), 74.
Type: R. advenella Zinck.
*“RHODOPHA HERINGIT Rag.
Rhodophea heringii Rag., Ann. Soc. Ent. France (1888), 282; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 99. j

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2631 C. S. Banks).

Subf. ENDOTRICHIN As,

ENDOTRICHA Zeller.
Tris (1847), 293.

Type: . flammealis Schiff.
*ENDOTRICHA PUNCTICOSTALIS Walk.

Rhisina puncticostalis Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1865), 34, 1324.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4176 C. S. Banks; 4244 Geo. L. Araneta).

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 179

Subf. PYRALIN 4.
PYRALIS Linneus.

Syst. Nat. (1767), 12, 881.
Type: P. farimalis Linn.
*PYRALIS PICTALIS Curt.
Asopia pictalis Curt., British Ent. (1834), 11, pl. 527.
Pyralis pronealis Walk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1859), 19, 906.
Pyralis proximalis Wall., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1864), 120.
Myelois bractiatella Walk., Cat. Lep. British Mus. (1863), 27, 36;
Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (1887), 3, 262, pl. 178, fig. 3.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2592 C. S. Banks).

: -Subi. HYDROCAMPIN 2.
NYMPHULA Schrank.

Fauna Boica (1802), 2, 162.
Type: NV. nympheata Linn.
*NYMPHULA TURBATA Butl.
Nymphula turbata Butl., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (1881), 586; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 192.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (2934 W. Schultze, 4172 O. S. Banks, 5898
G. M. Neil).
MUSOTIMA Meyrick.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1884), 288.
Type: MW. anducalis Feld.
*MUSOTIMA SUFFUSALIS Hamps.
Musotima suffusalis Hamps., Ill. Lep. Het. British Mus. (1893), 9, 178,
pl. 174, fig. 20; Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 199.

luuzon, Manila, P. I. (5884 G. MW. Neill).
ORPHNOPHANES Lederer.

Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 428.
Type: O. eucerasalis Walk.
*ORPHNOPHANES ALBISIGNALIS Hamps.
Orphnophanes albisignalis Hamps., Fauna British Ins., Moths (1896),
4, 231.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Trinidad, P. I. (8688 C. 8. Banks).
Subf. MARGARONIIN&.

LOMOTROPA Lederer.

Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 7, 404.
Type: L. costifleralis Guen.
LOMOTROPA COSTIFLEXALIS Guen.
Pygospila costiflecalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 313; Hamps.,
Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 362.
Lomotropa costiflexalis Led., 1. ec. 405, pl. 14, fig. 8.

Iuuzon, Manila, P. I. (3549 R. #. Brown, S. J.).
971213

180 SCHULTZE.

Subf. PYRAUSTIN 4.
OMPHISA Moore.

Lep. Ceylon (1886), 3, 317.
Type: O. anastomosalis Guen.
OMPHISA ANASTOMOSALIS Guen.
Pionea anastomosalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 373.
Omphisa anastomosalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896), 4,
382; Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 521.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (8049 C. 8. Banks).
CHROCHIPHORA Hiibner.

Geyer, Samml., Exot. Schmetterl. (1838), 4, 12.
Type: C. testulalis Hubn.
CHROCHIPHORA TESTULALIS Hubn.
Chrochipora testulalis Hubn., loc. cit., figs. 629, 630. -
Stenia testulalis Guen., Delt. et Pyral. (1854), 230.
Siriocauta testulalis Led., Wien. Ent. Mon. (1863), 7, 424.
Maruca testulalis Moore, Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 298; Hamps., Fauna
British Ind., Moths (1896), 4, 393.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (9757 R. Werm).
ACHARANA Moore.

Lep. Ceylon. (1885), 3, 285.
Type: A. pheopteralis Guen.
ACHARANA LICARSISALIS Walk.
Botys licarsisalis Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., British Mus. (1859), 18, 686.
Pachyzancla licarsisalis Hamps., Fauna British Ind., Moths (1896),
4, 402.
Acharana licarsisalis Swinh., Cat. Lep., Het. (1900), 2, 526.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (3124, 3926, 4323, 4727, W. Schultze).
Fam. TINEIDZ.

MICROCOSSUS Moore.

Lep. Ceylon (1885), 3, 497.
Type: M. mackwoodti Moore.
Microcossus MacKwoopit Moore.
Microcossus mackwoodii Moore, loc. cit., 498, pl. 208, fig. 9.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (4757, 8047 W. Schultze).

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Adlullia samarensis Schultze 9.

2. Pseudoganisa currani Schultze ¢.

3. Deilemera gratia Schultze 9.

4. Numenes insolita Schultze @.

5. Phthonoloba benguetana Schultze 9.

6. Adlullia benguetana Schultze ¢.

7. Adlullia benguetana Schultze 9.

8. Hyperperissa pulchella Schultze 9.

9. Tarucus leopardus Schultze ¢ (underside):
0. Monotaxis montanus Schultze 9.

181

. Es
a
No
Ii
! .
¥ . é
é 2h .
* £5 Phase 9, ? a
5 fey Rae
= el)! ner
. = i
1
x ' hak
eae §
ns -

SCHULTZE : LEPIDOPTEROUS FAUNA OF THE PHILIPPINES. ] [PuHin. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 3.

8
J. Castro, ad nat. del. 1910.

PLATE I.

NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA VON DEN
PHILIPPINEN.

Von J. Mosrr.

(Berlin, Germany.)

Die im folgenden beschriebenen Arten befanden sich unter dem
Material, welches mir das Bureau of Science in Manila zur Bestimmung
tbersandte, und wurden mir ,von diesen Arten Doubletten giitigst
tiberlassen. :

Macronota luctuosa Voll., subsp. palawanica subsp. nov.

Differt a luctwosa Voll.: Minor, clyper femoribus tibiisque rufis.—
- Long. 17 mill.

Typus No. 10725 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P.. I.

Hab: Panawan, lwahig, P. I. (W. Schultze collector).

Auf Palawan kommt eie kleme Lokalform der Macronota luctuosa
Voll., vor. Die Exemplare von Amboina, Sumatra und Nias sind von
gleicher Grosse. Wihrend jedoch bei den Hxemplaren von Sumatra und
Nias, Clypeus und Fiihler schwarz sind, sind bei solchen yon Amboina der
Clypeus und Fiihler rothraun. Auch zeigen bei einigen Exemplaren
yon letzterer Lokalitait die Beine eine pechbraune Farbung. .Hxemplare
yon Palawan sind nun bedeutend kleiner und sind bei ihnen der vordere
Teil des Clypeus, die Fiihler, Schenkel und Schienen rotbraun gefarbt.
Astrzea multimaculata sp. nov. a

Nigra, supra opaca flavomaculata. Capite punctato, fronte flavo-
bivittata, clypeo nitido, antice emarginato; antennis piceis; prothorace
disco ‘sparsim lateraliter paulo densius punctato, vittis 5 maculisque 2 an
4 flavis ornato; scutello yitta media flava; scapulis flavis; elytris disco
striatis lateraliter aciculato-punctatis, singulis maculis 13-15 flavis
ornatis; pygidio flayo, nigro-bivittato, aciculato-punctato, punctis setas
minutas flavas ferentibus. Corpore infra medio nitido, lateribus flavo-
tomentosis.—Long. 11 mill.

Typus No. 7294 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (dirs. M. 8S. Clemens col-
lector) .

Die Art, von der zwei minnliche Hxemplare vorliegen, ist etwas kleiner
als A. tigrina Mohn., hat dieselbe Zeichnung des Halsschildes aber

: 183

184 MOSER.

zahlreichere gelbe Flecke auf den Fliigeldecken. Der glinzende Clypeus
ist vorn in der Mitte bogenférmig ausgeschnitten, die Lappen sind
abgerundet; Scheitel und Stirn sind matt und mit zwei gelben Lings-
binden versehen. Die Fiihler sind pechbraun. Das Halsschild hat finf
gelbe Lingsbinden, von denen die mittlere weder den Vorder-noch den
Hinterrand erreicht, wihrend’ die vier tibrigen, vom Vorderrande
ausgehend, hinten yerktirzt sind. Wor dem Hinterrande befindet sich
jederseits des Schildchens ein gelber Makel und bei dem emmen Exemplar
ist auch ein kleiner punktformiger Fleck zwischen den beiden ausseren
Binden yorwirts der Mitte vorhanden. Der Discus des Halsschildes zeigt
nur eine zerstreute und schwache Punktierung, wihrend die Punkte an
den Seiten etwas dichter stehen und hier hufeisenformig smd. Das
Schildchen trigt eine gelbe Liangsbinde. Die Fligeldecken zeigen auf
dem Discus neben der Naht drei nach yorn und hinten verschwindende
Langsnadelrisse und daneben nach dem Aussenrande zu Reihen yon
nadelrissigen Punkten. Die Naht ist nicht wie bei tigrina in eine Spitze
ausgezogen. Jede Fliigeldecke trigt 13-15 gelbe Flecke, von denen 8
ungefaihr an derselben Stelle stehen wie bei tigrina, aber eine mehr
quere Gestalt haben, waihrend die tibrigen, kleimeren, auf dem Discus
neben der Naht legen. Das gelb tomentierte Pygidium tragt zwei
schwarze Lingsbinden. Hs hat eine zerstreute hufeisenformige Punk-
tierung und ist jeder Punkt mit emem gelblichen Borstchen versehen.
Die Unterseite ist in der Mitte glinzend und mit vereinzelten Punkten
besetzt. Die Seiten sind breit gelb tomentiert und zeigen sich auf dem
Abdomen in dieser Tomentbedeckung an jeder Seite drei quere schwarze
unbedeckte Flecke. Bei dem einen der beiden yorliegenden Exemplare
stehen diese schwarzen Flecken auf dem dritten und vierten Bauchseg-
ment mit der schwarzen Mitte in Verbindung. Die Seiten der Brust sind
mit nicht dicht stehenden gelben Haaren besetzt, wahrend die weitlaufigen
nadelrissigen Punkte des Abdomens kleine gelbliche Borsten tragen. Der
Brustfortsatz ist kurz, vorn breit gerundet. Die Vorderschienen sind beim
$ zweizihnig, die inneren Sporen der Hinterschienen sind bei den
vyorliegenden beiden Exemplaren nicht linger als die ausseren. Der
Forceps ist ganz anders gebildet als bei tigrina.
Hoplia philippensis sp. nov. :
Rufo-picea, dense aureo-squamulata et sparsim flayo-pilosa. Clypeo
leviter coriaceo, nitido, postice punctis grossis setiferis tecto; tibiis anticis
tridentatis, antennis 9-articulatis—lLong. 5.5 mill.
Typus No. 6026 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
Hab: Nucros OccipentTaL, Maao, P. I. (Charles S. Banks collector).
Die Art gehort zur auwrantiaca-Gruppe. Sie ist von rotbrauner Par-
bung und dicht mit goldigen Schuppen bedeckt. Der Clypeus its un-
beschuppt, schwach lederartig glanzend, im hinteren Teile mit sehr
groben gelblich beborsteten Punkten. Siammtliche Schuppen sind von

NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 185

rundlicher Gestalt und unterscheidet sich die Art dadurch leicht yon
der gleichfalls auf den Philippinen vorkommenden simplea Sharp, bei
der die Schuppen der Fliigeldecken langlich geformt sind. Die kurzen
gelblichen Borstenhaare der Fliigeldecken stehen in regelmissigen Reihen
und zwar fehlt da, wo sich ein Borstenhaar befindet, die Schuppe.
In Gestalt und Form der Schuppen hat die Art Ahnlichkeit mit aurifera
Brnsk. yon Borneo, doch sind bei letzterer Art die Vorderecken des
Halsschildes stirker yorgezogen und spitzwinklig, bei philippensis recht-
winklig.
Hoplia maculifera sp. nov.

Picea, supra dense flavo-squamosa, vittis duabus maculisque nonnullis
elytrorum nigro-brunneis, subtus dense aureo-squamulata. Clypeo haud
squamoso, subrugoso; tibiis anticis tridentatis, antennis 9-articulatis—
Long. 7 mill.

Typus No. 7225 im Coll. Hnt., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. 1. (R. C. Me-
Gregor collector) .

Etwas grosser als die vorhergehende Art, die Form der Schuppen und
die borstenartige Behaarung ebenso, aber die Schuppen anders gefarbt,
der Clypeus runzelig, so dass die grésseren beborsteten Punkte nicht
hervortreten wie bei der vorhergehenden Art. Die Schuppen der Oberseite
sind heller oder dunkler gelb gefiirbt, die Zeichnungen sind mehr oder
weniger dunkelbraun. Auf dem Halsschilde befinden sich in der Mitte
zwei Liingsbinden und sind ausserdem noch zwei dussere angedeutet.
Auf den Fliigeldecken befindet sich ein Lingsfleck unterhalb der Schulter,
einer auf dem Discus vor der Mitte und ein fast nierenformiger hinter
der Mitte. Die Schuppen der Unterseite schimmern schwach goldig.
Wegen des anders skulptierten Clypeus glaube ich nicht, dass diese
Art nur eine Varietit der vorhergehenden ist, wenn gleich auch die
Arten der aurantiaca-Gruppe abnlich gefirbte Varietéten zu bilden
pflegen.

Lepidiota corpulenta sp. nov.

@ castanea, supra nitida, parce flayo-squamulata. Capite, fronte
sparsim fortiter punctulata, clypeo lateribus rotundatis, margine antico
haud exciso, ruguloso-punctato, punctis omnibus flavo-squamosis; anten-
nis 9-articulatis; prothorace antice et postice attenuato, angulis posticis
obtusis, anticis fere rectis, paulo prominulis, haud dense fortiter et
ruguloso-punctato, punctis squamas minutas ferentibus; scutello semicir-
culari, parce punctulato; elytvis subcostatis, rugoso-punctatis, punctis
squamulatis, sutura levi; pygidio densius cinereo-squamulato-setoso,
Subtus pectoris lateribus griseo-villosis, abdominis medio sparsim, later-
ibus dense cinero-squamulatis ; tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 26 mill.

Typus No. 6883 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens col-
lector) ; Crsu (7431 A. Celestino).

186 MOSER.

Die Art, von der drei weibliche’ Hxemplare vorliegen, gehért zu den
kleineren Arten der Gattung Lepidiota, ist von robuster Gestalt und
durch neungliedrige Fiihler ausgezeichnet. Die Firbung ist braun, die
Oberseite ist gliinzend und mit nicht dicht stehenden kleinen gelblichen
Schitippchen bedeckt. Die Stim ist kraftig aber zerstreut, der Clypeus
grob runzelig punktiert, alle Punkte tragen gelbe borstenartige Schup-
pen. Das dritte Fiihlerglied ist um die Halfte linger als das vierte.
Das Halsschild ist bedeutend breiter als lang, in der Mitte am breitesten,
dhe Hinterecken sind stumpfivinklig, die schwach yorgezogenen YVor-
derecken fast rechtwinklig. Die Oberflache ist ebenso wie die des Schild-
chens nicht dicht aber grob runzelig punktiert und jeder Punkt mit
emem kleinen gelblichen Schtippchen yersehen. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen
ausser der glatten, schwach erhabenen Naht, noch 2—3 Rippen, welche
sich schwach von der runzlig punktierten und mit kleinen Schuppen
yersehenen Oberfliche abheben. Das Pygidium ist dichter nadelrissig
punktiert und weisslich beschuppt. Die Seiten der Brust sind gelblich-
grau behaart, die Mitte der Brust zeigt nur vereinzelte grobe Punkte.
Die Mitte des Abdomens ist zerstreut punktiert, die Seiten sind dicht
mit borstenartige weissliche Schuppen tragenden Punkten bedeckt. Die
Beine sind weiss beborstet, die Vorderschienen dreiziihnig.

Apogonia metallescens sp. noy. .

Nigro-brunnea, nitida, supra vividi et cupreomicans. Capite haud
dense punctulato, clypea antice parum emarginato, fortius punctato; an-
tennis piceis; prothorace transverso, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis
anticis prominulis, acutis, disco haud erebre, lateraliter paulo densius
punctato et leviteo impresso; scutello dere levi; elytris postice paulo
ampliatis, subrugoso-punctatis, vix costatis; pygidio ruguloso-punctato.
Subtus medio subtiliter et sparsim, lateraliter densius et fertius um-
bilicato-punctata, tibiis anticis bidentatis—Long. 10-11 mill.

Typus No. 6901 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab.: Mrinpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. WM. S. Clemens col-
lector). ;

In Grosse und Gestalt der A. major Waterh., von Japan ahnlich, die
Fligeldecken jedoch ohne deutliche Rippen. Die Farbung ist schwarz-
braun, die Oberseite metallisch griin, teilweise auch kupfrig schimmernd.
Die Stirn ist nicht dicht, der Clypeus dichter und etwas gréber punk-
tiert, vorn flach ausgerandet. Das Halsschild ist mehr als doppelt so
breit wie lang, die Vorderecken sind etwas vorgezogen, die Hinterecken
breit abgerundet; der Discus ist bei dem einen der heiden vorliegenden
Exemplare zerstreut, bei dem anderen miissig dicht punktiert; neben —
den Seitenrindern stehen die Punkte etwas dichter und sind grober
und findet sich hier ein flacher Eimdruck. Das Schildchen ist bei
dem einen Exemplar ganz glatt, bei dem anderen trigt es einige sehr
schwache Punkte. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen nur bei schriger Betrach-

NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 187

tung schwache Andeutungen yon drei Rippen. Sie sind miissig dicht
runzeiig punktiert, nach den Seiten hin grober und hier querrunzelig.
Das Pygidium zeigt eine sehr kraftige runzelige Punktierung. Unter-
seits ist die Mitte nur zerstreut und fein punktiert, wahrend an den
Seiten die Punkte dichter stehen, grober sind und iusserst kleine, nur
mit der Lupe sichthbare Borstchen tragen. Die Vorderschienen sind
zweizihnig.

Apogonia nigrobrunnea sp. noy.

Nigro-brunnea, nitida. Capite sat crebre punctato, clypeo brevi,
antice subtruncato, ruguloso-punctato; antennis rufis; prothorace trans-
verso, sat dense punctato, lateraliter leviter impresso, angulis posticis
rotundatis, angulis anticis paulo prominulis, fere rectis; scutello linea
media leavi; elytris postice parum ampliatis, disco subtiliter, lateraliter
paulo fortius punctatis, subtricostatis ; pygidio dense et fortiter punctato,
subearimato. Subtus medio sparsim, lateraliter densius punctata, punctis
setas minutas ferentibus; tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 12 mill.

Typus No. 991 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila.

Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc-
Gregor collector).

In Gestalt der vorigen Art ahnlich von schwarzbrauner Farbung, stark
glanzend, metallisch schimmernd. Der Kopf ist miassig dicht, an der
Clypeusnaht weitliufiger punktiert, der Clypeus ist vorn fast gerade
abgestutzt und grob, beinahe runzelig punktiert. Die Fiihler sind rot-
gelb. Das Halsschild ist sehr quer, miissig dicht, auf den Seiten etwas
runzelig punktiert, jederseits neben den Seitenrandern mit schwachem
Kindruck. Die Hinterecken sind breit abgerundet, die etwas vorgezo-
genen Vorderecken beimahe rechtwinkig. Das Schildchen lasst eine
glatte Mittellinie erkennen. Die nach hinten schwach erweiterten Flii-
geldecken sind etwas weitliufiger punktiert als das Halsschild. Auf
dem Discus sind die Punkte schwach, an den Seiten etwas kraftiger.
Ausserdem erscheinen die Fliigeldecken schwach quergerunzelt. Die
drei Rippen sind sehr undeutlich, die erste verbreitert sich nach hinten.
Das Pygidium ist sehr grob punktiert und trigt in der Mitte einen
undeutlichen Lingskiel. Die Unterseite zeigt in der Mitte zerstreute,
an den Seiten dichter stehende Punkte und ist jeder Punkt mit einem
sehr kleimen gelblichen Borstchen versehen. Die Vorderschienen sind
kraftig dreizihnig.

Apogonia viridana sp. noy. f

Conyexa, viridis, nitida; antennis, pygidio pedibusque brunneis. Ca-
pite, fronte fortiter punctulata, clypeo antice truncato, ruguloso-punc-
tato; prothorace longitudine duplo latiore, sparsim punctato, angulis
posticis obtusis, subrotundatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, paulo promi-
nulis; scutello fere laevi; elytris subrugoso-punctatis, indistincte bicos-
tatis; propygidio pygidioque fortiter ruguloso-punctatis, punctis squami-

188 MOSER.

feris. Corpore infra medio sparsim punctato, lateribus sat dense flavo-
squamosis; tibiis anticis bidentatis—lLong. 7 mill.

Typus No. 10660 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Luzon, Cagayan, Camalaniogan, P. I. (H., M. Curran col-
lector).

Hine kleinere gewolbte Art, griin, glinzend, Fthler, Propygidium,
Pygidium und Beine braun, Halsschild und Kopf bei dem einen der
beiden vorliegenden Exemplare etwas kupferig. Die Stirn ist missig
dicht mit tiefen Punkten bedeckt, der vorn fast gerade abgestutzte
Clypeus ist dicht, fast runzelig punktiert. Das Halsschild trigt nur
eine zerstreute Punktierung, die stumpfen Hinterecken sind fast abge-
rundet, die etwas yvorgezogenen Vorderecken ungefahr rechtwinklig.
Das Schildchen ist bei dem einen der beiden Exemplare ganz glatt, bei
dem anderen sind einige schwache Punkte erkennbar. Die Fliigeldecken
sind zwar nicht sehr dicht aber grob und namentlich nach den Seiten-
rindern zu runzelig punktiert. Zwei Rippen auf dem Discus treten
nur wenig hervor, die Naht ist fast glatt, neben den Seitenrindern be-
finden sich fiinf regelmiissige Punktreihen. Propygidium und Pygi-
dium sind mit groben Punkten bedeckt, so dass sie stark runzelg er-
scheinen. Jeder dieser Punkte trigt ein klemes gelbes Schiippchen.
Die Mitte der Brust ist zerstreut punktiert, die Bauchsegmente zeigen
in der Mitte eine Querreihe yon beborsteten Punkten, die Seiten der
Brust und des Abdomens sind ziemlich dicht mit gelblichen Schuppen
bedeckt. Die Vorderschienen sind zweizihnig.

Die Art scheint der mir unbekannten A. magnifica Rits. nahe zu
stehen, doch ist diese grésser und hat dreizihnige Vorderschienen.
Apogonia lutea sp. nov. ,

Hlongata, lutea, nitida, capite thoraceque obscurioribus. Fronte haud
dense punctulata, clypeus antice parum emarginato, fortiter punctato;
antennis testaceis; prothorace valde transyerso, disco sparsim versus mar-
gines laterales densius punctato, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis an-
ticis prominulis; seutello laevi; elytris haud crebe fortiter punctatis,
disco bicostatis, sutura costique fere laevyibus; pygidio sparsim punctato,
punctis in posteriore parte flavo-pilosis. Subtus medio fere laevi, late-
ribus fortiter haud dense punctatis, punctis setas minutas ferentibus;
tibiis anticis tridentatis—Long. 9 mill.

Typus No. 7223 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, P. I. (R. O. Me-
Gregor collector).

Von linglicher Gestalt, nach hinten schwach yerbreitert schmutzig
gelb, Kopf, Halsschild, Schienen und Tarsen braunlich. Die Stirn ist
missig dicht mit ziemlich kriftigen Punkten besetzt, der vorn schwach
ausgerandete Clypeus tragt eine sehr grobe Punktierung, so dass er fast
runzlig erscheint. Das Halsschild ist auf dem Discus weitlaufig, nach

NEUE COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA. 189

den Seiten zu enger punktiert, die Hinterecken sind abgerundet, die
Vorderecken etwas vorgezogen. Die Fliigeldecken zeigen auf dem Discus
eine unregelmissige, ziemlich grobe Punktierung und markieren sich
zwei Rippen dadurch, dass sie ebenso wie die Naht fast punktfrei sind
und yon Punktreihen begrenzt werden. Neben den Seitenraindern der
Fliigeldecken befinden sich mehrere regelmissige Punktreihen. Das
Pygidium zeigt eine weitliufige Punktierung und tragen die Punkte im
hinteren Teile abstehende gelbe Haare. Die Unterseite ist in der Mitte
fast glatt, dagegen findet sich an den Seiten eine kraftige aber nicht
besonders dichte Punktierung; die Punkte sind mit klemen gelblichen
Borstehen besetzt. Die Vorderschienen sind dreiziihnig.

Apogonia rugipennis sp. nov.

Elongata, fusca, nitida, flayo-pilosa. Capite rugoso-punctato, clypeo
antice emarginato ; prothorace transverso, sat dense fortiter subruguloso-
punctato, angulis posticis rotundatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, vix
prominulis; scutello dense punctato; elytris rugoso-punctatis, indistincte
bicostatis; pygidio conico, fortiter et profunde punctato. Subtus sat
dense punctata; tibiis anticis tridentatis.—Long. 9 mill.

Typus No. 7235 in Coll. Ent., Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.

Hab: Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc-
Gregor collector) .

Von langlicher Gestalt, unten heller oben dunkler braun, das Hals-
schild und der Kopf, mit Ausnahme des Clypeus, schwach griin metallisch
schimmernd. Die ganze Oberseite und Unterseite sind mit sehr feinen,
nicht dicht stehenden Hirchen bedeckt, welche auf der Unterseite anlie-
gen, auf der Oberseite schwach aufgerichtet sind. Der Kopf ist sehr
runzelig punktiert, der Clypeus vorn ausgerandet. Das Halsschild zeigt
eine grobe Punktierung, die Zwischenriume zwischen den Punkten sind
schwach runzelig; die Hinterecken sind abgerundet, die fast rechtwink-
ligen Vorderecken kaum vorgezogen. Das Schildchen ist auf der ganzen
Flaiche punktiert. Auf den grob und runzelig punktierten Fliigeldecken
markieren sich zwei Rippen nur sehr undeutlich. Das Pygidium ist
stumpf kegelformig und trigt sehr grosse und tiefe Punkte. Die ganze
Unterseite ist ziemlich dicht punktiert, nur auf der Mitte der Brust
stehen die Punkte etwas weitliufiger.. Die Vorderschienen tragen drei
Zahne, von denen die beiden untersten sehr kriftig sind.

athe hry TRG ta Seana
aie tt.) ee yuh Cie "

§ ae arent He!
| gh dimen aati rst [Stes
, ' +* uv ‘ hd 7 J age a
at POOR FORTS:
; BREN Ay
Cte kee
biketaa ty
oy Baie’ oes
di chon
hee

FILIPINO EARS, Il: EARS FROM THE MALECON MORGUE.

By Ropert BENNETT BEAN.

(From the Anatomical Laboratory, Philippine Medical School.)

The ears of all the unclaimed bodies that remained in the Manila
City Morgue during a short period of time are presented here in three
plates to illustrate the Primitive, the Iberian, and various forms of
blended ears. The individuals represent a small section of a random
sample of the lower strata of Manila’s population. There are im all 19
adult male and 7 adult female Filipinos and 1 adult male Russian. A
table containing the stature, cephalic index and nasal index of the subjects
is given so that the physical characteristics of the individual may be
compared with the ear type.

The Iberian ears are shown in Plate I. The ears in the upper row
are Iberian Type A; those in the middle row are Iberian. Type B; and
those in the lower row are Iberian T'ype D. The most characteristic ear
of each type is placed on the left; the others are modified forms. Photo-
graphs of both the right and left ear of each subject are reproduced in
two positions: First, the side view of each; then the right ear from behind
and the left ear from in front.

Detailed descriptions are unnecessary, but a few salient facts may be
mentioned. ‘The essential characteristics of the Iberian ear are seen in
the inversion of the concha and the rolling out of the helix. This gives
a shallow bowl im the concha and a flat helix below. The whole ear
assumes a flat appearance and is usually placed parallel to the head rather
than at right angles; The rim of the helix is shaped like the italic letter
f or the old English or German 7, which can be seen when the ear is
looked at from behind. he ear is thin, the lines of the skin are fine, and
the skin is smooth in appearance, but harsh to the touch.

The Modified Primitive ears of Plate II are arranged in the order
of increasing modification from the upper left-hand corner to the lower
right-hand corner of the plate. The Primitive ear is characterized by
inversion of the concha and rolling in of the helix. The upper and lower
parts of the latter project in the formation of a shelf. The concha is

deep and resembles a bowl. Viewed from behind, the flat dorsal surface
191

192 BEAN.

of the. bowl may be seen, and the upper part of the helix and the lower
part of the lobule appear to be the lips of the bowl. ‘The ear is thick,
the skin lines are coarse, and the skin is rough in appearance, but feels
like velvet. i

Kar No. 87 is notable because it was removed from the head of a
Russian; on the right it is Modified Iberian, whereas on the left it is ,
Modified Primitive. The physical characteristics of this individual re-
semble the Blends, moderately brachy-cephalic, leptorrhine and tall.
The man was no doubt a mixture of the Iberian from Europe and the
Primitive from Siberia.

Plate III represents ears that appear to be fused Iberian and Primitive.
In each ear there are characteristics of both, but they are different from
either, and the physical characteristics are those of the Australoid type.
It may also be worthy of note that the physical characteristics of the
individuals with the modified Iberian ears of Plate I are largely Iberian
and the physical characteristics of the individuals with the Modified
Primitive ears of Plate II are largely Primitive.

The cephalic index is not so good a criterion of type as the ear form,
because it is seen that the average cephalic index of the subjects with
Iberian characteristics is almost as great as that of those with Primitive
markings. The nasal index for the same reason is a better indicator
than the stature. Stature and cephalic index may be so altered by the
environment as to become of no service in the determination of type;
therefore, other factors should be emphasized for this purpose. ‘The ear
form and the nasal index are more stable and less influenced by enyiron-
ment; therefore they are better factors than the other two.

TABLE I.—(See PLATE I.)

| Type. No.| Cental Nasal Stature.
| ,
Therian See eee ee 93| 78.0 ¢ 86.0] 151.0 9
Tear yeleel ug aaa Seas 94| 98.4 7.4| 170.8¢
Blendicssee herman 2m ERE 5 96| 83.3 80.0 | 166.8 ¢
Tiberian] ots eS 74| 81.0 73.0 | 153.0 2
Blend ok eee ek iene 72| 85.3 90.5 | 160.0 7
TETAS ees en ten e 95 | 78.0 76.0| 163.5 ¢
Therian ae umd te 4 exp Uae ras 79| 77.6 78.8 | 161.2 9
pines sowie Bee) Oe tak ae 69| 86.0 72.0| 150.0 9
Blends seat tae vim een 80} 82.0 78.0 | 154.2 9
83.8 ¢ ie 165.3 ¢
ANVGTARE = oo iioanarnace=s =} 80.9 9 } ibe { 158.9 9

FILIPINO EARS, II.

TaBLE IJ.—(See Puate II.)

Rane Cephalic | Nasal |
Type. No.| “Sndex. | index, | Stature. |
Modified Primitive -__.--___-__- 76 | 82.5] 97.0 | 165.2¢
Modified Primitive___---__--___- 77 | 84.8) 102.5] 1600¢
PA GII Stl Gees ee aaeee keene 90 80.0 91.0 170.5
Adriatic 7 90.2 | 89.0 173.0 o
Modified Primitive______________| 82 80.0 105.0} 164.53 |
b} 84.0 80.0 162.7 f
82.0 79.0 150.4 ff
81.0 84.0 162.7 fh)
82.0 71.0 175.5 &
ACVIETA GO Sabi ee a eee $3.1 90.3 163.6 ¢
TasiE II1.—(See Prate III.)
|
+, | Cephalic | Nasal
Type NO index. | index. | St#ture.
TNC a ee 64 | 89.7 | 91.0 140.5 2
Blends ps Stes eee ee ane 84 | 87.0 82.0 168.5 ¢
PNWRSHRNOMG ba ee 91 83.9 108.1) 143.5 ¢
/NURTEN ONO _- oe ae | 71 86.0 98.0 | 155.0 2
INOS RENO re 86 71.0 85.0 146.0 9
Wperign see = ee eres = 92 77.9 81.6 162.7
Blend —___-. -|100 85.0 87.0 157.7 o
AGUG RMON os oe ees 89 77.0 102.5 | 158.6 Sf
NDE ri anys: 2-22 oe LE 98 78.0 78.0 160.3 ¢
= ; |
PAW CLAD Choe eee sa naan rae 81.7 90.3 | 143.3 9

193

vO : - 3
2 et sept Joie t

4 . ; y'
D i
_ 4
/ oy
yy pf
,
‘ Py; tae
.
. ms Me ie
—o,
;
. 4
~ % Se >
ss Ve
sy
Ny 7
: “e
- f : { i
. {, £
* mer’ oS
5 . ve
. i S 4 I
ws
ae .
j
t
Ip
t r
4 ‘
a
.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Pirate I. Modified Iberian ears.
No. 93, Iberian.
No. 94, B. B. B.
No. 96, Blend.
No. 74, Iberian.
No. 72, Blend.
No. 95, Iberian.
No. 79, Iberian.
No. 69, Alpine.
No. 80, Blend.

II. Modified Primitive ears.
No. 76, Modified Primitive.
No. 77, Modified Primitive.
No. 90, Adriatic.
No. 70, Adriatie Modified.
No. 82, Primitive.
No. 85, Blend.
No. 66, Blend.
No. 78, Blend.
No. 87, Blend.
III. Blended ears.

No. 64, Primitive.
No. 84, Blend.
No. 91, Australoid.
No. 71, Australoid.
No. 86, Australoid.
No. 92, Iberian.
No. 100, Blend.
No. 89, Australoid.
No. 98, Iberian.

971214 195

2
oO.

Scr., Vou. V, No.

JOURN.

[Pan

FiLirIno Hars, II.]

BAN:

MODIFIED IBERIAN EARS.

PLATE

“ll S1tv1d

“SUV SAILINIYd G3ISIGOW

‘2 ‘ON ‘A “TOA “IOS ‘NUMOr ‘IIH d] [IL ‘SUval ONTaITI yy : Nvorg

“THhl Stvw1dd

“Suva G30N31¢8

‘6 “ON ‘A “TOA “109 ‘NaNO “TIHd] [II ‘Suvq@ ONIdITIWy : NVag

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON BIRDS FROM NORTHERN
MINDANAO, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By Ricuarp C. McGRucor.

(Prom the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
i Manila, P. I.)

In 1907 Mr. Andres Celestino made a small collection of birds in
northern Mindanao ;* recently (1909) he again collected on the Agusan
River, securing several specimens worthy of record.

Anous stolidus (Linnzus).

A male was caught on the Agusan River on the last day of December.
The collector tells me that the bird made no effort to fly and seemed to
have been wounded.

Herodias timoriensis (Lesson).
A female was taken, December 17, on the Agusan River at some

distance from the coast. The longer dorsal plumes extend 30 to 40

millimeters beyond the tip of tail; tarsus, 126 millimeters.
Mareca penelope (Linnzus).

One male in worn plumage was killed near Bunauan, Agusan River,
on December 17.

Lophotriorchis kieneri (Geoffroy St. Hillaire).

One specimen from Bunauan is similar to the immature male from
Tablas * except that the thighs are banded with light brown and the upper
parts are whiter.

Baza magnirostris Gray.

One female from Bunauan, December 17, is the third specimen of this
species to be recorded from Mindanao.

Polioaétus ichthyzetus (HorSfield) .

One female from Bunauan, December 17.
Alcyone argentata (Tweeddale).

One male from Bunauan.

This Journal, Sec. A (1909), 4, 67-77.
“This Journal (1906), 1, 772. a

IAS

- i ng A)

-
- ‘ een 1 ¥
i : Z ee ie
iy ya teeta jG Pe ese
y
i \ Le ut
es
\
SEN ae
4
2 obtesrts hi sf gored a
° ee
fs J
bee gare ite
ee Cat \ us i
Aton stant, ve | ei
bi Asser’ wees READ: at
. ity it ees ee 4% sinha
" PMN ay ce! eect l: Pee Aheee
; Prac! Gti Ba
. i a y

NOTE ON THE MIGRATION OF THE TIC-WEE BUZZARD
IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

By Ricuarp C. McGRrEcGor.

(From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureaw of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

The gray-faced buzzard-eagle or Javan buzzard, Butastur indicus
(Gmelin), is the commonest and most widely distributed faleonid in
the Philippines. It has been definitely recorded from not less than
twenty-seven islands of the Archipelago. Its general distribution as
given by. Blanford* is Hastern Asia from Japan and China to the Ma-
layan Peninsula and Islands as far as the Philippines, Celebes, and New
Guinea.

This species is migratory in a large part of its range and it is on this
phase of its life history that I wish to record a few notes. I will first
quote a paragraph from Meyer and Wiglesworth * as being of particular
interest in this connection.

Tt is possible to show that this species occurs in the East Indian Archipelago
only as a migrant from China, Ussuriland, and Japan during the northeast
monsoon, the winter in the latter countries. Such Mr. Whitehead considered
it undoubtedly to be in Borneo, and Mr. Everett states that “it appears in Labuan
and Northern Borneo in September and remains through the winter. It is quite
the most abundant of the migratory as Haliastur intermedius is of the [page 47]
resident birds of prey in those parts of the island.” Mr. Whitehead also remarks
it as a migrant in Palawan. Abbé David states that it breeds in the mountains
near Peking, although it appears not to be plentiful in China; further south it
passes through the lower Yangtse country, as Mr. F. W. Styan writes, “on
migration in March and April. A good number travel together, and remain a
week or so among the hills on their way; they seem to avoid the plains.” .
Apparently the species is resident, or some remain to breed, in the Philippines,
an egg, which appears to belong to this species, having been obtained in Mindanao
by Sechadenberg and Koch.

Oates* records an egg of this species from “Eastern Siberia 29th April
(Dorries).” This egg is “a regular oval in shape, smooth, fairly glossy, and
plain white with a yery slight tinge of blue.”

* Fauna Brit. Ind., Birds (1895), 3, 365.
° Birds of Celebes (1898), 1, 46.
*Cat. Birds’ Hges (1902), 2, 278.
199

200 M’GREGOR.

At favorable points in the Philippine Islands the tic-wee buzzard
may be observed passing in great numbers during its autumn migration.
In the Island of Calayan I noted this species first on September 18,
1903. On October 14 large flocks were seen and, on the 17th and 18th
of the same month, great numbers of birds passed overhead, in a south-
erly direction, in long, straggling bands.

While I was on Batan Island in 1907, Mr. William Edmonds in-
formed me that numbers of hawks visited Batan each year between Oc-
tober 10 and 20. Later, Mr. Edmonds sent me a specimen of Butastur
indicus. In December 1908, through the courtesy of Lieutenant-Com-
mander McCormick, of the Albatross, three living specimens of B. in-
dicus were brought to the Bureau of Science. Two of these had beea
forwarded by Mr. Otto Sheerer and one had been caught aboard the
Albatross in the yicinity of Camiguin Island.* The following letter to
Mr. Dean C. Worcester from Mr. Sheerer contains interesting notes on
the habits of the tic-wee buzzard and on the methods of its capture by
the natives.

By U. 8. ship Albatross I beg to send you a pair of those falcons which visit
our islands every year in the month of October. At that time the natives of
Ivana (Batan) erect on the loftiest ridges behind the pueblo rude watch towers
consisting of nothing more than four poles some 15 to 20 feet long stuck in the
ground upright, or, better, in a slanting position, overhanging the steep side of
the mountain and forming a square of some 4 feet each side, joined in the middle
by crosspieces and covered in on top with a mass of branches and leaves. Some
3 feet underneath this thin thatch there is a sort of flooring on which the hunter
mounts. The birds arrive regularly at dusk, say 6 p. m. They arrive pretty
much tired out and gladly avail themselves of these tree-resembling scaffolds or
towers to rest their wings over night. Scarcely settled down to reSt, the man
underneath reaches out and pulls the struggling bird in by the feet. Thus, a
lucky hunter may secure two or three at a sitting. I have tried the thing
myself, but the night happened to be cloudy and stormy, and as by 7 o’clock
no birds had arrived, as it sometimes happens in such weather, my guide called
the game off. I secured, however, these two which had been caught the previous
night. They came from the northwest and leave the next day for the southwest.
They are fed best on chicken entrails. or fish and they seem to prefer their food
presented to them stuck on the sharp: point of a split bamboo stick.

One of the birds: sent by Mr. Sheerer was photographed in Manila
and is shown on Plate I.

‘Man. Philippine Birds (1909), 230.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Piate I. Bustatur indicus (Gmelin). (From photographs by Charles Martin.)
201

1 S31tv41d

€ ‘ON ‘A “TOA “10g "NUMOr ‘IETg] [auvzzng GtM-olL THE 10 NOLLVUDI : wopaUDH OW
&

PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE, III.

By Ricwarp C. McGrecor.

(From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Mamita, P. I.)

Bourns, F. §. and Worcester, D. C.: Preliminary notes on the birds and
mammals collected by the Menage scientific expedition to the Phil-
ippine Islands. Minnesota Acad. Nat. Sci. Occ. Papers (1884), 1,
No. 1, 1-64.

A yery interesting paper containing descriptions of 36 new species of birds;
new localities for 226 species previously known from the Islands; two species,
Caprimulgus jotaka and Prionochilus modestus, recorded from the Philippines
for the first time; and additional descriptions and notes concerning some
40 previously little known species. The new species described are: Ninow
spilonotus, Phabotreron cinereiceps, P. briumneiceps, P. maculipectus, P. fron-
talis, Phloganas menagei, Batrachostomus menagei, Ceyx nigrirostris, Cen-
tropus steerii, Iyngipicus menagei, Chibia menagei, Oriolus cinereogenys, O.
nigrostriatus, Aithopyga arolasi, A. bonita, HB. minuta, Dicewm pallidior,
D. sibuyanica, D. intermedia, D. assimilis, Prionochilus ceruginosus, P. bicolor,
Zosterops siquijorensis, Hyloterpe winchelli, H. major, H. mindorensis, Cryp-
tolopha flavigularis, Geocichla cinerea, Oittocincla superciliaris, Ptilocichla
minuta, Lole cinereiceps, I. monticola, Muscicapula samarensis, Rhipidura
sauli, Rhinomyias albigularis, and R. occularis.

Bourns, F. §.: A list of the birds known to inhabit the Philippine and
Palawan Islands, showing their distribution within the limits of the
two groups. See under Worcester and Bourns.

Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines.
Ibis. (1894), VI, 6, 532-535.

A list of 25 species of which Ohetwra celebensis is recorded from the
Philippines for the first time and Cinnyris guimarasensis, Pelargopsis gigan-
tea, Thriponax hargitti, Spilornis holospilus, and Gallicrex cinerea are re-
corded as new to Negros.

Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the, Island of Negros, Philippines.
(Second contribution). Jbis (1895), VII, 1, 472-479.

Notes on 12 species; Falco atriceps is recorded as new to the Philippines.

Clarke, W. E.: On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines.
Part IIT. Ibis (1898), VIL, 4, 119-124.

Notes on 41 species, of which 6 are recorded as new to Negros, viz:
Hirundo guttuwralis, Caprimulgus manillensis, Microhierax erythrogenys, Por-
zana fusca, Amaurornis olivacea, and Gallinula chloropus.

203

204 M’GREGOR.

Clarke, W. E.; On some birds from the Island of Negros, Philippines.
Part IV. Jbis (1900), VII, 6, 351-361, pl. 8.

Notes on 26 species, of which Phloganas keayi, new species, is described
and figured ; an unknown Batrachostomus and the female of Caprimulgus
griseatus are described; Ardea sumatrana, Dupetor flavicollis, and Nannocnus
eurythmus are recorded as new to Negros.

Dillwyn, L. L.: On an undescribed species of Megapodius. Proc. Zool.
Soc. London (1851), 118-120, pl. 39.

Description and plate of Megapodius cwmmingii, new species, with notes
on the nesting habits of the Bornean species.

Elliot, D. G.: On the fruit-pigeons of the genus Ptilopus. Proc. Zool.
Soc. London (1878), 500-575, pls. 33 and 34, text figs. 1-6.
An elaborate review of the genus and of its literature with descriptions,
synonyms, and key to the species.

Finsch, Q.: Ueber einen Neuen Nashornyogel der Gattung Penelopides
Reichb. Notes Leyden Mus. (1903), 28, 190-194.

Description of Penelopides talisi, new species, from Cagayan, northern
Luzon.

McGregor, R. C.: On birds from Luzon, Mindoro, Masbate, Ticao, Cuyo,
Cagayan Sulu, and Palawan. Bull. Philippine Mus. (1903), No.
1, 1-12.

Chibia cuyensis is described as new. Six species, either new to the Islands
or of uncertain status, are noted: Querquedula querquedula, Spatula clypeata,
Phalacrocoraz carbo, Tachornis infumata, Uroloncha fuscans, and Sturnia
sinensis. Descriptions or notes of interest are recorded for the following:
Caprimulgus griseatus, Oriolus albiloris, O. isabelle, Orthotomus chloronotus,
Nettopus coromandelianus, Fuligula fuligula, Collocalia marginata, Cinnyris
whiteheadi, Anthothreptes griseigularis, Cittocincla superciliaris, and Cy-
anomyias ceelestis. New localities for species are recorded as follows: Luzon,
5 species; Mindoro, 1 species; Culion, 3 species; Palawan, 1 species; Cagayan
Sulu, 12 species; Cuyo, 22 species; Masbate, 10 species; Ticao, 91 species.

McGregor, R. C.: Birds from Benguet Province, Luzon, and from the
Islands of Lubang, Mindoro, Cuyo, and Cagayancillo. Bull. Phal-
ippine Mus. (1904), No. 3, 1-16.

Pericrocotus novus is fully described for the first time and notes of
interest on about 40 species are recorded. From Lubang 73 species are
recorded; from Verde, 35 species; from Agutaya, 8 species; from Cagayan-
cillo, 45 species; to the Mindoro list 16 are added; to the Cuyo list 15 are
added. This paper ends with a list of 72 species from Benguet Province,

Luzon.
McGregor, R. C.: The Birds of Calayan and Fuga, Babuyan Group.
Bull. Philippine Mus. (1904), No. 4, 1-34.

This paper includes descriptions and records of several species which come
from neither Calayan nor Fuga and unfortunately their places of capture are
not always clearly indicated. The new species are: Turnix worcesteri,
Macropygia phea, Otus cuyensis, O. calayensis, Hudynamis frater, Zosterops

’ flavissima, and Hyloterpe fallax. The following are recorded as new from the

PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 205

Philippines: Oceanodroma, species, Stuwrna fluviatilis, Polionetta zonorhyncha,
Mareca penelope, Spodiopsar sericeus, Chrysomitris spinus, Saxicola cenanthe,
Acrocephalus sorgophilus, Chelidon dasypus, Clivicola riparia, Astur cu-
culoides, Turdus pallidus, Antigone sharpei, and Fringilla montifringilla.

‘ McGregor, R. C. and Worcester, D. C.: A handlist of the birds of the
Philippine Islands. Publ. Bu. Govt. Labs. Manila (1906), No. 36,
1-100.

An enumeration of 693 species with their orders, families, and genera,
and with the exact distribution of each species within the Archipelago. This
is a useful list.

Mearns, E. A.: Descriptions of a new genus and eleven new species of
Philippine birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1905), 18, 1-8.

Leonardia, new genus; Leonardia woodi, Pseudotharrhaleus mindanensis,
Macronus mindanensis montanus, Althopyga bolton, Cyrtostomus dinagaten-
sis, Anthreptes cagayanensis, Merula kelleri, Gerygone rhizophore, Musci-
capula montigena, Pardaliparus elegans mindanensis, new species.

Mearns, K. A.: Descriptions of eight new Philippine birds, with notes
on other species new to the Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington
(1905), 18, 83-90.

Turniz suluensis, Muscadivora langhornei, Caprimulgus affinis mindanen-
sis, Phyllergates heterolemus, Cephalophoneus suluensis, Hyloterpe apoensis,
Dicewm davao, and Lamprocorax todayensis are described as new. Leonar-
dina is proposed in place of Leonardia Mearns, preoccupied. Seven species
are recorded from the Islands for the first time, namely: Limonites minutus,
Hydralector gallinaceus, Plegadis falcinellus, Herodias timoriensis, Loriculus
galgulus, Collocalia francica inexpectata, and Hiruwndo rustica rustica.

Mearns, HE. A.: Note on a specimen of Pithecophaga jefferyi Ogilvie-
Grant. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (1903), 18, 73.

Record and measurements of a specimen from Mindanao.

Mearns, E. A.: Two specimens of Chetura celebensis (Sclater). Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington (1905), 18, 185.

Record and measurements of two specimens from Basilan.

Mearns, E. A.: Two additions to the avifauna of the Philippines. Phil.
Journ. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 353. i
Butorides spodiogaster and Spodiopsar cineraceus recorded for the first
time from the Philippines.
Mearns, E. A.: Descriptions of a new genus and nine new species of
Philippine birds. Phil. Jowrn. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 355-360.
Malindangia, new genus; Malindangia megregori, Cyornis mindorensis,
Centropus carpentert, Rhipidura hutchinsoni, Hypsipetes batanensis, Merula
malindangensis, M. mayonensis, Geocichla mindanensis, Zosterops halconensis,
new species. A key to the Philippine species of Merula is also given.
Moseley, E. L.: Descriptions of two new species of flycatchers from the
Island of Negros, Philippines. Ibis (1891), VI, 3, 46-47, pl. 2.

Cryptolopha nigrorum and Abrornis olivacea are described and figured.

206 M’GREGOR.

Sclater, P. L.: Report on the birds. Report on the scientific results’ of
the voyage of H. M. 8. Challenger during the years 1873-76 under
the command of Capt. George 8. Nares, R. N., F. R. S. and Capt.
Frank Turle Thomson, R. N. prepared under the superintendence ;
of Sir C. Wyville Thomson Knt. F. R. St. ete. (1881), Zool. 2,
5-25, pls. 1-6.

Two of the papers deal with Philippine birds. J. On the birds collected
in the Philippine Islands, pp. 5-25, pls. 1-6, being a republication from the
Proc. Zool. Soe., 1877. The species figured are: Loriculus panayensis, Ba-
trachostomus septimus, Buceros mindanensis, Dicrurus striatus, Diceeum
mindanense, Nectarophila julie, and Phabotreron brevirostris.

The other paper is: X. On the Laridz collected during the Expedition,
pp. 133-140, being a republication of Saunder’s paper from the Proce. Zool.
Soc. 1877. The Philippine specimens recorded are: Hydrochelidon hybrida
and Larus ridibundus from Manila, and Sterna bergii from Zamboanga.

Sharpe, R. B.: List of a collection of birds made by Mr. L. Wray in
the main range of mountains in the Malay Peninsula, Perak. Proc.
Zool. Soc. London (1888), 268-287.

Muscicapula westermanni, new species, is described in this paper.

Sharpe, R. B.: Notes on some species of birds of the family Diceide.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1883), 578-580.

In this paper Dicewm schistacewm Tweeddale is considered to be the
young of D. rubriventer Lesson and D. modestwm Tweeddale the young of
D. everetti.

Sharpe, R. B.: Contributions to a history of the Accipitres or birds of
prey.—lI. On the females of the common and South-African Kestrels.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1874), 550-584; pl. 68.

The female of Cerchneis tinnunculus is figured.

Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Alcyone. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1869),
351-357.

Key to and descriptions of all the then known species of Alcyone.

Sharpe, R. B.: Additional notes on the genus Ceyr. Proc. Zool. Soc.

- London (1869), 507-511.
A comparison of the arrangement of the species of Ceyx as given by

Sharpe and by Salvadori, with a key, and with remarks on Ceyx rufidorsa
and CO. sharpii.

Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Ceyx. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1868),
587-599. :
A review of the genus with key to and descriptions of the species.
Sharpe, R. B.: On the genus Pelargopsis, Gloger. Proc. Zool. Soe.
London (1870), 61-69.

A review of the genus with key to the species and deseription of P. Beale,
new species.

PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 207

Sharpe, R. B.: [Classification of the Rallide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club
(1893), 1, No. V, 26-28.
_ Includes the diagnosis of Poliolimnas, new genus, type P. cinereus
Vieillot) . : :

Sharpe, R. B.: [New birds from the Sulu Archipelago.] Buil. Brit.
Orn. Club (1893), 3, No. XII, 9, 10.

Diagnosis of Scops sibutwensis, Prioniturus verticalis, Diceeum sibutuense,
and Hdoliisoma everetti, new species.

Sharpe, R. B.: [On the distribution of the species of the genus Buto-
mdes.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 3, No. XID, 17, 18:
Notes on Butorides javanica and B. amurensis; diagnosis of B. spodio-
‘ gaster, new species. :
Sharpe, R. B.: [On two new owls.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6,
No. XIV, 47; also Ibis (1897), VII, 3, 449.

Ninox everetti, new species, described from Siasi.

Sharpe, R. B.: [Notes on the bitterns and herons.| Bull. Brit. Orn.
Club (1894), 3, No. XVII, 30-33.

Gives the distribution of the various species of Ardetta and calls atten-
tion. to the name Ardea manillensis of Meyen which must be used for the
Asiatic race of A. purpurea.

Sharpe, R. B.: [On Micropus nehrkorni.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1894),
4, No. XX, 4, 2.
Sharpe shows that Micropus nehrkorni of Blasius is really a Melaniparus.
Sharpe, R. B.: [Notes on the Muscicapide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club
(1901), 11, No. LX XIX, 60.

Siphia enganensis Grant is referred to S. herioti Ramsay; Dendrobiastes
basilanica Sharpe is said to be without doubt the female of Muscicapula
mindanensis Blasius and this species should stand as Muscicapula basilanica
(Sharpe).

Sharpe, R. B.: [| Notes on the Ardemex.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1894),
3, No. XVII, 37-39.

; Sharpe accepts the name Phoyx for the large purple herons and proposes,

among other new generic names, that of Wesophoyx for Herodias intermedia.

Sharpe, R. B.: [List of the species of Ardeide.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club
(1895), 5, No. XXXI, 10-13; also [bis (1896), VII, 2, 253-257.

A list of the species of herons and bitterns as determined for the Cata-
logue of Birds in the British Museum, volume 26.

Steere, J. B.: On the distribution of genera and species of non-migratory
land-birds in the Philippines. Jbis (1894), VI, 6, 411420; also
Auk (1894), 11, 232-240.

An elaborate essay in which the author attempts to prove that the law
of distribution of non-migratory land-birds of the Philippines may be stated
as follows: “The genus is represented by but a single species in a place.
Or in more general terms as follows: No two species near enough alike
structurally to be adapted to the same conditions will occupy the same area.”
On this subject see Worcester, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. (1898), 20, 567.

208 M’GREGOR.

Steere, J. B.: The Philippine Islands. Nature, Noy. 8 (1888), 39, 37.
A letter dated Manila, July 2, 1888. The Philippine Islands defined as
a -zoblogical province comprising a number of subprovinces, each character-

ized by representative species of birds and probably of mollusks.

Steere, J. B.: A list of the birds and mammals collected by the Steere
Expedition to the Philippines, with localities and with brief pre-
liminary descriptions of supposed new species. Ann Arbor, Mich.,
July 14 (1890), 1-27.

A list of 367 species with islands on which they were found by the
members of this expedition: J. B. Steere, D. C. Worcester, F. S. Bourns,
and HE. L. Moseley, and with descriptions of the following new species:
Prioniturus luconensis,.P. mindorensis, Cyclopsitta mindanensis, Loriculus
siquijorensis, L. mindorensis, L. worcesteri, Circus philippinensis, Spilornis
panayensis, Thriponax philippinensis, T. mindorensis, Chrysocolaptes sama-
rensis, Yungipicus basilanicus, Y. leytensis, Ceyx samarensis,-C. mindanen-
sis, CO. basilanica, C. fluminicola, C. bournsi, C. malamawi, Actenoides mose-
leyi, Centrococcyx mindorensis, Penelopides basilanica, P. samarensis, P.
mindorensis, Artanides mindorensis, A. mindanensis, A. panayensis, Hdolii- ~
soma (Graucalus) panayensis, Pseudolalage minor, Pericrocotus leytensis,
Hypothymis samarensis, Cyanomyas helene, Setaria samarensis, Oriolus
samarensis, Macronus mindanensis, Mixornis nigrocapitatus, Ptilocichla ( ?)
basilanica, Ptilocichla(?) mindanensis, Irena elle, Poliolophus basilanicus,
Tole guimarasensis, I. mindanensis, I. siquijorensis, Cittocincla cebuensis,
Orthotomus panayensis, O. samarensis, Zosterops basilanica, Philemon phal-
ippinensis, Diceum besti, Prionochilus samarensis, Cinnyris gwimarasensis,
Corvus samarensis, and Sarcophanops samarensis. Although the descriptions
are usually extremely meager and often altogether too short, this is ‘the
most important single paper on Philippine birds since Sharpe’s report on
the Steere collection.

Waterhouse, F. H.: Avyium generum index alphabeticus. Bull. Brit.
Orn. Club (1899), 9, 1-31.

An index to the genera adopted in the 27 volumes of the Catalogue of the
Birds in the British Museum.

Whitehead, J.: Notes on the birds of Palawan. Jbis (1893), VI, 5,
38-61, pl. 2.

A list, with notes, of 157 species collected by Whitehead. Buchanga
palawanensis is described as new, and Baza leucopais is the subject of the
colored plate.

Whitehead, J.: Field-notes on birds collected in the Philippine Islands
in 1893-6. Jbis (1899), VII, 5, (part 1) 81-111; part II, 210-264;
part III, 381-399; part IV, 485-501.

An enumeration of 359 species collected or observed by Whitehead, with
notes of considerable interést and importance. Most of the species were
previously recorded in the series of articles by Grant.

Whitehead, J.: [On a new pigeon.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897), 6,
No. XLIII, 34; also [bis (1897), VII, 3, 439.

Ptilocolpa nigrorum, new species, described from Negros.

Whitehead, J.: [A new flycatcher.] Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1893), 1,
INo, WIL, Bil,

PHILIPPINE ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE III. 209

Diagnosis of Cryptolopha xanthopygia, new species, from Palawan.

Whitehead, J.: [On the genus Dendrophila.| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club

(1897), 6, No. XLV, 49; also Ibis (1897), VII, 3, 450, 451.
Dendrophila lilacea, new species, described from Samar.

Whitehead, J.: [On a new flycatcher.]| Bull. Brit. Orn. Club (1897),
6, No. XLIV, 43; also [bis (1897), VII, 3, 446.

Muscicapula nigrorum, new species, described from Negros.

Worcester, D. C.: Contributions to Philippine ornithology. Part IJ.—
Notes on the distribution of Philippine birds. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. (1898), 20, 567-625, pls. 55-61.

This paper consists of a discussion of the zoélogical relationships of the
various island groups based upon the evidence furnished by their birds.
The divisions are mainly the same as those advocated by Steere, but Bohol
is grouped with Leyte instead of with Cebu. Cebu is separated from the
central islands, and Balabae and Palawan with the Calamianes are shown
to be more closely related to Borneo than to the rest of the Philippines.
The conclusions reached are too extended to be repeated here. Steere’s law
of distribution is fully discussed and shown to be unwarranted by the
evidence. The factors of the origin and distribution of the genera and
species of resident Philippine land birds are set forth in considerable detail ;
the conclusions are too lengthy for repetition. A bibliography concludes the
paper. Plate 55 is a map of the Philippine Islands. The remaining plates
are diagrammatic.

Worcester, D. C.: On a nesting specimen of Caprimulgus griseatus
Walden. Phil. Journ. Sci. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 275, pl. 1-2.

Nesting of this species in northern Luzon with reproductions of three
photographs of the bird and one photograph of its eggs.

Worcester, D. C.: On a nesting place of Sula sula (Linneus) and Sterna
anestheta Scopol. Phil. Journ. Sct. (1907), 2, Sec. A, 275-276,
joll, al,

States that these two species probably nest on Didikas Rocks. The plate
is from a photograph of these rocks.

Worcester, D. C. and Bourns, F. §.: Contributions to Philippine orni-
thology. Part I—A list of the birds known to inhabit the Phil-
ippine and Palawan Islands, showing their distribution within the
limits at the two groups. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. (1898), 20,
549-566.

This is a most useful list; the species and islands are arranged in tabular
form with indication of the species collected by the Menage Expedition.
See also under Bourns and Worcester.

Worcester, D. C.: Preliminary notes on the birds and mammals col-
lected by the Menage scientific expedition to the Philippine Islands.
See under Bourns and Worcester.

Worcester, D. C.: A hand-list of the birds of the Philippine Islands.
See under McGregor and Worcester.

Order No, 401,

Order No. 402,

i aaa i 2 ; eee

Order No, 403.

‘THE NABALOI DIALECT.

Hcy Sy) Orro ScHBERER.
Ws “TOGETHER win ; ‘ ; i
a ee OF aes ee : ee

199 pages.

on The ca

; 66. ritth) ieee New York City, U.S. A.
essrs. Wm. ea Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Baetand!
7 off, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. °
Mayer & Mulle Pri ‘Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Fgh 32 Rafiles Place, Singapore, Straits” Settlements.
; ms lie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. st
(CIRC ARS, ND ore EEEGH VES MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION. | + ‘

Beaune with Volume y, anew section, “Section D, Et
eral Biology,” will be added to the i a ‘The ie for the v

ie rere. i

GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan_- Sy
Nei : SEALE, ALVIN. The Successful Transference of Black Bass into the - mae
Philippine Talands) with Notes on the Transportation of Live Fish :

TON ey DAStance sie i ised NU) Wse Nh pee tele AL gel cg aT i) IAD a LS ELEN
SCHULTZE, W. Contributions to the Lepidopterous aa of the Phil-
; SUED DUMES sete Naty EL SMAI AN A ASD Mate 6 JT SEAN ett sat ea gS DNR oR Ase 16:

MOSER, J. Node Caicanese ‘Tamellicoraia Von Den Philippinen Bet ues f
BEAN, ROBERT BENNET. Filipino Ears, II: Ears From Malecon 4

McGREGOR, “RICHARD Cy Aadiganal: Notes on Birds oko lero

Mindanao, Philippine Islands Be NUE) AoE sie OREN ONE 12s ta ea aa LE ea OT ere aL)
McGREGOR, RICHARD C. Note on the Migration of cae ‘Tic-Wee Mas

‘Buzzard in the Philippine Islands _ leas ORM WAS BME OMIA NAD RAR UA Stl 2 199
McGREGOR, RICHARD C. Philippine Gmithological Literature It _ fea. : i

' The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’ is issued as follows: Aube eae

Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, $2 United States
currency per year. ‘ ;
Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States ourrency per year.
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year. i
Section D, Ethnology, eae ee and General Biology, $2 United States cur-
renoy per year.

The entire “J ournal,” $5 United States currency for yee: II, TIT, iy) and V, There- Wie
after, $7 United States currency per year. Ms
ret (i Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. .

Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Baionees
Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. ara give order
number,

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York ie WS Aly
Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W., C., England. +i
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. Aiea att
Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Gemany. i
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messrs, A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, | Ceylon,

A limited number of unbound copies of previous volumes are
available, which may be secured from the Business Manager,
Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United
States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States
currency; all later volumes at current subscription Bribes

RVOUE IVE Aer OCTOBER, 1910 — No. 4.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

EDITED BY
PAUL C. FREER, M. D., Pa. D.
WITH THE COOPERATION OF

DEAN C. WORCESTER, A. B.; ROBERT BENNETT BEAN, M. D.
MERTON L. MILLER, Pu. D.; CHARLES S. BANKS, M. S.
ALVIN SHALE, A. B.; LAWRENCE E. GRIFFIN, Pu. D.

RICHARD C. McGREGOR, A. B.; NELLIE LOUISE COOK, B. L., M. A-

' PUBLISHED BY

THE BUREAU OF SCIENCE
OF THE

GOVERNMENT OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND GENERAL
BIOLOGY

MANILA
BUREAU OF PRINTING
1910

wit

as ares 5 cee

THE HISTORY OF SULU. —

By Nasees M. a i
275 pages. Net ah seca een

Price $0.75, United States cumin ae i

"MINDANAO. Way een Ne
‘THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.

By ES B. Cunrssre.
122 pages. ey

igo Law and eneion! is one ioe an eae. ae Seis.
able set of works on the origin, history and customs
of these tribes, who are among the most .
interesting jee of the world.

Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid.

NOTE.

‘Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of ineieacas M
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Rncrrnitert Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, v. Ss) a

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C. England.
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. My i
Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, ‘Berlin, N. Ww. Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits BetHomenbs,
Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, ‘Ceylon. —

RIRGULANS “AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT on APPLICATION.

Welle, Js VONe Te uNhs

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

Vou. V - OCTOBER, 1910 No. 4

Ja LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO, P. I.,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS AND
TWO NEW SPECIES.’

By LAWRENCE HE. GRIFFIN.

(Associate Professor of Zoology in the Philippine Medical School.)

Python reticulatus (Schneider), Nos. 811, 824, 825, 826.
Four specimens, from 0.9 to 2.5 meters in length.

Natrix spilogaster Boie, No. 808.
Cyclocorus lineatus (Reinhardt), Nos. 809, 810.

HAPLONODON?* gen. nov.

Maxillary teeth in two series, separated by a short interspace; the pos-
terior teeth of each series largest, 14 or 15 in all. Anterior end of
maxilla bent shghtly inward.

Anterior mandibular teeth enlarging to the fourth, followed by smaller
teeth of equal size. Head distinct from neck. Hye moderate, pupil ver-
tically elliptic. Body slender, shghtly compressed; tail long. Scales
smooth, in 17 longitudinal rows, without apical pits; subcaudals in two
rows.

* Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
* amNéos, Single; vwdés, toothless.
98666 ’ 211

Pal GRIFFIN.

Haplonodon philippinensis sp. noy. [Plate I.]

The anterior end of the maxillary is curved inward but slightly. The
maxillary teeth are arranged in three series; the eight or nine anterior
imerease in size from the first to the last; after a short
interspace come three small teeth, followed by three
which are much larger, laterally compressed, and almost
fang-like. There is no interspace between the last tooth
of the middle series and the first one of the posterior series.
The four anterior mandibular teeth increase in size to
the fourth and are considerably larger than the remaining
ones, which are all of about equal size.

Eye moderate, pupil vertically elliptic. Body slender,
slightly compressed ; tail long; a well-defined keel along
each side of the belly and tail; subcaudals in two rows.
Scales smooth, arranged in longitudinal rows, without
apical pits; the vertebral and lateral rows are not notice-
ably larger than the others; scales in 17 rows; ventrals
203; anal entire; subcaudals 95-++ (the tip of the tail is
broken off). ostral considerably broader than deep,
Maxilla of Hap- its upper point entering deeply between the internasals,

tonodon phitip- the portion visible from above being equal to one-third

pinenss Xf its distance from the frontal; nostril quite large, in
a single concave nasal; imternasals much shorter and narrower than
prefrontals; frontal almost as broad as long, twice as wide as the
supraoculars, measuring each on the line joining the middle of the eyes;
much shorter than the parietals, a little longer than its distance from
the point of the rostral; loreal about three times as long as broad,
entering the eye; one small procular above the loreal, nearly reaching
the frontal; two postoculars; temporals 2+-2; nine upper labials, fourth
and fifth entering the eye, seventh and eighth largest and of equal size;
five lower labials im contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are
longer and broader than the posterior.

The dorsal surface of the body and tail are crossed by 79 dark brown
bands, separated by narrow bands of white finely dotted with brown. The
‘edges of the latter bands are pure white, which outlines the darker and
broader bands very distinctly and prettily. Im the dorsal portions of the
lighter bands the brown dots are often confluent, producing a grayish
brown color. The dots are finer and more separated toward the ventral
surface. The ventral portions of most of the brown bands are narrowly
separated from the dorsal parts by fine white lines. A large brown spot
les upon each lateral end of most of the ventral scales; the ventral sur-
face of the head and body is white. Brown dots become increasingly
numerous on the lower surface as the anus is approached ; the lower sur-
face of the tail is closely coyered with brown dots. The upper surface

LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. Dales

of the head is very dark dull brown, almost black,gadorned by a reticulate
pattern of fine white lines. The centers and lower edges of the upper
labial scales are’ white, their adjoining edges brown. All the scales are
extremely smooth and glossy. The colors did not change upon preserva-
tion of the specimen in formalin.

This snake seems to be very rare. The natives to whom it was shown
had never seen it before, and none of them knew a native name for it.

List of specimens of Haplonodon philippinensis sp. nov.

a a re] a
Z 42/4 {/e|%)|é
: El a Ss Ss | a 5 tS)
Museum. | 8% | Sex. |Locality.| , WB&™. \conector.| S | 2 5 eet Ss g
2 collected. 5 3 SS ay Ss =
| 5 We iaes le aS: ie
| | Bn S Vel Ss 3 2 3)
a nN > < n A n & =|
|
| mm. | mm
; Bureau of | 883 | Male} Polillo_| Oct. 1909_| C. Cano-| 17 | 203 | 1] 95+ | 2+2] 9 0.800 (0. 196
| Science. nizado.
| |

This species combines characters of both Ophites (lycodon) and Di-
nodon, and might easily represent an intermediate genus. It differs from
Ophites in the lesser inward curvature of the anterior end of the maxilla,

the greater number of anterior maxillary teeth, the small number of
~ middle maxillary teeth, abruptly succeeded by three greatly enlarged
posterior teeth, and by the gradual and lesser enlargement of the four
anterior mandibular teeth, which are followed by small teeth without an
interspace. It differs from Dinodon in haying only a single interspace
between the maxillary teeth, that between the last enlarged anterior
tooth and the first small middle tooth. The tail is also longer in pro-
portion to the body than in any species of Dinodon. It differs from
both genera in the absence of apical pits.

Elaphe erythrura (Dumeril & Bibron), No. 804.
Dendrophis pictus (Gmelin), Nos. 773, 774, 775, 776, 790, 791, 792.

These snakes are colored a uniform dark brown above. The lateral
rows of scales and the ventral surface are a uniform light blue. A
narrow black line runs along the outer edges of the ventrals. When the
seales of the dorsal surface are rubbed off, the underlying skin is a uni-
form rich, dark blue. These specimens are colored almost exactly like
Dendrelaphis ceruleatus.

The natives of Polillo call all Dendrophis and Dendrelaphis, and
probably other similar snakes, calapiin matulin. Calaptin means “poi-
sonous snake,” matulin, “quick.”

Dendrelaphis czeruleatus Griffin, Nos. 760, 761, 762.
Hurria rhynchops (Schneider), No. 788.

Boiga cynodon (Boie), No. 803.
Boiga angulata (Peters), No. 789.

214 GRIFFIN.

The specimen does not agree exactly in all respects with the description
given by Boulenger in the Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum,
but it probably is one of this species. The stomach of this specimen con-
tains a large lizard (Calotes).

Boiga dendrophila (Boie), Nos. 805, 806.

Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie), No. 812.

Dryophis prasinus Boie, Nos. 796-802.

Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw), Nos. 777-787.

Hemibungarus sp. No. 807. Said to be the young of H. calligaster (Wiegmann).
Trimerisurus halieus® sp. nov. g

Subcaudals in two rows. Tail but slightly prehensile. Scales be-
tween eyes smooth, gular scales smooth. Upper surface of head flat and
depressed, snout with distinct canthus. First pair of lower labials in
contact behind the symphysial. Scales in 21 rows; ventrals 170-182,
- anal entire, subcaudals 52-59; 10-13 scales between the supraoculars.
Supraocular narrow, often partially or completely broken up. Length of
eye not more than half the distance from the eye to the tip of the snout,
and in most specimens less. Dimensions of rostral equal, or the width
slightly more than the depth. Nasal semidivided; internasals separated
by one, two or three scales; upper head scales of moderate size, flat,
subimbricate; two or three postoculars; a subocular, im contact with the
third and fourth labials, separated from the fifth and sixth (and some-
times from the fourth) by one series of scales. 9-11 upper labials,
usually 10; the fifth to the last small; the first not fused with the
nasal; the second forming the anterior border of the loreal pit; the
third the largest,-touching the subocular; the fourth also large, its
upper portion occasionally separated as a distinct scale; temporal scales
smooth and large, scales of body distinctly but not strongly keeled,
lateral rows and scales of tail smooth.

The back and sides are dark blue to brownish-purple, either uniform
or crossed by irregular dull, reddish-brown bars. The ventral surface
is a light shade of the body color, generally bluish. The posterior border
of each ventral scale is more lightly colored, thus forming an alternating
series of light and dark transverse bands which correspond to the ventral
scales. There are no lateral stripes as in 7. gramineus and T. flavo-
maculatus. ‘The tail is colored like the body, never red.

® @dveus, a fisherman.

LIST OF SNAKES FROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO. 215

List of specimens of Trimerisurus haliens sp. nov.

| ; = |S a) og
es |S le a |S 2
~~ mH
Museum, 8 Sex. | Locality. een Collector. 8 © 5 4 & 3 2 g gs
: a |= \e|4/2\2 ssa8
5 3 | 8 |S \8| 8 |s (ezl28
Z a A ln|]s| > | a ln 42
|
mm. | mm
Bureau of | 763 | Female_} Polillo__| Oct. 1, | Canoni- {0.810 |0.110 | 21 | 1 | 181 | 55 | 10 | 10
Science. 1909. zado. H
Iho) sel) AREY Coo) — (0 (0) [ho Ko) |) ESRI) |) che) ff ark jf at) asHE |) GH) 1) a1} }) ab
Ye) Saat 7H). | (oho) (6 Ko peenen PERSE o (0 emennpe Prue oo Yume Herat 7( Oa ry: 0) 102 Kl Ll a Urea ko SF KO 0)
| INYO) =a! WG oko) 0) fo) | 0K) | 70) |] OR) | Babel] aL |) alizige Ge? If alt) alt)
| Do 767) |----do__-|-_--do-__|-__-do____|-_--do___||.650) || .090)| 211) 1) 178, | 52) 11 | a1
1DYo) 2H} GH) 0) |) |) lie TH) I 1 OAL 1) aL |) MFHT) 43.1} GIB} |} l(a)
10fe) || 2B) |i 5K) 0 oo (|) St} SCT) |) ala) |) OAL pat |] aia) GS ae Wy at)
Do —-__| 770 | Male_—_-|_---do__-_|___-do ____|___-do ___| .740 | .100 | 21 | 1 | 170 | 58 | 10 | 10
| Do ----| 771 | Female -|__-_do___|_-__-do--__|____do ___} .820 | .110 | 21 | 1 | 182 | 54 | 10 | 10
DX) eel) VPA (2?) ee (OK) Voy (6 Koy II) |} Salt) | PAL |) al [talks |) Gis |) 1) |} a0)
I | | |

The specimens were all collected along the banks of streams or in
damp localities.

‘This snake seems to leave the ground very rarely. When the natives
of the islands go at night along the streams to catch mudfish by torch-
light, the snakes are commonly seen near the edge of the water, and the
fishermen say that they. are there for the same purpose as themselves,
and for this reason call the snake manda-dalag, which, literally trans-
lated, means “the fisher of the dalag (or mud-fish).” Sr. Cesario Cano-
nizado captured one specimen which had buried most of its body in the
sand close to the water’s edge. The place where the snake was lying
was partly covered with water, while a few inches away was deeper water
in which numerous small fish were swimming about for which the snake
appeared to be lying in wait.

On another occasion Canonizado noticed a commotion in the rice near
the edge of a paddy. ‘The disturbance was caused by a struggle between
a large Varanus and a snake of this species. On the approach of Canoni-
zado the Varanus ran away, so he could not see which was the attack-
ing party. The snake was easily lassoed, for this species seems to be
much more inclined to fight than to retreat from men. When the fisher-
men, in their night fishing, walk along the water’s edge holding their
torches ahead of them the snakes frequently strike at the lights, and
occasionally the fishermen are bitten with fatal results.

The stomach of No. 764 contained an entire frog. In the intestine
of No. 763 were found a few scales, probably of a fish. The intestine of
No. 765 contained a large ball of hair of a rat.

ie
1A

Haplonodon philippinensis Griffin, sp. nov., natural size.
J i . ¥ i ¥ , ; 217

; ee
fee Wa
Peon

GRIFFIN: SNAKES PROM THE ISLAND OF POLILLO.] [ PHIL. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 4.

LZZA

daa

T. Espinosa, del.

rte te eee
" i Ae
Nis

lial
ae Ny
u *
ey ae
a if,
7 f vig
) i i
eavulay =.
&
i ur
, me 4
i e j
i
a tae

j
‘ i
|
5

BIRDS FROM THE COAST OF NORTHERN LUZON AND
FROM THE ISLANDS OF SABTAN AND DALUPIRI.

By Ricwarp C. McGrecor.

(From the Ornithological Section, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
Manila, P. I.)

In August, 1909, through the courtesy of Dean C. Worcester, Secretary
of the Interior, I was enabled to visit Sabtan Island in the Batanes,
Dalupiri Island in the Babuyanes, and several localities on the coast of
northern Luzon. Although but a short time, usually one hour to one
day, was spent in each locality, some interesting birds were secured, and
it seems worth while to record the species noted.

Tagudin, August 14.—Tagudin is situated on the coast, in the south-
ern part of Ilocos Sur. A small colony of the starling, Htheopsar cris-
tatellus (Linneus), was found established here and the large-nosed
shrike, Cephalophoneus nasutus (Scopoli) was abundant. Three night-
jars, Caprimulgus griseatus Walden, were flushed from among small
bushes at 200 meters from the beach.

Sabtan Island, August 16.—Thorough collections were made on Batan
Island im 1907,* and it is improbable that Sabtan will yield any addi-
tional species. The following were seen during a few hours spent in
the hills back of San Vicente, Sabtan: Munia jagori Martens, Anthus
rufulus Vieillot, Zosterops batams McGregor, and Micropus pacificus
(Latham).

Dalupiri Island, August 19.—Dalupizi is the one island of the Babu-
yanes from which we have had no zodlogical nor botanical collections.
From the sea this island presented a low, even outline with but a slight
elevation in the central part, and the vegetation appeared to consist of
grass and small shrubs, thus resembling Fuga and contrasting strongly
with Calayan and Camiguin. Upon landing and working inland a short
distance there was discovered a considerable growth of small trees, but
the soil was very thin and scarcely covered the coral-limestone. It is not
to be expected that this island sustains so varied or interesting a fauna
as does either Calayan or Camiguin. he birds identified on Dalupiri

*This Journal, Sec. A (1907), 2, 337.
219

220 M’GREGOR.

belong to the following species: Demigretta sacra (Gmelin), Centropus
viridis (Seopoli), Hypsipetes fugensis Grant, Oriolus acrorhynchus Vi-
gors, and Corone philippina (Bonaparte).

Abtlug River, August 21 to 26.—The Abulug River enters the sea on
the northern coast of Luzon at a distance of some twenty-five kilometers
from the mouth of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. While Mr. Worcester and
his party went to the headwaters of the river for the purpose of visiting
a tribe of mountain people, I was left with my assistants at a camp a few
kilometers from the coast. This part of the yalley is covered with thick,
lowland jungle, and the difficulties of travel by land are increased by
masses of débris brought down by the yearly floods which cover large
areas with water from two to five meters in depth. The most interest-
ing birds secured in the vicinity of the camp were Halcyon lindsayi,
male and female, and a specimen of Hyloterpe albwentris. In the fol-
lowing list an asterisk indicates that specimens were collected :

BIRDS FROM ABULUG RIVER CAMP.

Osmotreron axillaris (Bp.).* Tole gularis (Pucheran) .*
Phapitreron leucotis (‘Temm.) .* Pycnonotus govavier (Scop.).
Leucotreron leclancheri (Bp.).* Kittacincla luzonmensis (Kittlitz.).
Macropygia tenuirostris Bp.* Orthotomus chloronotus Grant.*
Streptopelia dussumieri (Temm.).* Artamus leucorynchus (Linn.).
Bubulcus coromandus (Bodd.). Hyloterpe albwentris Grant.*
Hurystomus orientalis (Linn.). Diceum pygmeum (WKittlitz) .*
Halcyon lindsayi (Vig.).* Cinnyris henkei Meyer.*
Collocalia troglodytes Gray.* Muma cabanisi Sharpe.*
Yungipicus validirostris Blyth.* Oriolus acrorhynchus Vig.
Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe. Corone philippina (Bp.).

Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cass.).

Claveria, August 27.—Claveria is a small town on the northern coast
of Luzon, some thirty-five kilometers northwest of the mouth of the
Abtlug River. There is considerable forest in the vicinity of this town,
where large hornbills (Hydrocorax) were heard calling. The only birds
collected at Clayeria were Artamides striatus (Boddaert) and Anthreptes
griseigularis Tweeddale.

Northeastern coast of Luzon, August 28 and 29.—Between Cape En-
gano and Palanan several brief landings were made at places for which
no names appear on charts. ‘There was not sufficient time to get into
the forest at any of these points and very little of imterest was found
near the beach. A pair of Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot) and
several examples of Ardea suwmatrana Raffles were seen at our fifth
landing.

BIRDS FROM THE COAST OF NORTHERN LUZON. 221

Palanan, August 30.—One male specimen of Charadius fulvus Gmelin
was killed at Palanan.

Casiguran, August 31.—Two species, Hirwndo striolata (Boie) and
Uroloncha everett. (Tweeddale), were abundant at Casiguran and speci-
mens of them were collected.

Baler, August 31 and September 1.—At Baler species of Dasylophus,
Dicrurus, Kittacincla, and Tole were abundant in small trees and thickets
near the beach, while hornbills, Hydrocoraw and Penelopides, seemed to
be abundant on a heayily wooded hillside. Specimens collected at Baler
belong to the following species:

Bolbopsittacus lunulatus (Scop.). Yungipicus validirostris (Blyth).
Loriculus philippensis (P. L. 8S. Artamides striatus (Bodd.).
Mill.). Tole gularis (Pucheran).
Collocalia fuciphaga (‘Thunb.). Rhabdornis mystacalis (Temm.).
Anthreptes griseigularis 'Tweed.

y
Revit
Ns Peete ee
(inset Weslagw:
(Cea Per
6g AA elo
at

’ UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN DER
PHILIPPINEN.

Von J. WEISE: ~

(Berlin, Germany.)

Herr Charles 8. Banks sandte mir eine Anzahl von Insekten des
Bureau of Science in Manila aus den oben genannten Familen zur
Durchsicht em. Sie geben Anlass zu folgenden Bemerkungen und
Beschreibungen. :

IT. CHRYSOMELIDEN.

1. Cleorina philippinensis Jac., Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. (1898) 42, 364.

Es ist fraglich, ob sich diese Art wirklich von C. morosa Lef., Cat.
144, specifisch unterscheidet. Die echte philippinensis entfernt sich von
anderen Arten z. B. Cleorina wneomicans Baly durch die abgektirzte
Punktreihe der Fliigeldecken, welche nicht neben der Naht, sondern
zwischen der ersten und zweiten ganzen Punktreihe legt. Die Hinter-
brust ist dicht und grob punktiert, der Bauch fei chagriniert, die Mitte
- des ersten Segmentes runzelig punktiert. Ungenau ist die Angabe Lefey-
rés in der Gattungsdiagnose: ,,die 5 letzten Ftihlerglieder wenig ver-
dickt ;” es sind vielmehr nur die Glieder 2 bis 4 diimner als die tibrigen.
(5489, C. 8. Banks.)

2. Aulacophora uniformis Chap., Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1876) 19, 99.

Die vorliegenden Stiicke sind 7 bis 9 mm. lang (Chapius gibt 11
mm. an) und haben ungefahr dieselbe Grosse wie rosea Fabr. und pos-
tica Chap. Das letzte Fiihlerelied kann rotlichgelb oder schwarz sein;
letztere Farbe dehnt sich zuweilen auch tiber das vorletzte Glied aus.

3. Antipha punctata All., Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1889) 33, 107.

Der Thorax ist vollig oder fast glatt und hat nur wenige Punkte
tiber den Vorderecken. Die Fliigeldecken sind mit nicht besonders
starken, teilweise gereihten Punkten besetzt, die im letzten Drittel
schwicher werden, eine Basalbeule wird durch einen leichten Querein-
druck angedeutet. Jede Fliigeldecke hat zwei schwarze Querbinden, eine
an der Basis, die andere hinter der Mitte. Die erste ist gemeinschaftlich,
ziemlich yon gleicher Breite, oder am Seitenrande erweitert, sie nimmt

223

224 WEISE.

ungefiihr ein Sechstel der Linge ein. Die zweite beriihrt weder Naht
noch Seitenrand, ist gewohnlich in der Mitte eingeschntirt und jeder-
seits etwas nach hinten ausgezogen ; sie scheint aus zwei Flecken entstan-
den zu sein.

Diese Zeichnung ist sehr variabel. Ofter ist die vordere Binde auf
einen kleinen Fleck am Seitenrande, dicht hinter der Schulterbeule
beschrinkt und die innere Halfte der zweiten Binde ist erloschen ; jeden-
falls kommen auch Stticke mit einfarbig rotlich gelbbraunen Fligel-
decken yor. (295, C. S. Banks; 6368, #. D. Merrill.)

4. Cynorta cavifrons Duviy., Stett. Ent. Zeit. (1885) 46, 247.

Grésse und Farbe scheinen bei dieser Art zu variieren. Von den
beiden vorliegenden Exemplaren (¢), ist das ee 4.5 mm. lang, das
andere 5.5, der Bauch bei dem kleineren einfarbig blaulich schwarz bei
dem grésseren sind die beiden ersten Ringe und der Mittelzipfel des
letzten rotlich gelb. (5344, C. S. Banks.)

5. Cynorta citrina Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. (1894) 38, 190.

Die Exemplare sind 6-6.5 mm. lang. Wenn Allard die Bildung der
vorderen Gelenkhohlen und die unbewehrten Schienen bei seiner Gattung
Brachita, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1889, C. r. 103, richtig beobachtet hat,
so gehort diese nicht zu Cynorta, obwohl man aus den sonstigen Anga-
ben, darauf schhesen diirfte. Die folgende Art, von der nur 1 @ vor-
liegt, scheint ebenfalls einfache Schienen zu haben. (6408, H. MZ. Cur-
ran; 12950, #. D. Merritt.)

6. Cynorta longicornis sp. nov.

Elongata, citrina, antennis (basi excepta) tibiis tarsisque nigricanti-
bus, macula yerticis apiceque elytrorum fuscis. Prothorace quadrifo-
yeolato, obsolete punctulato, elytris sericeo-micantibus crebre subtiliter
punctatis, obsoletius costulatis. Long. 9 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8. Banks, collector). ;

Type @ No. 5308 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Schlank gebaut, auf dem Riicken abgeflacht, mit auffilliig langen
Fiihlem und Beinen, die beide ungefahr so lang wie der Korper sind.
Letzterer ist citronengelb, weniger lebhaft als in citrina gefarbt, Kopf
und Thorax glinzend, Fliigeldecken etwas seidenschimmernd. Fiihler
schwirzlich, die beiden ersten Glieder, namentlich unterseits, rotlich
gelbbraun, Schienen und Tarsen ebenfalls schwiirzlich, die Oberseite des
vorletzten Gliedes der Maxillartaster, ein kleimer Lingsfleck des Schei-
tels und die dusserste Spitze der Fliigeldecken angedunkelt. Augen
stark gewolbt, die Fiihler auf einem grossen Hocker der Stirn eingefiigt,
der oben durch eine feine Liingsrinne halbiert ist. Kopfschild sehr lang

UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. 225

dreieckig, Nasenkiel und Vorderrand wulstartig erhoht, Oberlippe sehr
gross, Mandibeln an der Spitze pechschwarz. Thorax etwas linger als
breit, von der Basis bis vor die Mitte schwach erweitert, dayor verengt
und die Vorderecken nach aussen vortretend, die Scheibe ganz verlo-
schen punktuliert, mit vier schwachen Gruben, zwei kleinen, dicht neben-
einander, hinter dem Vorderrande, die beiden anderen dahinter, gross,
quer. Fliigeldecken sehr fein, doch deutlich punktiert, mit zahlreichen
verloschenen Lingsyertiefungen, welche durch sehr feine und niedrige
Rippen getrennt werden.

Die in der Farbung aihnliche Brachita terminata All. lasst sich ohne
Weiteres durch den Thorax unterscheiden, welcher doppelt so breit als
lang angegeben ist.

7. Cynorta quadriplagiata sp. nov.

' Elongata, citrina, nitida, postpectore, abdomine elytrisque nigris, his
in singulo maculis duabus magnis citrinis, prima subbasali, subquadrata,
secunda oblonga. Long. 6—6.5 mm.

Canavan Istanp, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector).

Type No. 638 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila,~P. I.

Leuchtend citronengelb, die Hinterbrust, der Bauch, ein Saum um
jede Fliigeldecke und eine gemeinschaftliche Querbinde der letzteren
tief schwarz. Von der gelben Farbe bleiben auf jeder Fligeldecke zwei
grosse Makeln tibrig. Die erste ist quadratisch, mit verrundeten Ecken,
reicht nahe an den Vorder-, Seiten- und Nahtrand und endet in kaum
ein drittel der Linge. Die zweite ist ungefahr doppelt so lang als breit,
beginnt schrag etwas vor der Mitte und endet, leicht zugespitzt, vor der
Spitze. Sie liegt»der Naht naher als der Makel 1 und dem Seiten- und
Hinterrande. Die Spitze der Mandibeln ist pechschwarz. Fiihler etwas
kirzer als der Korper, normal gebaut, Glied 4 etwa so lang als die beiden
vorhergehenden zusammen. ‘Thorax breiter als lang, yon der Basis bis
weit vor die Mitte almahlig erweitert, nahe den Vorderecken gerundet
verengt, die Scheibe grésstenteils von einem glatten, weiten Querein-
drucke eingenommen, neben dem die Seiten und der gewélbte, ziemlich
grosse Raum tiber den Vorderecken dicht und fein punktiert sind.
Schildchen vorn rotbraun, hinten schwarz. Fliigeldecken ziemlich dicht,
fein und flach punktiert.

Die Beschreibung ist nach dem @ entworfen, das 3 diirfte eine Aus-
zeichnung auf dem Kopfschilde haben.

8. Monolepta bifasciata Hornst.

Diese Art ist tiber die Sunda Inseln und Philippinen verbreitet und
von Manila durch Boheman als rubrosignata beschrieben worden. Das
letzte Fiihlerglied, der Anus und das Pygidium sind dunkel gefirbt, die

226 WEISE.

Basalbinde der Fliigeldecken ist innen erweitert und an der Naht beinahe
doppelt so breit als an der Schulter. Die Ubersicht der Art ist folgende:
Chrysomela bifasciata Hornst., Schrift. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, (1788) 3. Java.
Galleruca bifasciata Fabr., Ent. Syst. (1792) 1, 2, 27; Jac., Notes Leyd. Mus.,
(1884) 538. (Jlonolepta) Sumatra, Java.

Crioceria 4-notata Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., (1801) 1, 460. Sumatra.

Galeruca 4-notata Oliv., Entom. (1808) 6, 665, t. 5, fig. 90. Java.

Monolepta rubrosignata Bohem., Res. Eugen. (1859) 182. Manila.

9, Phyllotreta serricornis Duviv.

Diese Art kann nicht bei der Gattung Phyllotreta bleiben, sondern
gehért zu Luperomorpha Ws. An den Fiihlern sind die Gleder 2 und
3 beim @ sehr kurz, 2 kugelig, 3 quer und bedeutend ktirzer als 2; beim
? sind sie langer, 2 kugelig, wenig grosser als beim 36, 3 schmaler und
merklich linger als 2, die folgenden Gheder sind yerdickt, beim 6 bis
zum zehnten Gliede gesiigt. Das vierte Glied ist so lang wie Glied 2
und 3 zusammen ( @ ), oder wie die drei vorhergehenden Glieder zusam-—
men (¢6). Der Thorax hat eime verloschene Queryertiefung in der
Mitte, die Seiten sind fast gradlinig und parallel und treten an der
Borstenpore in den Vorderecken nach aussen vor. Der Enddorn der
Hinterschienen steht ziemlich in der Mitte und ist grade nach hinten
gerichtet, der Metatarsus endlich hat eine schmale, vollig glatte Basis.

10. Erystus banksi sp. noy.

Subrotundatus, convexus, pallide testaceo-flavus, nitidus, prothorace
sublaevis, basi rotundatim angustato, elytris subtiliter punctatis, pro-
tecto laterali lato, paullo fortius punctato a dorso stria punctata sat
profunda separato. Long. 5—5.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (Charles S.
Banks, collector.)

Type No. 5310 in der Hntomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

An dem einfarbig blass braiunlich-gelben, oberseits eme Spur durch-
scheinenden Kérper und den verworren punktierten Fltigeldecken, auf
denen weder vertiefte Lingsreihen noch gewolbte Zwischenstreifen zu
bemerken sind, von den bis jetzt bekannten vier Arten zu unterscheiden,
yon podagroides und villicus Ws. ausserdem durch die gerundeten Hin-
terecken des Thorax.

Gerundet, etwas linger als breit, gleichmiissig, aber nicht besonders
stark gewolbt. Stirnhécker verloschen umgrenzt oder kaum angedeutet.
Die Fiihler reichen ziemlich bis zur Mitte der Fliigeldecken, Glied 2 ist
das kiirzeste, 3 linger, aber nicht ganz so lang als 4. Thorax kurz,
dreimal -so breit wie lang, die Seiten stark gerundet und mit den Hin-
terecken in einer Flucht abgerundet. Hs tritt jedoch weiter nach innen
ein kleiner Winkel vor, welcher die eigentlichen Hinterecken andeutet.

UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. Da

In diesen ist die Thoraxbasis viel schmaler als der Vorderrand, und
iiber ihnen ist der Basalrand der Fliigeldecken in leichtem Bogen aus-
gerandet. Die Fligeldecken sind scheinbar ganz verworren fein und
flach punktiert, die Punkte yon einem dunkel durchscheinenden Kreise
umgeben; bei genauer Betrachtung bemerkt man aber dass die Punkte zu
unregelmassigen Doppelreihen geordnet sind. Die Scheibe ist aussen
durch emen starken Punkstreifen yom Seitendache getrennt. Dieses
erinnert durchaus an das Seitendach der Cassiden, ist: im der inneren
Halfte fast glatt, im der fusseren unregelmassig punktiert.

11. Agonia banksi sp. nov.

Hlongata, parum convexa, fulva, nitida, antennis subfiliformibus, ni-
gris, articulo primo rufescente, elytris fortiter punctatis, bicarinatis,
apice leyiter singulatim-rotundatis, vitta suturali et laterali, antice ab-
breviatis, postice late conjunctis abdominisque segmentis duobus ultimis
nmigris. Long. 3.5-3.8 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector).

Type No. 5346 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Ahnlich gebaut, aber bedeutend kleiner als Ag. vandepolli Gestro und
durch die Spitzenbildung der Fliigeldecken leicht von dieser und den
anderen ahnlichen Arten zu unterscheiden. Die Fliigeldecken sind hin-
ten nicht gemeinschaftlich, sondern einzeln abgerundet, denn sie haben
an der Naht eimen schwachen dreieckigen Ausschnitt in welchem die
Nahtecke ee Spur vorgezogen ist. Der Thorax ist breiter als lang, an
den Seiten sanft gerundet, oben glatt, eine Reihe hinter dem Vorder-
rande und eine kurze Schrigreihe jederseits dahinter sind aus starken
Punkten gebildet, vier grosse, sparsam punktierte Gruben befinden sich
yor der Basis. Die Punkte der Fligeldecken sind sehr gross und tief;
die schwarze Nahtbinde ist schmal, vorn auf die Kante selbst beschrankt,
dann schwach erweitert, die Seitenbinden fangen yorn ebenfalls schmal
an und verbreitern sich so, das sie in zwei drittel Liinge, von wo aus die
ganze Spitze schwarz gefarbt ist, die dussere Rippe bertihren. Die Bin-
den beginnen in ein drittel Linge.

12. Agonia manilensis sp. noy.

Hlongata, parum conyexa, pallide fulva, antennis (articulo primo fer-
rugineo excepto) maculaque apicali elytrorum nigris, tarsis segmentoque
ultimo yentrali infuscatis, prothorace sublaevi, foveis quator ante basin
lineaque sub apicali parce punctatis, elytris bicostatis: Long. 44.3 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector).

Type No. 2621 in der Entomologischen Sammlung de
Science, Manila, P. I.

Breiter gebaut als die vorige, mit kleineren Punkten in den Reihen

98666——2

Bureau of

228 Koi WEISE.

der Fliigeldecken, letztere hinten gemeinschaftlich abgerundet und am
Rande daselbst deutlicher gekerbt, der Thorax sparsamer punktiert, die
Fiihler etwas kiirzer, aber in den fiinf letzten Gliedern stirker, in der
Spitze der Fliigeldecken endlich nur eime aussen verengte schwarze
Quermakel, welche ungefaihr das letzte Fiinftel einnimmt, Der Thorax
ist glatt, hinter dem Vorderrande mit einer weitliufigen starken Punkt-
reihe, dahinter folgen jederseits 2 Punkte, dann die vier Gruben vor
der Basis, die mit wenigen grossen Punkten besetzt sind.

13. Prioptera immaculata Wagener, Mitteil. Miinch. (1881) 26.

Die kurze Beschreibung dieser Art lisst sich verschieden z. B. auch
auf eimfarbige Stiicke der sinwata Oliv. anwenden, denn Wagener hat
ein wesentliches Merlkmal, die Grosse und Tiefe der drei Gruben jeder
Fliigeldecke tibergangen.' Es ist daher ungewiss, ob die bei Manila,
(No. 6541) von Rk. C. McGregor gesammelten Hxemplare dazu gehoren.
Ich betrachte sie deshalb vorlaiufig nur fraglich als:

Prioptera immaculata Wagener, var. fuscopunctata var. nov.

Flayo-testacea, nitida, prothorace sublaevi, elytris sat dense fusco-
punctatis, trifoveolatis, fovea interna profunda, macula nigra notata.
Long. 8—9 mm.

An der Skulptur der Fliigeldecken leicht kenntlich. Dieselben sind
verworren, fein und ziemlich dicht punktiert, die Punkte erscheimen aber
grosser, weil sie in einem durchscheinenden schwirzlichen Kreise stehen.
Von den drei Gruben jeder Decke ist die innere gross und tief, mit einer
schwarzen Makel versehen, die beiden fusseren sind flacher, die hintere
rund, die vordere langlich, undeutlich, eigentlich nur eine Hrweiterung
des Punktstreifens, welcher die Schulterbeule innen absetzt. In der
Basalhilfte der Fliigeldecken heben sich drei, von Punktreihen begrenzte,
glatte, hellere Lingslinien heraus, von denen die erste den Innenrand
der tiefen Grube bildet, aber oft bis vor die Spitze sichtbar bleibt. Die
zweite endet am Aussenrande der tiefen Grube, die dritte lauft vom
Schulterhécker tiber dem Aussenrande der Scheibe bis zur Mitte. Das
Basaldreieck ist kurz und sehr breit, und steigt zu einer sehr undeutlichen
Kante auf, die an der Naht nicht hockerartig erhoht ist.

14. Prioptera sinuata Oliv.

Diese Art wurde ebenfalls bei Manila (No. 552 und 8035, W. Schultze)
gesammelt. In der Normalfirbung hat jede Fliigeldecke 6 schwarze
Makeln (1, 1, 1, 2,1), von denen die kleinste, Makel 6, welche Boheman,
Mon. 1; 1850, p. 59 nicht erwihnte, sondern erst Mon IV, 1862, p. 25
anfiihrte, unmittelbar neben der Naht vor der Spitze liegt und zuweilen
mit dem entsprechenden Flecke der anderen Decke eine gemeinschaftliche
Makel bildet. Die drei Gruben jeder Fliigeldecke sind Klein, dusserst
flach und verloschen, aber stirker als die Scheibe punktiert. Boheman

UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. 229

erwihnt (Mon. IV. 25) eine Abinderung ,,b.” ,,Hlytrorum maculis
parvis, punctiformibus;” sie bildet den Ubergang zur ab. deficiens:
Maculis elytrorum plus minusye deficientibus. Zuerst verschwinden in
der Regel die Makeln 6 und 4.

15. Metriona manilensis sp. nov.

Subrotundata, sat convexa, subtus dilute testacea, supra rufa, nitida,
protecto late explanato flavecente, antennis articulis quinque ultimis al-
bidis, prothorace transversim elliptico, levi, elytris striato-punctatis,
antice vix gibbosis. Long. 7—7.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles 8S. Banks, collector).

Type No. 5343 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Durch die Farbe des Korpers und der Fiithler sehr ausgezeichnet.
Letztere sind ahnlich wie die ganze Unterseite, blass rothlich gelbbraun
die fiinf verdickten Hndglieder aber weiss. Die Oberseite ist hell und
ziemlich lebhaft braunlich rot, das breite Seitendach durchscheinend und
blass gelb. Der Korper ist wenig linger als breit, und der Thorax ist
mit den ligeldecken gleichmissig gerundet. Thorax doppelt so breit
als lang, quer elliptisch, die Hcken liegen in der Mitte des Seitenrandes
und sind nicht vollig verrundet, sondern bilden einen schwachen, stumpfen
Winkel; die Scheibe ist ziemlich glatt. Fliigeldecken an der Basis im
Bogen ausgeschnitten und so breit als der Thorax, bis zur Mitte gerun-
det-erweitert, dahinter ahnlich yerengt, die Scheibe missig gewolbt,
regelmiissig in Reihen punktiert, im Basaldreieck stark abfallend. Von
hinten betrachtet bildet die héchste Stelle an der Naht einen sehr schwa-
chen, stumpfen Hocker, der niedriger ist als die Schulterbeulen.

It. COCCINELLIDEN.
1. Coelophora octopunctata sp. nov.

Subhemispherica, testaceo-flava, nitida, prothorace ~subtiliter punc-
tulato, lateribus haud sinuato, elytris subtiliter punctatis, singulo punc-
tis quartuor (3, 1) nigris. Long. 6.5-7 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. L. Stangl, collector).

Type No. 260 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Hiner grossen C. newporti Muls. aibnlich, aber die Seiten des Thorax
vor der Mitte nicht ausgerandet, die Punktierung der Oberseite erheblich
feiner und die beiden schwarzen Makeln, die der Basis von Thorax und
Fliigeldecken bei newporti gemeinsam sind, fehlen ginzlich. Die vier
schwarzen Punkte der Fliigeldecken sind miissig gross und liegen ungefahr
wie die von newporti: 3 in einer schwach nach hinten gebogenen Quer-
reihe vor der Mitte, der vierte hinter der Mitte, etwas weiter vom
Seitenrande enfernt, wie Punkt 3.

Hin anderes Exemplar erhielt ich yon Plason aus Java.

230 WEISE.

2. Coelophora sexguttata sp. nov.

Subhemispherica, flayo-testacea, prothorace, scutello elytrisque nigris,
nitidis, prothorace subtilissime punctato, flavo-marginato, elytris subti-
liter punctatis, singulo guttis tribus fulvis, 1, 2 collocatis. Long. 5 mm.

Bavan Isuanp, P. lL. (2. C. MeGregor, collector).

Type No. 7767 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

In der Korperform ungefihr mit inequalis Fabr. tiberemstimmend,
etwas weniger gewolbt als halbkugelig, briunlich gelb, der Thorax (ausge-
nommen ein fast gleichbreiter Saum am Vorder- und Seitenrande), das
Schildechen und die Fliigeldecken schwarz, letztere mit je 3 réthlich
gelben Tropfen: 1, 2. Der erste liegt an der Basis am Schildchen, ist
wenig linger als breit und hat keinen gerundeten, sondern einen ziemlich
geraden Innenrand, der sich allmahlich yon der Naht entfernt. Die
andern Tropfen bilden auf beiden Decken eine leicht nach hinten gebogene
Querreihe. Der aussere Tropfen jeder Decke beginnt etwa in der Mitte,
der innere wenig hinter derselben, beide sind gerundet und yon ahnlicher
Grésse als der erste; der aussere ist yom Rande eben so weit entfernt
wie vom inneren Tropfen. Dieser hegt der Naht etwas niher.

Die Stirn ist gewirkt, zart punktuliert, der Thorax verloschen gewirkt,
aber starker als die Stirn punktiert. Die Punkte der Fliigeldecken sind
doppelt so stark wie die des Thorax. :

3. Sticholotis banksi sp. nov.

Hemispherica, fulva, nitida, creberrime punctata, elytrorum disco,
meso- et metasterno nigris. Long. 2.2.-2.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. L. (Charles S. Banks, collector).

Type No. 5462, in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I. j

Gehért in die Abteilung, die einen gefliigelten Korper und gleichmas-
sig verworren punktierte Fliigeldecken besitzt und ist in K6rperform und
Farbe der Sticholotis limbata Motsch. am ahnlichsten, jedoch hoher
gewolbt und bedeutend stiirker punktiert als diese.

Head finely and closely punctured, fulvous, the apex of the mandibles piceous.
Thorax fulvous, three times broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, the

surface closely punctured. Elytra closely and moderately strongly punctured,
black, the lateral margins broadly fulvous.

4. Sticholotis ovata sp. noy.

Breviter-ovalis, convexa, testaceo-flava, nitidula, prothorace sat crebre
subtilissime punctato, elytris vitta suturali et laterali, hac medio sub-
interrupta fuscis, disco subtiliter punctatis, punctis apicem et latera
versus subtilioribus, area elongata communi ante medium sublevi extus
stria punctata terminata. Long. 2 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector).

UEBER CHRYSOMELIDEN UND COCCINELLIDEN. BB

Type No. 3033 in der Entomologischen Sammlung des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Von allen anderen Arten durch breit-eiformige Korperform und die
Bauchlinien verschieden, welche einen Viertelkreis bilden, aber nicht den
Hinterrand des 1. Segmentes erreichen, sondern diesem parallel zum
Seitenrande ziehen. Blass rotlich gelb, missig glinzend, ein wenig
breiter, vorn erweiterter Nahtsaum und ein in der Mitte eingeschniirter,
fast unterbrochener Seitensaum, der hinten mit dem Nahtsaume ver-
bunden ist, hell braun bis schwiarzlich. Stirn breit, eben, an den Seiten
dichter als in der Mitte punktuliert, clypeus jederseits gradlinig nach
yorn verenet und fiir die Fiihlerwurzel nicht ausgeschnitten. Thorax
mehr als doppelt so breit wie lang, mit ziemlich parallelen, vor der Mitte
conyergierenden Seiten; auf der Scheibe gleichmiassig weniger dicht, aber |
stiirker als die Gegend der Stirm neben den Augen punktiert und aus-
serst fein und kurz, schlecht bemerkbar behaart. Fltigeldecken an der
Basis unbedeutend breiter als der Hinterrand des Thorax, bis zur Mitte
leicht erweitert, dann yerengt und am Ende gemeinschaftlich sehr schmal
abgerundet ; die Scheibe gewolbt, ziemlich dicht und sehr fein punktiert.
Die Phurlktie sind innen stirker als aussen und hinten. Vor der Mitte ist
ein gemeinschaftlicher ovaler Lingsraum fast glatt; er wird aussen von
einer einreihig stark punktierten, gebogenen, feinen Rinne begrenzt, dic
hinten in eine kurze, der Naht parallele Punktreihe tibergeht. Jede
Fliigeldecke hat eine gemeinschaftliche schwarzliche Binde an der Naht
und eine braunliche am Seitenrande. LErstere ist missig breit und
erweitert sich yor der Mitte ganz allmihlich bis zur Basis. Die Seiten-
binde hat in der Mitte einen winkeligen Ausschnitt, welcher sie fast
unterbricht. Die Schulterbeule ist sehr klem und niedrig, der Korper
aber vollkommen gefliigelt.

Das nur stumpf zugespitze Endglied der Maxillartaster, der eiformige
Korper und die vom Hinterrande des ersten Bauchsegmentes entfernten
Schenkellinien diirften spiter eine Trennung des Tieres yon Sticholotis
notig machen.

5. Aspidimerus tristis sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, convexiusculus, niger, crebre breyissimeque griseo-
pubescens, quasi pruinosus, margine antico clypei, limbo laterali protho-
racis, pectore abdomineque piceo-rufis; supra dense subtilissimeque punc-
tulatus. Long. 2.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Charles S. Banks, collector).

Type No. 4903, in der Entomologischen Pca des Bureau of
Science, Manila, P. I.

Gerundeter und merklich flacher als die tibrigen Arten, durch die
schwarze Farbe der Oberseite leicht kenntlich. Diese Farbe wird durch
eine dichte ausserst zarte und kurze greise Behaarung zum Teil vyerdeckt.

Da a |. | WEISE.

- Die Unterseite und der grésste Teil der Beine sind rotlich pechbraun
gefirbt, ebenso ein feimer Saum am Vorderrande des Kopfschildes und
ein breiterer Streifen an’ den Seiten des Thorax. Die Punktierung der
Oberseite ist sehr dicht und fein.

Durch die Tatigkeit der Mitglieder des Bureau of Science in Manila
ist die Zahl der auf den Philippimen gefundenen Coccinelliden yon 18
Arten, die der Catalog yon G. A. Baer, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1886) 173,
anfiihrt, auf 42 gestiegen. Besondere Hrwahnung verdienen:

6. Leis dunlopi Crotch. (6406, H. MW. Cuzner).

7. Leis dinudiata Fabr. ab. bicolor Hope (255, P. L. Stangl).
8. Rodolia rufopilosa Muls. (249 und 5570, C. S. Banks).

9. Rodolia podagrica Ws. (252, C. S. Banks).

10. Ortaha pusilla-mesta Ws. (5462, C. S. Banks). ;
11. Platynaspis migra Ws. (2250 und 5027, C. S. Banks).
12. Stethorus pawperculus Ws. (4737, C. S. Banks).

13. Stethorus rotundatus Motsch. (4950, C. S. Banks).

Alle Stethorus-Arten nihren sich von der sehr schidlichen ,,Spinn-
milbe,” ,,red spider,” ,,red mite,” Tetranychus telarius Linn. Die beiden
vorstehend genannten Arten unterscheiden sich leicht durch folgende
Punkte: pawperculus Ws. ist breit oval, auf den Fliigeldecken yerhalniss-
missig kriftig, sehr dicht narbig punktiert, hat aber eimen gemeinschaft-
lichen schmal ovalen glatten Raum an der Naht vor der Mitte, an dessen
Aussenrande die Punkte eine oder mehrere nicht ganz regelmiassige
Reithen bilden; rotundatus Motsch. ist etwas grosser, gerundet, auf den
Fliigeldecken ziemlich gleichmissig und dusserst fein punktiert. Die
Punkte werden nach aussen unbedeutend starker.

' DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN.

Von Fr. OHAUS.

(Steglitz-Berlin, Germany.)

In einer kleinen Sendung von Ruteliden aus der Sammlung des Bureau
of Science in Manila, die mir im Sommer 1909 zur Bestimmung zuging,
befanden sich auch einige neue Arten, deren Beschreibung mir Anlass
gab, auch die von Prof. Carl Semper und Mr. J. Whitehead auf den Philip-
pinen gesammelten Ruteliden, die sich in meimer Sammlung befinden,
zu studieren. Der ersten Sendung des Bureau of Science folgte im
Januar eine bedeutend reichhaltigere zweite, dieser im April dieses Jahres
eine dritte, beide wieder eime ganze Reihe neuer Arten enthaltend.
Meine urspriingliche Absicht, eine Monographie der Ruteliden der Phi-
lippinen zu liefern gab ich angesichts des so reichlich zustromenden Ma-
terials vorliiufig auf, weil ich mir sagte, dass eine solche bei dem wis-
senschaftlchen Hifer und der regen Sammeltitigkeit der Herren vom
Bureau of Science doch in kurzer Zeit nicht mehr geniigen wiirde. Im
Folgenden gebe ich daher nur eine Beschreibung der neuen Arten und
eine alphabetische Liste aller bis jetzt bekannten Ruteliden der Philip-
pinen mit Literatur-und Fundortsangaben; von den Beziehungen, die
die Ruteliden der Philippinen zu denen der tibrigen Teile der orientali-
schen Region haben, moéchte ich kurz die folgenden hervorheben. Von
den beiden Hauptgruppen der Ruteliden, den Arten mit vertical gestellter
Oberlippe—Ruteline psalidochilida—und denen mit horizontal legender
Oberlippe—Ruteline ptyeladenochilidee—sind die ersteren, wie in der
ganzen orientalischen Region, nur durch die Gattung Adoretus vertreten.
Von dieser sind bisher nur 4 Arten gefunden worden, darunter der weit
verbreitete Adoretus wmbrosus Fabr. und sein nachster Verwandter, der
auch auf Malakka und Formosa vorkommende A. ranwnculus Burm.
Von dem, den beiden genannten Arten sehr nahe stehenden A. tenwima-
culatus Waterh. aus China und Japan wissen wir bestimmt, dass er im
Larvenstadium mit Kulturpflanzen (Zuckerrohr, Bananen), die nur
durch Wurzelschésslinge verbreitet werden, verschleppt wird, von einem
anderen nahen Verwandten, dem A. versutus Har. macht dies die eigen-
tiimliche geographische Verbreitung —St. Helena, Seychellen, Ceylon
und Vorderindien, Singapur, Canton, Batavia, Viti, Samoa—hdochst

. 233

234 OHAUS.

wahrscheinlich, und darum halte ich auch die HKinschleppung yon wm-
brosus und ranunculus aut den Philippinen ftir hochst wahrscheinlich.
Auch A. philippinicus Pic ist mir in dieser Bezichung verdachtig und
nur den A. /uridus Blanch. der einer ganz anderen Gruppe der Gattung
angehort und seine nachsten Verwandten im Himalaya und auf Celebes
hat, halte ich ftir wirklich endemisch.

Die zweite Hauptgruppe, die Ruteliden mit horizontaler Oberlippe,
sind durch die Abteilungen der Anomalini (mit 9-gliedrigen Fiihlern)
und die sogenannten echten Ruteliden (mit 10-gliedrigen Fithlern)
vertreten. Aus der Abteilung der Anomalini ist die artenreiche Gattung
Anomala auch hier mit der hochsten Artenzahl vertreten. Alle bis jetzt
hier gefundenen Arten sind endemisch mit Ausnahme der weit verbrei-
teten A. varicelor Gyllenh. die aber auch eine gut charakterisierte Lokal-
form bildet. Die Gattung Mimela, in Vorder- und Hinter-Indien, China,
‘Japan und den grossen Sunda-Inseln mit etwa 80 Arten verbreitet, ist

auf den Philippinen nur durch 3 Arten vertreten; davon ist nur eine
Art endemisch, die zweite, maculicollis von Sibay, ist in ganz Borneo
verbreitet, und die dritte, die in Java haiufige blumei Hope, wurde mir
bisher nur einmal von einem Handler mit der Fundortsangabe Manila
mageschickt und muss daher yorlaufig noch als zweifelhaft aufgeftihrt
werden.

Von den Popillien ist die Gattung Psewdomalaia mit allen bekannten
4 Arten endemisch, und auch die hier vorkommenden Arten der Gattung
Popillia sind alle endemisch und —vielleicht mit Ausnahme der varia-

bilis—so abweichend von den iibrigen Arten der Gattung, dass man ftir
sie ee besondere Untergattung griinden miisste. Ihre nachsten Ver-
wandten hat Pseudomalaia auf Celebes, Saleyer und Sangir, wihrend
die Popilla-Arten teils eme Weiterentwicklung von Psewdomalaia—mit
stirkerem Mesosternalfortsatz—darstellen, teils Anklange an Celebes- und
Himalaya-Formen zeigen.

Die ganze Abteilung der Anomalini ist relativ jung und noch in yoller
Entwicklung begriffen, was sich einerseits daraus ergiebt, dass sich alle
Unterabteilungen und Gattungen noch durch vermittelnde Formen mit
einander verbinden lassen, anderseits daraus, dass.sie in friih isolirten
Gebieten, wie Australien (hier abgesehen von der mit Zuckerrohr einge-
schleppten Anomala antiqua Gyllenh. aus China), Madagascar und Chile-
Patagonien vollstandig fehlen.

Die echten Ruteliden, in der orientalischen Region durch die Gruppe
der Parastasiiden vertreten, sind ausgezeichnet durch ihren ungemein
mannigfaltigen sexuellen Dimorphismus; es giebt kaum irgend einen
Teil des Korpers, der hier nicht Trager secundirer sexueller Merkmale
ware und gerade die secundiren Geschlechtsmerkmale sind es, die hier
in ersten Linie zu einer Differenzierung der Formen geftihrt haben. So
sind die ¢ der Peperonta harringtont Westw. vom Himalaya, der Dicaulo-

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. I35

cephalus feae. Gestro. resp. fruhstorferi yon Sumatra resp. Tonkin, der
Ceroplophana modiglhanti Gestro yon Sumatra und Borneo so ver-
schieden, dass man fiir sie eigene Gattungen aufgestellt hat; ihre @ aber
sind einander so ihnlich, dass man Miihe hat, sie als Arten yon einander
mi unterscheiden und fiir sich allein betrachtet, sicher nie auf den
Gedanken kommen wiirde, sie in verschiedene Gattungen zu stellen.
Soweit bis jetzt bekannt, sind die Parastasiiden Bergbewohner und leben
im Larvenzustand, wahrscheinlich auch zumeist als ausgebildete Insekten
in abgestorbenen Baiumen, einige Arten in den Wurzeln abgestorbener |
Biume, die sie nur gelegentlich: zur Paarung oder zum Aufsuchen neuer
Brutstellen verlassen. Hntsprechend dieser zumeist versteckten Lebens-
weise werden die Kafer selten gefunden. Nach unserer Kenntniss von
ihrer Biologie miissen wir es fiir unwahrscheinlich halten, dass die Arten
innerhalb der Region verschleppt werden konnten und tatsachlich ist uns
auch kein sicherer Fall einer solchen Verschleppung bekannt.. Wenn
wir nun ausserdem beriicksichtigen dass wir in den Parastasiiden sehr
alte Formen vor uns haben, aus der Gruppe der echten Ruteliden wohl die
altesten, dann diirfen wir diejenigen philippinischen Arten, die sich
neben den Philippinen auch in anderen Teilen der orientalischen Region
finden, unbedenklich als Relikte auffassen, als Uberbleibsel aus der Zeit,
da die Philippinen noch mit dem Festland und den grossen Sunda-Inseln
zusammenhingen. Von diesem Gesichtspunkte aus betrachtet ist jede
der hier vorkommenden Arten interessant.

Parastasia confluens Westw. eime der altesten Formen der Gruppe.
findet sich ausser auf Luzon auch auf Malakka, Sumatra, Java, Borneo,
Celebes, Salayer, Amboima, Ceram, Buru, Aru, Sangir, Ternate, Salawati
und Neu-Guinea.

Parastasia indica Ohs. findet sich ausser auf Nord-Luzon im Himalaya
und in Tonkin.

Parastasia westwoodi Waterh. findet sich auf Mindoro, Malakka, Su-
matra und Java.

Parastasia nonfriedi Ohs. yon Palawan hat dieselbe Verbreitung.

Die genannten 4 Arten haben sich in den verschiedenen Teilen ihres
Verbreitungsgebietes unveriindert erhalten, so dass es nirgends zur Bil-
dung von Lokalrassen gekommen ist. Anders ist es mit der weitverbreite-
ten P. bimaculata Guer. Diese findet sich wnverindert auf Malakka,
Sumatra, Borneo, Bangka, Banguey, Celebes, Ternate, Halmahera, Buru,
Amboina, Ceram und im Westen yon Neu-Guinea; zur Bildung yon
Lokalrassen, die zmeist als selbstindige Arten beschrieben wurden, kam
, es auf den Andamanen und Nicobaren, in bestimmten Teilen von Celebes,
auf den Salomon Inseln, Tonga Inseln und im Osten yon Neu-Guinea
(Sattelberg). Auch die P. nigriceps Westw. und nigroscutellata Ohs.
yon Nord-Luzon und Negros sind als solehe Lokalformen der bimaculata
Guer. zu betrachten.

236 OHAUS.

Parastasia discolor Westw. yon Nord-Luzon hat ihre nichsten Ver-
wandten, die scutellaris Erichs. auf Malakka, Sumatra und Borneo, die
unicolor Arrow auf Borneo; auch diese 3 Arten kann man als relativ
noch junge und darum noch wenig differenzierte Lokalformen einer
friiher einheitlichen Art auffassen. Als ich in meiner Monographie der
Parastasiiden* die Unterschiede dieser drei Arten auseinandersetzte,
gelang mir dies ziemlich leicht, weil ich nur wenige Stiicke vor mir hatte ;
inzwischen habe ich aus Sumatra und Borneo mehrere Stiicke erhalten,
durch welche die Unterschiede zwischen scutellaris Erichs. und wnicolor
Arrow schon bedenklich verwischt werden.

Starker ist die Differenzierung bei P. canaliculata Westw. die sich
von ihren nachsten Verwandten, der rufopicta Westw. und birmana
Arrow aus dem mittleren und éstlichen Himalaya durch den eigenartigen
sexuellen Dimorphismus unterscheidet.

Die Lutera nigromaculata Ohs. yon Camarines ist dagegen yon ihrer
nachsten Verwandten, der L. luteola Westw., deren Verbreitungsgebiet
den Himalaya, die Nicobaren, Adonara, Sumatra und Java umfasst,
durch eine Reihe guter Merkmale geschieden.

Von philippinischen Ruteliden habe ich fiir meme Sammlung schon
friiher erworben einen Teil der Ausbewte von Prof. Semper, die ich teils
von seinem Bruder, G. Semper, in Altona, teils mit der Sammlung des
Herm W. L. C. Weber in Hamburg erhielt; sodann die ausserordentlich
reiche und interessante Ausbeute von J. Whitehead aus dem Tring-
Museum; ferner lagen mir vor die Ruteliden des Madrider Museums,
die ausser elmer spiirlichen Anzahl bekannter Arten zwei neue, die
Popillia conopyga Ohs. und Lutera nigro-maculata Ohs. enthielten; auch
Herr G. A. Baer, der Verfasser des Katalogs der philippinischen Kafer,
schickte mir seine Sammlung und tiberless mir daraus die mich interes-
sirenden Arten; ihm widme ich die einzige darin enthaltene neue Art

HBuchlora bari.
ANOMALA Samouelle.

In der Anordnung der neuen Arten folge ich Burmeister’s Handb.
IV. 1. und benutze auch dessen Hinteilung der Gattung in wenige
Undergattungen.

Anomala (Rhinoplia) infans sp. nov.

Parva, tota testacea, nitida, capite rufo tarsis tibiarumque dentibus
paulo obscurioribus. Clipeus trapezoidalis planus marginibus lateralibus
et apicali alte elevatis, angulis anterioribus acutis, politus impunctatus ;
sutura frontalis recta impressa; oculi permagni globosi; frons cum
yertice disperse punctulata. Thorax fere quadratus conyexus undique
anguste marginatus lateribus arcuatus disperse punctulatus. Scutellum
parvum cordatum sat dense punctulatum. LElytra parallela convexa

+ Deutsche Ent. Ztschr. (1900), 244.

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 237

humeris prominentibus regulariter striata et in stris sat fortiter punctata.
Propygidium pygidii fere longitudine margine posteriore disperse punc-
tulatum. Pygidium triangulare apice parum rotundatum sat dense
punctatum, nudum, lateribus solum disperse ciliatum. Segmenta ab-
dominalia disperse punctulata nitida linea punctorum piligerorum
praedita. Metasternum nitidum, punctulatum vix pilosum. Tibie
antice tridentate, dente apicali magno, tarsi graciles longi, ungue majore
tarsorum anticorum mediorumque longo gracili vix perspicue inciso.
Antenne flavee, claya quam funiculus breviore.

Long. 6.5, lat. hum. 3 mm.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector).

Type, em einzelnes ¢ in meimer Sammlung.

Die Mundteile sind sehr klein. Am Oberkiefer ein kraftiger Mahlzahn
und ein einfacher, scharf vorspringender Spitzenzahn; am Unterkiefer
tragt die aussere Lade an der Spitze een grossen oben abgeflachten,
unten leicht ausgehohlten, vorn zugerundeten Zahn (ahnlich wie bei
Pharaonus wnd Gnatholabis), darunter jederseits einen kleineren
ihnlichen Zahn und ganz an der Basis eme Querreihe yon 3 scharf
zugespitzen Zihnchen. Die Fligeldecken sind regelmissig gefurcht
und in den Furchen kraftig punktiert, primiire Rippen und Interstitien
gewolbt, das Interstitium subsuturale durch eine nur ganz am Anfang
etwas unregelmissige Punktreihe in 2 secundire Rippen geteilt. Das
lange Klauenglied ist geziihnt, die gréssere Klaue an Vorder- und Mittel-
ftissen sehr lang und schlank, kaum sichtbar auf der oberen Kante
eingeschnitten.

Anomala (Heteroplia) flavoscutellata sp. nov.

Oblongo-ovata, parya, postice paulo deplanata, nitida, flavotestacea
vertice rufescente, thorace maculis duabus fusco-brunneis, elytris totis
brunneis, supra glabra, subtus dispersissime pilosa. Clipeus trapezo-
idalis margine anteriore alte eleyatus, leviter excavatus, cum fronte et
vertici rufescentibus disperse punctatus, sutura frontalis postice arcuata
vix perspicua; oculi sat magni globosi, antenne claya (¢) magna
stipitis longitudine. Thorax longitudine dimidio fere latior lateribus
regulariter arcuatus undique anguste marginatus, sat dense at non
confluenter, punctulatus, medio subtiliter sulcatus. Scutellum parvum
dense punctatum. Hlytra postice paulo ampliata et deplanata regulariter
punctato-striata, interstitio subsuturali lato disperse punctato. Pygidium
latum, parum convexum, disperse punctatum lateribus cilatum. Seg-
menta abdominalia et pectus sat fortiter punctata sparsim pilosa. Pedes
breviores sat robusti,-tibize anticee fortiter bidentate, tarsi graciles longi,
anteriorum unguis major incrassatus incurvatus, supra dente parvo
armatus, intermediorum unguis major longus gracilis apice equaliter
fissus.

Long. 8, lat. max. 4.5 mm.

93 OHAUS.

Luzon, Proyince of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead, col-
lector).

Type, em ¢ in meiner Sammlung. ;

Kopf rotlchgelb, Halsschild mit 2 grossen dunkelbraunen Flecken,
neben denen nur am Rand und auf einem schmalen Mittelstreifen die
gelbe Grundfarbe sichtbar wird. Schildchen blassgelb, Fliigeldeclken
dunkelbraun, nur die Schulter und ein schmaler Linngsstreifen gelblich,
Afterdecke, Unterseite, Beine und Fiihler gelb. Die Mundteile sind
kdein aber kriftig gebaut, am Oberkiefer ist der Spitzenzahn gespalten,
der Unterkiefer trigt an der dusseren Lade sechs kurze spitze Zihne in
der gewohnlichen Reihenfolge 1, 2, 3. Am Forceps (Periphallium) sind
die Parameren symmetrisch, an der Basis verschmilert und etwa im
Winkel von 45° nach aussen divergirend, die Spitzen verbreitert, zuge-
rundet und auf der Oberseite gekielt; die Ventralplatte des Mittelsttickes
ist verlaingert, mit der Spitze zwischen die Parameren reichend; aus-
serdem tragt das vas deferens eine lange hornige gebogene Spitze die
zwischen den Parameren heryortritt.

Anomala (Heteroplia) macrophthalma sp. noy.

A. macrophylla Wied. et A. castelnaui Ohs. proxime affmes. Oblongo-
ovata, parum convexa, testacea capite rufescente, nitida, supra glabra,
subtus femoribus et pectore dense ac longe villosis.

Long. 11, lat. max. 5.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Aparri, P. I. (2. C. WeGregor, collector).

Type, ¢6 inmeiner Sammlung. (No. 12456 des Bureau of Science.)

Aus der nichsten Verwandtschaft der A. macrophylla Wied. yon
Jaya und castelnawi Ohs., die ich irrttimlicher Weise mit dem Fundort
,,Brasilien” erhielt, waihrend sie in Wirklichkeit auf Malakka, in Siam
und Cochinchina und auf Sumatra vorkommt. Die genannten drei Arten
sind nahe verwandt, unterscheiden sich aber leicht durch die Bezahnung
der Vorderschienen, die bei der macrophylla neben dem Spitzenzahn einen
grossen, weit abstehenden Seitenzahn tragen, bei der macrophthalma einen
schwachen, aber deutlichen Seitenzahn, wihrend sie bei der castelnawt
zahnlos sind. :

Kérperform gestreckt oval, nach yorn und hinten gleichmiissig ver-
breitert, leicht gewolbt, Farbe blassgelb, glanzend, nur der Kopf leicht
rotgelb, Oberseite kahl, unten die Brust und Schenkel lang und dicht
behaart. Kopfschild so lang als breit, die Vorderecken ganz schwach
gverundet, der Rand rmgsum fein aufgebogen, dicht und feim punktiert ;
die Stirmnaht ist deutlich, gerade, Stim und Scheitel ziemlich dicht fem
punktiert. Die Augen ganz auffallend gross, stark vorgequollen, nur
etwa zu einem Drittel von den schmalen Augenkielen tiberzogen. Fiihler-
keule so lang wie Stirn und Scheitel zusammengenommen, verbreitert,
grau, die Geissel gelb. Die Mundteile sind stark zuriickgebildet,

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 239

\
Unterkieferhelm mit drei starken Borsten statt der Zaihne, Halsschild
doppelt so breit als lang, vor der Mitte verbreitert, Vorder und Hinter-
ecken stumpf, nicht vorgezogen, die Mitte der Linge nach leicht gewolbt
mit femer lLangsfurche, die Oberfliche zerstreut fem punktiert.
Schildchen relativ gross, zerstreut punktiert. Fliigeldecken auf der
Scheibe regelmassig und tief gefurcht, Rippen und Interstitien gut
gewolbt, im Interstitium subsuturale zwei secundire Rippen, zwischen
die sich von der Basis bis zur Mitte eine feine tertidre schiebt ; im zweiten
und dritten Interstitium eine unregelmissige Reihe grober Punkte; an
den Seiten sind die Furechen und Punkte seichter. Afterdecke fein
punktiert und zerstreut kurz behaart, ebenso die Bauchringe. . Vor-
derschienen lang und schmal, mit einem langen, schlanken Spitzenzahn
und kurzem, schwachen Seitenzahn; Mittelschienen in der Mitte ver-
breitert und hier mit einer langen Stachelkante, nach der Spitze hin
verschmialert ; Hinterschienen kurz, an der Spitze am breitesten, vor der
Spitze nicht eingeschniirt, mit einer Stachelkante. Von den Vorder-
klauen ist die innere linger, leicht verdickt und gespalten; von den
Mittelklauen ist die fussere an der Spitze leicht eingeschnitten, nicht
grosser als die innere; die Hinterklauen. sind beide gleich lang, einfach ;
alle Klauenglieder mit einzelnen langen Borsten.

Anomala (in specie) proctolasia sp. nov.

Praecedenti similis plerumque minor, differt preecipue clipeo quadrato
angulis yix rotundatis, thorace ante elytrorum basim angustato, tibiis
fortiter dentatis, pygidio dense piloso. Parva, oblonga, convexa, nitida,
aut tota flavo-testacea vix snescens abdomine fusco-eneo, aut fusco-
znea, capite et thorace cum pedibus testaceis, viridi-wnescentibus, thorace
maculis duabus fusco-eneis ornato. Clipeus transversus angulis vix
rotundatis margine undique elevato fusco, planus dense rugose-punctatus ;
sutura frontalis recta imfuscata; frons cum vertice testacea macula
fusco-viridi pone oculos ornata, dense rugose punctulata punctis
majoribus prope oculos intermixtis. Thorax transyersus medio dilatatus
antice et postice equaliter fere angustatus angulis anticis acutis paulo
productis, posticis obtusis rotundatis, undique grosse, hic illic confluenter
punctatus, sulculo basali non interrupto. Scutellum grosse punctatum.
Elytra parallela regulariter et profunde sulcata et in sulcis transversim
punctata. Pygidium opacum dense rugulose-punctatum et pilis ap-
pressis vestitum; segmenta abdominalia dense punctata linea piligera
solum predita, metasternum densius pilosum. Pedes robusti, tibiz
antic dentibus duabus validis fuscis armate. Antenne testacex
clava quam stipes in utroque sexu breviore.

6 2. Long. 9.5, lat. 5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Donckier, collector) ; Potro, P. I. (Rk. CO. Mc-
Gregor, collector).

240 OHAUS.

Das Kopfschild ist viereckig, etwas breiter als lang, die Kcken kaum
gerundet, der Rand ringsum deuthch aufgebogen, schwarzbraun. Das
Halsschild ist ziemlich hochgewolbt, in der Mitte verbreitert, vor den
Fliigeldecken deutlich eimgeschniirt, die stumpfen Hinterecken leicht
gerundet, nach yorn stiirker verschmalert, die spitzen Vorderecken
vorgezogen, die Oberfliche dicht und grob punktiert, die Mitte hie und
da runzelig. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig gestreift, die Punkte
in den Furchen meist quergestellt, im ersten oder subsuturalen Inter-
stitium 2 regelmiissige secundire Rippen, zwischen die sich an der Basis
der Anfang einer tertiiren schiebt; in dem zweiter und dritten Intersti-
tium sind je 2 secundire regelmissige Rippen, in den seitlichen Intersti-
tien nur eine secundire Rippe. Die Oberkiefer haben zwei Spitzenzahne.
Am Forceps ist das Mittelstiick sehr gross, die Parameren sind sym-
metrisch, von der Basis rasch sehr stark verengt und nach unten in
einen Lappen ausgezogen, der eine nach yorn gerichtete Spitze tragt.

Anomala ovatula sp. nov.

Parva, oyata, alte convexa, testacea variis fusco-eneis signaturis
ornata, nitida, supra glabra, subtus sparsissime griseo-hirsuta.

6 @ Long. 9-10, lat. 5.5-6 mm. :

Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. M. S. Clemens, collector) ;
inyte, P. L. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; PALAWAN, P. I. (C. M. Weber,
collector).

Hine kleine, hochgewolbte, eiformige Art, die auf den ersten Blick
emer kleinen Mimela discoidea yon Jaya recht ahnlich sieht. Die
Grundfarbe ist ei helles Scherbengelb, das in verschiedener Ausdehnung
dunkel erzgriine Zeichnung trigt. Bei dem hellsten Stiick ist alles hell
scherbengelb, nur der Kopf (ohne Kopfschild), eime grosse Makel auf
dem Thorax, die Vorder- und Hinterrand bertihtt und nur die Seiten
- breit freilasst, und die Umgebung des Schildchens in geringer Aus-
dehnung dunkel erzgriin. Beim dunkelsten Stiick ist der ganze Kopf
mit dem Kopfschild, das Halsschild bis auf eimen schmalen Saum, das
Schildchen,- die Fliigeldecken mit Ausnahme eines Liingswisches innen
neben der Schulter und des Hinterrandes, sowie die Schienen dunkel
erzgriin. Das Kopfschild ist um die Halfte breiter als lang, die Ecken
stark gerundet, der Rand fein aufgebogen und schwarz gesiumt, die
Oberflache fein gerunzelt. Die Stirnnaht ist fein erhaben, gerade, die
Stirn schwach abgeflacht, dicht runzelig, der Scheitel gewolbt, ziemlich
dicht und kraftig punktiert. Die Mundteile sind trotz ihrer Kleinheit
kraftig, die Oberkiefer mit drei, die Unterkiefer mit sechs spitzen
Zabnen; die Fiihlerkeule in beiden Geschlechtern nahezu gleich lang.
Das Halsschild ist in der Mitte verbreitert, nach vorn und hinten
gleichmissig verengert, die Vorderecken deutlich, vorgezogen, tiberall
dicht und kraftig punktiert; das Schildchen ahnlich, aber etwas weit-

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. QA

laufiger. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig tief gefurcht und in den
Furchen punktiert, die Punkte in den Furchen fein umwallt, die Rippen
glatt, punktfrei. Im ersten oder subsuturalen Interstitium stehen 2 gut
gewolbte secundire Rippen, die durch eine nur vorn unregelmiissige und
yerbreiterte Punktreihe getrennt sind; das zweite und dritte Interstitium
enthalten je zwei secundire Rippen mit regelmassiger trennender Punkt-
reihe, das vierte und fiinfte nur je eime secundare Rippe. Die After-
_deecke ist hockerig mit grossen grubigen Punkten, glinzend, nur am
Rand spirlich gewimpert. Die Unterseite ist grob und dicht. punktiert,
glinzend, die Vorderschienen mit einem kraftigen Seitenzahn. neben
dem Spitzenzahn, die Mittel- und Hinterschienen leicht verdickt mit
mwel Stachelkanten.

Anomala palawana sp. nov.

Preecedenti proxime aflinis, minor, differt capite, thorace scutelloque
yiridi-eneis nitidissimis subtiliter sparsim punctatis, pygidio dense
aciculato sericeo, opaco.

é Long. 7.5, lat. max. 4.5 mm.

Patawan, P. I. (von G. Semper erhalten).

Korperform der vorhergehenden Art, etwas flacher und kleiner.
Grundfarbe braun, erzgriin, lebhaft glanzend, die Fltigeldecken gleich-
miassig braunlichgelb. Kopf, Halsschild und Schildchen sind zerstreut
und fein punktiert, glanzend poliert, das Halsschild mit tiefem Seiten-
griibchen. Die Fliigeldeckenskulptur ist wie bei der yorhergehenden Art.
Die Afterdecke ist dicht runzelig mit feinsten Hockerchen, matt sei-
denartig glinzend, tiber die ganze Oberfliche zerstreut gelbgrau behaart ;
auch Brust, Bauchringe und Schenkel sind etwas dichter behaart.
Anomala semperiana sp. noy.

A. ovatule affinis, minor, sat deplanata, differt preecipue elytris tota
superficie punctis minimis sat dense obtectis et leviter punctato-striatis,
strlis vix impressis, pygidio quadrimaculato, maculis leviter foyeolatim
impressis.

6 2 Long. 8-8.5, lat. max. 44.5 mm.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector). ;

Hellgelb mit lebhaftem griimem Erzschiller, zwei sich hinten beriih-
rende Makeln auf dem Scheitel, eime grosse zackige Makel auf dem
Halsschild und beim ¢ vier Makeln auf der Afterdecke braungriin.
Die Punktierung ist auf Kopf, Vorderriicken und Schildchen fein, wie
bei der vorhergehenden Art, aber dichter und diese Teile nicht so
glanzend. Die Fliigeldecken sind regelmissig, aber seicht. gefurcht und
in den Furchen einfach punktiert, das subsuturale Interstitium mit
einer Punktreihe, die vor der Spitze erlischt und bei der Basis furchen-
artig eingedrtickt ist; das zweite und dritte Interstitium mit unregel-
missigen Punkten; die ganze Oberfliche der Fliigeldecken ist mit feinen

242 OHAUS.

Piinktchen iiberall bedeckt und erhalt dadurch einen leichten Seidenglanz.
Die Afterdecke ist gelb, glanzend, nur am Rand spiirlich gewimpert,
beim ¢ mit vier braungrimen *Makeln, yon denen die zwei grésseren
bei den Vorderecken, die zwei klemeren bei der Spitze in flachen
Griibechen stehen; beim @ ist sie gleichmissig rétlichgelb (es liegen
mir nurl ¢ und @ yor). Unterseite fast kahl, an den Vorderschienen
in beiden Geschlechtern der Seitenzahn klein, Mittel- und Hinterschienen
nicht wadenartig verdickt.

Es ist méglich, dass man die genannten 3 Arten, wie auch die nahe
verwandte leotaudii Blanch. die eine grosse ovatula mit dichter feiner
Punktierung und tiefer Furchung der Fliigeldecken ist, spiter einmal
als Rassen emer Art auffassen wird, so lange nur so spirliches Material
yorliegt, lisst sich diese Frage noch nicht entscheiden.

Anomala leotaudii Blanch. var. fuscoviridis var. nov.

Oben und unten gleichmissig dunkel erzgrin, massig glinzend, nur
die Fiihler rotlich.

Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead,
collector).

Anomala humeralis Burm.

A. eydouxti Blanch. ist synonym zu A. humeralis Burm. Das Stiick
der hwmeralis, welches Blanchard vorlag, ist em grosser ¢ , bei welchem
sich yon dem breiten tiefschwarzen Schulterfleck eme etwas verwaschene
und unterbrochene dunkle Binde quer tiber die Fliigeldecken zur Naht
heriiberzieht, bei welchem auch die Spitzenbuckel eme dunkle Makel
tragen und der Vorderkorper dunkel erzgriin gefarbt ist. Solche dunkle
Stiicke sind auf den Philippimen recht selten; sie sind haufiger bei der
nichst verwandten cwneiventris Fairm. die auf Neu-Guinea eine rein
schwarzfltigelige Varietit' hat. lm Gegensatz zu dieser dunklen Form
der humeralis hat Blanchard die hellen Stiicke, bei welchen der Vor-
derkérper zuweilen rotlich durchscheint und die hellgelben Fligeldecken
nur einen kleineren dunklen Fleck aussen neben der Schulter, aber keine
Querbinde und keinen Fleck auf dem Spitzenbuckel haben, als A. eydourw
beschrieben. Da sich bei reichlichem Material alle Farbungsiibergange
von solchen mit rein hellgelben Fliigeldecken, bei welchen die Partie
aussen neben der Schulter nur leicht dunkler gefarbt ist, bis za dem oben
erwihnden dunklen Stiick, das Blanchard yorlag, feststellen lassen, so
hat es keinen Sinn, den yon Blanchard gegebenen Namen fiir die hellen
Stiicke beizubehalten; man miisste ja sonst alle davon abweichenden
dunkler gefiirbten Stiicke auch mit besonderen Namen bezeichnen.

A. exarata Burm. unterscheidet sich. yon der zunichst yverwandten A.
sulcatula Burm. hauptsichlich durch die Sculptur der Fliigeldecken.
Bei der exarata sind die primiren Rippen auf der Scheibe etwas hoher
gewolbt und sind entweder ganz punktfrei oder tragen nur vereinzelte

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. IA3

grobe Punkte. Das erste oder subsuturale Interstitium hat zwischen 2
secundiren Rippen eine tertiire, die an der Basis unregelmissig und
abgeflacht, weiterhin durch quereingedriickte grobe Punkte in einzelne
Hockerchen aufgeldst ist. Bei der sulcatula sind die primiiren Rippen
yon der Basis bis zum Hinterrand mit einer Reihe grober Punkte ver-
sehen. Das subsuturale Interstitium hat zwischen den beiden secun-
diren Rippen einen breiteren Zwischenraum, der ganz unregelmissig
dicht punktiert ist. Ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliche der Fliigel-
decken mit feinen Piinktchen bedeckt, die der exarata fehlen. Beide
Arten sind durch ein secundiires sexuelles Merkmal ausgezeichnet, das
den nichst verwandten Arten fehlt. Beim ¢ tragen die Hinderschienen
einen kraftigen Zahn an der unteren Kante, der an der Spitze mit 2-3 in
Griibchen stehenden Gelenkborsten versehen ist. Bei einigen 4 der
exarata sind die Trochanteren der Hinterbeine zahnartig verlangert, bei
der sulcatula nicht. Die letztere Art fand Herr Baer bei Manila auch in
nahezu schwarzen Stiicken.

Anomala whiteheadi sp. nov.

Anomala exarata proxime affinis. Plerumque minor; ovata, tota fusco-
cupreo-eenea, nitidissima, splendore aurichalceo suffusa. Clipeus trans-
versus angulis parum rotundatis subtiliter rugulose-punctulatus ; sutura
frontalis recta pone latera foveatim impressa; frons cum vertice disper-
sius ac fortius punctata. Thorax sicut caput punctatus ad latera fove-
atus medio dilatatus antice valde angustatus angulis anticis subrectis vix
productis, basi ante scutellum sat fortiter producta sulculoque basali non
interrupto. Scutellum disperse punctatum. LHlytra regulariter punc-
tato-seriata, seriebus pone apicem solum in disco suleatis, ad latera trans-
versim plicata. Pygidium sericeum dense subtiliter aciculatum undique
sparsim pilosum; pectus rugulose-punctatum fere opacum densius yul-
pino-hirsutum. Pedes robusti, tibiz antice bidentate; antenne fusce,
clava 6 stipitis longitudine, @ brevior.

6 2 Long. 10.5-12, lat. 6-6.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector).

Die Fliigeldecken sind mit feinen Punktreihen yersehen, die nur auf
der Scheibe nahe dem Hinterrand furchenartig eimgedriickt smd. Hs
sind nur die, die primaren Rippen begrenzenden primiren Punktreihen
vorhanden, im ersten Interstitium 2, im zweiten und dritten nur je eine
einfache Punktreihe; an den Seiten und bei der Naht befinden sich
einige wenige grobe Querrunzeln, als wiiren die Kafer beim Ausschliipfen
verkriippelt.

Anomala despumata sp. nov.

Anomalz sulcatule proxime affinis differt preecipue elytris nitidisssimis
subtilissime punctulatis, non striatis. Ovalis, parum convexa, nitidis-
sima aut viridi- aut cupreo—enea aurichalceo splendore suffusa. Clipeus

98666——3

244 OHAUS.

transversus margine eleyato angulis parum rotundatis, subtiliter ac
confluenter punctulatus; frons confluenter, vertex disperse sat grosse
punctata. Thorax a basi antice eequaliter angustatus angulis anticis vix
productis, suleulo basali medio interrupto, sicut vertex disperse sat for-
titer punctatus. Scutellum politum vix perspicue punctulatum. Hlytra
regulariter at subtiliter punctato-seriata, haud sulcata, polita, ad latera
transversim plicata. Pygidium subsericeum dense transyersim acicula-
tum sat dense breviter pilosum. Segmenta abdominis polita lmea punc-
torum piligera postmediana preedita, pilis ad latera in fasciculus ag-
gregatis. Pectus dense flavo-pilosum; tibie anteriores bidentatee, dente
basali im utroque sexu perparyo; antenne fusco-rufe clava quam stipes
in utroque sexu breviore.

6 Long. 14, lat. 8; 9 Long. 16.5, lat. 8-8.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila and Dolores, P. I. _

Die drei mir yorliegenden Stiicke sind in der Farbung verschieden.
Das eine ist satt erzeriin, das zweite hell bronzefarben, das dritte satt
kupferbraun, alle mit starkem Messingglanz. Die Sculptur der Fligel-
decken ist fast diesselbe wie bei der sulcatula, aber alle Hrhabenheiten
auf diesen, die Rippen und Rippenhocker erscheinen wie abgeschliffen
und man erblickt auf den glatt polerten Fliigeldecken unter der Lupe
nur noch feine Punktreihen, die primiren Punktreihen; im subsuturalen
Interstitium zwei regelmiissige Punktreihen und dazwischen yon der
Basis bis zur Mitte unregelmissige Punktierung, im zweiten Interstitium
zwel regelmassige Punktreihen, ebenso im dritten, zwischen die sich
aber auf den breiten Schultern und auf den Spitzenbuckeln wieder
unregelmassige Punkte schieben; auch die Punktreihe auf der zweiten
primiren Rippe ist vorhanden. An den Seiten haben alle drei Stiicke
einige grobe Querrunzeln. Ganz eigentiimlich ist der Forceps gebaut.
Die Parameren sind symmetrisch und jede mit einem grossen zahnartigen
Fortsatz in der Mitte der Innenseite versehen; die Ventralplatte des
Mittelstiickes tragt zwei symmetrische Fortsitze, die loffelartig ausge-
hohlt' sind.

Anomala catenatopunctata sp. nov.

Ex affinitate A. exarate. Ovata, convexa, saturate viridi-enea, polita,
interdum aureo splendore suffusa. Clipeus trapezoidalis angulis vix
rotundatis margine elevato, cum fronte dense confluenter et rugose punc-
tatus, vertice ad oculos precipue dispersius et grossius punctato. Thorax
lateribus medio paulo ampliatus a basi antice versus gradatim angus-
tatus sicut vertex et scutellum disperse profunde punctatus, suleulo
basali medio non interrupto. LHlytra pone humeros prominentia im-
pressa profunde sulcato-striata et im sulcis punctata, punctis circum-
vallatis confluentibus, costis et interstitiis equaliter alte elevatis. Pygi-
dium dense aciculatum et rugulosum lateribus sparsim hirsutum. Seg-
menta abdominis linea simplici piligera preedita, pectus sparsim flavo-

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN, QA5

pilosum, tibiz anteriores bidentate, dente basali sat forti, antenne
fuse, clava 6 stipitis longitudine, @ paulo brevior.

Long. ¢ 10.5, @ 14; lat. ¢ 6, 2 6.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. I. (H. Cuzner, collector) :
Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector).

Die Fliigeldecken sind tief und ziemlich breit gefurcht, die primi-
ren Rippen und Interstitien hoch gewolbt. Die Punkte in den Furchen
sind, wie man bei starker Vergrésserung beobachten kann, scharf um-
wallt und mit einem feimen Nabelpunkt versehen; wo die Punkte dicht
hintereinander stehen, verschmelzen die feinen Umwallungen yorn und
hinten mit eimander und es entstehen so Kettenreihen. Im esrten In-
terstitium stehen zwei regelmissige secundire Rippen; die sie trennende
Punktreihe ist nahe der Basis auf eine kurze Strecke verdoppelt. Das
zweite Interstitium tragt nur eime Reihe quereingedriickter Punkte und
kurzer Runzeln, ebenso das dritte, in welchem die Runzeln auf der
Schulter, die flachen, zumeist einfachen Punkte weiterhin stehen; das
yierte und fiinfte Interstitium ist einfach gewolbt, ohne Punktreihen.
Die beiden ¢ aus Bataan sind hell. erzgriin, das 9 aus Albay etwas
blaugrtin, auch ist seine Sculptur etwas feiner und flacher.

Anomala vietipennis sp. nov.

Anomalze marginate Fabr. primo visu similis. Oblongo-ovata, con-
vexa fusco-viridis «nea, interdum cupreo splendore suffusa, sat nitida.
Clipeus trapezoidalis brevis, margine anteriore elevato, dense confluenter
punctatus; sutura frontalis vix perspicua, frons confluenter, vertex dis-
perse punctata. ‘Thorax transversus basi nullo modo marginatus parum
convexus, ad latera medio paulo dilatatus, angulis posticis obtusis non
- rotundatis, anticis acutis sat productis, foveola laterali instructus, cum
scutello punctis circumvallatis et in fundo umbilicatis, ad latera hie illic
confluentibus dense obtectus. Elytra sat late at non profunde sulcata
et in sulcis punctata, punctis circumvallatis et umbilicatis, preterea tota
superficie punctis minimis disperse obtecta, margine laterali incrassato
sparsim breviter setosa. Pygidium cum propygidii parte posteriore
dense aciculatum, undique sparsim et breviter hirsutum. Segmenta ab-
dominis linea punctorum piligerorum simplici instruncta, pilis ad latera
densioribus ; pectus sat dense breviter flavo-pilosum. Tibize antice biden-
tate, dente basali brevi acuto. Antenne fusce claya testacea quam
funiculus breviore.

Long. 13.5, lat. 7.5 mm.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. G. Woolley, collector).

Die Fliigeldecken sind breit, aber nicht tief gefurcht, die Rippen und
Interstitien ziemlich hoch gewolbt, die Griibchenpunkte in den Furchen
scharf umwallt und im Grunde meist fein genabelt. Dadurch, dass die
Umwallung dieser Griibchenpunkte nach hinten vielfach verlischt und
sich parabolisch nach den Seiten erstreckt, erscheinen die Fliigeldecken

246 : OHAUS.

wie verrunzelt, ein Hindruck, der durch die vielen feinen Piinktchen auf
Rippen und Interstitien noch yerstarkt wird. In den discalen Interstitien
stehen je zwei, in den lateralen je eine secundire Rippe, im subsuturalen
Interstitium zwischen den beiden secundiren eine bis etwa zur Mitte
reichende unregelmissige tertiire. Die drei mir yorliegenden ¢ sind in
der Farbung etwas verschieden, das eine ist reim erzertin, das andere
mehr kupfrig, beim dritten scheinen die Fliigeldecken gelbbraum durch.

Anomala noctivaga sp. nov.

Precedenti proxime affinis, differt clipeo et antennarum claya longi-
oribus, elytris costis planioribus quasi transversim aciculatis. Oblonga,
conyexa, fusco-testacea viridi-enea parum nitida. Clipeus trapezoidalis
longior marginibus infuscatis sat alte elevatis, dense confluenter circum-
vallato-punctatus; sutura frontalis arcuata infuscata, frons dense et
confluenter, vertex disperse punctata. ‘Thorax parum convexus basi non
marginatus lateribus a basi ad medium parallelis angulis posticis rectis
haud rotundatis, antice sat angustatus angulis anticis acutis minus
productis, lateribus confluenter, medio dispersius punctatus. Llytra fere
parallela postice vix ampliata indistinctius suleata costis evanescentibus
subtiliter at dense transyersim rugulosa et aciculata, tota superficie
subtilissime punctulata. -Pygidium grossius transversim aciculatum.
Klytrorum margo incrassatus, pygidium, segmentorum abdominalium
linea punctorum setis sat longis distantibus flavidis obsita, pectus densius
hirsutum. Antenne testacee clave quam funiculus longiore; ocul
magni globosi; tibiz antice sat fortiter bidentate.

é Long. 12.5, lat. 6.5-7 mm.

Baranes Istanps, P. lL. (2. C. McGregor, collector).

Kleiner und relativ schlanker als die vorhergehende Art, braungelb
mit griinem Erzschimmer, wenig glinzend, die Seiten der Fliigeldecken,
die Afterdecke; die Punktreihen der Bauchringe mit ziemlich langen
gelben abstehenden Borsten besetzt. Die Fltigeldecken sind seicht
gefurcht, die Rippen und Interstitien flach gewolbt, die Punkte in den
Furchen nur selten mehr rings unwallt, meist geht die Umwallung als
feine, hinten scharf abfallende Querrunzel oder als querer Nadeiriss auf
die Rippen tiber. Die blassere Farbung, die abstehenden Borsten, die
grossen Augen und lange Fiithlerkeule sprechen fiir die nachtliche
Lebensweise dieser Art.

Anomala camarinensis sp. nov.

Ovata, sat depressa, fusco-testacea. Clipeus transversus lateribus
parallelis angulis vix rotundatis margine anteriore solum elevato, dense
rugulosus, parum nitidus, cum fronte et vertice fuscus viridi-eneus ;
sutura frontalis arcuata, frons dense rugulose, vertex paulo sparsius
punctata. Thorax medio dilatatus lateribus postice arcuatis angulis
posticis rectis paulo productis, antice lateribus valde convergentibus,

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 247

angulis anticis rectis non productis, sulculo basali nullo, undique dense
et grosse, lateribus confluenter circumyallato-punctatus, cum scutello
wqualiter punctato fusco-viridis haud aenescens, lateribus testaceis.
Elytra sat late et profunde sulcata costis sat conyexis in sulcis fortiter
punctata et tota superficie punctis minoribus disperse obtecta. Pygidium
medio fuscum paulo elevyatum ibique subtilius punctatum lateribus
testaceis rude ac grosse confluenter punctatum, circa anum setis rufis
longioribus instructum. Segmenta abdominis glabra ad latera solum
sparsissime pilosa, pectus vix vel non hirsutum. Tubie antics breviter
bidentate, antennee rufo-testacex, claya stipitis longitudine. Supra cum
femoribus testacea, tibiae posticae tarsique cuprascentes.

Monee ae blo Vai desi 2) S:5) mim:

Luzon, Province of Camarines, P. I., 10-13 Juni, 1903 (HH. LHallier,
collector).

Die Fligeldecken sind ziemlich tief und breit gefurcht, in den Furchen
stehen dichte Reihen yon uwmwallten hufeisenformigen, nach hinten
offenen Punkten ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliche mit feimeren Piinkt-
chen tibersit. Alle Interstitien haben zwei secundire Rippen, die an
den Seiten dicht neben eimander verlaufen, stellenweise nur schwach
getrennt sind, auf der Scheibe dagegen durch einen breiten Zwischenraum,
in dem sich auf dem subsuturalen Interstitium Stiicke einer tertiaéren
Rippe zeigen. Higenartig ist der Ban des Pygidiums, das in der dunkler
gefarbten Mitte mit feimen, scharf umwallten Punkten bedeckt ist.
wihrend die gelben Seiten auffallend grob und runzelig punktiert sind.

Anomala schultzeana sp. noy.

Oyata, parum convexa, robusta, testacea capite, thorace marginibusque
plus minus infuscata, interdum wnescens, supra glabra, subtus cum
pygidio pilis longis flavidis yestita.

Mone srcelle Ons Se ulataOelGheO) veo: manne

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze, collector).

Diese Art bildet gewissermassen den Ubergang von der Untergattung
Anomala (sensu stricto) za Aposterna. Sie ist greit oval, flach gewolbt,
ihre Farbe ist hell scherbengelb, zuweilen mit leichtem griinein Metall-
schimmer, der Kopf und die hintere Halfte des NKopfschildes, eine
grossere oder kleinere Makel auf dem Halsschild, zuweilen auch das
Schildchen und die Riinder der Fligeldecken sind braunschwarz. Das
Kopfschild ist um die Hilfte breiter als lang, die Seiten parallel, die
Ecken schwach gerundet, der Rand deutlich aufgebogen. Das Halsschild
ist vor der Mitte verbreitert, nach vorn stark verschmilert, die Vor-
‘derecken vorgezogen, die Hinterecken nahezu rechtwinklig, der Hinter-
rand etwas nach hinten geschwungen, die basale Randfurche deutlich,
aber in der Mitte unterbrochen; Kopf, Vorderrticken und Schildchen
dicht, aber ziemlich fein punktiert. Die Fltigeldecken tragen regel-
miassige, seichte, aber scharf eingedriickte Streifen mit Punktreihen

248 : OHAUS.

(primiire Punktreihen), alle Interstitien sind unregelmissig ziemlich
kviftig punktiert und ausserdem ist die ganze Oberfliiche mit feinen.
Piinktchen dicht tibersit. Afterdecke in beiden Geschlechtern gewélbt,
dicht und fein quernadelrissig mit kleinen Hockerchen, yon deren Grund
lange gelbgraue Borsten entspringen. Die Vorderschienen sind mit
eiem Iviftigen Seitenzahn yersehen, die Mittel- und Huinterschienen
sowie die zumeist erzgriinen Tarsen mit einzelnen langen Borsten besetzt ;
die Fiihler rétlichgelb.

Anomala planata Candéze. Von dieser Art habe ich ausser den drei
typischen Exemplaren aus der Candeze’schen Sammlung noch etwa ein
halbes Dutzend geséhen, darunter nur ein @. Alle diese Stiicke sind
in Farbung und Sculptur ganz konstant. Die Hauptunterschiede gegen-
tiber der vorhergehenden Art liegen in der feimeren Punktierung auf
Kopf, Thorax und Schildchen, der verloschenen Sculptur der Deckfligel,
die keine Spur von Furchen oder Streifen mehr zeigen, nur noch unter
der Lupe sichtbare Punktreihen und vereinzelte feine Piimktchen, und in
der wesentlich gréberen Skulptur der Afterdecke, die auf dunkel erzgrii-
nem Grunde zwei rotgelbe, V-formig gestellte Makeln tragt; die Schienen
sind immer kupferrot, lebhaft glinzend, die ganze Oberseite hell erzgriin,
die vordere Halfte des Kopfschildes, die Seiten des Halsschildes und die
Fliigeldecken, mehr oder weniger gelb durchschemend. Die ¢ messen
zumeist 12 xX 7, mei 2 14.5 X 8.5 mm.

Anomala andradei Heller ist eine auf der Oberseite violette planata, bei
welcher der Rand des Kopfschildes und die Seiten des Halsschildes
rotgelb gefiirbt smd; die Unterseite ist erzgrtin, Schenkel und Schienen
kupferrot, die Tarsen dunkler kupferbraun, der Hinterrand der Bauch-
ringe scheint gewohnlich, die zwei schiefgestellten Makeln auf der
Afterdecke, seltner rotgelb durch. Die Sculptur ist wie ber der planata,
auf den’ Fliigeldecken treten neben der Schulter-Spitzenbuckel-Linie
zuweilen die femen Querrunzeln auf, die fiir die chalybea und corruscans
so charakteristisch sind; auch sind die Seiten der Fliigeldecken hinten
beim Aussenwinkel ebenso nadelrissig. Ob beide Arten zusammenfallen,
lisst sich erst entscheiden, wenn grésseres Material vorliegt—yon der
andradei kennt man bisher nur ¢—und wenn man die Fundorte und
Erscheinungszeit beider Arten erforscht hat; fiir beide liegt bisher nur
die Fundortsangabe ,,Philippinen” resp. Luzon vor, nur fiir mein 2
der planata habe ich den genaueren Fundort.

Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet (J. Whitehead, collector).

Anomala (Aprosterna) heteroglypha sp. nov.

Anomala chalybea Burm. proxime affinis, differt longitudine, sculp-
tura et plerumque colore, praecipue autem sexuum difformitate. 4
ovatus, parum conyexus, aut testaceus, plus minusve fusco-viridi-signatus,

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. PAY

viridi-zeneo sive violaceo-splendore suffusus, aut fusco-viridis e«neus,
politus. Caput, thorax, et scutellum subtiliter ac disperse, interdum vix
perspicue punctulata; elytra in disco plerumque politissima, ad latera
solum punctato-seriata et irregulariter disperse, pone angulum exteriorem
confluenter densius punctulata, rarius in disco quoque seriato-punctata
et inter series punctorum majorum irregulariter subtilius punctulata.
Pygidium dense transversim aciculatum et confluenter punctato-rugu-
losum. @ plerumque gracilior, i. e. postice minus ampliata, magis
convexa, aut viridi-enea, aut cuprea, aut violacea, aut nigra. Caput,
thorax et scutellum punctis magnis singulis circumyallatis obtecta; elytra
regulariter et sat fortiter punctato-seriata, inter series haud punctulata,
rarlus punctis in disco evanescentibus. Pygidium punctis magnis prof-
undis plerumque singulis, rarius confluentibus dense obsitum.

6 Long. 9.5-11.5, lat. 6-6.5; @ long. 12.5-14, lat. 6.5-7 mm.

huzon, P. I.

Aus eimer groésseren Suite, die mir ein Handler vor Jahren mit dem
Fundort ,,luzon” zuschickte, suchte ist mir 5 ¢ und 5 @ aus, alle
yerschieden. Die Art ist ungemein variabel in der Farbung; beim ¢
lassen sich folgende Farbungen unterscheiden, 1.) ahnlich wie eine kleine
planata, hell scherbengelb mit lebhaftem griinem Hrzschiller, zwei schiefe
Streifen auf dem Kopfschild, der Kopf, das Halsschild mit Ausnahme
des breiten Seitenrandes, das Schildchen, auf den Fliigeldecken die
Partie um das Schildchen, die Naht und der Aussenwinkel, die After-
decke mit Ausnahme von zwei schiefen Makeln bei der Spitze, unten die
Brust und der Vorderrand der Bauchringe dunkel erzeriin, die Schienen
und Tarsen kupfrig. 2.) sonst wie 1.) nur die Fliigeldecken rein rétlich-
gelb mit lebhaftem violettem Schiller. 3.) oben erzgriin, die Seiten des
Thorax, eine Makel auf der Scheibe der Fliigeldecken, die zwei schiefen
Makeln auf der Afterdecke, unten die Seiten der Bauchringe gelb durch-
scheinend, die Beine ganz kupferrot. 4.) oben hell erzgriin, die Fliigel-
decken blaugriin, unten wie 3.) also die Seiten der Bauchringe stets gelb,
die Beine kupferrot. Vom @? liegen mir folgende Farbungen vor, 1.)
hell erzgriin oben und unten, ohne Spur von gelb. 2.) ebenso dunkel
erzertin. 3.) erzgriin mit kupfrigen und gelben Reflexen, die Deckfliigel
leuchtend kupferrot. 4.) blaugriin, die Deckfliigel violett. 5.) oben und
unten gleichmassig glinzend schwarz. Die ¢ lassen sich, abgesehen von
Grosse und Farbung, leicht durch die feine Sculptur auf dem Vorder-
kérper und die zumeist ganz verloschene Punktierung auf den Deck-
fliigeln von den anderen Arten der Gruppe unterscheiden; auch die 9
wird man wohl nicht mit denen der chalybea verwechseln, weil sie—
abgesehen von der geringeren Grosse und schlankeren Form—wohl eine
kraftige Punktierung auf Kopf, Thorax und Fliigeldecken, dagegen viel
weitliufigere, mehr vereinzelte Punktierung auf der Afterdecke haben
und weil ihnen die Querrunzeln auf den Fliigeldecken fehlen. Beim @

250 OHAUS.

sind ‘die Fliigeldecken am Seitenrand beim Aussenwinkel, da wo der
Seitenrand zum Hinterrand umbiegt, dicht gerunzelt und nadelrissig—
wie bei der planata und andradex—beim @ nicht.

Anomala chalybea Burm. unterscheidet sich yon den yorhergehenden
Arten durch die grobe Sculptur von Kopf und Kopfschild, die Furchen
auf den Fliigeldecken hinten zwischen Naht und Spitzenbuckel und die
Lingsreihe yon kurzen Querrunzeln zwischen Schulter und Spitzen-
buckel. Zu den bekannten Varietiiten kommt noch foleende: ,,Hell
erzeriin, oben die Seiten des Halsschildes, die ganze Unterseite, After-
decke und Beine rotlichgelb, nur die Tarsen braungriin.”

Anomala relucens Har. pro polita Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 196.
ist synonym zur A. chalybea Burm., wie ich durch Untersuchung der
Blanchard’schen Typen aus dem Pariser Museum feststellen konnte.

Anomala corruscans Chevr. Die Korperfarbe ist zumeist ein helles
Erzgriin. Ganz vereizelt finden sich Stiicke, bei denen die Oberseite,
mumal auf den Deckfliigeln schon kupferbronzefarben gefirbt ist-var.
cuprea Ohs. Hin auffallend Kleines, nur 14 mm. langes Stiick mit stark
verloschener Sculptur erhielt ich von Panawan (G. Semper dedit).

Anomala (Euchlora) inconsueta sp. noy. {

Oblonga, postice vix ampliata, fusco-viridis zenescens, elytra graminea
certo visu rufescentia, tibie cum tarsis rufo-cupree, antennze rufo-testa-
cee, supra cum pygidio dense confluenter punctulata, subsericea, pygidio
et pectore sat dense ac longe yulpino-pilosa. Clipeus transversus lateri-
bus parallelis angulis paulo rotundatis margine anteriore paulo elevato
anguste cupreo deinde fusco-limbato, dense ac confluenter punctis cir-
cumvallatis et umbilicatis obtectus; sutura frontalis recta, frons sicut
clipeus, vertex dispersius et postice subtilius punctata.

6 Long. 22-24, lat. 11.5-12 mm.

Variat tota rufobrunnea.

Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Luzon,
Province of Benguet, P. 1. (R. C. McGregor, collector).

Eine ganz eigentiimliche Form, zu der mir keine Parallele aus der
indomalayischen Region bekannt ist, die dagegen beim ersten Anblick
lebhaft an gewisse grime Anomalen des west- und centralafrikanischen
Faunengebietes erinnert. Die Korperform ist gestreckt, die Fliigel-
decken nahezu parallel, nicht nach hinten verschmilert wie die meisten
Euchloren. Die Farbe ist em missig dunkles Erzgriin mit leicht sei-
denartigem Glanz, die Fliigeldecken grasgriin mit rotem Schimmer bei
bestimmter Beleuchtung; zuweilen ist der ganze Kafer rotbraun. Der
Kopf ist miissig gross, das Kopfschild rechtwinkig mit schwach gerun-
deten Ecken, der Vorderrand leicht aufgebogen, mit schmalem kupfrigen

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. Devil

und darauf schivarzem Randsawn; die Fihler sind gross, die Keule so
lang als die Geissel, braungelb mit leichtem Hrzschiller. Die ganze
Oberflaiche ist mit umwallten und im Grunde fein genabelten Punkten
dicht bekleidet, die auf Kopfschild und Stirm sowie an den Seiten des
Halsschildes vielfach zusammenfliesen. Auf den Fliigeldecken ist von
der primitiven Sculptur nur noch die erste primaire Punktreihe (neben
der Naht) erhalten, die ganze Oberflache ist mit umwallten, bald kreis-
férmigen, bald hufeisenformigen Punkten iibersit, wiihrend das Gewebe
zwischen ihnen sich yielfach zu kleinen Querrunzeln erhebt. Die After-
decke ist relativ kurz, an der Spitze breit zugerundet und im Spitzenteil
mit langen gelben Haaren bekleidet; auch neben den Augen, am Seiten-
rand des Halsschildes und an der Schildchenbasis stehen lange gelbe
Haare. Die Bauchringe tragen die gewohnliche Querreihe von borsten-
tragenden Punkten, die an den Seiten dichter zusammen stehen, Vorder-
und Hinterbrust sind dicht und lang rotgelb behaart, die Vorderschienen
zweizihnig.

Anomala (Euchlora) praematura sp. nov.

_ Elliptica, amtice et postice aequaliter fere acuminata, fusco-cupreo-
aenea thoracis lateribus, coxis, femoribus antennisque testaceis, caput.
thorax et scutellum dense punctata, sat nitida, elytra densissime con-
fluenter punctatis subsericeis.

6 2 Long. 16.5-18, lat. 9-10 mm.

Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet; Province of Albay, P. I.; Nuaros, P. L.,
Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector).

Vom richtigen Huchlorentypus, elliptisch, nach yorn und hinten
nahezu gleichmissig verschmilert, glinzend wie Kupferbronze, der
Vorderkorper etwas heller, die Fliigeldecken etwas dunkler und matter,
die Seiten des Halsschildes, die Hiiften und Schenkel sowie die Fiihler
rotlichgelb. Das Kopfschild ist breiter als lang, rechtwinklig mit leicht
gerundeten Heken, der Rand ganz schwach aufgebogen, die Flache wie
die Stirn dicht und fein runzelig, wihrend der Scheitel einzeln zer-
streut punktiert ist. Das Halsschild ist wie der Scheitel punktiert, doch
stehen die Punkte an den Seiten wie gewohnlich etwas dichter, die
basale Randfurche ist in der Mitte breit unterbrochen. Das Schildchen
ist zerstreut fem punktiert. Auf den Fliigeldecken sind die primiren
Punktreihen an der Seite und neben der Naht erhalten, alles iibrige ist
untergegangen in einer dusserst dichten feinen Punktierung, die auch
zum Teil auf die Nahtrippe tibergeht; der Seitenrand ist rippenartig
scharf abgesetzt. Die spitze Afterdecke ist dicht nadelrissig, miissig
glinzend und ganz spirlich kurz behaart. Glanzender als die Oberseite
ist die Unterseite, zumal die nahezu kahlen Bauchringe und Beine,
wihrend die Brust an den Seiten dichter punktiert und diimn behaart
ist. Die Vorderschienen sind kraftig zweiziihnig, die Fiihlerkeule bei

TS OHAUS.

6 und @ gleich lang, kiirzer als die Geissel. Bei unreifen Stticken
sind auch die Epimeren der Mittel- und Hinterbrust, zuweilen sogar die
Bauchringe gelb und die rotgelb durchscheinenden Fliigeldecken haben
eimen opalescierenden blauen Schiller.

Anomala (Euchlora) baeri sp. nov.

Precedentis magnitudine et statura, tota fusco-cupreo-enea segmentis
abdominalibus solum ad latera rufomaculatis, minus nitida, dense con-
fluenter punctata, elytris praeterea transversim aciculata.

6 2 Long. 17-19, lat. 10-10.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Manila,
P. I. (G. Baer, collector) ; Nucros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. White-
head, collector); Samar, P. L., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead, col-
lector).

Der yorhergehenden Art zunaichst verwandt, aber gleichmissig dunkler
bronzefarben ohne erzgriine Reflexe, nur an den Bauchseiten mit eimigen
rotgelben Fleckchen. Der ganze Kifer hat schwachen seidenartigen
Glanz in Folge der dichten und feinen, vielfach zusamenfliessenden
Punktierung. Die Fligeldecken tragen an Stelle der primaren Punkt-
reihen zuweilen ganz feine Streifen oder Furchen und sind, zumal an
den Seiten dicht mit querverlaufenden feinen Nadelrissen bedeckt, die
durch das Zusammenfliessen yon umwallten und hufeisenférmigen Punk-
ten entstanden. Die basale Randfurche auf dem Thorax fehlt ganz,
ebenso zuweilen der basale Zahn an den Vorderschienen, beim ¢. Die
Forcepsparameren, bei der vorhergehenden Art yon der Basis bis zur
Spitze gleichmassig verschmilert, sind hier in der Mitte auffallend
verbreitert und mit der Spitze nach unten gebogen.

Anomala (Huchlora) chloropyga Burm. Neben den Stiicken mit hell-
oder olivengriiner Oberseite und schwachem Hrzschimmer finden sich
auch solche, bei denen die Oberseite bronzefarben ist, solche mit rotem
bis violettem Schiller. Gewohnlich ist die Afterdecke rein gelb, seltener
tritt auf der Mitte des Vorderrandes ein braungriiner dreieckiger Fleck
auf, der in einzelnen Fallen, zumal beim ¢@ bis zur Spitze der Afterdecke
reicht.

MIMELA Kirby.
Mimela palawana sp. noy.

Mimelee xanthorrhine Hope similis. Parva, ovata, alte conyexa,
flavotestacea abdomine infuseato, viridi-eenea, elytra sola viridi-pomacea,
antenne flavotestacez.

6 @ Long. 11-12, lat. 6.5-7 mm.

PaLawan, Bacuit, Mt. Capoas P. I. (C. M. Weber, collector).

Vom Aussehen einer kleinen WM. xanthorrhina, hell scherbengelb mit
lebhaftem griinem Hrzschiller, Brust und Bauch etwas dunkler, die
Fliigeldecken sch6n apfelgrim, die Fiihler gelb. Das Kopfschild wie

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 253

bei den meisten Arten der Gattung breiter als lang mit parallelen Seiten
und schwach gerundeten Vorderecken, der ganze Vorderkérper, Kopf,
Halsschild und Schildchen miissig dicht und miassig stark punktiert.
Fliigeldecken mit regelmiissigen, nicht furchenartig vertieften, primaren
Punktreihen; die Insterstitien ziemlich weitliufig punktiert. Afterdecke
beim ¢ miissig dicht und zerstreut, beim @ grober und dichter punktiert,
nur am Rande mit einzelnen Borsten. Bauchringe und Brustseiten
ziemlich dicht und grob sculptiert, die letzteren spirlich behaart, Mittel-
brust ohne Vorsprung, Vorderbrust mit grosser, unten abgeflachter
Lamelle. Vorderschienen mit kraftigem Seitenzahn neben dem Spit-
zenzahn, die Mittel- und Hinterschienen leicht wadenartig verdickt ;
Fiihlerkeule beim ¢ um die Hilfte linger, als beim ¢.
MALAIA Heller.
Malaia thoracica sp. nov.

Maenitudine et statura M. ornate Schauf., crassa, supra sat deplanata,
capite, thorace scutelloque sat leete viridi-eeneis, elytris nigris plaga
magna rufa ornatis, subtus cum pedibus obscurius fusco-viridi-wenea
hie illic cuprascens, supra thorace solum sparsim griseo-hirsuta, subtus
cum pygidio albo-flavido-squamosa.

é Long. 9.5, lat. 5.5 mm.

Luzon, P. 1. (J. Whitehead, collector).

Von der Grosse und Korperform eines grossen 2 der I. ornata, Kopf,
Thorax und Schildchen ziemlich hell erzgriin, die Fliigeldecken gliinzend
schwarz mit emer grossen rotgelben Makel, die neben der Schulter von
der Basis bis zum Hinterrand reicht, Afterdecke, Unterseite und Beine
sind dunkler erzgriin mit kupfrigen Reflexen. LKopfschild trapezoidal
mit leicht aufgebogenem Rand, dicht nadelrissig, seidenartig glinzend,
vyorn kupfrig; der Kopf ebenso dicht quernadelrissig, die Stirn breit
dreieckig abgeflacht. Das Halsschild ist dicht quernadelrissig, nur an
den Seiten sind diese Nadelrisse in einzelne Punkte aufgelost und an
dem Hinterrand steht beiderseits ein linglicher dreieckiger ganz glatter,
kupfrig glinzender Fleck, der sich von dem matt seidenartigen Teil des
Thorax scharf abhebt; nur am Seitenrand und bei den Vorderecken
stehen einzelne spirliche graugelbe kurze Harchen. Schildchen ziemlich
dicht punktiert mit glatter Mitte. TFliigeldecken mit stark vorspring-
enden Schultern, abgeflacht oben, mit regelmissigen seichten Furchen
und Punktreihen darin, innen neben der Schulter und hinter dem
Schildchen leicht eingedriickt. Afterdecke hochgewolbt, mit Hufeisen-
punkten, die vielfach zu bogigen Strichen zusammenfliessen, mit zwei
geschwungenen langen Makeln von gelben Schuppenhaaren. Bauch-
ringe mit doppelten Querreihen yon gelben Schuppenhaaren, die vordere
Reihe spiirlich und seitlich verkiirzt, die hintere dichter und an den
Seiten zu kleinen Makeln yerbreitert. Brust in der Mitte kahl, an den
Seiten spirlich mit Schuppenhaaren bekleidet, ebenso die Beine ziemlich

254 OHAUS.

spiirlich behaart. . Hinterbrust yorn breit zwischen den Mittelhtiften ;
darauf setzt sich ein nach hinten halbkreisformiger Fortsatz der Mittel-
brust, der yon der Seite gesehen, als feine kurze Spitze schief nach unten
vorspringt. Hinterbeine sehr kriiftig, Mittel- und Vorderbeine schwach,
Vorderschienen zwweiziihnig die Tarsen kurz und diimn, die gréssere
KJaue yorn beim ¢ kaum yerdickt.
POPILLIA Serville.

Popillia mcgregori sp. nov. e

P. conopyga Ohs. proxime aflinis: Supra cum tibiis tarsisque viridi-
wnea, nitida, subtus cum pygidio, femoribus et antennis rufo-testacea,
deplanata, pygidio parum descendente fortiter acuminato lateribus sparsim
flavo-hirsuto, haud fasciculato.

é Long. 9.5, lat. 5.5 mm.

Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector).

Hine kleine, auffallend stark abgeflachte Form. Die Oberseite, die
Schienen und Tarsen sind glanzend erzgriin, die Afterdecke, Unterseite,
Schenkel und Fiihler rotgelb. Das. Kopfschild ist trapezformig, vorn
gerade abgestuzt und hier so breit wie lang, der Rand schwach aufgebogen ;
die Stirnnaht gerade, leicht. erhaben, der ganze Kopf grob runzelig
punktiert. Das Halsschild ist von der Basis nach yorn stark verschmia-
lert, die Seiten vor der Mitte winkelig gebogen, yon diesen Winkel
nach yorn stark conyergierend, die Vorderwinkel kriftig yorspringend,
von dem Winkel nach hinten und nach innen geschwungen, die Hinter-
winkel scharf vyorspringend, die Mitte mit kraftiger Lingsfurche und
schwachen schiefen Hindrticken yon der Mitte nach den Vorderwinkeln,
die Oberfliche mit tiefen Punkten bedeckt, die vielfach zu kurzen
Furechen zusammenfliessen. Schildchen relatiy gross, zerstveut miissig
stark punktiert. Fliigeldecken stark abgeflacht, in der Mitte verbreitert,
wesentlich breiter als das Halsschild, mit vorspringenden Schultern- und
Spitzenbuckeln, die Naht verktirzt, regelmissig und tief gefurcht; Rippen
und Interstitien gewolbt, im ersten und zweitem je zwei secundiire
Rippen; im dritten, (zwischen Schulter und Spitzenbuckel) nur eine,
an den Seiten die Sculptur undeutlich. Afterdecke nur wenig nach
unten gesenkt, scharf zugespitat, leicht quernadelrissig und mit Ausnahme
der Mitte tiberall mit kurzen graugelben Hirchen bekleidet. Bauchringe
und Brust dicht graugelb, behaart, der Mesosternalfortsatz hoch, missig
vorspringend. Vorderschienen mit kraftigem Seitenzahn, die gréssere
Klaue an allen Fiissen stark verliingert und yerdickt, vorn und in der
Mitte nur ganz schwach eingeschnitten.

Popillia scalpta Newm.

Herr. G. J. Arrow vom British Museum hat in den Trans. Wnt. Soc.
London, (1899) p. 272 die Pop. emula Newm. wie auch die Pop. picticol-
lis Kraatz als Synonyme zur oben genannten Art gestellt. Da die Pop.

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 255

picticollis Kraatz und die Pop. wmula Newm. im Sinne yon Kraatz in
dessen Sammlung fraglos zwei verschiedene Arten sind, so schickte ich
meine Stticke, nachdem ich sie mit denen in der Kraat’schen Sammlung
sorefiltig verglichen, an Herrn Arrow mit der Bitte, sie mit der Newman’
schen Type nochmals zu vergleichen was er in gewodhnter liebenswiir-
digster Weise umgehend erledigte. Hierbei ergab sich, dass die picticollis
Krtz. sicher synonym zur scalpta Newman, die wmula Newman im Sinne
von Kraatz aber eine neue Art ist. Es liegen mir von dieser Form zwei
é und vier @ yor, die sich yon den mir vorliegenden fiinf ¢ und vier
@ der scalpta in foigenden Punkten unterscheiden :

Popillia oculata sp. nov.

Magnitudine et statura P. scalpte Newm.; tota nigra, nitida, differt
thorace politissimo, sub lente vix perspicue punctulato et margine sparsim
albido-squamoso, macula elytrorum flayida postscutellari semper circulari,
parva. z

Long. 9.5-11, lat. 5.5-6 mm.

Luzon (C. Semper, J. Whitehead, collectors).

Kopfschild und Kopf sind seichter und zerstreuter punktiert, als bei
der scalpta Newm. Das Halsschild ist in seiner mittleren und hinteren
Partie glanzend poliert, punktfrei, vorn ist es fein punktiert, die Punkte
nach den Vorderecken hin kraftiger und dichter werdend; die Schup-
penhaare sind im Allgemeinen etwas mehr gelblich als bei der scalpta,
am Seitenrand ganz spiirlich, beim @ vielfach fehlend, am Hinterrand
nur yom Hinterwinkel bis halbwegs zum Schildchen reichend, immer
stirker als an den Seiten, am Vorderrand nur einige wenige (vier bis fiinf)
Borsten, neben den Vorderecken; das Seitengriibchen meist sehr gross.
Schildchen gross, stets frei von Punkten und Schuppen. Fliigeldecken
schwarz., seltener schwarzbraun, mit einer kleinen kreisrunden rotgelben
Makel hinter dem Schildchen. Der Querstreifen yon Schuppenhaaren
am Hinterrand des Propygidiums und die 4 Makeln auf dem Pygidium
dtinn und sparlich, die Schuppenhaare im einzelnen auch feiner als bei
der scalpta. Die Parameren des Forceps sind symmetrisch, bei der
scalpta nach der Spitze hin gleichmissig verschmilert, bei der oculata
mit zwei kraftigen Zihnen, die rechtwinklig zur Langsachse des Organes
an der Spitze seitlich vorspringen.

Popillia cetrata Newm. ist von den beiden vorhergehenden Arten leicht
zu unterscheiden durch ihre erzgriine Grundfarbe und das beschuppte
Seutellum. Die Art scheint in der Farbung ziemlich variabel zu sein;
yon den drei mir yorlegenden @—den g kenne ich noch nicht—hat das
eine hellgelbe Fliigeldecken mit leichtem griinem Erzschiller und ganz
schmalem griinem Saum an Schulter und Seitenrand, das zweite dun-
kelerzeriine Fliigeldecken mit einem unbestimmten grossen rotgelben
Langswisch von der Basis bis nahe an den Hinterrand, das dritte schwarze,

256 OHAUS.

erzgriin schillernde Fliigeldecken. Die Schuppen sind bald mehr gelb
und dann breit und dicht, bald weisslich und dann etwas diinner. Auf
dem Halsschild ist die Mitte der Linge nach leicht gewolbt, daneben
beiderseits vom WVorderwinkel bis nahe an die Schildchenecken eine
schiefe Furche, diese bald tief, bald flach und dann nahe dem Anfang
schon verléschend; in dieser Furche stehen ebenso wie am Seitenrand,
Hinterrand und Vorderrand, mit Ausnahme der Mitte, dicht gedrangte
Schuppenhaare. Die Afterdecke trigt vier kraftige Schuppenflecke, die
zaweilen in zwei Lingsstreifen vereinigt sind.

LISTE DER RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN.

J. ANOMALINT.
ANOMALA Samuelle.
Ent. useful Compend. (1819) 1, 191.
Subgenus Rhinoplia Burmeister.
Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 232.
1. A. infans Ohs. sp. noy.
Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector).
Subgenus Heteroplia Burmeister.
Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 233.
2. A. flavoscutellata Ohs. sp. noy.
Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I. (J. Whitehead, col-
lector).
3. A. macrophthalma Ohs. sp. nov.
Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Aparri, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, col-

lector).
Subgenus Anomala Samuelle,

In species sec. Burm. Handb. IV, 1, 246.
4. A. camarinensis Ohs. sp. nov. :
Luzon, Camarines, P. I., 10-13 Juni, 1903. (HH. Hallier, collector).
5. A. catenatopunctata Ohs. sp. noy.

Luzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ;
Province of Bataan, Lamao, P. 1. (H. Cuzner, collector).

6. A. despumata Ohs. sp. noy.
Luzon, Manila, Dolores, P. I.
7. A. exarata Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 260.
Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead).

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 257
8. A. humeralis Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 262.
eydouxti Blanch. Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 192.

Luzon, P. 1. (C. Semper, J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg,
C. S. Banks) ; Province of Bulacan, Quingua, P. I. (#. Simon) ; Province
of Tarlac, Pura, P. I. (2. Mernandez) ; Lmytn, P. I., Marz, April, 1896
(J. Whitehead) ; Mrnporo, P. I. Dezember 1894 (Hverett) ; Panawan,
P. I. (C. Semper).

9. A. leotaudii Blanch., Cat. Coll, Ent. (1850) 191.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze).
Var. fuscoviridis Ohs.
Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I.
10. A. noctivaga Ohs. sp. nov.
Batanus Isnanps, P. lL. (R. C. McGregor, collector).
11. A. ovatula Ohs. sp. nov.

Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs. MW. S. Clemens, collector) ;
Leyrp, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector) ; PALAwAn, P. I. (C. M. Weber,
collector).

12. A. palawana Ohs. sp. nov.

Parawan, P. I. (C. Semper, dedit); Bacuit, P. I. (C. M. Weber,
collector).

13. A. planata Cand., Col. Hefte, (1869) V, 42.

Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (divs. M.S. Clemens) ; Lryrn, P. I.
August, 1896 (J. Whitehead) ; Luzon, Province of Benguet, Irisan, P. I.
(R. C. McGregor) ; Province of Cagayan, Lal-loc, P. I. (H. M. Curran).
14. A. proctolasia Ohs. sp. nov.

Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Potro, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector).

15. A. schultzeana Ohs. sp. nov.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (W. Schultze, collector).
16. A. semperiana Ohs. sp. nov.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper, collector).

17. A. sulcatula Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 261.

Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I. (G@. A. Baer, C. S. Banks,
Mrs. H. Otto, Schadenberg) ; Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ;
Province of Bataan, Limay, P. I. (R. J. Alvarez) ; Pouruno, P. I. (RB. C.
McGregor); Panawan, P. I. (C. Semper); Mt. Capoas, P. I. (C. M.
Weber).

258 OHAUS.

18. A. varicolor Gyllenh., Schiénh. Syn. Ins. App. I, 3, 114.

Luzon, P. 1. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. 1. (W. Schultze) ; Mrnporo,
Rio Baco, Balete, P. I. (R. C. McGregor); Patawan, P. I. (C. M.
Weber).

19. A. vietipennis Ohs. sp. nov.
Luzon, Manila, P. I. (P. G. Woolley, collector).
20. A. whiteheadi Ohs. sp. nov.
Luzon, Proyince of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector).
Subgenus Aprosterna Hope.

Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1835) 1, 117; Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281.
21. A. andradei Heller, Ent. Nach. (1893) 323,

Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Province of Cagayan, Misiones River, P. I.

22. A. chalybzea Burm., Handb., (1844) IV, 1, 282.—Heller, Ent. Nachr. (1893)
321.

A, polita Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 196.
A. relucens Har.

Luzon, Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan,
P. 1. (Rk. C. McGregor) ; Province of Rizal, Montalban Gorge, P. I. (W.
Schultze).

23. A. corruscans Chevrol., Rev. Zool. (1841) 222—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV,
1, 282.—Heller, Ent. Nachr. (1893) 321.

Luzon, P. 1. (C. Semper, 5-6000 feet; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I.
(Schadenberg) ; Province of Benguet, Baguio, P. I. (R. C. McGregor) ;
Proyince of Abra, Bangued, P. I. (C. 8S. Banks).

24. A. heteroglypha Ohs. sp. nov.
IbjerAON, Is Ue
Subgenus Spilota Burmeister.

Handb. (1844) LV, 1, 266.

25. A. picturata Cand., Col. Hefte (1869) 5, V, 42.

N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); S. Luzon, P. 1.
(Donckier) ; CATANDUANES IsLANDs, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ;, Minvoro,
Balete, Rio Baco, P. I. (2. C. McGregor) ; Nucros OcciDENTAL, Siya-
Siya, Mt. Canlaon, P. I. (C. S. Banks).

Subgenus Euchlora MacLeay.

Hor. Ent. (1819) I, 148—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 274.
26. A. anoguttata Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 280.

N. Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I., (Schadenberg; A.
Herzog) ; livzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. ( J. Whitehead) ;
Camarines, P. L., 10-13 Juni, 1903 (H. Hallier) ; Province of Zambales,

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 259

P. I., Mai, 1880 (C. Semper) ; Mrnvoro, P. I., November, 1895, Januar,
1896 (J. Whitehead).

27. A. atrocyanea Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 277.
Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Sinuyan, P. I. (Rf. C. McGregor).
28. A. baeri Ohs. sp. nov.

N. and 8. Luzon, Manila, P. I. (G. A. Baer, collector) ; Province of
Albay, P: I.; Nueros, P. J., Samar, P. I., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. White-
head, collector) ; Mrnpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (divs, MI. S. Clemens,
collector) ; PALAWAN, Bacuit, P. I. (C. Mf. Weber, collector).

29. A. chalcoptera Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281.
Minpanao, P. I.
30. A. chloropyga Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 281.
N. and S. Luzon; Manila, P. I. (Schadenberg) ; Province of Albay,
P. I. (J. Whitehead).
31. A. dasypyga Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 280.
Iuuzon, P. I.
32. A. encausta Cand., Col. Heft. (1869) V, 42.
Luzon, Manila, P. IJ.; Minpanao, P. I.

33. A. inconsueta Ohs. sp. nov.

Nezeros, P. I. Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead, collector) ; Luzon,
Province of Benguet, P. I. (R. C. McGregor, collector).

34. A. nitidissima Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 194.

Luzon, Province of Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Negros Occ1DENTAL,
Bago, Louisiana, P. I. (R. MW. Araneta.)

35. A. obesa Cand., Col. Hefte, (1869) V, 41.
Luzon, Manila, P. I.

36. A. preematura Ohs. sp. noy.

luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet; Albay, P. I., Marz, April, 1896. (J.
Whitehead, collector) ; NEGRos OccrpEnTAL, Mailum, P. I. ( C. 8. Banks,
collector).

37. A. prasina Burm., Hand. (1844) IV, 1, 277.

Luzon, Proyince of Albay, Albay, P. I.; Mrnporo, P. I., November,

1895, Januar, 1896 (J. Whitehead).

38. A. smaragdina Eschsch., Entomogr., (1822) 18; Burm., Handb. (1844) IV,
1, 276.

Luzon, Manila, P. I.; Caranpuanus Istanps, P. I. (J. Whitehead).
98666——4

260 OHAUS.

MIMELA Isirby.
Trans. Linn. Soc. (1825) XIV, 101.—Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 285.

39. M. blumei Hope, Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1835) I. 116; Burm., Handb.
(1844) IV, I, 289.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDs.
40. M. maculicollis Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1908) 636.

Luzon, Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Srpay, P. I.
(D. C. Worcester).
41, M. palawana Ohs. sp. nov.

PaLawan, Bacuit, Mt. Capoas, P. I. (C. MW. Weber, collector).

MALAIA Heller.

Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1891) 298.
42. M. thoracica Ohs. sp. noy.

N. Luzon, P. I. (J. Whitehead, collector).

PSEUDOMALAIA Kraatz.

Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 296.
43. P. flavopilosa Ohs. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1905) 91.

Neeros, P. [., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead).
44. P. pilifera Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 309.

Luzon, P. I., 5-6000 feet (C. Semper) ; Province of Cagayan, Cape
Engano, P. I.; Province of Albay, Albay, P. I. (J. Whitehead) ; Province
of Benguet, Ivisan, P. I.; (R. C. McGregor) ; Mrxypanao, P. I.

45. P. semperi Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 178.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Nueros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896; Leyts,
P. I.; Samar, P. L., Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead).

46. P. tagala Heller, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1891) 305.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; G. A. Baer) ; N. Luzon, P. 1., 5-6000 feet
(J. Whitehead) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I. (R. C. Mc-
Gregor) ; MinpDANAO, Agusan River, P. I. (A. Celestino).

POPILLIA Serville.

Eneyel. Nethod. (1825) X, 367.—IXvaatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 283.
47. P. conopyga Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1905) 92.

Luzon, Province of La Laguna, P. J.; Manila, P. I.

48. P. cetrata Newm., The Entom. (1841) I, 223.

N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Province of Benguet, Irisan River, P. I.
(BR. C. McGregor); Negros OccipenTAL, Bago, Mailum, P. I. (C. S$
Banks).

DIE RUTELIDEN DER PHILIPPINISCHEN INSELN. 261

49. P. depressa Kraatz., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 287.

N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper); Province of Benguet, Irisan River,
Baguio, P. I. (R. C. McGregor).
50. P. depressiuscula Kraatz., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 286.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); Mamila, P. I. (Scha-
denberg).

51. P. megregori Ohs. sp. nov.
Luzon, Province of Benguet, Pauai, P. 1. (2. C. McGregor, collector).
52. P. mutans Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1841) III, 39.
Var. relucens Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 199.
Luzon, Manila, P. I.
53. P. oculata Ohs. sp. noy.
N. Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead, collectors).

54. P. scalpta Newm. The Entom. (1841) 222.—Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. London
(1899) 274.

P. aemula Newm., 1. ¢. 222.
P. pictalis Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 284.

N. Luzon, P. L. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead).

55. P. variabilis Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1892) 283.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Province of Cagayan, Cape Engano, P. I.
(J. Whitehead) ; Province of Benguet, Ivisan River, Cabayan, P. I.
(R. C. McGregor).

Il. RUTELINI GENUINI.

PARASTASIA Westwood.

Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 204—Ohaus, Monographie; Deutsche Ent.
Zeitschr. (1900) 225-266. :
56. P. canaliculata Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 204 u. 304 9.

$ bipunctata Westw., 1. c. p. 304.

6 rubrotessellata Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 217.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. 1. (P. Roeseler) ;
Samar, P. I., Juni, Juli, 1896 (J. Whitehead).
57. P. confluens Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304 @.

6 rugosicollis Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent. (1850) 217.
6 degenarata Snell. v. Vollenh., Tijdschr. v. Ent. Nederl. (1864) VII, 147.
© ptleus Snell. v. Vollenh., 1. ¢. p. 147 t. IX, f. 3.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper) ; Minpanao, Camp Keithley, P. I. (Mrs.
M. S. Clemens) ; Stpuyan Istanp, P. I. (R. C. McGregor).
58. P. discolor Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper).

262 OHAUS.
59, P: indica Ohs., Stettin. Ent. Zeit. (1898) 9; Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1900)
257.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
60. P. nigriceps Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304.

Nzeros, P. I., Marz, April, 1896 (J. Whitehead) ; PHiuippine Is-
LANDS (C. Semper). 2

61. P. nigroscutellata Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1901) 125.

Luzon, Province of Cagayan, Cape Engafo, P. I. (J. Whitehead).
62. P. nonfriedi Ohs., Stettin. Ent. Zeit. (1898) 10.

Patawan, P. I. (W. Schultze).
63. P. westwoodi Waterh. ex Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1841) VIII, 304.

Minporo, Balete, Baco River, P. I. (2, C. McGregor) ; Mindanao,
Zamboanga, Port Banga, P. I. (W. I. Hutchinson).

LUTERA Westwood.

Trans. Ent. Soe. London (1875) 236.

64. L. nigromaculata Ohs., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. (1900) 261; 1. ec. (1905) 97.

. Luzon, Province of Camarines, P. I.

Tlf. ADORETINTI.

ADORETUS Castelnau.
Hist. Nat. (1840) II, 142.
65. A. luridus Blanch., Cat. Coll. Ent, (1850) 234,

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; O. Warburg) ; Manila, P. I. (C. S. Banks;
W. Schultze).

66. A. philippinicus Pic, Le Naturaliste (1905) 131.

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead) ; Manila, P. I.; RomsBion,
P. I. (£. C. McGregor).

67. A. ranunculus Burm., Handb. (1844) IV, 1, 474. ,

Luzon, P. I. (C. Semper; J. Whitehead); Manila, P. I. (C. S.
Banks; W. Schultze).

68. A. umbrosus Fabr., Ent. Syst. (1892) I, 2, 169.—Burm., Handb., (1855) IV,
2, 532. Blanch., in Hombron et Jacquinot, Voy. Pol. Sud. (1853) IV, 109.

A. mutabilis Blanch., 1. ec. Atlas pl. 8, fig. 7.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

FISHES OF BORNEO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR
NEWS SRE GIES:

By ALVIN SEALE.

(From the Section of Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science,
; Manila, P. I.)

The following collection of fishes was secured by me at Sandakan,
British North Borneo, February 10 to 14, 1908. Of the one hundred
and seventeen species, ninety-one were common to Borneo and the Phil-
ippines. Twenty-six only were recorded from Borneo and not from the
Philippines. The method of measurement is the same as that used by
Jordan and Hyermann.t The color markings recorded are all from
specimens which have been two years in alcohol.

Family CARCHARIIDAS. Sharks.
Charcharias borneensis Seale, sp. noy. Plate I.

Head 4; depth 5.1; eye 6.50 in head; snout but slightly less than
interorbital; middle of eye exactly midway between tip of snout and
second gill arch; no spicules; nostrils considerably nearer mouth than
to tip of snout; length of under jaw 1.60 in snout; width of mouth at
angle 1.25 in snout; five gill arches, the posterior ones above base of
pectorals. Teeth all oblique in two rows at least 2% on each side; all
with swollen bases; those of the upper jaw have one large sharp point
and three smaller points on the inner side, the longest about one-third
the size of the large point; these graduate in size, both the large and
small points are denticulate. Hach tooth of the under jaw consists of
a single, smooth, sharp point on a swollen base. I was unable to detect
any denticulations on the lower teeth. (Sce Plate I, figs. 3 and 4).

The origin of the ventral is located posteriorly to the pectoral’ by a
distance one-third greater than the eye, the fin being midway between the
tip of snout and the middle of the base of the second dorsal; height of
dorsal 1.50 in head, its base 1.75 in its height; origin of second dorsal
midway between tip of caudal and fourth gill opening; height of second

* Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1896), 47, pt. 1, ix.
263

264 SEALE.

dorsal about equal to its base; caudal with two notches, its length one-
third greater than head; a distinct pit at base of caudal both above and
below; origin of anal midway between origin of ventrals and origin of
caudal, being directly below the second dorsal; origin of ventrals midway
between under part of caudal and anterior gill opening; length of outer
margin of pectorals 1.10 in head, the inner margin 2.60 in outer, the
posterior margin concave.

Color in alcohol uniform pale drab above, yellow below; fins uniform
with coloring of body, except the second dorsal which has its upper
two-thirds black.

This species in appearance resembles C. dusswmiert (Val.), but the
location of the fins and the form of the teeth are different. This is also
true of C. acutus (Riippell) which it also resembles.

Type, No. 2720 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from
Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 372 millimeters.

Family DASYATIDA. Sting Rays.

Dasyatis kuhli (Miiller and Henle).

Color brown above, with large round blue spots; belly yellowish-white.
No. 2503; disk 140 millimeters in diameter.
A common sting ray of Borneo, used as food; also found in the Philip-
pines.
Family CLUPEIDAN. Herrings.

llisha xanthoptera Bleeker.

Head 4.25, measured to tip of upper jaw; eye 3.75; adipose eyelid well
developed ; snout 3.35; depth 3.85; scutes strong, 7 on gular region and
27 on belly, a total of 34; dorsal 17; anal 49; villiform teeth on palatines
and minute teeth in each jaw; none’ on vomer. Origin of anal below
posterior rays of dorsal.

Color silver bluish from aboye; a dusky blotch on upper anterior part
of opercle, and another posterior to upper portion of opercle; tip of jaws
dusky. No. 2713; length, 370 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo, not recorded from the Philippines.

Family SYNODONTIDAS. Lizard-fishes.
Saurida tumbil (Bleeker) .

This specimen agrees with Bleeker’s* description and figure. It is
common in Borneo and used as food. It has not been recorded from the
Philippines. No. 2587; length, 195 millimeters.

* Atlas Ichthyologique (1866-1872), 6, 155, pl. 277, fig. 4.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 265

Family MURASNESOCIDA. Eels.
Murzenesox cinereus (Forskal) .

Color drab-brown above, paler below. ‘he lateral line very distinct;
fins yellowish, the tips of dorsal and anal black, these fins becoming
entirely dusky near and at end of caudal. Snout long; teeth large, the
yomerine teeth with cusps on each side. Nos. 2498, 2500; length 490 to
556 millimeters.

A fish of considerable food importance in Borneo; also recorded from
the Philippines.

Family CYPRINIDAL. Minnows.

Barbus elongatus Seale, sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 1.

Head +; depth 3.1; dorsal 12; amal 8; scales 5-27 (to end of caudal
yertebra)—t; the lateral line curves down to a little below the median
line of sides, then up to middle of base of caudal; eye 3.75 in head;
snout 4; interorbital 2.70; maxillary scarcely reaching to anterior margin
of eye; two maxillary barbules on each side, the longest 2 in head;
pectorals about equal to head; ventrals 1.15 im head. No teeth except
pharyngeals which are 4-3—2, the larger ones slightly hooked and each
with a small shoulder.

Body. oblong, compressed, the outline between origin of dorsal and
tip of snout somewhat gibbous and with a concave area above the eye;
caudal peduncle rather long and slim, its depth being 1.75 in its length;
origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and end of caudal vertebra,
the second large ray enlarged and serrated on its upper two-thirds; the
enlarged hard portion equal to distance from middle of eye to end of
opercles ; origin of anal much nearer origin of yentrals than the end of
caudal vertebra, longest anal ray 1.70 in head; origin of ventrals midway
between origin of anal and posterior margin of opercles; caudal deeply
emarginate, its length greater than head. Gill openings restricted,
ending on a line with angle of preopercle. Gill rakers small, rather
sharp pointed, about 9 on lower arch.

Body entirely covered with large smooth scales which have 4 to 8
striate lines; tubes of lateral line unbranched; ventral with axillary
scale; scaly sheaths to dorsal and anal ; head entirely naked.

Color silvery with a slight shade of yellowish; four round black spots
on middle line of sides, one at base of caudal, one at origin of lateral
line, two on the lateral line near the middle. A black spot at origin of
anal. Upper rays of dorsal, anal, and caudal, dusky.

This species is nearly related to Barbus ivis Seale from Balabac Island,
from which it is easily distinguished by its more elongated form, long
caudal peduncle, the more anterior location of the anal, and the less
distance between the anal and yentrals. This species also has a larger eye.

266 SEALE.

Type, No. 2566 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from
Sandakan, Borneo. Length 80 millimeters.

Family SILURIDE. Catfishes.

Arius sagor Hamilton.
Hexanematichthys sundaicus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. (1862), 2, 26, pl. 62.

Bleeker® gives an excellent figure of this species. It is easily
recognized by the banded appearance of. the upper half of the body.
These bands ‘extend down to, or slightly below, the single lateral line
and are evident even in specimens which haye been long in alcohol.
The young do not show the banded markings.

There are four patches of teeth on the palatine, separated by inter-
spaces. The bony shield at base of dorsal spine.is separated from the
head shield. No. 2497; length, 370 millimeters; Nos. 2437, 2462 and
2518; length, 115 to 135 millimeters, young.

The species is regarded as an excellent food-fish and is common in
the market of Sandakan. It has not been reported from the Philippines.
Tachysurus venosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) .

Arius venosus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. (1862), 2, 33, pl. 54, fig. 1.

Grayish with a silvery wash; the fins have a slightly darker shade;
under parts white. Nos. 2514 and 2625; length, 135 to 170 millimeters.

Characterized by an almost smooth head. ‘Two triangular shaped
areas of villiform teeth on the palate. A common food fish of Borneo.
This species is recorded by Cuyier and Vallenciennes from Manila.

Arius argyropleuron (Xuhl and Van Hasselt).

Grayish with a yellowish wash; yellowish white below. No. 2682;
length, 145 millimeters.

Characterized by the ovate maxillary patch of granular teeth, the
elongate snout, and the dusky, adipose fin. A food fish of Borneo, not
reported from the Philippines.

Family PLOTOSIDAS. Sea Catfishes.
Plotus anguillaris (Bloch.).

Color drab-gray; three longitudinal white stripes on each side from
tip of head to tip of tail; fins all washed with slate-gray, darker at
extremities; chin, belly, and throat yellowish cream. Nos. 2683, 2446,
2677, 2655; length, 160 to 195 millimeters.

This species is regarded as a good fish, but owing to the stinging
wounds inflicted by its spines and because of its small size, 1t is not
often seen in the market. It is also common throughout the Philippines.

> Atl, Ichth. (1862), 2, pl. XIV.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 267

Family BELONIDAS. Needlefishes.

Tylosurus strongylurus (Iuhl and Van Hasselt).

Head 2.60; eye 3 in postocular portion of head; origin of ventrals
midway between origin of pectorals and middle of base of anal. Nos.
2538 and 2696; length, 250 millimeters. °

This species is easily distinguished by the round black spot on the
base of the rays of caudal.

A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from’ the Philippines.

Tylosurus anulatus (Cuv. and Val.).

Head 3; eye 2 in postorbital portion of head; origin of ventrals
midway between end of caudal vertebra and anterior margin of eye.

Color silvery, washed with brownish above; pectorals, dorsal, caudal,
and anterior part of anal, dusky. Nos. 2667 and 2718; length, 290 to
300 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family EXOCGITID A. Half-beaks and Flying-fishes.
Zenarchopterus buffonis Cuy. and Val.

Head 4; depth 6; eye 1.50 in postorbital portion of head; snout 2 in
head; interorbital space considerably greater than eye; dorsal 11; anal
12; origin of ventrals midway between tip of caudal and the posterior
margin of opercle. Prolonged portion of under jaw beyond the upper
3.75 in head. Length from posterior margin of opercle to tip of under
jaw much less than from posterior margin of opercle to end of caudal
vertebra. Nos. 2622, 2672, and 2699; length, 170 to 215 millimeters.

A small brackish-water fish, dried and sold for food in considerable
numbers in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Hemirhamphus gaimardi (Cuy. and Val.). .

Head 4.25; depth 1.75 in head; exposed under jaw, beyond the upper,
1.75 in head; ventrals located midway between end of caudal vertebra
and anterior margin of eye; dorsal 15; anal 15; origin of dorsal very
slightly in advance of origin of anal; caudal forked.

Color silvery, bluish above; a blue and a silver line along the side; tip
of dorsal and posterior portion of caudal dusky. Nos. 2473, 2640, 2664
and 2666; length, 145 to 195 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.
Zenarchopterus dux Seale, sp. noy. Plate II, fig. 2.

Head, from tip of upper jaw, 4 to end of caudal vertebra; lower jaw,
beyond the upper, 3 to end of vertebra; posterior margin of opercle
midway between tip of lower jaw and end of caudal vertebra; dorsal 12;
anal 14, the 6th ray modified into an intromittent organ ; scales in lateral
series 41, about 45 in lateral line, 6 in vertical series; eye 3.75 in head;

268 SEALE:

snout 3.1; width of exposed upper jaw equal to its length; origin of
anal midway between end of caudal vertebra and origin of yentrals, being
below fifth dorsal ray; length of yentrals 2.50 in head; length of
pectorals 2.50 in head; caudal truncate, its length equal to distance’
from posterior end of upper jaw to end of opercle; body covered with
smooth deciduous scales.

Color yellowish with a silver stripe along side which is bordered above
with dark green. A dusky wash on dorsal and caudal, the anal with a
distinct dusky blotch anteriorily.

Type, No. 2679 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from
Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 150 millimeters.

Family ATHERINID AS. Silversides.
Atherina forskalii Rupp.
Head 3.50; depth +; eye 2.30 in head; interorbital about equal to eye;
dorsal YV—10; anal J, 12; scales 39 im lateral series from enlarged scale

above opercle.
Common in Borneo and the Philippines.

Family MUGILIDA. Mallets.

Mugil belanak Bleeker.

One specimen collected agrees with Bleeker’s * description and figure.

Color yellowish with a slight brownish wash above; scales with slightly
darker centers, giving an indistinctly striped appearance; adipose eyelid
moderately developed; tip of maxillary exposed. Origin of spinous
dorsal about midway between tip of snout and end of caudal vertebra;
origin of yentrals midway between origin of anal and notch of preorbital ;
origin of anal very slgthly in advance of origin of dorsal. No. 2481;
length, 175 millimeters.

An important food-fish of Borneo; not reported from the Philippines.
Liza ceruleomaculatus (Lacépéde). ;

Color silvery, slightly bluish above; a black spot at upper axil of
pectorals; scales 38. Nos. 2559 and 2602; length, 120 millimeters.

A common and yaluable food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the
Philippines.

Family SPHYRAINIDA. Barracudas.

Sphyrzena toxeusa Forster.

Head 3.30; depth 6.50; eye 5.50; interorbital 4.75; scales 115.

Dusky above; white below ; all the fins more or less stained with gray.
No. 2736; length, 440 millimeters.

A yaluable food-fish of Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines.

+ Java, 4, 337.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 269

Family POLINEMIDAS. 'Threadfins.

Polydactylus zophomus Jordan and McGregor.

Five pectoral appendages, the longest not extending beyond imiddle
of pectoral; posterior half of dorsal black; a black spot at origin of
lateral line; pectorals shaded with dusky punctulations; tip of ventrals
with a slight dusky wash; general color uniform silvery. Nos. 2448,
2624, 2638, and 2687; length, 90 to 100 millimeters.

It is possible that P. zophomus Jordan & McGregor is another synonym
for P. plebeius (Broussonet).

Polynemus tetradactylus Shaw.

Four pectoral appendages, the longest of which extends to middle
length of yentrals; tips of fins, except ventrals, shaded with dusky.
Head 3.50; depth 3.75. General color silvery with slight brownish wash
above. No. 2489; length, 265 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family SYNGNATHIDAS. Sea-horses.
Hippocampus kuda Bleeker.

A series of four specimens illustrates a considerable degree of variation
in this species due to age; the older specimens are much less spinate
than the young; a very decided change is seen in the coronet which in
the younger form is decidedly five-spimed, but with advancing age the
front spines gradually atrophy, leaying a three-spined coronet.

The color varies from yellowish-white in young to almost black in
adult; usually some five black specks are discernible; all show a more
or less banded appearance of the snout. Nos. 2727, 2728, 2729, and
2730; length, 100 to 140 millimeters.

This species is common in Borneo, and also has been taken at numerous
points in the Philippines.

Hippocampus barbour described by Jordan and Richardson’? from
Cuyo Island is doubtless this species.

Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Bloch.

Nos. 2731, 2732, 2733, 2734 and 2735; leneth, 205 millimeters.

This species is used to a considerable extent in China as medicine; it
is common in Borneo and all over the Philippines.

Family STROMATHIDAS. Butterfishes or Pomfrets.°
Stromateus cinereus (Blech.).
Head 3.50; depth 1.50; eye 3.50 in head; snout 1.25 in eye; inter-
orbital 2 in head. No yentrals. Anterior rays of dorsal and anal
elongate.

° Bull. U. S. Bu. of Fisheries (1908), 27, 247.
° In Hongkong fishes of the family Stromateide are called pomfrets.

270 SEALE.

Color dull yellowish, some small dusky dots on sides of head and chin.
Nos. 2439 and 2894; length 100 to 116 millimeters.
Used for food in Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines.

Family SCOMBRIDA. Mackerels.

Rastrelliger brachysomus (Bleeker).

Color dull bluish-gray above, silvery with a yellowish wash below;
posterior margin of dorsal dusky, fins otherwise uniform; round dusky
spots at base of dorsal. Nos. 2648, 2649 and 2695; length 190 to 200
millimeters. :

This species is easily distinguished by its great depth (3 in length),
its long gill rakers which project into the mouth making it look “as if
full of feathers.” Scales below base of pectorals slightly the largest.
This species is well described by Jordan and Dickerson.‘

A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines.

Lactarius lactarius (Bloch and Schneider).

Head 2.85; depth equal to head; eye 3.30 in head; dorsal VIII-I, 24;
anal III, 26; scales about 60; a row of small teeth in jaws with two or
three enlarged canines. Teeth on vomer and palatine.

Color silvery, a very distinct opercular spot. Dorsals grayish at tips.
No. 2610; length, 100 millimeters.

Family CARANGIDAS. Pampanos.
Caranx speciosus (Forsk&l).

This species is easily recognized by its yellow color, with the alternating
wide and narrow black bands over the body, the anterigr one being
through the eye; the distinctness of these stripes seems to vary a great
deal, but they are never entirely absent. I have seen very old specimens
of 400 millimeters in length with the markings yery distinct. Nos. 2458,
2465, and 2630; length, 85 to 250 millimeters.

Caranx sexfasciatus (Quoy and Gaimard).

Carangus rhabdotus Jenkins, Bull. U. 8. Bu. Fisheries (1903), 23, pl. 1, 193.
Caranxz semisomnus Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. (1904), 12, 3d.
ser. 510, pl. 16.

Head 3.10; depth at origin of anal 2.55; eye 3.75 im head; snout 3.50;
interorbital space 3.40; dorsal VIII—-I, 21; anal II-I, 17; scales about 52
in curved portions of lateral line, and 30 scutes in the straight portion; the
line becomes straight under the second soft ray of dorsal, the curved por-

7 Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. (1908), 34, 603.

FISHES OF BORNEO. aa

tion is 1.45 in the straight, the dépth of the curve is equal to the length of
snout; breast fully scaled. Adipose eyelid covering the iris posteriorly,
-very slightly developed anteriorly, cheeks scaled ; opercles naked except on
upper portion. Maxillar ending on a line with posterior margin of
pupil, its length 2.10 in head. A single row of small sharp teeth in each
jaw with some slightly enlarged canines anteriorly; the upper jaw in
addition has bands of setiform teeth interiorly ; teeth on yomer, palatine,
and tongue.

Color silvery, with golden reflections. The young have five dusky
vertical bands; tips of dorsals and caudal grayish, fins otherwise yellow.
A small opereular spot. Inner axil of pectorals dusky. Nos. 2469, 2483,
2567, and 2653; length, 66 to 260 millimeters.

An abundant food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines.
Caranx brevis Bleeker.

Head 4 to end of scutes; depth 3; eye 3.50 in head; snout 3.50;
interorbital 3.50; maxillary 2.80, ending on a line with anterior margin
of pupil, dorsal VIII-I, 21; anal [I—I, 17; 44 scutes in straight portion
of lateral line, the line strongly curved, becoming straight under origin of
soft dorsal; the curved portion 2.3 in the straight; depth of curve equal
to eye; depth of largest scute one-third less than width of eye. Breast
scaled; teeth small, in single series in each jaw; villiform teeth on
vomer, palatine, and tongue. aa

Color grayish-blue above, silvery with a yellowish wash below; a very
large and distinct opercular spot. Fins yellow, margin of soft’ dorsal
with a wash of grayish; spinous dorsal grayish. Nos. 2460, 2464, and
2646; length, 175 to 260 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.
Resembles C. megalaspis Bleeker, but the scutes are of much less depth.
Caranx ira (Cuv. and Val.).

Head 3.50; depth 2.55; eye 3.30 in head; snout 3.10; interorbital
equals eye; maxillary 2.50, ending on a line with anterior margin of
pupil. Breast scaled; lateral line with low curve, becoming straight
under 9th dorsal ray; scutes 28, straight portion of line 1.25 in curved ;
depth of curve less than eye; dorsal VIII-I, 23; anal II-I, 19. Teeth
of upper jaw. in two series, those of lower jaw in single series, villiform
teeth on vomer, palatines, and tongue.

Color silvery with a bluish tint above. Fins all yellowish-white, except
soft dorsal, which has the lobe very black, with a white tip, a very char-
acteristic marking for the species. Nos. 2613 and 2738; length, 137
millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from Negros, Iloilo, and
Manila, Philippine Islands.

Drie, SEALE.

Citulta armatus (Forskél).

Characterized by the peculiar shape, and the elongate ventral, dorsal,
and anal; the ventrals extend beyond caudal; the spinous dorsal is aa
sented by six minute spines; scutes very Sac

Color silver, with indistinct dusky bands; a more distinct band extends
through the eye. No. 2545; length, 86 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo ; also found in the Philippines.

Scomberoides lysan (Forskal).

These specimens are silvery with a bluish wash above; the fins
yellowish, the soft dorsal shghtly grayish without distinct dusky blotch.
The species may be distinguished by the deep body, the short snout,
which is less than eye, and the long premaxillary, which is 1.50 in head,
ending posteriorly to eye.

Large specimens have the grayish blotches, like finger prints, 6—7 in
number, all above the lateral line, except the two anterior ones. Nos.
2459, 2484, and 2506; length, 178 to 300 millimeters.

A food-fish of some importance in Borneo; also recorded from the
Philippines. This species affords excellent sport with rod and reel.

Family TRICHIURID. Cutlass-fishes.
Trichiurus haumela (forsk&l).

Head, from tip of upper jaw 6.85; eye 5.35 in head; snout 2.90;
interorbital 2.50 in snout.

Color silvery, tip of dorsal dusky. Anterior anal spines not enlarged.
No. 2657; length, 334 millimeters.

A common food-fish at Sandakan; also found throughout the Phil-
ippines.

Family EQUULIDA. Shp-mouths.
Gazza minuta (Bloch).

Head 3; depth 2; eye 2.50, lateral line complete; breast naked ; rather
strong canine teeth in jaws.

Color silvery, with more or less bronzy reflections ; some very indistinct
mottling showing on the back in some specimens ; axil of pectorals dusky ;
tip of dorsal with very slight trace of dusky color; fins yellowish-white.
Nos. 2569, 2605, 2650, 2658, and 2757; length, 87 to 110 millimeters.

Important as a food-fish because of its abundance. Found also in the
Philippines. :

Equula ruconia (Hamilton).

Head 3.75; depth 1.50; eye 2.50 in head; lateral line incomplete.
Color yellowish-brown aboye, with brownish bands and markings;
silvery below. Axil of pectoral dusky; some dusky dots on sides of

FISHES OF BORNEO. PIS

thorax ; a dark line from orbit to chin; tip of dorsal with a slight trace of
dusky color. Nos. 2468, 2708, and 2781; length, 45 to 50 millimeters.
Common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines.

Leiognathus blochii Cuv. and Val.

Head 3; depth 2.1; eye 3 in head; snout 3; interorbital about 3; dorsal
VILLI, 16; anal II], 14; scales 55 to end of caudal vertebra. A small
spine in front of orbit, lower margin of preopercle serrated, mandible
moderately curved; length of median crest 2.60 in head, second dorsal
spine 2.50 in depth.
~ Color yellowish-brown aboye, silvery below; a black band around tip of
snout; a dusky blotch on shoulder at end of nuchal spine; numerous
vertical or undulating lines over back. Inner axil of pectoral black;
some dusky coloring on inside of gill openings. Day® gives a good
figure of this species, although in our specimens the dusky saddle on
shoulder is not so distinct. Nos 2556, 2644, 2662, 2711, 2748, and
2756; length, 66 to 100 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Leiognathus caballa (Cuv. and Val.).

Head 3; depth 1.55; eye 2.70 in head; dorsal VIII, 16; anal ILI, 14;
second dorsal spine 2.80; breast naked ; lateral line complete ; superorbital
edge serrated ; nuchal spine 1.75 in head.

Color grayish-silvery above, with numerous fine vertical lines over back
down to near median line of sides; no black on the fins, which are
yellowish-white. Nos. 2463, 2515, 2520, and 2551; length, 70 to 110
millimeters. :

Leiognathus edentulus Bloch and L. dusswmiert Cuy. and Val. both
have the breast fully scaled and are probably synonymous; they certainly
are not the above species which has the breast naked.

Leiognathus splendens (Cuvier).

Head 3.10; depth 1.75; eye 2.50 in head; snout 3 in head; interorbital
2.60; first dorsal spine 2.50 in depth of fish; nuchal crest 1.85 in head;
orbital serrated ; two distinct spines in front of eye on each side; breast
fully and distinctly scaled. S

Color silvery, darker above, with some irregular vertical markings
scarcely showing, and entirely obsolete in some specimens. A distinct
dusky blotch on upper portion of spinous dorsal. Axil of pectoral dusky ;
end of snout dusky; some dusky markings at tip of anal. Nos. 2543,
2690, 2737; length, 65 to 89 millimeters.

A food-fish of importance because very abundant. Also found through-
out the Philippines.

* Fishes of India (1878). 241, pl. 52, fig. 5.

274 SEALE.

Family APOGONICHTHYIDAS. Cardinal Fishes.
Amia hyalosoma Bleeker. .

Color yellowish, a large black spot on base of anal; black between
anterior dorsal spines. Nos. 2608 and 2629; length, 115 millimeters.

Too small to be of much importance as food. Common also in the
Philippines.

Amia quadrifasciata (Cuy. and Val.).

Color yellowish, two or three brown stripes on upper half of body, the
lower stripe extending to tip of caudal fin; the arrangement of scales
on.sides gives the appearance of vertical bands. Nos. 2440, 2577, 2594,
2596, 2636, 2676, 2745, 2768, and 2780; length, 57 to 88 millimeters.

Common in Borneo and the Philippines.

Pseudoamia polystigma Bleeker.

Color brownish, specked; a black spot on opercle with a short brown
line above it; two brown lines passing downward and backward from the
eye. Nos. 2580, 2595, 2663, and 2743; length 65 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines.

Amia ceramensis Bleeker.

Color yellowish, a black dot on base of caudal; a narrow dusky line
along middle of side. Nos. 2456 and 2571; length, 67 to 69 millimeters.
_ Common in Borneo and the Philippines. but too small to be of
importance as a food-fish.

Family AMBASSIDAS. Climbing Perches.
Ambassis kopsi (Bleeker).

Color in alcohol yellowish-white with an indistinct silvery line down
the middle of side. Nos. 2476, 2540, 2544, 2592, 2568, 2753, and 2783;
length, 62 to 95 millimeters.

Common in Borneo and in the Philippines; of no importance as food.

Priopis gymnocephalus Lacépéde.
Nos. 2707 and 2724; length, 50 to 65 millimeters.
Common in Borneo and also in the Philippines. ‘Too small to be of
importance as food.
Family SERRANIDAN. Sea-basses.
Psammoperca waigiensis (Cuy. and Val.).

Similar to Lates calcarifer (Bloch), but without spines on lower border
of preopercle.

Color uniform dull brown, centers of scales slightly darker; fins like
body, except pectorals and yentrals which are yellowish-white. The

FISHES OF BORNEO. BUS

ventrals are slightly stained with gray. No. 2647; length, 166 milli-
meters.
A valuable food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines.

Lates calcarifer (Bloch).

Silvery-gray; fins gray; pectorals yellow. Strong spines on lower
margin of preopercle. No. 2490; length, 290 millimeters.

A valuable food-fish of Borneo; recorded also from the Philippines.

Epinephelus sexfasciatus (Cuv. and Val.).

Color brownish, with dull yellowish and brownish spots; six darker
vertical bands down sides; fins grayish without distinct markings.
Ventrals darker at tips. No. 2098; length, 121 millimeters.

A yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family LUTIANIDAS. Snappers.
Lutianus erythropterus Bloch.

This species is easily distinguished by the white mark in the posterior
axil of the soft dorsal which is followed by a deep black area covering
the remainder of the top of caudal peduncle. No. 2900; length, 210
millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Nemipterus upeneoides (Bleeker).

Head 3.45; depth 3.50.

Color yellowish-white with silvery reflection; darker above; a round
dusky spot on the lateral line above middle of pectorals. No. 2516;
length, 130 millimeters. e

A common food-fish of Borneo; not known from the Philippines.

Lutianus fulviflamma (Forskal).

Color white, with longitudinal yellow stripes; a distinct black blotch
on each side. Young specimens have a dusky stripe from eye to tip of
snout and on upper portion of preopercles. Fins yellowish. Nos. 2519,
2548, 2486, and 2739; length, 100 to 230 millimeters.

A common and yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the
Philippines.

Lutianus vitta (Quoy and Gaimard).

Yellowish-white, with a distinct black line along the side from head to
caudal. No dusky shadings on dorsal. No. 2493; length, 210 milli-
meters.

A food-fish of value in Borneo; also common in the Philippines.

98666--—5

276 SEALE.

Family HAAMULIDAL. Grunts.

Spilotichthys pictus (Thunberg).

Our specimens show the complete transformation from the older
specimens on which round brownish spots cover the body and extend on
-the dorsal and caudal, to the young specimens with dark longitudinal
bands which are just beginning to break up into rows of round spots.
Nos. 2491, 2467, 2604, 2648, and 2740; length, 120 to 210 millimeters.

This species during its various color changes may be distinguished by
the presence of only 10 dorsal spines.

A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Phil-
ippines. :
Euelatichthys crassispinus (Riippell) .

Head 3; depth 2.1; dorsal spines 14.

Color dusky; the fins black without white margins or spots; pectorals
grayish-white. The center of each scale is lighter in color giving the
appearance of narrow light lines on sides. No. 2489; length, 175 milli-
meters.

A food-fish of value; also recorded from the Philippines.

Pristipoma hasta Bloch.

Color yellowish with a silvery wash; back and dorsal fins with black
spots. No. 2442 represents the form called P.. negeb Riippell, probably
a color variation. Nos. 2479, 2635, 2442, and 2758; length, 81 to 210
millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Pristopoma therapon Bleeker.
Color silvery; a large oval black spot occupying a large portion of the
spinous dorsal, otherwise uniform in color. No. 2589; length, 80 milli-

meters.
A food-fish of value in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family THERAPONIDA. Therapons.
Scolopsis vosmaeri Bleeker.

Similar im every respect to the figure given by Bleeker.® Color
yellowish white; a white longitudinal stripe backward from origin of
lateral line; another white band over nuchal region. No. 2717; length,
156 millimeters.

An important food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines.

° Atlas Ichthy. (1876-1877), 8, 8, pl. 61, fig. 5.

FISHES OF BORNEO. BO.

Therapon quadrilineatus (Bloch).

Color silyery, with five longitudinal brown lines on sides; caudal
unmarked ; a black blotch on spinous dorsal; grayish on anal; tip of soft
dorsal dusky. Nos. 2612, 2671, 2725, 2715, 2782, and 2792; length, 77
to 100 millimeters. -

A common inshore food-fish of Borneo and the Philippines.

Therapon jarbua (Forskal).

This common species is identical in every respect with the Philippine
form. It is characterized by the concave brown lines on sides, the
oblique bands on the caudal, and the dusky markings on the dorsal. No.
2615; leneth, 130 millimeters.

Therapon puta (Cuv. and Val.).

Characterized by the elongate teeth of the preopercle; four straight
brown lines on body; oblique brown lines on caudal, the central line of
which is straight, being a prolongation of the median brown line of the
body; dorsals with dusky markings. Nos. 2524, 2528, 2529, 2530, 2531,
and 2749; length, 78 to 100 millimeters.

A common. inshore food-fish of Borneo and the Philippines.

Family SPARIDA. Porgies.
Sparus calamara Russell.
Color yellowish; centers of scales darker; dorsals, caudal, anal, and
yentrals, with dusky tips. No. 2499; length, 200 millimeters.
A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also recorded from the Phil-
ippines.
Lethrinus amboinensis Bleeker.

Similar to specimens from the Philippines. Color dull brownish,
indistinctly mottled with greenish; a dusky spot between pectoral fin
and lateral line. Nos. 2438, 2558, 2582, 2679, and 2742; length, 80 to
120 millimeters.

An excellent food-fish ; also found in the Philippines.

Family GERRIDAI. Mogarras.
Zystzema punctatum (Cuv. and Val.).

Head 3; depth 2.40; eye 2.50 in head.

Color silvery below, with a wash of yellowish; brown above. Some
very indistinct darker bands or spots over back. This species is char-
acterized by the elongate second dorsal spine, which in our specimens
equals the head. Nos. 2451, 2564, and 2588; length, 75 to 92 milli-
meters. :

A common food-fish of Borneo, also recorded from the Philippines.

278 SEALE.

Xystema kapas (Bleeker).

This species has the third anal spine considerably longer than the
second; however, the latter is the strongest. Head 3.1; depth 2.35; eye
2.75 in head; snout 4. :

Color dull light brown above, silvery below; fins yellowish. No. 2537;
length, 87 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines.
Xystzma oyena (Forskil).

Head 3.1; depth 2.1; eye 2.55 in head; snout 3.50; interorbital 2.75;
second dorsal. spine 2.50 in depth; the third anal spine is the longest,
but the second is the strongest.

Color yellowish-white, margin of spinous dorsal dusky, tip of caudal
with an indistinct dusky shade. No. 2609; length, 105 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Xystzeema lucidus (Cuy. and Val.).

Head 3.1; depth 2.30; eye 2.50; snout 4; interorbital 3; second dorsal
spine 2.20 in depth; second anal spine longer and stronger than the third.

Color yellowish, shghtly darker above with 4 or 5 wide distinct darker
bands over back, tip of dorsal black. No. 2583; length, 92 millimeters.

A. food-fish of but little importance in Borneo; not recorded from the
Philippines.

Xystzma abbreviatus (Bleeker).

Depth about 2 in length; eye 2.50 in head (measured with jaws not
projected), pectorals extending well along the base of anal.

Color silvery; centers of scales slightly darker; tip of dorsal dusky.
Nos. 2478 and 2542; length, 114 to 185 millimeters.

A food-fish of importance in Borneo; also found in the Philippines.

Family MULLIDAS. Goat-fishes.
Upeneoides tragula (Richardson).

I have examined several hundred specimens of this species, and they
are without exception distinctly speckled with black, with a distinct
black line along each side, the anterior dorsal is very largely dusky, the
caudal is always distinctly marked with oblique lines; the ventrals and
anal are marked with two or three dusky lines. These, aside from
structural differences, make the species very easily recognized. Nos.
2435, 2545, 2553, and 2616; length, 110 to 155 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Upeneoides vittatus (Forsk4l).

Color dull silvery-brownish ; a yellow line on sides; tip of dorsal black,
a black line through the middle of fin, another through base of fin; soft

FISHES OF BORNEO. 2d

dorsal with three dusky bands; caudal with oblique dusky bands. Belly
yellow; anal, ventrals, and pectorals unmarked. Nos. 2554 and 2645;
length, 105 to 140 millimeters.

This is a shorter, deeper fish than U. tragula (Richardson) and is
without black dots.

A food-fish of some importance; also recorded from the Philippines.

Upeneoides sulphureus (Cuv. and Val.).

This species in form and markings somewhat resembles U. vittatus
(Forskal). However, it has the caudal uniform or with a single dusky
line at the margin of the lower lobe; the actual tip of the lower caudal
lobe is white; dorsals barred with dusky; ventrals, pectorals and anal
yellow, without markings. No. 2633; length, 120 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines.

Upeneoides luzonius (Jordan and Seale).

An indistinct dusky saddle over back, just behind soft dorsal; a dusky
longitudinal line from eye to caudal; dorsals scarcely marked; caudal
with rather fine oblique dusky bars, 7 on lower lobe. Nos. 2447, 2517,
2555, 2572, 2579, 2618, and 2632; length, 90 to 136 millimeters.

This species was originally described from the Philippines.

Family SCLASNIDAi. Croakers.

Umbrina russelli Cuy. and Val.

Silvery, a dusky band over shoulders; a dusky blotch on opercles;
anterior dorsal dusky; a short barbule; no enlarged canines. No. 2552;
length, 103 millimeters.

Common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Otolithus maculatus (Kuhl and Van Hasselt).
Color silvery, the upper portion of body with some scattered spots;
our specimens show some indistinct markings on soft dorsal fin. No.

2495; length, 260 millimeters. ,
A food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines.

Pseudoscizena diacanthus (Lacépéde).

Color grayish-silvery with numerous brown spots over body and fins;
pectorals, ventrals, and anal of a uniform dusky color. No. 2654;
length, 165 millimeters.

An important food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines.
Johnius borneensis (Bleeker).

‘Color silvery; tips of dorsals grayish; caudal grayish; an indistinct
dusky spot on opercles. No. 2509; length, 205 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines.

280. SEALE.

Johnius vogleri Bleeker.

Color dull yellowish with slight silvery reflections; centers of rows of
scales darker; a slight wash of grayish on spinous dorsal. No. 2445;
length, 190 millimeters.

A food-fish of considerable importance in Borneo; not recorded from
the Philippines.

Pseudoscizena anea (Bloch).

Color silvery; fins yellowish-white; jaws almost equal, teeth strong.

Head 2.85; depth 3; eye 4.25 in head; dorsal X—I, 24; anal II, 7:
scales about 43 ; rather strong, curved teeth in each jaw; upper jaw with
an inner row of small teeth, none on vyomer, palatine, or tongue. No.
2452; length, 105 millimeters; No. 2512; length, 135 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Otolithus dolorosus Seale, sp. nov. Plate III.

Head 3.75; depth 5; scales 54 in lateral line, 11 between lateral line
and base of anal, 11 between origin of dorsal and lateral line; dorsal XI,
25; anal II, 7; eye 6.20; snout 4.15; interorbital 5; maxillary 2.50; its
posterior margin ending under anterior margin of pupil; cheeks and
opercles scaled, the opercle with a single flat spine; jaws with small
sharp teeth in two or more rows, the outer row slightly enlarged with
about 4 enlarged curved canines anteriorly on each jaw; no teeth on
vomer, palatine, or tongue; gill rakers rather strong, not very sharp, the
longest about equal to diameter of pupil, about 14 on lower arch.

Body oblong, slightly compressed; lower jaw projecting; length of
caudal peduncle (measured to a line with posterior axil of anal) greater
than depth of body, and almost equal to head; depth of caudal peduncle
3 in its length; longest dorsal ray 1.75 in head; the two dorsals not ~
separated; origin of anal midway between base of caudal and axil of
ventrals, under the seventh dorsal ray. First anal spine minute, the
second about two-thirds the length of second anal ray; the origin of the
ventral considerably nearer the tip of lower jaw than to origin of anal;
length of ventrals about 1.40 in head; pectorals 1.30 in head; caudal
1.15 in head; scales of body im oblique rows, those of lateral line enlarged,
arborescent.

Color uniform silvery, with more or less distinct narrow black lines
following the rows of scales above the lateral line, tip of dorsal and
caudal dusky; axil of pectorals dusky.

This species somewhat resembles O. argenteus (Kuhl and Van
Hasselt), but has much smaller teeth and the location of the fins is
decidedly different, the origin of anal being much nearer the base of
caudal in_O. argenteus.

Type, No. 2485 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from San-
dakan, Borneo. Length, 300 millimeters.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 281

Otolithus orientalis Seale, sp. nov. Plate IV.

Head 3.20; depth 4.1; dorsal XI, 28; anal 2.7; scales 51 in lateral
line, 7 between origin of anal and lateral line, 6 between origin of dorsal
and lateral line; eye 5.45 in head; snout 4.15; maxillary 2.45 ending
on a line with posterior margin of pupil; interorbital equal to snout;
lower jaw shghtly projecting, teeth of upper jaw small, sharp, in two
or more rows, those of lower jaw similar but in a single row on each side,
two very large curved canines in each jaw anteriorly. No teeth on
yomer, palatine, or tongue. Guill rakers short, not very sharp, about 12
on lower arch, the longest scarcely equal to pupil.

Body oblong, slightly compressed, the dorsals not completely divided ;
longest dorsal spine 2 in head; length of caudal peduncle (measured to
angle of anal) about 1.35 in head, being slightly less than depth of
fish; its depth 3 in its length. Origin of anal very much nearer to end
of caudal vertebra than to axil of pectoral, being under the middle of
soft dorsal; second anal spine yery short, less than one-third of first
ray. Origin of yentrals nearer tip of snout than to anal pore; length of
ventrals 1.75 in head; pectorals 1.50 in head; caudal 1.75.

Color uniform silvery with a slight yellowish wash above and with
indistinct dusky lines following the rows of scales which run obliquely, the
lines extending to below the lateral line; dorsals and caudal tipped with
erayish, a grayish spot in axil of pectoral.

Characterized by the posterior position of anal and ventral, the number
of scales, and the teeth. R

Type, No. 2744 in the collection of the Bureau of Science, from
Sandakan, Borneo. Length, 235 millimeters.

Family SILLAGINID As. Kisugos..
Sillago sihama (Forskal).

Head 3.45; depth 5; eye 4 in head.

Color dull yellowish ; a silvery stripe along side, which scarcely shows.
Tip of dorsal dusky. Nos. 2492, 2755, and 2769; length, 120 to 220
millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also found in the Philippines.

Family LABRIDAS. Urasse-fishes.
Cheerodon oligacanthus (Bleeker) .

Color greenish, a black spot under sixth dorsal spine; just behind and
above this is a large whitish area, scarcely showing in some specimens ;
some indistinct bluish longitudinal streaks on sides, most distinct
anteriorly ; the young specimens show, in addition, a black spot below and
slightly posterior to axil of soft dorsal; the young also may have an
additional blackish blotch midway between these black spots (see No.
2455). The ventrals are quite long, reaching to the soft rays of anal.

282 SEALE.

Nos. 2455, 2480, 2482, 2505, 2525, and 2621; length, 110 to 270 milli-
meters.
A yalued food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family TOXOTIDA. Ring-fishes.
Toxotes jaculatrix (Pallas).

Nos. 2475 and 2611; length, 89 to 125 millimeters.
Common in the streams of Borneo; also in the Philippines. Not
highly esteemed as food.

Family SCATOPHAGIDA. Kitings.
Scatophagus argus (Gmelin).

Color yellowish-white with a bluish wash. ‘The entire fish, except
under parts, covered with numerous round bluish spots. The young are
similar but have larger spots. Nos. 2549 and 2722; length, 75 to 120
millimeters.

An important and excellent food-fish in Borneo; also recorded in the
Philippines.

Color silvery, with about ten vertical rows of dots over the back and
downward to median line or a little below on sides; a black spot in axil
of pectoral; ventral dusky at tip. Nos. 2507 and 2581; length, 100 to
165 millimeters.

A food-fish of yalue; also recorded from numerous places in the
Philippines.

Family HPHIPPIDAl. Ephippids.
Ephippus orbis (Bloch).

Head 3.15; depth 1.20; three anterior dorsal spines elongate.

Color silvery; very indistinct indications of about four wide dusky
bands on back and sides, more distinct in young specimens; pectoral and
caudal yellowish; other fins with a grayish tinge. Nos. 2474 and 2626;
length, 104 millimeters. ;

A rare fish mm Borneo; not yet recorded from the Philippines, but
reported from Formosa. —

Family SCORPIDIDAS. Scorpids.
Monodactylus argentus (lLinnzus).

Color silvery; a black orbital band; an additional band at posterior
margin of opercles; caudal and pectorals yellow, dorsal and anal grayish,
ventrals represented by small spines. No. 2750; length, 60 millimeters.

A yaluable food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from numerous places
in the Philippines.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 283

Family PLATACIDA. Leaf-fishes.
Platax orbicularis (Vorskal).

Dusky, with black ocular band, another band across posterior portion
of opercles; two short bands across caudal peduncle ; caudal and pectorals
yellowish; other fins grayish, becoming black at tips. Nos. 2477 and
2689; length, 95 to 100 millimeters.

Not of much importance as a food in Borneo; common in the Phil-
ippines.

Family CHAATODONTIDAS. Butterfly-fishes.

Cheetodon occellatus Bleeker.

Color yellowish with five brown bands; the anterior one darkest and
forming the ocular band. ‘The upper portion of the third band has a
round black spot at the base of soft dorsal. The fourth is on the margin
of dorsal and anal fins. This band has white margins on the caudal
peduncle. No. 2575; length, 65 millimeters.

Of no importance as a food-fish; recorded also from one locality in
the Philippines. ey

Family HEPATIDAI. Tangs.

Hepatus matoides (Cuy. and Val.).

Color dull brownish; a gray ring around base of caudal; dorsal and
anal black; ventrals black at tips; pectorals yellowish; caudal grayish
at base and on upper and lower margins, darker in center. No. 2721;
length, 130 millimeters.

A food-fish of considerable value; also recorded from the Philippines.

Family SIGANIDA. Siganids.

Siganus vermiculatus Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Head 4; depth 2; eye 3.50.

Color dull brown, with numerous yermiculating blue lines. No. 2684;
length, 226 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo, not greatly prized; also found in the
Philippines, where it is extensively used in the manufacture of bagory,
a native sauce.

Siganus javus (Linnzus).

Head 3.90; depth 2.10; eye 3.10 in head.

Color dull brown above, with blue dots which become larger and form
longitudinal lines on the lower half of body. The blue color really
predominates below and gives the appearance of brownish longitudinal
lines on a bluish background. Nos. 2454 and 2513; length, 118 to 190
millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also common in the Philippines.

284 SEALE.

Siganus albopunctatus (Temminck and Schlegel).

Head 3.1; depth 2.50; eye 3.35 in head.

Color pale brownish above, bluish below; body covered with small
blue dots, considerably less than interspaces; yellowish-brown spots on
the shoulders. No. 2470; length, 222 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo ; also recorded from the Philippines.
Siganus hexagonata Bleeker.

Head 3.75; depth 2; eye 3 in head.

Color bluish, with brownish hexagonal spots larger than the inter-
spaces. The young show scarcely any marking after being in alcohol a
short time. No. 2488; length, 235 millimeters; Nos. 2436 and 2685;
length, 100 millimeters.

A common food-fish of Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines.

Siganus fucescens (Houttuyn).

Head 3.65; depth 2.45; eye 3.1.

Color dull bluish with some indistinct darker spots. Nos. 2561 and
2754; length, 50 to 90 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines.

Family TRIACANTHIDAS. Three-spines.

Triacanthus blochi Bleeker.

Head 3.10; depth 2.80; eye shghtly greater than interorbital, 3.10 in
head ; snout 1.3 in head.

Color silvery, with yellowish blotches on sides. Nos. 2598, 2599, 2619,
2688, and 2793; length, 65 to 110 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Not used
as food unless skinned immediately after death.

Family MONOCANTHIDA. One-spines.
Monocanthus chinensis (Bloch).

Color dull yellowish-brown, covered with numerous small black spots;
caudal barred with dusky. LHasily distinguished by the very elongate
ventral fin. Nos. 2532, 2661, 2677, 2723, and 2743; length, 70 to 150
millimeters.

Common in Borneo, also in the Philippines, but not used as food as
it is Teputed poisonous.

Family TETRAODONTIDA. Puffers, Poison-fishes.

Tetraodon immaculatus (Bloch and Schneider).

In the series before me the young are colored and marked the same
as the adult, all being dull brown above and yellowish-white below; with
four or five longitudinal lines down the back. Only one specimen, No.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 285

2784, shows many lines on the belly. Nos. 2502, 2710, 2774, 2777, and
2784; length, 44 to 184 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Regarded everywhere
as poisonous.

Tetraodon fluviatilis (Hamilton).

Characterized by the large round black spots which coyer the body;
belly yellowish-white; caudal distinctly barred with black. Nos. 2527,
2600, 2601, 2628, 2680, 2681, and 2771; length, 45 to 110 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; also recorded from the Philippines. Regarded
as poisonous.

Spheroides lunaris (Bloch).
Depth about 3; eye 3.10. Color silvery; a slight dusky wash on back.
Nos. 2560, 2656, 2677, and 2691; length, 90 to 150 millimeters.
Common in Borneo; also in the Philippines. Poisonous.

Family GOBIIDAS. Gohbies.
Rhinogobius caninus (Cuv. and Val.).

The most distinctive color marking of this fish is the blue-black spot
just above, and on a line with, the posterior margin of opercles. ‘There
are also about five dusky blotches along sides, alternating with the
dusky bands over back; fins more or less grayish; yentrals darker. The
males usually have the anterior dorsal spines elongate. Nos. 2443, 2457,
2522, 2550, 2591, 2620, 2623, 2631, 2642, 2674, 2718, 2746, and 2778;
length, 75 to 120 millimeters.

Common in Borneo, also in the Philippines. It is of no importance
commercially.

Oxyurichthus cristatus (Day).

Our specimen corresponds perfectly with the description and figure
given by Day. No. 2765; length, 95 millimeters.

Common in Borneo and the Philippines.
Rhinogobius nebulosus (Forskal).

The mottlings on this specimen are not so distinct as on our Philippine
specimens, but this is probably due to methods of preservation. No.

Oyo

2767; length, 75 millimeters.
Gnatholipis callurus Jordan and Seale.

Our specimens from Borneo are identical with the cotype of this species
from the Philippines, except number 2593, which seems to have a slightly
sharper profile and may be a different species. Nos. 2453, 2586, 2593,
2694, and 2787; length, 50 millimeters.

* Fishes of India (1878), 291, pl. 62, fig. 8.

286 SEALE.

Glossogobius aglestes Jordan and Seale.

These specimens have the large mouth and the color markings of the
Philippine cotypes of this species, although an examination of a good
series may show specific differences. Our specimens are in poor condition.
Nos. 2701, 2707, and 2712; length, 85 millimeters.

Family SCORPASNID A. Scorpian-fishes.

Gennadius stolicze (Day).

Color pale yellowish, mottled with brownish; fins barred with brown;
no cranial spines. No. 2606; length, 110 millimeters.
Not common; recorded from the Philippines.

Prosopodasys trachinordes (Cuy. and Val.).

Dorsal ITI, 12, 4, anal III, 3.

Color yellowish, mottled with brownish specks; fins barred with dark
brown. Nos. 2472, 2533, 2693, 2702, 2709, 2762, 2763, 2775, and 2791;
length, 48 to 62 millimeters.

Not recorded from the Philippines, and differing chiefly from Philip-
pine species of this genus in the number of spines.

Polycaulus elongatus (Cav. and Val.).

These specimens agree with Day’s description and figure,’* which he
states are identical with Bloch and Schneiders type examined by him.
Nos. 2534, 2741, and 2779; length, 60 to 85 millimeters.

Not reported from the Philippines.

Family PLATYCHPHALIDAL. Flatheads.

Thysanophrys tentaculatus (Riippell).

Color clove-brown, without distinct bands over back, all the fins more
or less mottled with brownish; anal and yentrals tipped with brownish;
however, the ventrals are fully colored above. Tentacles of eye very
distinct, the spines at angle of opercles very short, about equal to width
of nostril. Head with few low spines. No. 2496; length, 315 milli-
meters.

This species is common at Sandakan; it has also been recorded from
Cuyo, Philippine Islands. It is esteemed as a food-fish.

Platycephalus indicus (Linneus).

Pale sepia above, yellowish-white below; rays of the dorsals barred with
brown; a dark median line on middle of caudal fin with converging dark
lines from the upper and lower portions of the fin, meeting the median
line at its extremity; four or five brown dots on the upper ray of candal.

“ Wishes of India (1878), 164, pl. 39, fig. 6.

FISHES OF BORNEO. 287

The entire body has a more or less finely reticulated appearance. No.
2501; length, 160 millimeters.

A food-fish of small value. This species has been reported from
numerous places in the Philippines.

Thysanophrys bobossok (Bleeker).

Brownish, with darker bands over back; sides of head with four dark
vertical stripes about as wide as interspaces; caudal banded with brownish
and white; spinous dorsal with a large dusky blotch; second dorsal rays
banded with -brown; anal yellowish-white, some dusky spots on margin ;
pectorals and yentrals with brownish markings. Lateral line with small
spines anteriorly; preopercular spine 7 in head. Nos. 2504, 2573, 2652,
2678, 2704, 2714, and 2772; length, 77 to 155 millimeters.

A yery common species but not large enough to be of importance for
food. It has not yet been recorded from the Philippines.

Thysanophrys scaber (Linnzus).

Grayish-brown, with some very indistinct dusky bands over back;
ventrals and anals with dusky tips; spinous dorsal and caudal each with
a dusky blotch; soft dorsal and pectorals barred with brown. Character-
ized by the lateral line having spines extending its entire length. Nos.
2449, 2641, and 2665; length, 150 to 180 millimeters.

A common species in Borneo, but not yet reported from the Philippines.

Our specimens differed from the figure given by Bleeker ** in having
the lower and posterior half of caudal taken up by a large dull dusky
blotch, the brown bars showing only on the upper portion of the fin.
It may be different.

Family PLEURONECTIDAS. Flounders.
Microbuglossus humilis (Cantor) .

Color dull brown, with numerous fine dusky spots; a row of larger
round black spots near bases of fins. Nos. 2563, 2570, 2576, 2697, 2764,
and 2766; length, 60 to 70 millimeters. :

Not recorded from the Philippines.

Pseudorhombus javanicus Hamilton.

Color dull brown, with slightly darker blotches and spots; two dark
spots on lateral line, one of which has scarcely a trace of an angle above:
the nostrils, the other has it quite distinct. Nos. 2466 and 2471; length,
155 to 175 millimeters.

It is probable that Jordan and Richardson ** were wrong in regarding
P. polyspilus collected by Doctor Lung in Cavite as belonging to this
species.

* Atlas Ieththy. (?) 9, pl. 419, fig. 5.
% Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fisheries (1907), 37, 281.

288 SEALE.

Cynoglossus borneensis (Bleeker).

Head 4; depth 4.

General color dull yellowish-white; the fins darker posteriorly. No.
2659; length, 130 millimeters.

Common in Borneo; not recorded from the Philippines.

Cynoglossus kapwasensis Fowler.

Nos. 2461 and 2670; length, 95 millimeters. These specimens seem
to correspond with, the description and figure given by Fowler.** His
specimens came from Western Borneo.

Cynoglossus macrolepidotus Bleeker.

I refer this to the above species with considerable doubt, as our
specimens seem to be of less depth, 5.50 in total length to tip of caudal.
The head is 5.1, two lateral lines on left side, scales large. No. 2510;
length, 210 millimeters.

A food-fish of Borneo of considerable importance; also recorded from
the Philippines.

* Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci. (1905), July, 519.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE I.

Fic. 1. Charcharias borneensis Seale, sp. noy.

1
2. Ventral surface of head.
3. Upper tooth.
4. Lower tooth.
Puate II.

Fic. 1. Barbus elongatus Seale, sp. nov.
2. Zenarchopterus dux Seale, sp. nov.

PLATE ILI.
Otolithus dolorosus Seale, sp. noy.
PLATE IV.

Otolithus orientalis Seale, sp. nov.

ive

i
apis.

SHALH: FIsHps om BoRNDO.] [Puim. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No, 4.

PLATE lI.

[PHL. Journ. SCI. Vou. V, No. 4.

SEALE: FISHES OF BORNEO.]

Vit
Bie)

Fic. 2.

PLATE I!-

[PuHiv. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 4.

FIsHpS OF BORNEO.)

SHALE :

PLATE

(PHIL. Journ. Sci., Vou. V, No. 4.

BORNEO. |

FISHES OF

SEALE:

8
Nes
\ .
\

oe
Wee

“ WiG2B DSSS LEE

x WW SUR ELL

iS
ys
s

Wie:

PLATE Iv.

: Order No. 401,
THE BONTOC IGOROT.

aN By A. E. JENKs.
110 pages. 3 maps. 164 photographic plates. 9 figures.

An uatesceuae study; the result of almost a year’s residence among
the Bontoe Igorots.

Price $1 United States currency, postpaid.

ms Order No, 402.
NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES.
By Witi1aM ALLAN REED.
62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages.

An interesting ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales.

Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid.

5 Order No. 403.
THE NABALOI DIALECT.

By Orro ScHEERER.

TOGETHER WITH

THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN.

By Epwarp Y. Minuer.

199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures.

The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive
people.

Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid.

NOTE.

Grier: should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
-or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Higtend:

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs, Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messr3. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon,

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

Beginning with Volume Vs a new section, See
eral Biology,” will be added to the Journal. e pr
i910 will be as heretofore, $5 United ‘States cu rou
be $2 United States currency. ;
: ‘Beginning with x91, the price of the entire Journal will |
currency. Section D will appear as often as material is ay

rr i « , * t 2 i a) " vf
GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. A List of Snakes from the Islan
P. I., with Tia TER of a New Genus and Two New Ss

‘

The “Philippine J ournal of Soience” is issued 2 as follows:

currency per year.
Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per hes M
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per years

rency per year.

The entire “Journal,” $5 United States currency ee Volumes II, 1,1 Iv, and Vv. Then Ms
after, $7 United States currency per year. _ 4 TUE {0
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free. - i Bee
Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Gsouirnal of 8 oe coe)
Bureau of Soience, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed Pete Please a cone pe
number.
FOREIGN AGENTS. Aki tee

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U.S.A.
Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. \

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits eae to
Messrs. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

eee which may be secured from tee Business pee
Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United
States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United S: tates”

Dy abr

’

“ENTERED ar THE [7 -
OFFICE AT THE, pose
SECOND-CLASS MATTER,

MAR 201911

}

i: es

wlonal Museu 4%
li oO ells { ;
eer ot

Order No, 405,

STUDIES IN MORO HISTORY, LAW, AND RELIGION.

By Nagrrs M. SALEEBy.

107 pages. 16 illustrations. 5 diagrams.

A treatise on the history and customs of the Moro People.
Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid.

Order No, 406,
THE HISTORY OF SULU.

By Nasrers M. SanEEsy.
275 pages.

A complete History of the Moro People in Sulu, with maps and many
translations from the original documents.

Price $0.75, United States currency, postpaid.

Order No, 410,
MINDANAO.

THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.

By Emerson B.. CHRISTIE.
122 pages. Profusely illustrated.

This, together with the History of Sulu and the Studies in Moro.
History, Law and Religion, is one of an authentic and valu-
able set of works on the origin, history and customs
of these tribes, who are among the most.
interesting peoples of the world:

Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid. :

NOTE.

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Messrs, Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs, Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messre. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

THE PHILIPPINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

Vou. V NOVEMBER, 1910 No. 5
EUREOTESMWVORECESTERL SPzINOVE 5 SHRUGTURES

By LAWRENCE EpMONDS GRIFFIN.?

This Euplotes was discovered in February, 1909, in some water from
Manila Bay which was brought to the laboratory with the eggs of an
Aplysud. As the eggs decayed an infusion was produced in which the
Huplotes multiplied freely. My attention was directed to this form ‘by
observing the process of division in a living individual and noting that
the new peristome appeared to lie, not on the outer surface lateral or
posterior to the old one, but inside the body, dorsal to the old peristome,
remaining thus until the two halves of the body drew apart. This ob-
seryation was so at variance with the processes of division. occurring in
the Protozoa with which I was then acquainted, that 1 made considerable
effort to verify it. Further study disclosed numerous other features so
interesting that it seemed desirable to make a complete study of the
structure, division, and conjugation of the species. When this Euplotes
was discovered there were at least three other species of hypotrichous
infusoria in the culture, several species of other ciliates, together with
flagellates and ameebe. The Euplotes multiplied with far greater
freedom than any of the other protozoa. From time to time since then,
the growth of the Euplotes has been stimulated by dropping into the jar
small pieces of thoroughly cooked fish or Areas. The cooking was
simply to avoid the possibility of adding fresh protozoa and bacteria to

+ Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
* Associate Professor of Zoblogy in the University of the Philippines.
99456 291)

292 GRIFFIN.

the culture. Whenever a proper interval had passed since the previous
‘infusion, a rapid increase of the Euplotes always took place, so that by
the third day after starting a fresh infusion the animals could be found
by hundreds in any drop taken from the under surface of the bacterial
scum covering the water. The cultures usually reached their maximum
development two or three days later; a few hours after this stage almost
all the animals died. It was then impossible to bring about a multiplica-
tion of the animals in this jar by starting a fresh infusion until after
the processes of decomposition of the preceding one had been completed,
and the water cleared. Nevertheless, a few Euplotes could be found
near the surface of the water at any time during this period.

A blue-green alga (an Oscillatoria) grew well on the sides of the jar
from the beginning, and probably helped to preserve conditions favorable
to the Euplotes. The other protozoa died out gradually until at the end
of a year only one other form, a species of Lembus, remained with the
Euplotes. =

This Euplotes appears to be an undescribed species, very closely
related to #. vannus; comparisons therefore are closely limited to the two
forms. The new species is named in honor of the Hon. Dean C. Wor-
cester, who has been interested in the study of protozoa for many years,
and who has vigorously assisted the rapid development of scientific
work and education in the Philippines.

The form of the animal is shown in Plate I, figure 1, and Plate II,
figures 2, 3, and 4. The ventral surface is always flat, the dorsal surface
considerably elevated in nor-
mal individuals. The curya-
ture of the dorsal surface
yaries to a considerable degree
in accordance with the amount
of food eaten, so that in a
fresh, rich infusion the -ani-
mals are thicker bodied than
in an old or poor infusion.
Tn every culture some Euplo-
tes can always be found which
“are much broader than the
normal, oyal in outline, and
greatly flattened.

After cultures have passed
Fic. 1.—Outline sketches of three of the deformed their prime, ereatly mal-

individuals which appear when cultures have , Z ay
passed their prime. Specimen A seems to be formed individuals are some-

the result of an aborted division. times common. These are
always much flattened, the dorsal and ventral surfaces are parallel, and
the thickness is sometimes only one-tenth of the width. A great distortion

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 293

of the form of the body accompanied by changes in the shape anel position
of the peristome frequently occurs. These abnormal forms probably are
the result of the same conditions which presently cause the death of the
greater part of the animals in the culture, that is, the accumulation of
waste products and toxins of the Huplotes themselves and of the bacteria
present.

From Plate I, figure 1, and Plate II, figures 2 and 4, it will be seen
that the greater part of the peristome lies upon the ventral surface, in
the shape of a shallow depression the median wall of which is vertical,
while the lateral wall curves from the bottom of the peristome to the
leyel of the ventral surface. The anterior portion of the peristome passes
as a shallow vertical depression across the anterior end of the body to the
right side. ‘The inner wall of the peristome turns abruptly to form the
ventral edge of this groove, while the lateral edge of the peristome passes
oyer the left edge and then across the anterior end of the body. The
anterior portion of the peristome is slightly overhung by the projecting
dorsal surface.

A thin lamella projects from the margin of the inner wall, com-
mencing at the right end of the peristome and continuing around the
angle of the median wall. The vertical anterior portion of the peristome
thus lies between the projecting ledge of the dorsal surface and the
marginal lamella. (Plate I, figure 1; Plate II, figure 2.) I have never
found this marginal lamella extending far back of the angle of the
peristome. Minkiewicz publishes several sketches showing it to extend as
far as the mouth in 7. vannus. In other species of Kuplotes, for example
H. harpa, the marginal lamella is developed to a much greater extent.
Tt is not vibratile, its function being purely passive.

Posteriorly, the lateral edge of the peristome turns toward the mid-line
im a graceful curve, which is continued into the posterior wall of the
pharynx. The posterior margin of the peristome is deepest next to the
mouth, and the lateral wall becomes more and more nearly vertical as
it approaches the mouth. ‘The inner margin of the peristome sometimes
stops where it joins the outer margin back of the mouth, but usually
continues as a low ridge for a little distance past that point. A slight
curvature of the inner wall of the peristome occurs below the mouth.
(Plate I, figure 1, Plate II, figure 4.) The adoral zone of membranellie
hes close against the outer margin of the peristome, leaving the median
portion of the groove free from cilia or other vibratile organs.

The ventral surface curves dorsad rather abruptly back of the five large
anal cirri, then again becomes horizontal; the caudal end of the body is
thus much thinner than other parts. A low ridge extends along the right
margin of the ventral surface. Each of the anal cirri stands in the
posterior end of an elongated depression of the surface, separated by ridges
which attain a far greater development in other species of the genus.

294

GRIFFIN.

Mouth and pharynz.—The mouth is situated upon the vertical median

Fic. 2.—A cross section passing the pharynx and

wall of the peristome.
The curving posterior side
of the peristome forms its
posterior and part of its
dorsal margin.

The outline of the
mouth, instead of being
regularly round or oyal, is
quite irregular, being about
twice as wide along the
ventral edge as along the
dorsal. The ventral ex-
Fre. 3.—Cross sec- tension of the mouth and

ea Mi ce pharynx accommodates a

mouth, the sub- group of membranelle to

oral membranell=, “hich ll ave! applied the

through the mouth, the adoral pharyngeal mem- Name swboral. (Plate I,
membranelle, a. z., and the branelle, and the figure 1: Plate WO. figure

suboral membranelle, s. o. adoral zone.

5; text figures 2 and 3.)

The bases of the suboral membranellx lie in a definite oval area, possibly
a region where the pellicle is thinned. By examining living specimens

Fie. 4.—A _ longitudinal
section, showing the
anteroventral groove of
the pharynx.

it was impossible to determine whether the suboral
membranelle were upon the ventral lip of the
mouth, or upon the projection of the anterodorsal
wall. The latter seemed to be the case. It was
only when sections had been made that the exact
position of the suboral membranelle was demon-
strated. Just posterior to the suboral membra-
nellz is a small elevation of the floor of the
pharynx. (Text figures 3 and 6.) °

The pharynx passes to the right and forward,
its posterior outline being a continuation of the
regular curve of the outer wall of the peristome.
The pharynx narrows considerably just inside the
mouth, after which the anterior wall approaches
the posterior yery gradually. The inner end of
the pharynx is blunt and comparatively wide. ‘The
anteroyentral angle of the pharynx forms a deep
erooye which extends from the corresponding angle
of the mouth to past the middle of the pharynx.
(Plate III, figure 5; text figure 4.)

The zone of adoral membranellz continues into
the pharynx without a break, although with a
eradual reduction in the length and breadth of

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 295

the individual membranelle. The membranelle of this series which
lie inside the pharynx may, for convenience, be termed the pharyngeal
membranelle. They vary in number; usually there are from twenty to
twenty-four, though a few more or less may be found. It will be observed
that twenty-four membranelle are shown in text figure 5, and that this
section does not include quite
the full length of the pharynx.
Although the number of the mem-
branellz inside of the pharynx
is subject to considerable varia-
tion, I have never noticed so small
a number as 8, which is the
number Minkiewiez found in his
Black Sea specimens of #. vannus.
I also find the pharynx to extend
considerably farther into the body
than is represented by the figures
of Minkiewicz. It is often only
by very careful examination, even
with an immersion lens, that the
inner end of the pharynx can
accurately be outlined, partly
because of the thickness of overly- F1¢- 5.—A tangential section passing through
5 by the dorsal wall of the pharynx. The rows
mg granular protoplasm, and of basal granules of the pharyngeal mem-
partly because of the increased eae o coe eee ee Showalhe
delicacy of the vibratile organs in
the inner part of the pharynx and of the walls of the pharynx itself.

The pharyngeal membranelle lie on the rounded posterodorsal surface
of the pharynx, leaving part of the dorsal surface which is not occupied

Fic. 6.—Part of a longitudinal section passing just inside the mouth.
Ss. 0., Suboral membranelle; e. o., endoral cilia, which in this section
are well down on the anterior wall.

296 GRIFFIN.

by them. In this space lie several oblique rows of fine cilia which
probably are homologous with the endoral cilia of other Hypotricha.
(See text figures 5 and 6; Plate I, figure 1.) At the oral aperture three
or four of these rows (occasionally more) lie side by side, forming a
cihated band which extends from the mouth to the inner end of the
pharynx, narrowing slightly as it passes inward. These cilia are the
most difficult feature of the ciliation to observe in the living animal, but
with favorable specimens and using high powers of magnification the
lines of vibrating organs can be seen. However, I could not be sure
of the observation nor of the nature of the organs without recourse to
sections, which showed the cilia and their arrangement with sufticient
clearness. (See text figures 5 and 6.) The ends of the rows of endoral
cilia may extend upon the anterior wall of the pharynx. (See text
figure 6.)

I have since found the suboral group of membranelle and the endoral
cilia in another unidentified species of Euplotes, and therefore yenture to
suggest the possibility that these structures may be found in still other
species of the genus. The praeoral cilia of #. harpa described by Wal-
lengren are different in position and arrangement from both the suboral
membranellz and the endoral cilia of #. worcester. They may, however,
be homologous to the endoral cilia.

The extreme shortness of the pharynx is a noticeable feature in most
of the Hypotricha. The organ reaches its greatest development in the
HKuplotide, especially in the genus Euplotes. ~The pharynx of Hwplotes
worcester 1s longer than that of any other Euplotes known; however,
that of H. vannus is only slightly shorter. In other species of the genus
the length of the pharynx is much less. The forward curvature of the
pharynx of 2. worcesteri and EH. vannus also is remarkable among
Hypotricha.

The adoral and pharyngeal membranellze and the endoral cilia are in
nearly constant motion. In addition to gathermg food particles the
anterior adoral membranelle appear to be the principal natatory organs
of the animal. The suboral membranellee, on the contrary, are apt to be
found at rest except when food is being swallowed. ‘These membranelle
appear to be triangular. The small area covered by them is oyal in
outline, its axis obliquely inclined to the ventral edge of the oval aperture.
The tips of the outermost membranelle project slightly. from the mouth,
and just clear the tips of the adoral membranelle. Direct observation,
many times repeated, has proved that food particles which arrive at the
mouth are seized between the adoral membranellz above and the suboral
below, and forced into the pharynx.

That the thrusting power of the two sets of membranelle is consider-
able was shown one day when I observed a Huplotes which had captured
and was trying to swallow a small Lembus rather more than one-half as

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 297

long as itself. When first seen the Euplotes had the anterior end of the
Lembus in its pharynx. The Lembus was alive and struggling; several
times it was forced along the pharynx and its tip entered the protoplasm
of the Euplotes; once nearly one-half its body was in the endosare of
its captor. However, each time it forced its way back, and finally escaped
altogether from the Euplotes and moved away giving no evidence of
having received any harm. On another occasion a Euplotes was found in
the act of swallowing an amoeba of elongated form. A little less than
one-half of the body of the amoeba then lay in the pharynx, completely
filling about two-thirds of this organ, and blocking the membranelle
-so that none of them could act. As a result, after a few efforts the
amceba reyersed the direction of its motion and crawled out of the
pharynx, across the adoral zone, and away. I have frequently observed
that small protozoa and bacteria are thrust into the mouth between the
adoral and suboral membranelle and then are pushed along by the
pharyngeal membranelle and cilia; currents of water, conveying food
particles from the mouth to the tip of the pharynx, do not appear to
exist. A similar conclusion was recently reached by Schaffer regarding
the process of swallowing in Stentor.

The function of the endoral cilia is more difficult to understand than
that of the suboral membranellxe, because direct observations are almost
impossible. Large food bodies which reach the mouth are grasped easily
between the two sets of membranelle. In the case of small particles,
like bacteria, the process may be different. Only those which reach the
mouth at the level of the tips of the adoral membranelle will be seized in
the manner deseribed. Those which lie in a lower, i. e. more ventral,
level will pass over the posterior wall of the peristome with the currents
of water. Those which arrive at the dorsal part of the oral aperture will
be brought within reach of the endoral cilia and pushed along to the tip
of the pharynx. If the Euplotes lies with its dorsal side up, the par-
ticles captured by the endoral cilia may fall out of their reach to the ven-
tral side of the pharynx, but there they will be pushed along by the
tips of the pharyngeal membranelle. However, if the Euplotes is swim-
ming with the ventral side up as is frequently the case, the particles
captured by the endoral cilia will be thrust along by them until the inner
tip of the pharynx is reached. In addition, the inclined position of the
pharyngeal membranelle is such that, with the animal in this position,
any particles which escape from them will drop directly upon the endoral
cilia and will also be passed down the pharynx. The pharyngeal
apparatus of Euplotes is, therefore, a remarkably efficient one.

On the other hand, if we view the adoral zone of membranelle as a
mechanical food conveyor alone, its efficiency is very low, for the currents
produced by it are so strong that nearly every particle drawn into the
-peristome is thrown out again over the posterior border at a high speed.

298 GRIFFIN.

A yery low percentage of particles is thrown into the angle where the
mouth is located and large numbers of these eventually are lost. How-
ever, the adoral zone is more than a food conveyor, it is also the principal
organ of locomotion: a balance of functions exists such that an increase
of efficiency in either direction without other modifications would be
fatal.

This Euplotes appears to be selective in its feeding, if tests made with
carmine are of any value, for I haye seen but one specimen which
swallowed any carmine granules, and that one took only a few. While
bacteria were being swallowed in large numbers, the carmine grains were
swept out of the peristome as if the animal were unconscious of their
existence. The experiment has been repeated several times and some
hundreds of Euplotes observed. It is noticeable also, that when several
lands of food are present in an infusion one kind appears to be preferred,
as is proved by the nature of the food masses in the bodies of the in-
fusorians.

Minute food particles are collected in the form of a dense ball at the
inner end of the pharynx before being swallowed, as in many other
infusorians. Room for this is provided, not in the pharynx itself, but in
an eyagination of the anterior side, projecting into the endosarc, and
increasing in size as the food mass grows. ‘Text figure 5 shows an early
stage of the evagination, and a later stage is represented in Plate V,
figure 10. When the ball is finally ingested no visible layer of water
accompanies it.

Membranelle.—Vhe number of adoral membranellze varies between 45
and 70. The anterior ones are strikingly long. (Plate I, figure 1.)
Passing toward the mouth, a gradual reduction in length occurs so that
near and at the mouth they are able to swing freely within the edges of
that opening.

Minkiewicz describes the adoral membranellx of H. vannus as trian-
cular, and Wallengren represents those of #. harpa as of a similar shape.
After repeated’ examination I am convinced that the shape of the ex-
panded membranella of #. worcesteri is nearly rectangular, about as shown
in Plate I, figure 1. However, some are longer on the outer than the
inner side, while very frequently during action the membranellz assume
a triangular shape by the inner side being drawn toward the outer. The
membranellx of this genus are extremely flexible organs, showing but little
modification from the condition of free cilia.

The membranelle of this species, even in the living condition, do not
appear to be homogeneous. As soon as the motion of these organs slows
in a captured specimen, each membranella appears to consist of a double
row of delicate cilia, closely set, and moying exactly together but without
any visible uniting substance.

Atter fixation and staining, no matter what the method, the appearance

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 299

of separate cilia is even more definite. Even where the membranelle
appear to be changed only shghtly by the fixation, the ciha of which they
are composed are all perfectly distinct and separate. ‘There are no places
where a few appear to be fused in a plate, lying regularly and parallel
as one would expect to find if the membranelle were definite protoplasmic
plates. Hach cilium can clearly be traced from basal granule to tip, as
a separate and distinct unit. The individuality of the cilia is well shown
by sections cutting the membranelle above their bases.

Tt may be that during life there exists a film of protoplasm joining the
cilia, too delicate to be seen, and destroyed by the slightest disturbance of
normal conditions. I have seen the separate cilia of the membranelle
so many times in the living animal where there seemed to be very little
disturbance of conditions, that I am inclined to believe that the mem-
branelle of this form are composed of distinct cilia with movements so
perfectly coordinated that they act and ordinarily appear as a single and
delicate blade. Mobius also came to the same conclusion.

The view held by the majority of zodlogists is that the membranelle
are formed by the fusion of cilia. This Euplotes shows the individual
cilia better, with less fusion, than
the majority of other forms which
have been studied. Instead of ar-
guing from the appearances pro-
duced by certain reagents, one or
two structural characters, and the
general probabilities of develop-
ment, we here are able to see the units
of which the organ is composed
in the hving specimen. ‘This is true
of both adoral‘ and suboral mem-
branellee.

Hach membranella of the adoral
zone occupies the middle of a shal-

low groove crossing the zone. The
bases of the cilia of the membranellz tice. 7—Basal granules of three adoral
are united by a slightly elevated membranelle and ‘the outlines of the
i 7 ©) grooves about their bases.
ridge of the ectosare. The basal

ridge stains more deeply than the surrounding protoplasm. At the base
of each membranella lies an irregularly double row of large basal granules,
a single granule for each cilium.

Cirri.—The arrangement and location of the cirri need no special
description, variation from that shown im Plate I, figure 1, being in-
frequent except for one group. The small cirri shown on the right
posterior margin are frequently altogether absent, and when present they
may be either one, two, or three in number.

300 GRIFFIN.

.The feature of most interest in regard to the cirri is the ease with which
the individual cilia of which they are composed may be demonstrated.
After the Euplotes have been confined for only a few minutes under a
cover-glass, the tips of the cirri become frayed, and a little later the
entire cirrus has changed to a brush of strong cilia which may either beat
as a unit, or each cilium may move independently.

All reagents cause the cirri to, break more or less into their ciliary
elements, while a change in the density of the water will cause them to
2 — brush instantly and most markedly
a a of all, though the animal may still
be alive. Hach of these cilia is
connected with a basal granule.
(Text figure 8; Plate III, figure
‘S.) The basal granules le in a
plate of specially dense and stain-
able, nongranular ectosare. (Plate
III, figure 8.)

On examining tangential sections
of the ventral surface of the body,
it was found that the basal granules
of each cirrus are arranged in
several parallel rows (text figure
8), the rows being slightly oblique
to the axis of the body. ‘That the
Fic. 8-—Camera lucida sketch of a tan- enna ime Geumpesed a lituscl as a

gential section of the ventral surface, fused cilia has been believed for

showing the rows of basal granules and many years. ‘This last observation
some of the contractile fibrils of the cirri. . : 2 ay.
indicates, in addition, that each
cirrus has developed, not from a single 10w, but from several of the rows
of cilia which we may imagine to have coyered the body of the ancestral
form. It has been difficult to reconcile this theory with the observations
of Stein and St2rki that the new cirri of Stylonichia arise from portions
of a delicate undulating membrane.
My own observations of the develop-
ment of cirri in Huplotes worcestert
lead me to believe that this objection
is not serious. (See Part If.) In
addition Wallengren observed that in
Euplotes harpa and Stylonichia the
rudiments of the cirri appear sepa-

Fie. 9.—Contractile fibrils of the cirri,
drawn from an unstained specimen rately.

FASO oh corrobmesrormon accic Zany aliniconmection) wathsiheibaseshoquite
owed by alcohol. sy. f > %
cirri are certain .endoplasmic fibers.
(Plate II, figure 4; text figure 9; Plate III, figure 8.) A fiber passes

forward from the base of each anal cirrus, the five fibers gradually

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 301

converging until they end close to each other at the anterior extremity of
the ventral surface. Occasionally they seem to unite as described by
Maupas, but I do not find this condition so frequently as the other.
These fine fibrils are much larger and more readily seen than the fibrils
of the other cirri. I have never seen in one specimen so many fibrils
as Prowazek shows in his figures of #. harpa. The fibrils of the anal
cirri are seen easily in the living animals, and they become quite con-
spicuous after staining with aceto-carmine. ‘They are not as easily seen
in sections, because of the difficulty of cutting sections exactly parallel
with their course.

Plate IL, figure 4, represents the fibrils seen in a living animal; text
figure 9 shows others seen after fixation, but without staining. Plate ILI,
figure 8, is a drawing of a section stained with iron-hematoxylin.

From these figures it will be seen that the fibrils could not be traced
from the base of every cirrus, and that different arrangements were found
in different specimens. In general it may be stated that the fibrils
seemed to be most developed in connection with the strongest or most
used cirri.

The fibrils lie just mside the ectosare, or it might be better to say in
the inner layer of ectosare. Hach ends in the basal plate of dense
protoplasm under the cirrus. They appear to be round in cross-section.

It also will be noticed from the figures that more than’ one fibril is
connected to several of the frontal and abdominal cirri. I have never
seen moré than the single fibril for each anal cirrus. If the fibrils are
contractile, as seems altogether probable, they are developed around the
bases of the cirri in such directions as to assist in producing the ordinary
motions. As the anal cirri have only a single strong motion, a vigorous
kick directed backward, each needs but a single strong fibril. The
movements of the other cirri are more varied and consequently the
fibrils are more numerous. It may be that such fibrils are connected
with all the cirri, but only a few are visible in any specimen; or it is
possible that the ordinary contractility of the ectosare is sufficient to
produce the movements of the smaller cirri and that no specialized fibrils
exist.

In this connection the fact may be mentioned that the two left
marginal cirri (back of the peristome) do not have the striking or
kicking motion of the others, but lash rapidly and forcibly with a spiral
motion.

Engelmann noticed that a very fine plasma-thread arises from each
marginal cirrus of Stylonichia, which can be followed close to the ventral
surface nearly to the mid-line of the body. Maupas repeated this obser-
vation and also discovered the fibrils of the five anal cirri of Huplotes.
The anal cirri of Stylonichia possess similar fibrils. Engelmann sug-
gested that the fibrils were nervous in function, radiating from a common
nerve center, but Biitschli believed them to be similar to the intracellular

302 GRIFFIN.

fibrils of ciliated metazoodn cells, and probably contractile; this is much
the more reasonable view. Every detail of arrangement and structure
indicates that the fibrils are, principally at least, contractile in function.
A relation with the myonemes of other Cilata suggests itself imme-
diately ; and, if each cirrus represents the highly developed and specialized
remnant of several rows of cilia, it seems possible that some of the
myonemes of these rows may have remained and developed accordingly.
The objection to this theory is twofold: first, that many of the fibrils
run in directions which bear no relation to the hypothetical origimal
ciliary rows; and, second, that while each cirrus has several rows of basal
granules, the fibrils do not correspond to these rows.

Sensory bristles—The Hypotricha are commonly described as having
numerous immotile bristles on the dorsal surface, which probably are the
modified vestiges of a once close ciliation (see Biitschli, Doflein, et al.).
A sensory function is ascribed to them, and the name of sensory bristles
will be adopted here without questioning the correctness of its application,

I find that Huplotes worcesteri possesses not only the usual dorsal
bristles, but also several rows and definitely arranged groups of ventral
s. The bristles of this Euplotes are extremely short and trans-

bristles
parent, rendering direct observation most difficult; but as the base of each
bristle is usually surrounded with refringent ectosarcal granules, their
positions can easily be seen. Plate IT, figure 3, is drawn from a specimen
in which the bristles were unusually clear. The tips were bluntly pointed,
while the bases were expanded. The shape is decidedly different from
that of the bristles heretofore described in various Hypotricha by other
observers, and from the bristles of other species of Huplotidee which I
myself haye observed. The bristles of the ventral surface are even smaller
and more difficult to observe than the dorsal ones. I find no record of
any previous observation of these ventral sensory bristles, although
Stein saw the granules which surround their bases along the sides of the
adoral zone of membranelle in Huplotes charon O. F. M. 'These obser-
vations haye been repeated many times, and careful examination has
been made on numerous occasions to determine that a bristle stood at the
center of each group of granules. As the granules are so easily seen, and
the bristles are distinguished only with difficulty, there was manifestly
some danger of assuming that each group of granules necessarily indicated
the position of a bristle. The bristles of the dorsal surface usually lie in
eight longitudinal rows, although six, nine, or ten rows are found. It
happens that Plate II, figure 3, is drawn from the only specimen I have

ever seen haying six rows-

Upon the ventral surface the bristles are always arranged as follows:
First, there are several bristles about the base of each cirrus; usually
four, occasionally six, at the bases of the large cirri, and two or three
beside the smaller ones. (Plate II, figure 4.) Second, there is a row of

bristles on each side of the adoral zone of membranellze; with few

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 3038

exceptions a bristle stands opposite either end of each membranella.
Third, a short row of larger bristles lies along the posterior half of the
left margin. These bristles are of about the same size and are spaced
about the same as the bristles of the dorsal surface. The arrangement
of these sensory bristles of the ventral surface gives further support to
the yiew that the bristles are modified cilia. The resemblance between
the row of bristles on the inner side of the adoral zone to what some
authors call the paroral or preoral cilia of forms such as Stylonichia and
Urostyla is obvious. The outer row of bristles evidently represents a
marginal row of cilia.

Peilicle-——TVhe body is covered by a thin tough pellicle which is usually
very difficult to distinguish from the outer layer of protoplasm. Some
specimens, after treatment with a modification of the Golgi method,
show a quite regular network of wrinkles in the pellicle. On another
“occasion an accident in focusing caused the breaking and partial crushing
of a number of stained specimens. The pellicle was then easily distin-
guished where it projected beyond the protoplasm at broken edges, and
also where it had shrunk and wrinkled on the surface of the body as soon
as the slight tension to which it had been subjected was reheved. The
pellicle is extremely clear and transparent, and shows no structure.

The cirri. project through openings in the pellicle which are a little
larger than the bases of those organs, leaving a narrow space around the
base of each cirrus where the protoplasm is unprotected. In one of my
cultures great numbers of small amcebe appeared, and I then observed
several Huplotes which were attacked by the amcebx, the latter thrusting
part of the body into the Euplotes through the unprotected space at the
base of a cirrus, while half or more of the body remained outside.

Hetosare (Plate I11).—The ectosare forms a very definite layer of
considerable thickness, which can be distinguished easily in both liying
and stained specimens. ‘he marked feature of the ectosarc is a single
layer of large alveoli filled with clear, homogeneous, and apparently fluid
substance. These alveoli, viewed from the surface, give the ectosare
very much the appearance of being composed of cells. (Plate IIT, figure
7.) The walls separating the alveoli are usually very thin, but may
contain smaller alveoli of similar nature. ‘Their depth is in most cases
almost the thickness of the ectosarc, although it is not uncommon to
find two layers of smaller alveoli. The contents of the alveoli stain with
Lyons blue, while the walls do not; Lyons-blue used in combination with
acetic-carmine gives a very sharp picture of the alveolar structure of the
ectosare. The contents of the alveoli do not shrink, nor stain with iron-
hematoxylin. The alveoli and their contents are evidently of an en-
tirely different nature from the ectosare vacuoles and granules described
by Metcalf, although they haye much the same appearance. Between the
ends of the alveoli and the pellicle is a thin layer of protoplasm, which
may contain other very fine alveoli.

304 GRIFFIN.

~The radiating granules about the bases of the sensory bristles have
been mentioned. There are several references in the literature to these
structures, which appear to be peculiar to the Euplotide, and the ques-
tions of their nature and exact location are still unsettled. The cranules
have been observed by Dujardin, Claparede and Lachmann, Stein, Rees,
Stokes, and recently by Minkiewicz. Rees suggested that they might
be yacuoles, possibly contractile. Biitschli considered that they were
more likely to be pellicular formations. Minkiewicz denies that they
can be pellicular, or vacuoles; his statement is that they are “probably”
crystalline, and “probably” le between the ectoplasm and endoplasm.

The granules are extremely variable in size, although those of the
yentral surface (excepting those of the lateral row) are always much
smaller than those of the dorsal. The granules along the sides of the
adoral zone are smallest of all.

The granules are always longer than broad, sometimes three or four
times so; colorless, refringent, and crystalline in their appearance. No
angles are visible, all sides and the ends apparently being smooth’ and
rounded. The largest granules of the dorsal surface may be | p by 2 p.
More commonly the length is three or four times the width. The
smallest ones are not more than one-quarter the size of the larger. The
granules of the ventral surface, except those of the lateral row, are
rarely more than | » in length, and usually about $ p.

The granules always he around the bases of the sensory bristles, on
both the upper and lower surfaces, arranged radially with the base of
the bristle as a center. The central ends of the granules are also di-
rected toward the surface of the body, giving a conical form to the group.
In many instances the pellicle is actually elevated a trifle over the group
of granules, which fact has caused Stokes to interpret them as appear-
ances due to star-shaped elevations of the surface instead of real bodies.

The number of granules in a group yaries greatly, but the largest
groups are always found on the dorsal surface, while the smallest are
seen in the rows beside the adoral zone. In the former there are fre-
quently as many as a dozen granules, while the latter rarely contain
more than four very small ones, and frequently only one or two. There
is surprisingly little irregularity in the position of these groups of
granules. Very rarely one observes a few irregular groups in the center
of the yentral surface, but nowhere else.

The granules lie in the outer layer of ectosarc, immediately beneath
the pellicle. They are not pellicular structures, as Biitschli considered
them, neither do they lie between the ectosarc and endosarc. The pres-
ence of the large ectosare alyeoli makes it possible to determine the
position of the granules by focusing in either living or stained material,
and I have also found a few in sections. ‘

The suggestion of Rees that the groups of granules are vacuoles,

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 305

possibly contractile, has nothing to commend itself to further consider-
ation.

The granules are not dissolved by strong or dilute acetic, hydrochloric,
or nitric acids, nor by absolute or dilute alcohol. Gram’s solution of
iodine and potassium iodide causes no change of color either in the cold or
after heating. No change of color occurs after treatment with iodine,
heating, and addition of strong sulphuric acid. Dilute osmic acid
blackens the granules instantly. Absolute alcohol used after osmic acid
does not dissolve them; absolute alcohol and ether, after treatment with
osmic acid, dissolves the granules.

From these tests it seems to be clear that the granules are fatty in
their nature. The animals of depressed or starving cultures sometimes
have few or none of these granules, while in vigorous cultures all the
Euplotes have very numerous and well-developed ones. It appears then
to be a fair conclusion that these peculiarly arranged granules of the
ectosare constitute a supply of reserve fatty food-substance.

Hndosarce.—Vhe endosare presents a most irregular structure, differing
according to the condition of the animal, whether full fed or starved, and
the nature of the food. It is well to remember that a large part of what
is commonly called endosare is a mechanical mixture of protoplasm, food
in yarious stages of digestion, water, and indigestible particles or excreta.
In addition to the finely granular protoplasm which sections always
show, the endosare of this Euplotes contains great numbers of fibers.
These are visible when the protoplasm has been crushed and torn during
the process of sectioning and mounting. The constant motion of the
central portion of the endosare prevents there being any definite visible
structural relation here.

The animals of well-fed cultures usually show large numbers of
rounded, ovoid, or spherical granules, which are highly refringent, and
form a conspicuous feature of the living endosare. These spherules are
unchanged by osmic acid, and are not dissolved by alcohol or ether, nor
by the two together, but they are dissolved instantly by very weal solu-
tions of nitric and hydrochloric acids and by strong acetic acid. They
appear, therefore, to be a sort of calcareous concretion, bearing a certain
resemblance to the crystals of calcium orthophosphate found in the
endosare of Paramcecium.

Ingestion and egestion—The formation of a ball of food and its pas-
sage into the protoplasm is- very much the same in Euplotes as in such
a form as Paramcecium, except that there is no visible layer of water
surrounding the food; no food-vacuole can be observed inside the body.
The food mass appears to be in direct contact with the protoplasm, and
while undoubtedly some water is swallowed with the food, there is not
enough of it to be visible.

After entering the body the food mass is caught up by the circulating
stream of protoplasm, which carries it forward, and then in a circle,

306 GRIFFIN.

counter clock-wise, for numerous small revolutions about the central
region of the body. ‘The cyclosis is continual but irregular in rate, and
much more restricted in extent than in most large ciliates. The endosare
of the edges and anterior and posterior extremities of the body seems to
be very stable.

The place of egestion is immediately behind the outermost anal cirrus,
on the ventral surface. Frequently large quantities of indigestible
material accumulate in the body before egestion takes place. Then the
balls of ejecta are pushed out with considerable force, at intervals of a few
seconds, until all is disposed of. The slowness with which the masses
of ejecta are at first pushed through the surface of the body, until the
largest part passes the pellicle, and the suddenness and force with which
they then are shot away, indicate that the pellicle around the anus is
highly elastic and that the anus is kept closed by its contraction. It
appears probable that in those ciliata which possess a definite anal spot,
there is also a real canal in the protoplasm, ordinarily kept closed and
invisible by the elasticity of its walls and the pellicle.

As the anus lies just in front of the contractile vacuole, the masses of
ejecta often press against its walls. In some cases the masses of un-
digested material accumulate to such an extent as actually to be forced
into the contractile yacuole and cause it to become enormously distended ;
but in most cases this organ is only crowded to one side and partially
surrounds the mass of waste material, the appearance that ejecta are
inside the vacuole being deceptive.

Contractile vacuole——The position of this organ is shown by Plate I,
figure 1. When fully formed the vacuole is rather large. The pulsations
occur at unusually long intervals. Because of the slowness of the process
it is difficult to watch the entire cycle in an animal active enough to make
the observer sure that it is in a normal condition. I find that the time
required for the complete cycle averages twelve minutes. If, as has been
suggested, a principal function of the vacuole is to force out of the body
water which is continually bemg taken in with the food particles, the
long period of the vacuole of Euplotes may very well be due to the
extremely minute quantities of water absorbed with the food. The length
of time required for a cycle of the contractile vacuole in this species is
the more remarkable since Rossbach gives 31 seconds as the period of
BHuplotes charon O. F. M., and Maupas 50 seconds as that of W. patella
O. F. M. I find no statement concerning: the contractile vacuole of
H. vannus O. F. M. in the summary of Minkiewicz’s paper. It is possible .
that in this genus we have an opportunity to test the theory of a relation
between the amount of water swallowed with the food and the actiyity of
the contractile vacuole. Another indication of the low activity of the
contractile vacuole of this species is in the fact that at any time large
numbers of healthy animals show no vacuole at all. Out of twenty which
were carefully examined at one time, the examination of each requiring

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 307

about one minute, thirteen showed no vacuole, while in some of the
remaining seyen which had yacuoles, these were very small. In a less
careful examination the con-
tractile vacuole was visible in only
four out of fifty, but I afterwards
found that the vacuole is so
minute for some minutes as to be
nearly invisible eyen with high
powers.

The contractile vacuole in
Huplotide is said to open upon
the ventral surface of the body
beside or in front of the anus,
but I have not been able to make
any observations regarding this
point, except to be certain that
it does not open in front of the
anus in #. worcestert.

Nuclei—The shape of the
meganucleus is shown by text
figure 10. The enlargement of
the posterior end, reminding one
of an anchor-fluke, is a most char-
acteristic feature of this species
of Euplotes. While it is subject
to variation, so that the enlarge-
ment is not of exactly the same
Size nor shape in any two speci-
mens, the general form is almost
always the same, and so marked
as to constititute one of the
diagnostic characters of the
species. Minkiewicz represents
(text figure 13) the corresponding
end of the meganucleus of Z.
vannus 0. BF. M. as turned back "S20 Yarlow shane assumed. by the
upon itself, but not enlarged. It
does not seem possible that there could be a mistake in so simple an
‘observation. The difference in the shape of this part of the meganucleus
forms a yery convenient means of distinguishing the two species, which
otherwise are much alike.

The portion of the nucleus which crosses the anterior end of the
body is also considerably thickened and the anterior margin is frequently
irregular.

994562

308 GRIFFIN.

The meganucleus lies close to the ventral surface of the body. In order
to pass the pharynx, it bends oyer
the dorsal side of this organ, as
shown in text figure 11.

The chromatin of the meganucleus
is arranged in a fine reticulum, as
Fie. 11.—Lateral view of Huplotes wor- is shown by Plate IV, figures 1, 2,

cesteri showing the curvature of the 3, and +. It is generally found that

cae Ue tS the fibers of the reticulum on the
anterior side of the anterior enlargement of the meganucleus are greatly
attenuated, causing that part to appear less deeply stained than others.
The nucleus is rarely visible in living animals. If the Euplotes are in
a very clear, transparent condition, the meganucleus can sometimes be
seen and its structure examined with an immersion lens. Under these
circumstances the granular reticulation and clear, fluid ground-substance
can be seen, the structure appearing the same as in the stained specimens.

At times when division is common and the animals seem to be well
nourished and normal in every way, the interior of the nucleus of many
animals becomes vacuolated. ‘The vacuoles increase in size until all the
protoplasmic portion of the nucleus is crowded into a layer along the
nuclear membrane, while the interior consists of one or several large
vesicles of clear fluid. It is only when in this condition that the nucleus
is easily visible in the living animal. As the vacuoles increase in size

Fic. 12.—Sketch of a vacuolated meganucleus, drawn from the living animal.

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: I. 309

the nucleus shortens and becomes thicker. The thickening may take
place only around the vacuoles, while the intervening portions become
drawn out into fine connecting threads, which finally break. Division
may begin during this vacuolated condition of the meganucleus, but
apparently does not proceed to a normal conclusion.

The micronucleus (Plate II], figure 9) is single, lying in or near a
shallow depression on the left side of the meganucleus. I believe that
the forms possessing two micronuclei, which are very common at times,
belong to a stage following conjugation.

The micronucleus contains a sparse reticulum of chromatin. (Plate
IV, figures 1, 2, 3.) Ordinarily the entire micronucleus stains wni-
formly, but with careful extraction of the stain the reticulum is rendered
visible. -If extraction is not quite sufficient, the micronucleus appears
homogeneous, as if composed of a uniformly staining colloid substance.

Systematic position—In order to distinguish Huplotes worcesteri from
Euplotes vannus O. F. M., one must depend largely upon the careful
work of Minkiewicz for exact knowledge of the structure of the European
form. In the shape of the body, and in the number, form, and arrange-
ment of the cirri, the Philippine form is exactly like the Huropean.

Huplotes worcesteri has a longer pharynx than H. vannus O. F. M.
and twenty to thirty membranelle inside the pharynx instead of eight.
Both the length of the pharynx and the number of pharyngeal membra-
nelle vary, but I have always found the number of these membranelle to
be more than double that given for #. vannus by Minkewicz.

Minkiewicz presents one figure showing ten rows of sensory bristles
on the dorsal surface of H. vannus. I find that most specimens of ZF.

worcester have eight rows, although six, seven, nine,
or ten rows are sometimes found. As there may be Q xe
considerable variation in the number of these rows
in #. vannus also, we are not justified in considering

the apparent difference between the species in this

regard as a valid specific distinction. ‘
The most important difference, and the one upon o

which the diagnosis of the species really depends is

in the shape of the posterior end of the meganucleus.

As may be seen by referring to text figure 13 this gye 13—prawings of

end of the nucleus is enlarged in a very character- the meganuclei of

Pattie é ‘ Manik tan anes eax Tae = of ‘he Euplotes vannus O.

istic manner. inkiewicz gives six figures of the yf, copied from

meganucleus, all of which represent its end as being =Minkiewicz (Plate II,

4 : ‘ figure 23).

turned back upon itself, without any enlargement.

(Text figure 13.) The general appearance produced is much the same

as is seen in H. worcesteri, but the structure is entirely different.
Whether differences exist in the arrangement of the ventral sensory

310 GRIFFIN.

bristles can not be said until #. vannus has been reéxamined with especial
regard to these structures. The same is true of the suboral membranell
and rows of endoral cilia.

The principal specific characters of Huplotes worcesteri are the fol-
lowmg: Body oval, anterior end rounded, posterior end bluntly pointed ;
dorsal surface considerably elevated, with a regular curvature; anterior
half of right margin usually straight; body 72 » to 93 » im length, 47
pw to 60 » in width. Ventral surface flat; peristome considerably ex-
cayated and broad, extending two-thirds the leneth of the body, con-
taming 45 to 70 wide membranelle; mouth irregularly oval, large;
pharynx long, recurved, containing 20 to 30 membranelle, several oblique
rows of endoral cilia, and a group of suboral membranelle; 7 frontal
cirri, 3 abdominal cirri, 5 anal cirri, 2 left marginal cirri, 0-3 mght
marginal or caudal cirri; sensory bristles of the dorsal surface usually
in eight longitudinal rows; on the ventral surface paroral, exoral, and
lateral rows of sensory bristles, and two to four bristles at the base of each
cirrus. Meganucleus long, horseshoe-shaped, with a fluke-lke enlarge-
ment at the posterior end and a considerable thickening where it bends
across the anterior end of the body. Micronucleus single, lying im a
slight depression of the meganucleus, on the left side near the anterior
end of the body.

The dimensions of ten specimens of #. worcesteri, selected at random,
are:

] |
Specimen No. Damen: | Specimen No. | ae
| } }
| Microns. | Aficrons. |
[eae ae EE | 76x47 || 85x60 |
ee ee ee 8560 | 81X56 |
76x51
|| Average size__=-=-----==---_-- 82><94
Vie|| SuCRStSIZ@ 5 - = 72x47

Greatest size___--__--_-_.__--| 9360

ILLUSTRATIONS,

Prate I.

Ventral view of Huplotes worcesteri sp. nov. Numerous refringent endosare
spherules are visible, as well as three food-masses.

PLatTe II.

Fie. 2. View of Huplotes worcesteri from the left side.

Fie. 5

oe |

Fic. 1

The dorsal surface of Hwplotes worcesteri showing the sensory bristles
and radiating fatty granules.

The ventral surface of Huplotes worcesteri showing the positions of the
sensory bristles, the radiating fatty granules, and the contractile fibrils
running to the bases of the cirri.

Prate III.

. A longitudinal seetion of Huplotes worcestert. Camera lucida draw-

ing; Zeiss compensation-ocular 6 and obj. ;4,. At the anterior end the
slight overhang of the dorsal surface and the marginal lamella are
shown. The section passes just mediad to the inner wall of the
persistome and mouth, cutting the pharynx, in which are seen the
pharyngeal and suboral membranelle. The meganucleus is cut in two
places. The smaller black bodies are nuclei of small flagellates eaten

by the Euplotes. The grouping of food-bodies is characteristic.

. A portion of the ectosare in vertical section. Within the ectosare alveoli

is a portion of endosare, and a large food-body. The contents of the
ectosare alveoli usually do not stain. Camera lucida drawing.

. A tangential section of the ectosarc. Camera lucida drawing.
. A section through one of the anal cirri, its basal plate, and its contractile

fibril. The cilia of the cirrus are in the usual twisted condition.
Camera lucida drawing.

. A micronucleus, stained with iron-hematoxylin; stain almost completely

extracted, bringing into view the faint chromatin reticulum.

TEXT FIGURES.

. Outline sketches of three of the deformed individuals which appear when

cultures have passed their prime. Specimen A seems to be the result
of an aborted division.

. A cross section passing through the mouth, the adoral membranelle, a. 2.,

and the suboral membranelle, s. o.
Cross section passing through the mouth, the suboral membranell, the
pharynx and pharyngeal membranelle, and the adoral zone.

. A longitudinal section, showing the antero-ventral groove of the pharynx.

A tangential section passing through the dorsal wall of the pharynx, The
rows of basal granules of the pharyngeal membranelle and of the
endoral cilia show the arrangement of these organs.

311

Bl2

Fic.

GRIFFIN.

6. Part of a longitudinal section passing just imside the mouth. s. o.,
suboral membranelle; e. 0., endoral cilia, which in this section are well
down on the anterior wall.

. Basal granules of three adoral. membranelle and the outlines of the
grooves about their bases.

. Camera lucida sketch of a tangential section of the ventral surface, show-
ing the rows of basal granules and some of the contractile’ fibrils of
the cirri. ;

9. Contractile fibrils of the cirri, drawn from an unstained specimen fixed

in corrosive-formol-acetic, followed by alcohol.

10. Various shapes assumed by the meganucleus of Huplotes worcesteri.

11. Lateral view of Huplotes worcesteri showing the curvature of the mega-

nucleus over the pharynx.

12. Sketch of a vaculated meganucleus; drawn from the living animal.

13. Drawings of the meganucleus of Huplotes vannus O. F. M., copied from

Minkiewiez. (Plate II, figure 23.)

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WorRCESTERI. I, SrRucTURE.] [PHIL. Journ. Scr, Vor. V, No: 5.

L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa.

ikyari= Us

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES worcESstTERI. I, SrrRucTURE.] [PuIn. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 5.

bs Se

4
*

deve
HED Se He Ye DE

Fig. 3 Fig. 4.

L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa.
PLATE Il.

ile eat sl
ie Aa

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES worcrsterI. I. Srrucrure.] [Puit. Journ. Scr., Vou. V, No. 5.

Fig.3.

Fig. 9.

L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa.

PLATE I11.-

REVIEW.

Check-list of North American Birds. Prepared by a Committee of the American
Ornithologists’ Union. 3d ed. revised. Cloth. Pp. 430. Price $3.50 net.
New York: American Ornithologists’ Union. 1910.

This welcome and long-promised volume is essentially the second
edition of the check-list with the interpolation of the various additions
and other changes which have been recorded in the supplements since
1895. The details of geographical distribution, “range” in the new
check-list, are given in much greater detail than ever before, especial
attention haying been devoted to defining the breeding and seasonal
ranges of species and subspecies. The scientific name and vernacular
name of each species, or'subspecies, are printed on the same line, followed
by the old check-list number. The names of authorities are spelled out.
The secondary references and concordance to previous check-lists are
omitted, but type localities are given. Names of subspecies are printed
in slightly smaller type than those of species and are designated a, b, c,
ete. This is perhaps an advantage so long as trinomials are retained,
but the reviewer has not discovered the advantages of trinomials. Ver-
nacular names seem to have received but limited attention, the treatment
of double names especially being most unhappy. Thus we find Water-
Turkey, Wood Duck, Tree-duck, Tree Sparrow, Pintail, Spoonbill, Red-
head, Buftle-head, Canvas-back, Tropic-bird, Surf-bird, Catbird, Cowbird.

Two maps, one colored, show the life zones of North America and the
localities mentioned in the check-list.

The paper, press work, and binding of the new check-list are very
similar to those of the second edition, that is to say, excellent.

; R. C. McG.
2 313

Order No, 401,
THE BONTOC IGOROT.

By A. H. JENKS.
110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic plates. § figures.

An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among
the Bontoe Igorots.

Price $1 United States currency, postpaid.

Order No, 402,
NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES.
By WitttaM ALLAN REED.

62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages.

An interesting ‘ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales.

Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid.

Order No. 403.
THE NABALOI DIALECT.

By Otto SCHEERER.

TOGETHER, WITH

THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN.

‘ By Epwarp Y. MILuer.

“199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures.

The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive
people.

Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid.

NOTE.

Orders should ts sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New, York City, U. S.A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messr3. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

Beginning with Volume V, a new section, ‘‘Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Gen-
eral Biology,’’ will be added to the Journal. The price for the whole series to subscribers for
_Igr0 will be as heretofore, $5 United States currency, Single subscriptions to Section D will
be $2 Wnited States currency,
Beginning with 1911, the price of the entire Journal will be increased to $7 United States
currency. Section D will appear as often as material is available,

CONTENTS.

Page.
GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp.
TRONS Ws SECUCEU RG 28 reaee 2 aS ey eg a 291

isbn) ORY, Aaueune Sua mawag ae Om NN RY SiRARU UD aiet IA a3

The ‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’ is issued as follows:

Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, $2 United States
currency per. year.
Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per year.
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year.
’ Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Ponprat Biology, $2 United States our-
rency per year.

The entire “Journal,” $5 United States currency for Volumes II, IIT, TV, and V, There-
after, $7 United States ourrenoy per year.

Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Ssienae)
Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I., or to any of the agents listed below. Please give order
number,

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U.S, A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., ngland,

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. |

Entered at the post-office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter.

A limited number of unbound copies of previous volumes are
available, which may be secured from the Business Manager,
Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into’ sections), $10 United
States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States
currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices.

tHE es ISLANDS, —

. : x t
fi 1 « ae
\ APR 26 6 197)
WA a re er ge | :
ations) Muse¥!

ILA
OF PRINTING
iso

THE HISTORY OF SULU.

CON? 9 By Naszes M. Saeesy.
: 275 pages. e's .

pes A eae Stee of the Moro ook in
Be os : translations from the origin documents.

Price $0. 7. 5, United States currency, ‘postpaid.

_ MINDANAO.
THE SUBANUNS OF SINDANGAN BAY.

By Encerson B. CuRIsTIE.

able set of works on the origin, - Beas and canned
of these tribes, who are among the ‘most
interesting peoples of the world.

Price $1. 25, United States currency, postpaid.

N OTE.

er to any of the Belen casted eae Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Gare 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.
Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England. p
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland. ,

Messrs. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis’ Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
_ Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements,
Messre. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon. _

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

D. ETHNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND
GENERAL BIOLOGY

ne Ve am DECEMBER, 1910 No. 6

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI SP. NOV.: II.! DIVISION.

By LAWRENCE EDMONDS GRIFFIN.*
r

e literature on division in the family of the Euplotide is surpris-
ly limited, considering its wide distribution, the ease with which
observations can be made upon several of the species, the interesting

Euplotes harpa is the principal type of this study. Wallengren then
critically compares the accounts of Stein, Mobius, Maupa, and Schuberg
concerning Huplotes charon, E. patella, and E. harpa. All of the
accounts are yery incomplete and, like that of Wallengren himself,
are confined to the external changes. Wallengren has made a very care-
ful study of the formation of the new peristome and of the origin of the
- new cirri during the division of Huplotes harpa, and of the resorption
of the old set of cirri which are replaced by the new ones formed.
Further reference will be made to this article as my description of the
“processes occurring in Huplotes worcesteri progresses. Unfortunately,
- TI was not able to secure the original article of Wallengren until after
_ my paper was ready for the press; my observations upon the origin of the
peristome were therefore entirely independent. Since reading Wallen-

‘Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
_? Associate professor of ‘zodlogy in the University of the Philippines.

99458 315

316 GRIFFIN.

gren’s paper I have added nothing to my own except the necessary
eritical comparisons; the observations stand as originally made.

It is evident that processes of divison must be much alike in all the
species of the genus Huplotes, though such differences exist as to render a
comparative study extremely interesting. In considering the process of
division J have omitted all reference to the divisions of conjugation and
to the construction and resorption of organs during that phase, because
my study of conjugation in Huplotes worcesteri, so far very incomplete,
has convinced me that these processes are quite different from the ones
of ordinary division. It has proved easy to keep the strain alive in the
laboratory for more than a year and a half, and to secure an abundance
of material for study and preparation in every possible manner. The
result has been not only to prove that the new peristome is actually
formed by an invagination, but also to reveal other curious processes
connected with division. After an intimate study of a protozoan like
this, one can appreciate the full force and meaning of the statement that
many of the protozoa are not simple, but extremely complex animals.

The process of division of Huplotes worcesteri includes two stages,
one of preparation, the other that of actual division of the body and mega-
nucleus. During each stage a definite series of changes occurs in nearly
every organ of the body. The stage of preparation for division includes
the reconstruction and concentration of the meganucleus, the invagination
of the rudiment of the new peristome, the division of the micronucleus,
and the appearance of the new cirri. That of division includes the
constriction of the body and separation of its halves, the drawing of
the new peristome to the surface of the body and into its final shape and
position, completion of the new pharynx, division of the meganucleus,
absorption of the old cirri, and the shifting of the new cirri from the
places of their origins to their ultimate positions. ;

RECONSTRUCTION OF THE MEGANUCLEUS.

By this is meant that a progressive change occurs in which all the
chromatin of the meganucleus is actually dissolved and then recon-
structed. The first stage of this process is the appearance at each end of
the cord-shaped meganucleus of a band in which there is a complete
absence of the ordinary chromatin reticulum. It will be convenient to
refer to these as the reconstruction bands. ‘They pass rapidly from the
ends of the nucleus toward the center, finally meeting, and then disap-
pearing. (Plates 1V, V, and VI, figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 13, 14, 18, 20.)
Each band consists of two planes of about equal thickness, the one on
the central side staining darkly and uniformly, while the other is not
stained and consequently shows distinctly. No traces of a reticulum
or of chromatin granules can be seen in the first plane; but the uniform
stain which this region takes indicates that the chromatin has here been
dissolved in the karyolymph; therefore, I call this the solution plane.

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. ile

It appears to consist of a homogeneous fluid, no structure of any kind
being visible; but it is probable that a linin network still exists there,
masked by the stain.

I have given the name reconstruction plane to the clear distal plane.
lt follows the solution plane abruptly, without any noticeable transition
region between the stained and clear zones. In many cases no structure
whatever is visible with a magnification of 1,600 diameters in the central
side of the reconstruction plane. On the distal side, fine fibrils of chro-
matin appear which are connected with the reticulum of the distal part
of the nucleus. ‘These increase in thickness and number very abruptly,
making thus a quite definite distal limit to the plane. It is evident that,
while reconstruction of the chromatin commences in the region I have
termed the reconstruction plane, it is not limited to this, but proceeds
most actively in the region just distal to it, where the chromatin fibers are
so suddenly thickened. The anterior portion of the plane is in fact the
region where solution has been completed and chromatin (in a stainable
form) has entirely disappeared, while in the posterior part of the zone
chromatin is appearing.

Although I have failed many times to see any structures in the central
side of the reconstruction planes, on other occasions I have observed a
reticulum of extremely fine, delicately staining fibrils occupying all
parts of the plane. These seem to be true linin fibrils, for it is at their
nodes that the granules of chromatin first appear, and the chromatin
reticulum appears to be built upon them. JI believe that the linin net-
work, even though often invisible, is always present in all parts of the
reconstruction band.

The staining power of the reconstructed chromatin is considerably
greater than that of the portion not yet altered. Im judging the depth
of stain, care must be taken to allow for the concentration of the nucleus
which follows soon after the reconstruction bands pass. However, it is
true that in nuclei in which concentration seems not to have begun the
new chromatin stains much more vividly than the old. It frequently
forms numerous masses of quite large size at the nodes of the reticulum,
although just as often the chromatin knots are not present.

The margin of the undissolved (central) reticulum is usually abrupt.
It often appears as in Plate IV, figure 6, closed across the face of the
solution plane. On the other hand, Plate V, figure 12, shows a nucleus
in which the chromatin has evidently begun to dissolve a little distance
in front of the dark solution plane.

The planes of solution and reconstruction are of nearly equal thickness,
their combined thickness being about the same as the width of the
nucleus.

‘The two reconstruction bands pass toward the center of the mega-
nucleus at equal rates until they finally meet. (Plate V; figure 14; Plate
- VI, figures 18, 20.) The two solution planes then unite, and presently

A318 GRIFFIN.

disappear in the usual manner, leaving the reconstruction planes joined ;
the new chromatin reticula advance toward the center from both sides,
unite, and leave no trace of the plane of junction.

A division of the chromatin substance by one, two, or three planes is
not an uncommon character of the meganuclei of the Infusoria. Bitsehli
mentions the presence of “Kernspalten’”’ in Huplotes, Aspidisca, Dysteria,
Nassula, Strombidium, Spirochona, and Stylonyehia, and in the families
Chlamydodonta, Holophryina, Trachelina, and Tintinnoma. The re-
construction bands of Euplotes were long ago observed by Stein (1859),
but they do not seem to have received any attention from other authors.

The clefts (Kernspalten) in the meganuclei of Stylonychia have been
the classical examples of this kind of structure, all other similar ap-
pearances apparently having been interpreted as being the same. Judging
from the account given by Biitschli, the Kernspalten of Stylonychia are
structures entirely different from the reconstruction bands of Euplotes.
They appear in the nuclei of Stylonychia shortly after division, disap-
pearing as the next division begins, and usually lie a little in front of the
middle of the anterior nucleus and behind the middle of the posterior one.
If we agree that the two meganuclei of Stylonychia represent not separate
bodies, but a stage of precocious division of a single meganucleus, the
position of the “Kernspalten” reminds us of the appearance of the
reconstruction bands of Euplotes first at the opposite ends of the nucleus.
Beyond this, there is no apparent resemblance either in structure or
history. I do not know of any work on the “Kernspalten” of other in-
fusoria sufficiently detailed to permit a comparison to be drawn with the
reconstruction bands of Euplotes.

Balbiani, in 1895, suggested that the unstained substance in the
“Kernspalten” of Stylonychia may be composed of a mass of achromatic
material, or archoplasm. No substantiation of this suggestion has yet
appeared, nor do the observations of nuclear division in Stylonychia in-
dicate that the “Kernspalten” exercise any directive influence upon the
process.

Whether the reconstruction bands of Kuplotes are of the same nature
as the “Kernspalten” of Stylonychia or not, it is certain that they are not
composed of archoplasmice substance, but are regions where a solution,
change, and reconstruction of the chromatin occurs. The elimination of
superfluous chromatin from the nucleus has been observed to occur in
numerous Protozoa, and in some Metazoa. Many different means exist
for the accomplishment of this object. In some cases granules of
chromatin pass bodily through the nuclear membrane into the cytoplasm,
where they may remain indefinitely and perform some useful function or
may be rapidly altered into unrecognizable substances. In others, the
useless chromatin is extruded from the chromosomes, but dissolved within
the nucleus. Elimination regularly occurs before either division or con-
jugation, evidently as a part of the preparation for these processes.

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 319

Metcalf describes the formation of chromatin spherules from the chromosomes
of Opalina in the course of each mitosis during the year, and suggests “that
these chromatin spherules are nutritive—comparable to the granules of the macro-
nucleus of higher ciliata. Their formation and extrusion (in Opalina) is posi-
tively useful, being probably connected with nutrition and perhaps with the
formation of the refractive spherules of the endosare.”

The cases of chromatin elimination heretofore described do not compare
closely with the process occurring in Huplotes, since in this form there is
a complete solution of all the chromatin, and not of a part only. The
rapid and complete disappearance of affinity for stains from the region
affected indicates that the chemical nature of the chromatin is entirely
changed. he possibility exists that a vegetative chromatin is removed
by osmosis during the stage of solution and that then the most active
.chromatin reassumes its original condition. However, it seems much
more probable that an interchange of materials between nucleus and
cytoplasm takes place which is of such a nature that the reconstructed
chromatin is essentially a new substance, not only relieved of the so-
called vegetative chromatin, but rejuvenated throughout by a physical
and chemical reconstitution. The more active condition of the chromatin
after the completion of this process is shown by its increased staining
power.

Tt would seem that during the ordinary life and activities of the cell,
the chromatin either accumulates a certain amount of inert substance
which can play no part in the activities of division, and which it would
be useless, perhaps harmful, to carry over to the daughter cells; or else
that a portion of the chromatin itself is so modified by its activities that
it loses some of the properties essential to its sharing in division, and
therefore is eliminated before or during that process. The latter view,
which is merely an expression of the fact that destructive metabolism
must occur in chromatin as in all other living substance appears most
reasonable. It also seems quite probable that these products of chromatin
metabolism may be so closely allied to the living substance of the cyto-
plasm as to be incorporated with it or, if considerably degenerated, to
serve as food for the cell.

The reconstruction of chromatin by complete solution and reforma-
tion, such as occurs in Euplotes, is a process of a higher order, as regards
its effect on the nucleus, than that of the elimination of chromatin
spherules, as in Opalina. In the latter case, much of the chromatin
remaining may have been in the nucleus for a considerable time and may
be practically senescent; in the former case the possibility exists that the
new chromatin may be entirely composed of new material derived from
the cytoplasm. As the cytoplasm itself is a constantly changing sub-
stance owing to its various katabolic and anabolic activities, an interest-
ing possibility that the new chromatin may be formed from materials
only recently entering the body is instantly suggested.

320 GRIFFIN.

There is a large field for research in the comparative morphology and
physiology of the meganuclei of the Infusoria, and for a long time to
come general conclusions can not safely be drawn regarding them, their
activities, and relationships. However, these observations on the mega-
nucleus of Euplotes indicate that the meganucleus is more of an active
and less of a passive agent in the cell life than many zodlogists seem to
believe. The very fact that the chromatin of the meganucleus is recon-
structed in a manner which must include an elimination of passive
(vegetative) chromatin, such as occurs in nuclei of the ordinary type,
indicates that the meganucleus is not only an aggregation of such spher-
ules of vegetative or nutritive chromatin, but includes in addition most
other properties of the ordinary cell-nucleus.

The form of the nucleus is not altered during the first half of the
period of chromatin reconstruction, but as the reconstruction bands
approach the center of the nucleus the phase of concentration so universal
in meganuclei of this shape is entered upon. Both ends become shorter
and thicker, at the same time losing any small irregularities of contour.
The more nearly the reconstruction bands approach each other, the more
marked becomes the shortening of the limbs of the nucleus. The central
portion, that is, the part lying between the reconstruction bands, is not,

usually affected. Figures 14 (Plate V) and 18 (Plate VI) ‘show that
' this region has increased in thickness, which is not the case in figures
8, 10, and 13 (Plate V). As the ends of the nucleus become shorter
and thicker, the threads of chromatin are also changed in the same
manner, so that the chromatin becomes condensed. Chromatin conden-
sation always follows, never precedes, the reconstruction phase. There-
fore, the center of a nucleus in which the reconstruction planes are
close to each other often presents a marked contrast to the greatly con-
centrated ends. Unless the stain is carefully extracted the condensed
portions of a nucleus appear uniformly stained, as if the chromatin net-
work had been welded into a homogeneous mass. It is certain that the
reticulum does not disappear at any stage, even that of greatest concen-
tration, but in the last stages it is often impossible to distinguish the
threads. Figure 22 (Plate VI) shows the appearance of a poorly
extracted nucleus im the concentration phase, in which a reticulum is
visible in only two places. After the reconstruction of the chromatin is
complete, the concentration proceeds very rapidly, until the nucleus be-
comes a short, thick rod, varying somewhat in form, which lies in the
region formerly occupied by the center of the horseshoe-shaped nucleus.
The process of concentration is evidently one of contraction of both ends
of the nucleus toward the center, for the latter portion of the nucleus
does not move from its place.

“Bei dieser Concentrirung gegliederter Kerne muss die Membran wohl eine

wesentliche Rolle spielen, da wir wissen, dass die Verbindungsfidchen hiaufig
nur yon ihr gebildet zu sein scheinen.” (Biitschli, Protozoa, p. 1524.)

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. F 321

I do not feel that at the present time anything of value regarding the
origin and purpose of the process of concentration can be added by me to
the explanation Biitschli has already advanced. (Lot. cit., p. 1524.)

‘fine Erklirung fiir die Concentrirung des MakronucleuS zu geben, scheint
einstweilen kaum méglich. Active Contractionserscheinungen im gewdéhnlichen
Sinne diirften dabei schwerlich mitwirken. Man kénnte eventuell an eine sehr
einfache Deutung denken, welche jedoch etwas gewagt erscheint. Jedenfalls
miissen im ruhenden Zustand besondere Hinfliisse auf den band- bis rosenkranz-
fOrmigen Nucleus wirken, welche ihm die eigenthiimliche Gestalt verleihen. Das
einfachste, was man sich in dieser Hinsicht denken kénnte, wiiren aiissere
Zugkriifte, welche ihn dehnten und zuniichst bandférmig und schliesslich rosen-
kranzfOrmig werden liessen; nach Analogie mit einem ziihen Tliissigkeitsfaden,
welcher sich bei geniigender Streckung ebenfalls perlschnurférmig gliedert.
Solche Hinwirkungen auf den Makronucleus kénnten nur vom umgebenden Plasma
ausgehen, und die Frage wiire, ob sich hierfiir Anzeichen finden liessen, etwa
analog den bei Jsotricha beobachteten Karyophoren. Wenn nun diese Hinfliisse
bei Beginn der Theilung aufhérten, so wiirde der Nucleus von selbst wieder zu
seiner natiirlichen Gestalt, d. h. der kugligen bis nahezu kugligen zuriickkehren.—
Etwas gegriindeter sind unsere Vorstellungen von der Bedeutung des Vorgangs.
Wir erblicken darin, im Anschlusse an die Rouaw’schen Ideen, eine Erscheinung,
welche eine méglichst gleichmiissige Halbirung des Nucleus inhalts, der in den
langen Kernen ziemlich ungleichmiissig vertheilt sein kann, bei der Theilung
erméglicht.”

The period of greatest condensation is reached at a time when the body
is ready to commence the process of transverse fission. ‘The nucleus doés
not remain in this condition for more than a few minutes. It then
elongates rapidly, forming a thick, somewhat bent rod, extending through
nearly the entire length of the body. As the nucleus elongates, its
reticulum of chromatin becomes more easily visible, although the con-
densation is still great enough to make the nucleus appear dark and
solid. Possibly the chromatin may also be stained more intensely at this
stage than later. As the nucleus elongates, both the anterior and posterior
ends curve toward the left. (Plate VII, figure 26.) These curves in-
crease as the constriction of the body deepens, while the middle portion of
the nucleus connecting them remains straight and occupies the isthmus
connecting the separating halves of the body. (Plate VII, figure 27.)
As fission proceeds to the stage when the daughter animals remain con-
nected only by a narrow neck of protoplasm (Plate VII, figure 28), the
upper and lower halves of the meganucleus increase in length and also
in curvature, while the straight middle portion becomes reduced to an
extremely tenuous thread, which presently breaks (Plate VII, figure 29).
While the nucleus is elongating, bending, and dividing, the reticulum
becomes more and more plain. This is partly because the chromatin
fibers become thinner and partly because of their lessened affinity for
stains, rendering extraction of the stain more perfect. A noticeable
feature of the reticulum at this time is the great longitudinal elongation
of its meshes. This appearance of the network and the manner in which

322 GRIFFIN.

the meganucleus is pulled out into a thread at the point of division ap-
pear to be expressions of the internal tensions existing during this period,
and, to a certain extent at least, are evidence supporting the theory of
Biitschli quoted above, that the elongated shape of the nucleus is the
result of and is maintained by cell-tensions. The contractility of the
nuclear membrane and of the intranuclear reticulum are factors which
seem sufficient to account for the concentration of the meganucleus, but
they can not cause its elongation. During the process of concentration
the karyolymph has been almost completely expelled from the nucleus.
Absorption of karyolymph during expansion increases the volume of the
meganucleus, but can not of itself direct expansion in particular direc-
tions. This must be accomplished by tractive force exerted upon the
nucleus by the cytoplasm, of which we have visible evidence in the
temporary stretching of the reticular mesh. Figures 30 and 31, Plate
VII, are drawings of Euplotes immediately after fission. In figure 31,
the anterior end.of the nucleus still remains drawn out into a point which
ends just inside the pellicle. This point, as well as other irregularities
of the anterior end of the nucleus, would have been lost very quickly, for
the nucleus grows into its ordinary form soon after division.

DIVISION OF THE MICRONUCLEUS.

The micronucleus divides much more quickly than the meganucleus,
commencing after the reconstruction phase of the latter has started, and
being completed some time before that phase has ended. The chromatin
of the resting micronucleus exists in the form of a reticulum, which is
only visible after thorough extraction of the stain. (Plate IV, figures 1,
2, and 3.) Soon after reconstruction of the meganucleus has been
entered upon, the micronucleus increases in size to about double its or-
dinary dimensions. The enlargement appears to be due to an increase in
the fluid contents, for no change in the chromatin can be seen.

Rearrangement of the chromatin commences when the reconstruction
bands of the meganucleus have proceeded about one-quarter of their
distance. The chromatin meshes first become elongated in the direction
of the anterior and posterior poles of the micronucleus; next they may
be found as threads reaching from end to end of the nucleus with a
slightly spiral twist. (Plate V, figure 10.) It is evident that the
chromatin threads are increasing in thickness and staining power. At
the same time the micronucleus swells still more. The spindle is formed
bythe elongation of these threads of chromatin which stretch from pole
to pole. (Plate IV, figure 5.) I have not been able to distinguish
purely linin fibers at any stage of the ordinary division mitosis, for all
spindle fibers appear to contain chromatin. Appearances in the mitosis
of conjugation lead me to believe that during ordinary mitoses the linin
fibrils are completely covered by or otherwise inseparably joined to the
chromatin.

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. BaD

It is difficult to determine the number of chromosomes accurately, in
spite of their small number. The usual number appears to be six or
seven, although I have counted eight on a few occasions; but at other
times I have been able to distinguish only four, or five. When the
spindle is first fully formed the chromosomes are thickest at their
middles, tapering slightly toward the ends. As division progresses the
chromatin passes away from the middle of the chromosome toward the
end, until finally the central portion is reduced to an extremely fine fibril
connecting the considerably enlarged ends. (Plate VI, figure 19.) This
still stains with chromatin stains, so does not seem to correspond exactly
to the ordinary linin fibril. After the chromatin has become massed at
the poles, the spindle elongates very considerably, the fibrils still joining
pole to pole.

It will be seen by a comparison of figures 8, 10, 13, and 14, Plate V,
that metaphase and anaphase occur with great rapidity, since there is
almost no difference in the condition of the meganuclei of figures 8, 10,
and 13. Stages of the micronucleus like those shown in figures 13, Plate
V, and 21, Plate VI, are also extremely rare. These are the only
anaphase and telophase stages I have been able to find in an examination
of many hundreds of dividing individuals. The shape of each daughter
micronucleus in figure 13, Plate V, shows plainly that the final step in
division is a rapid separation of the poles of the spindle, while the spindle
fibers remain unbroken for a considerable time. A break finally occurs
at the center of the spindle and the fibers of each half of the spindle are
withdrawn into their respective nuclei. A clear space is found around
the micronucleus in nearly every preparation of dividing Huplotes. I
can not consider this as anything but an artifact, caused by shght shrink-
age of the distended and fluid-filled micronucleus.

The daughter micronuclei separate rapidly after division, quickly com-
ing to rest at the points which will be their permanent positions in the
daughter bodies. ‘These positions are retained throughout the further
processes of division.

The micronuclei rapidly assume the ordinary resting structure, and to
all appearances are perfectly passive during the succeeding, most active
phases of division. The short-lived activity of the micronucleus and its

succeeding passivity are in marked contrast to the activities of the
-meganucleus and of the body as a whole. The meganucleus, supposedly
a vegetative organ, exhibits far more constructive and directive activity
than the micronucleus, which is usually considered to be the principal
directive agent in division. The formation of chromosomes and their
division in the micronucleus is a simple matter compared with the com-
plex physical and chemical changes occurring in the chromatin of the
meganucleus. ‘The activities of the meganucleus begin with or before
the first intimation of other division processes, and continue until after

324 GRIFFIN.

fission is complete, and ordinary, normal growth is entered upon. In
contrast to this the micronucleus is active during only a very short period
of the division. Therefore, if a conclusion were to be drawn from the
behavior of the nuclei of Euplotes, it would be that the meganucleus is
not only the controlling organ in the metabolic activities of the ordinary
life of the animal, but it is also the active and directive agent of ordinary
(or vegetative) division, so far as any one portion of the cell can be
considered independently of the others; while the micronucleus is more
passive than directive, its part in division being limited to dividing in
such a way as to supply each daughter cell with a micronucleus. This ~
division appears to be more of an incidental feature of fission than one of
the causative forces.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW PERISTOME.

The rudiment of the new peristomme appears simultaneously with or
shortly after the beginning of the reconstruction of the meganucleus
(Plate VI, figures 1 and 3), and in the form of a small, somewhat
elongated depression just back of the posterior margin of the old peri-
stome. The medial wall of the depression is nearly vertical, while the
lateral wall curves gently and evenly. The rudiments of a row of mem-
branellze can be seen on the lateral wall in the earliest stages. These
first stages of peristome formation in #. worcesteri are quite different
from the corresponding ones of #. harpa as described by Wallengren. In
that form a triangular area of the ectosare back of the old peristome
becomes clearer than the surrounding regions, and is definitely limited
between the posterior margin of the old peristome, the left-hand ventral
ridge, and a new temporary elevation. ‘The invagination of the rudiment
of the new peristome occurs at the anterior end of this field, very close
to the border of the old peristome. Neither the clear ectosarcal field,
nor the external delimiting ridge appear in Muplotes worcestert, nor
does the rudiment of the new peristome lie so close to the border of the
old peristome in that species as in #. harpa. The extremely difficult
matter of finding early stages of the peristome formation in #. worcesteri
would haye been rendered far easier if such a change in the ectosare had
taken place.

I have also found that the rudiments of the adoral membranelle
appear considerably sooner in #. worcestert than in H. harpa. The
further development of the new peristome to its full extent is nearly the
same in both species. The depression deepens and extends posteriorly,
not upon the surface but beneath the ectosare, forming a short narrow
invagination. ‘The mouth of the original depression becomes the open-
ing of the invagination, retaining for a time about the same size and
shape as first. The invagination now rapidly extends anteriorly until
it nearly reaches the micronucleus. I have seen the invagination pass-

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. BD)

ing the micronucleus in only a few instances. The invagination extends
a little farther forward in #. worcesteri than in H. harpa. At the same
time it pushes a little backward and mediad and also increases consider-
ably in width and depth. Before the invagination has attained its full
length the opening to the exterior usually becomes elongated, its edges
approach and finally fuse, and the new peristome exists for a time as a
completely closed cavity inside the body of the Huplotes. The ventral
wall of the new peristome now lies 4 or 5 w dorsad to the old peristome.

The position of the new peristome is shown very clearly by sections. Figure
7, Plate IV, is a drawing of a transverse section of an animal in about the
same stage as figure 4. The section passes just in front of the tip of the
pharynx. The new peristome (P) lies below the old adoral membranelle; inside
of it the membranellx of the new adoral zone are already well developed; as
Wallengren also has observed, they move actively inside the new peristome almost
from the first. Figure 16 (Plate V) was drawn from a longitudinal vertical
section of a stage similar to figure 10. It passes through the old adoral zone
(az) parallel to the axis of the body. Below this lies the new peristome which
reaches the surface at O, where the lips of the external opening are still in
contact. The membranelle of the new adoral zone (AZ) lie outside of part of
the section; at the posterior end of the cavity the membranelle which there lie
upon the outer wall are shown in transverse section. The individual cilia of
the adoral membranell are particularly noticeable in a section like this, After
remaining closed for a time the external aperture of the new peristome reopens
and rapidly increases in size. (Plate V, figures 10, 13, 14; Plate VI, figures
18, 20, 22, 25; Plate VIII, figures 33, 34, 35.)

The figures show that the time at which the final opening occurs
yaries somewhat, using the condition of the meganucleus as a standard
for comparison, and so does the rate at which the enlargement of the
aperture increases. Wallengren did not observe any closure of the
peristomial aperture in Huplotes harpa.

After the new peristome has become permanently opened, the pos-
terior end of the cavity increases considerably in length and also bends
toward the center of the body. The portion of the posterior end of the
invagination which will become the pharynx is shown by Plate V, figure
10, where the rudiment of the suboral group of membranelle (S O) lies
in a slight expansion of the cavity. Since the suboral membranelle of
_ the adult Huplotes lie just within the mouth, it is clear that the invagina-
tion includes the rudiment of the pharynx as well as that of the peristome,
and that the pharynx is formed some distance from its final position.
The same peculiar bulging of the medial wall of the invagination is shown
in Plate V, figure 13, although the suboral membranelle were not visible
in this specimen.

As figures 10 and 13, Plate V, were among the last drawings made, it
is almost certain that the slight enlargement of the pharynx was present
in other specimens (Plate V, figure 14; Plate VI, figures 18, 20, 22, 25;
Plate VIII, figure 33) but not noticed at the time the sketches were made,

326 GRIFFIN.

as its importance then was not appreciated. Plate V, figure 17, and Plate
VI, figure 24, are both drawings of sections passing through the aperture
of the peristomial invagination.

The further development of the peristome and pharynx proceeds as the
body divides. The body of the Euplotes elongates a little before any
constriction appears. This change in shape is made evident by the new
peristome moving backward, as if it were pulled out from beneath the old
one. (Plate VIII, figures 33 and 34.) By the time that the constric-
tion of the body can be noticed, the opening of the new peristome to the
exterior has become large, extending from the posterior margin of the old
peristome to the posterior end of the new one. (Plate VIII, figure 34.)
At the same time the anterior end of the peristomial mvagination bends
toward the middle of the body. Plate VIII, figures 34, 35, and 36 are
successive drawings of one individual, made at intervals of about half
an hour; they illustrate the manner in which constriction of the body,
further increase in the size of the opening of the new peristome, and
bending of the anterior end of the new peristome toward the right, pro-
ceed simultaneously. In Huplotes harpa the curvature of the anterior end
of the new peristome toward the right commences at a very early stage,
even before the invagination has attained its full length, and long before
constriction of the body begins. ‘here is also in that species an inward
bending near the middle of the new peristome which is altogether lacking
in 2. worcestert. The anterior end of the adoral zone lies in a cavity
derived from the original invagination (Plate VII, figure 27, and Plate
VIII, figure 36) until fission is nearly complete. As the constriction of
the body deepens, the adoral zone is more and more uncovered, reaching
the adult condition while the two bodies are still connected. (Plate VII,
fivures 28 and 29.)

While the anterior end of the peristome is passing across the end of the
body, the pharynx moves still more toward the center of the body and
its tip bends forward. (Plates VII and VIII, figures 26, 28, 34, 35, 36.)
The widening in which the suboral membranelle appear develops into
the anterior expansion of the pharynx, in which the rows of endoral cilia
appear before the constriction of the body is far advanced. (Plate VII,
figure 26.)

The medial margin of the peristome is not derived from the imner
edge of the growing aperture of the invagination, but from a ridge which
crows forward from the anterior angle of the mouth across the medial
wall of the peristomial depression. Plate VII, figure 26, Plate VIII,
figures 34, 35, and 36, show successive stages in the development of this
feature. As in Huplotes harpa, this ridge divides the right wall of the
peristomial cavity into two portions; the dorsal portion becomes the inner
wall of the completed peristome, while the ventral moiety becomes included
in the yentral surface of the body. The part of the yentral covering of

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 32

the peristomial cavity extending out from this moiety becomes reabsorbed
and leaves no ridge to mark its original relations, as in #7. harpa. At the
stage shown in figure 36, the inner margin of the peristome which has
been formed in the manner just described, has united with the inner
wall of the anterior portion of the peristomial invagination which still
remains. By the deepening constriction of the body the outer wall of
this cavity is carried away, and the medial wall becomes the margin
of this side of the completed peristome. The relation of the imner
edge of the aperture of the invagination to the medial margin of the
completed peristome can clearly be seen by examining the cirrus marked f
in figures 33 to 36, Plate VIII. It lies inside the original aperture, but
outside of, 1. e., mediad to, the true margin of the peristome.

I have carefully considered if the new peristome results from an out-
growth of the old one, and if the invagination could be formed from a
linear depression of the edge of the old adoral zone, or of the region
immediately lateral to that zone. There is no evidence that either
of these processes occur. Instead, I haye been able to follow the process
of invagination, as above described, many times in living animals, and
also in mounted and sectioned material. The sections leave no trace of
doubt regarding the internal position of the new peristome. In the
transparent living animals the adoral membranelle of the peristomial
invagination he at a slight angle to those of the old adoral zone, and
since they are all in rapid motion, the relative positions of the two zones
can be determined indubitably.

The formation of the new peristome and pharynx by invagination may
be a process developed in order that these parts shall be fully formed
when fission commences, and to insure that the posterior daughter animal
may be able to take up independent normal existence after fission with-
out any delay. It will be noticed that all new structures, of whatever
kand, are functionally complete in this animal by the time that fission is
accomplished. The peristome extends so far toward the posterior end
of an adult animal that a complete peristome can not be formed upon
the surface of the body back of this point, while there is also little room
between the left edge of the body and the margin of the peristome for
such development. It should be noted that fission in this form is not
merely a pinching in two of the body, but a process by which material

is withdrawn from the anterior half of the body, which results in the
formation of two daughter bodies very different in form from a half of the
mother body at the time fission began. ‘Therefore, the invagination of
the peristome seems to be an anticipatory process related to the develop-
ment of the new body and cirri.

There can be no question of overgrowth in the formation of this
invagination, as in the more familiar examples of invagination among
metazoan embryos. The direction of growth here is evidently con-
trolled by internal tensions either of ectosare or endosare.

- 328 GRIFFIN.

A process of this kind also suggests that a certain functional independ-
ence of ectosare and endosare exists in spite of close structural relations.
The very definite and regular structure of the ectosare has been spoken
of in the first part of this paper; the process of invagination (in which
the ectosare chiefly is concerned) suggests that the relations of the
primary germ layers of Metazoa may be quite definitely foreshadowed
in some of the higher Protozoa.

Development of the new cirri (Plates VI, VII, and VIII, figures 25,
32, 33, 34, 35, and 36).—While the changes described in the foregoing
pages have been proceeding, a new complement of cirri is developed
for each half of the mother body. and all of the original cirri are absorbed.
The order in which these events occur is decidedly definite. In order
to follow the course of the new cirri we must distinguish each of the
cirri of the fully formed body. The frontal cirri I have numbered in
figure 32, Plate VII, from 1 to 7; the ones usually called abdominal
cirri are numbered 8, 9 and 10; the anal cirri are I to V; the left mar-
ginal cirri are 1 and L2, while the right marginal cirri are R1, R2, and
R3. :

At about the time that the meganucleus reaches the condition of
greatest condensation, ten slit-like, longitudinal depressions appear in two
rows of five each upon the ventral surface of the body. The two com-
plete rows appear simultaneously, and not successively, as Wallengren
observed in Huplotes harpa.

The slits of the anterior row I have distinguished by the letters A,
B, C, D, and E; those of the posterior row by a, b, c, d, and e. By
combining these letters with the numbers of individual cirri, each cirrus,
its origin, and its course can be indicated.

The slits are produced both by the solution of the pellicle and by
depressions of the ectosare at those points. The places where the slits
appear are very definite and subject to little variation, being always
practically the same as shown in Plate VII, figure 32. In this specimen
cirrus 7 occupied a position a little back of its usual one. It generally
stands to the right of the anterior end of sht A. (See Plate VI, figure
25.) It will be noticed that cirrus 9 stands between the posterior ends
of slits C and D, and also that slit E is widely separated from D, and,
unlike the others of this row, points toward the edge instead of the center
of the body. It also is important to observe that slits a to e arise outside
of the depressions of the adult anal cirri.

There is almost no difference between Huplotes worcesteri and H. harpa
in the points at which these slits appear. The only considerable differ-
ence in the origin of any of the cirri is in the case of the cirrus named
F by me, and I-1 by Wallengren. This cirrus arises much farther for-
ward in #. harpa than in #. worcesteri; the arrangement in H/. harpa is
such that there is much less difference in the origin of I-1 of the two
daughter bodies than in #. worcesteri between cirri F and f.

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 329

The bottom of each slit becomes elevated in the form of a thin irregular
ridge which is the rudiment of the cirri which presently appear in the
depression. The ridge does not have the character of an undulating
membrane (as described by Stein and Sterki for Stylonychia), but the
shape of the depression apparently controls the form of the elevation of
protoplasm from its floor. The edge presents points which seem to be
the first indications of the cirri to be formed in a few moments, since
in the few instances which I have been able to observe the number of
points on the ridge coincided with the number of cirri to arise from
that particular depression. Wallengren finds that each cirrus of H. harpa
arises independently of the others in the same slit, and that there is no
indication of an undulating membrane, or a protoplasmic ridge such as
I deseribe, preceding the appearance of the cirri. He also observes the
posterior cirrus of each group to appear first, followed in succession by
the more anterior ones. So far as I have been able to observe, all the
cirri of a group arise at the same time in WZ. worcesteri, although it
is true that the posterior one of each group outstrips its fellows in
growth from the very first.

The early development of the cirri must proceed very rapidly, for the
stage in which the depressions only exist is very rarely seen among large
numbers of dividing individuals. Specimens like figures 25 or 33, Plates
Vi and VIII, are common enough.

Three cirri arise in each depression, except in the one at the left of
each row where but two appear. From the fourteen cirri thus appearing
im each row are formed all the frontal, abdominal, and anal cirri of each
daughter body, except one. he history of this last cirrus is peculiar,
and is different in the two bodies. That of the anterior body (F)
appears to the left of sit A, just behind cirrus 7, usually as is shown by
figure 25, Plate VI. The corresponding cirrus of the posterior body (f)
springs from the medial wall of the peristomial invagination, just within
the aperture and immediately after its permanent opening. Neither of
these cirri arises from a depression like the others.

The left marginal cirri of the two bodies also arise from depressions
to the right of the old and new peristomes. (Li M, / m, figures 32, 25,
and 33.) The development of the left marginal cirri resembles that of
the ventral cirri.

As the cirri of groups A, B, C, D, H, a, 6, c, d, and e grow, the
depressions in which they arise also increase, particularly in length.
(Plate VI, figure 25, and Plate VIII, figure 33.) The enlargement of
the grooves a, b, c, and d causes the effacement of the anterior portions
of the original grooves of the anal cirri I to IV, while the portions left, in
which the anal cirri still stand, are directly behind the new grooves,
separated from them only by narrow oblique ridges. (Plate VIII, figure
33.) The remnants of the old grooves are effaced very soon after this
stage.

330 GRIFFIN.

In the elongation of the groups of new cirri, the posterior one of each
group remains at the point where it appeared while the anterior ones
are shifted forward. In the case of the triple groups, the two anterior
cirri remain close together and one behind the other until the rearrange-
ment is nearly completed. As the new cirri approach the anterior limits
of each daughter body, the anterior portions of the depressions become
separated from the posterior, or open upon one side (Plate VIII, figures
34 and 35), and then gradually are obliterated. A curious feature of
this process is that the left margin of the depression seems always to
be the first to disappear. he portions of the grooves remaining about
the posterior cirri now assume the form and position characteristic of
the adult Euplotes. (Plate I, figure 1.) The anterior cirrus of group
Hi is the first to become independent of its mate. The two of group D
next lose their alignment, and separate. Those of group C follow, while
the anterior pairs of B and A retain nearly the original relations until!
the development of the daughter bodies lacks little of being complete.

While the new cirri are developing the old ones are being absorbed, one
by one. The absorption begins as soon as the new cirri appear. ‘The
first to go seems to be anal I (Plate VIII, figure 33), although 8 and 9
may disappear at the same time. Anal IT follows next (Plate VI, figure
25), and then anal V (Plate VIII, figures 34 and 36); 8 and 9 are
sure to be gone by this time, and usually several of the frontal cirri,
as is shown by figure 34, Plate VIII, where 4, 5, 6, and 7 have disappeared.
At the time this specimen had reached the stage shown by figure 36,
cirri 1 and 10 and one of the right marginals had also gone. After this
it is only a matter of minutes before the remainder of the old cirri,
frontals, anals, and marginals, disappear, so that by the time division
is completed not one of the old cirri of the mother body remains.

The final disposition of the new cirri can be followed better from Plate
VII, figures 33 and 36, than from any description. The most peculiar
thing in the course of this development is the manner in which the new
‘frontal cirrus 4 of each body develops. This is quite different in the
two bodies, yet essentially similar. The single cirrus F which develops ©
just back of frontal 7 has been mentioned. This increases in size at the
same rate as the outer new cirri, and without much change of position
becomes the new frontal 4 of the anterior daughter body.

The corresponding cirrus in the posterior daughter body springs from
the inner side of the peristomial aperture as soon as this reopens. (Plate
VI, figures 23 and 25.) It is extremely active in its movements from
the first, waving with a spiral motion so rapid and continued as to suggest
that it is actively engaged in directing food into the new peristome.
That this is not the case is proven by the complete absence of food balls
from the peristomial invagination. For a long time this motile organ,
apparently a part of the buccal apparatus, proved very puzzling. But,

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. Bork

as has been mentioned, it was finally observed that after the peristomial
aperture has grown to a large size a ridge arises, beginning at the
anterior angle of the mouth, and passing forward lateral to the cirrus just
described. (Plate VIII, figures 34 and 35.) This ridge becomes the
medial wall of the completed peristome, while the original medial margin
of the peristomial aperture and part of the medial wall of the cavity
become included in the ventral surface of the body. (Plates VII and
VIII, figures 26, 34, 35, 36.) In this manner the cirrus arising in the
peristomial cavity also becomes shifted to the ventral surface, and lies
not far from its final position of frontal cirrus 4. (See f and f 4.)

The development of the left marginal cirri presents no noteworthy
features. These cirri have reached their final positions and proportions
by the time the bodies separate. Right marginals are formed upon the
margins of both daughter bodies before final separation takes place, but
were not observed in any of the specimens drawn.

The final disposition of the cirri is exactly the same in Huplotes
worcester as in H. harpa. While the figures of Minkiewiez of H. vannus
are yery incomplete, the-process is evidently the same in that species.

Sensory bristles—At an early stage in the development of the cirri,
numerous additional groups of granules appear upon the ventral surface.
Their positions bear an evident relation to the new cirri. As each group
of granules of the adult Euplotes surrounds the base of a sensory bristle,
the same relation must be true of the new granules, although the direct
observation of the bristles at this stage is practically impossible. I have
not been able to decide whether the old sensory bristles all disappear and
are replaced by new ones, or whether new bristles appear only in those
portions of the two new bodies which otherwise would be left without
any by the division.

The sensory bristles of the dorsal surface and their related groups of
granules do not show any changes before division. New bristles appar-
ently are interpolated in the dorsal rows during the period of growth
which succeeds fission.

It has been known for many years that the old peristome, which is
retained by the anterior daughter body, is not always retained without
change. Confining ourselves to the genus Euplotes the only author who
has mentioned in detail these changes in the old peristome is Wallengren.
He finds that the mouth of Huplotes harpa atrophies so that neither food
nor water is taken in during the later stages of fission. Neither his
figures nor his description throw any more light upon this point. He
also observed that just before division takes place the lower lip becomes
filled with a great number of round granules. He did not observe any
other changes in the form or structure of the peristome, nor any recon-
struction of the adoral zone. I have been unable to observe any changes
whatever in the old peristome of H. worcesteri during division. The

994582

Sy GRIFFIN.

mouth and pharynx remain open, the pharyngeal membranellze being or-
dinarily active; the edges of the peristome remain as sharp as ever, and
there are no signs of destruction of the adoral membranelle. I am
convinced that the old peristome continues unchanged in the anterior
daughter body. ;

The suggestion made by Wallengren that the reason for the complicated
development of new cirri and absorption of old ones among Hypotricha
lies in the fact that the mother organs are not adapted to the needs of
the daughter cells either in size or position, seems to me not entirely
sufficient. It is often found that the new anal cirri of the posterior
daughter body before division are not to be distinguished from the
remaining old ones except by position. ‘The same holds true occasionally
for the frontal cirm. Division takes place in such manner that the
explanation suggested by Wallengren must be true of part of the cirri. It
does not appear to account sufficiently for the replacement and absorption
of the cirri which are so placed that division does not seriously affect their
position or action. However, in Huplotes harpa the shape of the body
and the manner in which division occurs are such as to give color to
Wallengren’s suggestion.

DIVISION OF THE BODY.

Constriction of the body does not appear until the new cirri are all
present (except the right marginals) and have moved nearly-to their
final positions (Plate VIII, figure 34); until the new peristome is
widely open and has been drawn backward a considerable distance by the
elongation of the body (note the difference in the distance from the
anterior to the posterior pharynx in figures 25 and 34, Plates VI and
VIII) ; until after the micronucleus has divided and the two daughter
micronuclei have moved apart to their final positions, and the meganucleus
has passed from the stage of concentration to that of elongation (Plate
VI, figure 25, and Plate VII, figure 26). The constriction deepens
rapidly, and separates the bodies in from one to two hours. An animal
which is preparing for division is almost always considerably broader and
more ovoid in outline than a “resting” individual. (Compare figures
1, 3, 25, and others, with 28 and 29, where the bodies have attained an
almost typical shape before division is completed.) Even before con-
striction commences the body begins to grow longer and narrower.
(Plate VIII, figure 33.) This change is caused by the backward growth
of the region back of the old mouth, which will become the posterior
individual. The movement is not simply an elongation or even an
increase in mass of the posterior part of the body, but is brought about by
the withdrawal of some material from the anterior portion of the body.
That this must be so is proved by the backward movement of the invagina-
tion of the new peristome, which is pulled out from over the old peristome
(Plate VIII, figures 33, 34, 35, Plate VIJ, figure 26) and by the fact that

EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. 333

the anterior half of the body becomes narrower at the same time. As the
new peristome moves backward its anterior end is bent to the right; the
fact that the inclination toward the right is greater at first than the amount
of constriction of the body, indicates that pressure exerted by the latter
process is not the sole cause of the bending, but that internal directive
forces (or tensions) of considerable strength exist. This is still more
clearly shown by Huplotes harpa, in which the peristome is bent to a right
angle before constriction begins. The further bending and extension of
the peristome across the anterior end of the new body proceeds at the same
rate as the constriction, and appears to be produced by it. It is impos-
sible to say certainly whether new adoral membranelle are formed as
the zone extends across the front of the body or not, but it seems more
probable that all the membranelle are formed in the invaginated per-
istomial cavity before this movement commences, and that increase in
the length of the zone is secured by intercalary growth only. ‘The basis
for this supposition is that the number of membranelle in the invagination
(Plate VII, figure 32, Plate VIII, figure 33) is equal to the entire
number generally found in the adoral zone and pharynx of an adult
Buplotes.

The extension of the adoval zone toward the right forces the connection
between the bodies to remain at that side. (Plate VII, figures 28, 29.)
As the constriction is carried across the body, the thin ventral wall of the
remaining part of the peristomial cavity (Plate VIII, figure 36) is
broken through; a portion remaining may form the marginal lamella of
the medial wall of the completed peristome. (Plate VII, figures 28
and 29.)

The stalk connecting the daughter bodies is sometimes drawn out into
a slender thread of some length; it is not unusual to see a pair of
individuals swimming rapidly about connected in this manner, the
posterior one swinging from side to side as if the two were engaged in
a game of crack-the-whip. By the time that separation occurs the two
bodies may have their usual form, or they may be of such shapes that
the observer can very easily be certain which was anterior and which
posterior before division. (Plate VII, figures 30 and 31.) A new
contractile vacuole appears in the anterior body before fission is complete.

LITERATURL.

BALBIANI, G. Recherches sur les phenoménes sexuals des Infusoires. Journ. de
la Physiol. T. N: Paris (1861), 102-130, 174-220, 431-438, 465-520; pl. 7-9.

JpemM. Sur la structure et la division du noyau chez le Spirochona gemmipara.
Ann. de Microgr. (1895), 7, 289.

Birscux1, O. Studien ii. d. ersten Entwicklunesvorgiinge d. Hizelle, d. Zell-
theilung, und die Conjugation der Infusorien. Frankf. Abhandl. d. Senckenb.
Gesells. Naturf. Freunde (1876), 10, 213-452; 15 pl.

IpeM. Protozoa. Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. (1887-89),
1, Abt. Tif. IJnfusoria.

334 GRIFFIN.

CALKINS, G, N. The Protozoa. Columbia University Biological Series, 6.. New
York (1901). , :
Ipem. Marine Protozoa from Woods Hole. Bull. U. 8. Fish. Com, (1902), 21,

415-468; 69 text-figs.

Carter, H. J. On Plesconia and Kerona. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1859), 241—
258; 1 pl.

CLAPEREDE, E., et LACHMANN, J. Etudes sur les infusoires et les rhizopodes,
Mém. instit. Génévoise (1858), 5, 260, 13 pl.; (1859), 6, 261-482, Ib tals
(1861), 7, 291, 13 pl.

Dusarpin, F. Histoire naturelle des zoéphytes infusoires, comprenant le phy-
siologie et la classification de ces animaux, ete. Paris (1841).

ENGELMANN, T. W. Zur Naturgeschichte der Infusionsthiere, Ztschr. wiss. Zool.,
(1862), 347-393, pl. 28-31. A full abstract by Dr. Arlidge appeared in
Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1862), 241-261, 1 pl.

IpeM, Ueber Entwicklung und Fortpflanzung der Infusorien. Morph. Jahrb.
(1876), 1, 573-635, pl. 21 and 22. (Appeared in 1875 in Onderzoek. ged:
i. h. physiol. Labor. d. Btrecht Hoogeschool. 3. Reeks.)

Maupas, E. Contribution a l’étude morphologique et anatomique des infusoires
eiliés. Arch. Zool. Hxper. (1883) (2), 1, 427-664, pl. 19-24.

Ipem. Sur la conjugaison des infusoires ciliés. Compt. rend. Acad, set. Paris
(1886), 102, 1569-1572.

Mercatr, M. M. Opalina, its anatomy and reproduction, with a description of
infection experiments and a chronological review of the literature. Arch.
f. Prot. (1909), 13, 195-375; 15 pl., 17 text-figs.

MINKIEWICczZ, R. Studies on the Protozoa of the Black Sea. I. The organization,
multiplication, and systematic position of the genus Huplotes Ehrbg. (In
Russian, with a résumé in French.) TVradui Kazan Univ. (1901), 35, 67,
2 pl. .

Mostus, K. Ueber die Theilung des Euplotes harpa. Sitzwngsber. d. Ges. natfor.
Freunde z. Berlin (1887), 102-103.

Ipem. Bruchstiicke einer IJnfusorienfaune der Kieler Bucht. Arch. Naturg.
(1888), 54, 81-116, 4 pl.

PRowAzZWK, 8. Protozoen Studien, III, Euplotes harpa. Arb. Inst. Wien. (1902),
14, 81-88, 1 pl.

ReeEs, J. VAN. Zur Kenntniss der Bewimperung der hypotrichen Infusorien, ete.
Amsterdam (1881), 1 pl. ‘

RosspacH, M. J. Die rhythmischen Bewegserscheinungen der einfachsten Organ-
ismen und ihr Verhalten gegen physikalische Agentien und Arzneimittel.
Verh. d. physik-medic. Gesellsch. Wiirzburg. (1872), N. F., 2, 179-242, 2 pl.

ScHAEFFER, A. A. Selection of food in Stentor ceruleus (Ehr.). Journ, Exp.
Zool. (1910), 8, 75-132, 2 figs.

Scuupere. Zur Kenntniss des Theilungsvorgangs bei Euplotes patella Hhrbg.,
Verh. naturh.-med. Ver. Heidelberg (1900), (N. F.), 6

Stein, Fr. Der Organismus der Infusionsthiere, Leipzig (1859-1883).

SrerKI, V. Beitriige zur Morphologie der Oxytrichinen. Ztsehr. wiss. Zool.
(1878), 31, 29-58, pl. 4.

Stokes, A. Some New Infusoria. Amer. Nat. (1885), 19, 433-443.
WALLENGREN, H. Studier 6fver Ciliata Infusorier. IV. Fysiograf. Sdllskap.
Handl.; Lunds Univ. Askr. (1900), 36, 54, 2 pl. 4
IpEM. Zur Kenntniss der vergleichenden Morphologie der hypotrichen Infusorien.

Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. (1900), 26, 1-31, 18 figs.

Ipem. Zur Kenntniss des Neu-bildungs- und Resorbtions vorganges bei der Thei-
lung der hypotrichen Infusorien. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f, Anat. (1901), 15,
1-58, 1 pl. and 28 figs ;

ILLUSTRATIONS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The magnifications given are those which the figures possessed before reduction.
Plates IV to VIII have been reduced one-half.
so, solution plane.
res reconstruction plane.
12 new peristome.
0, definitive opening of the invaginated new peristome.
S. O., rudiment of new suboral membranelle.
~ Bi old adoral zone.
AZ, new adoral zone.
ph, pharynx (old).
sm, suboral membranelle (old).

Prate IV.

Fics. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Successive stages in the reconstruction of the meganucleus,
and of the invagination of the new peristome. % 800. Camera lucida.
Fic. 5. Micronuclear spindle of figure 4. X 1,600.

6. Posterior extremity of meganucleus of figure 3. The chromatin reticulum
on the anterior side of the solution plane ends very abruptly and
evenly. On the posterior side of the reconstruction plane the chro-
matin fibers. reappear; the chromatin is nodular in the posterior
part of the nucleus. X 1,600. Camera lucida.

7. Transverse section of a stage corresponding to figure 4. The invagina-
tion of the new peristome (P) is seen below the old adoral zone.
The new adoral membranelle stand inside the invagination. X 600.
Camera lucida.

PLATE V.

Fic. 8. The invagination of the new peristome is completely closed. X 800.
Camera lucida. :

. Micronucleus of figure 8. Spindle threads connecting the poles could
not be seen. X 1,600.

10. The peristomial invagination is reopening at O. At S. O. appears the
rudiment of the new suboral group of membranelle. x 800. Camera
lucida.

11 and 12. Solution and reconstruction planes. Both these nuclei show a

: reticulum of extremely fine fibers in the reconstruction plane. These
are thickest on the side away from the solution plane; little masses
of chromatin can be seen forming at the nodes. X 1,600. Camera

lucidar é : : Hey 33

13. The opening of the new peristome is enlarging. The micronucleus has
divided, the two new micronuclei still showing the points at which the
nuclear membrane was drawn out as the poles moved apart. X 800.
Camera lucida.

14. The new peristome now has a large opening. The two micronuclei are

~ entirely reconstructed, and have assumed their final positions. The

_ reconstruction bands of the meganucleus are. approaching each other,
while the meganucleus as a whole is condensing and. shortening.
< 800. Camera lucida.

Ne}

335

336 GRIFFIN.

Fic. 15. The middle portion of the meganucleus of figure 14. X 1,200. Camera
lucida.

16. A vertical longitudinal section of the new peristome at a stage corre-
sponding to figure 10. The invaginated new peristome forms an
extensive cavity lying directly dorsad (below in the figure) to the
old adoral zone (az). The opening of the invagination to the ex-
terior at O is just commencing. The new adoral zone is seen at
AZ. X 1,000. Camera lucida.

17. An obliquely transverse section of a stage corresponding to figure 14,
passing through the new peristome and its opening, and the old adoral
zone (az). X 600. Camera lucida.

Pirate VI.

Fie, 18. The two solution planes of the meganucleus have met. The meganucleus

is considerably condensed. > 800. Camera lucida.

19. Anaphase of micronucleus.

20. The solution planes have disappeared and the reconstruction planes haye
met. X 800. Camera lucida.

21. Late anaphase of micronucleus.

22. The reconstruction planes have disappeared and most of the meganucleus
has condensed until the chromatin reticulum is not easily visible.
x 800. Camera lucida.

23. At about the same stage as figure 22, but with a less condensed mega-
nucleus. The rudiments of the new cirri have been formed.

24. A transverse section passing through the old peristome, pharynx, adoral
zone and suboral membranelle, and also through the new peristome
and its opening to the exterior. The latter is at the base of a
depression of the outer surface, and one of its edges is shown in the
figure. X 400. Camera lucida.

25. The final stage in the condensation of the meganucleus. Two of the
old anal cirri have disappeared; the new cirri are increasing in size.

Prate VII.

Fies. 26 to 29. Elongation and constriction of the body and meganucleus; the
new peristome is drawing out from above the old, and assuming its
definite position.

Fie. 30. Anterior daughter individual immediately after division.

31. Posterior daughter individual immediately after division.

32. First stage in the development of the new cirri. A, B, C, D, E, depres-
sions in which the new cirri of the anterior daughter body will
develop; a, b, c, d, €, corresponding depressions of the posterior
daughter body; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, frontal cirri; 8, 9, 10, abdominal
eirri; I, If, II, IV, V, anal cirri; Ll, L2, left marginal cirri; RI,
R2, R3, right marginal cirri.

Prate VIII.

Fies. 33 to 36. Successive stages in the development and arrangement of the
new cirri, and in the resorption of the old ones. Figures 34, 35, and
_ 36 are drawn from the same individual at intervals of about half an

hour.

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. DIVISION. ] [PHIL. JourN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6.

J
Sn HAS

JAIN:
2
Is

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERL: II. DIVISION.] [PHin. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6.

L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa, del.

PLATE Vv.

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI: II. DIVISION.]

(Puiu. JouRN. Scr., Vou. V, No. 6.

Nd 20

2.
eS}
Ss
==
—

eS.

a
a
ass
|
jemacrel|
an

L. E. Griffin and T. Espinosa, del.

PLATE VI.

VoL. V, No. 6.

[PuHin. JouRN. Sct.,

Il. DiviIston.]

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI:

Fig, 26.

Fig. 27

rig. 29,

...LM

Espinosa, del.

E. Griffin and T.

PLATE Vil.

Fig. 36

: Wis i Ke Ye §
oe spainig <—__
i A
ee SS
sa ~“W NO
or ~SS> Qi = 3 oe

7 a
s emp xo”y®, »&
= Ss yy . Ypy. a

—

PLATE VIII-

sa, del.

GRIFFIN: EUPLOTES WORCESTERI

d T. Espino

L. E. Griffin an

Es rt
ii iperlay We

iar
See

REVIEW.

Aigrettes and Birdskins. The Truth About Their Collection and Export. By
Harold Hamel Smith, editor of “Tropical Life.” With a foreword by Sir
J. D. Rees, K. C. I, E., C. V. O., M. P. Cloth. Pp. 138. Prien: 5 shillings.
London: John Bales Sons & Danielson, Ltd. 1910.

This book is written in defense of the bird-millinery trade and in
protest against a notification issued in India, in 1902, prohibiting the
export from British India of the skins and feathers of all birds other
than domestic birds, ostrich feathers and skins, and bona fide natural
history specimens.

The objection to this order is that while it does not protect the birds
from being killed it takes from the poorer classes in India a considerable
source of income.

The author claims that the collecting of feathers of wild birds can
not be considered cruel, unless it be considered cruel to shoot game for
sport, and that, taking the world as a whole, birds are not in danger of
extermination, or even of becoming rare.

Tt is stated that, “unlike the milliners who need the birds only for a
few years at a time, whilst the fashion for wearing them lasts, the sup-
pliers to natural history museums and the fishing-tackle trade go on
collecting uninterruptedly year after year, as they have no fashion to
interrupt their demand.”

Members of the Audubon societies and other protectionists will be
pleased to learn that should any fear of the extermination of a certain
species arise “the trade wisely and very naturally will be only too pleased
to collaborate with any official body to keep that particular species out of
fashion until their numbers have increased sufficiently to warrant their
being used again.”

The extermination of some species of birds, such as the herons in
Florida, is charged to the advance of civilization and the opening of new
country. The author suggests the appointment of a permanent inter-
national committee to be consulted at any time, to inquire into reported
scarcity of birds, and to ascertain on independent evidence how correct
the reports are. The committee should, if necessary, proceed to the
center of origin and ascertain the true state of the case.

The frontispiece is a half-tone portrait of the author.

R. C. McG.
337

INDEX.

(New names are printed in heavy-faced type.)

Acanthopneuste borealis (Blasius), 112.

Accessory, a new, for dissecting work, 131 ;

description of, 131; uses of, 132.

Accipiter gularis (Temminck and Schlegel), |

108.
Achacea combinans Walk., 174.
Achaea cyllota Guen., 174.
Acharana, 180.
licarsisalis Walk., 180.
licarsisalis Swinh., 180.
pheopteralis Cuen., 180.
Achiling, 39.
Acidalia, 177.
ochrata Scop., 177.
rufula Swinh., 177.
Acidaliine, 177.
Acontiine, 172.
Acronycta, 171.
leporina Linn., 171.
sinens Walk., 171.
sinens Hamps., 171.
Actitis hypoleucos (Linnzus),
Adlullis, 163.
benguetana Schultze, 163.
lunifera Walk., 163.
samarensis Schultze, 163.
Adoretini, 262.
Adoretus, 262.
luridus, 262.
philippinicus Pic, 262.
ranunculus Burm., 262.
umbrosus Fabr., 262.
4Bgialitis dubia (Scopoli), 106.
alexandrina (Linneus), 106.
peroni (Bonaparte), 106.
/Hmene multipunctata Hamps., 169.
ZEthopyga flavipectus Grant, 113.
Afrena, 177.
esmeralda Hamps., 177.
Agonia banksi Weise, 227.
manilensis Weise, 227,
vanderpolli Gestro, 146.
Agrotis, 171.
aristifera Guen., 171.
biconica Hamps., 171.
biconica Koll., 171.
c-nigrum Hamps., 171.
e-nigrum Linn., 171.
exigua Koll., 171.

107.

Agrotis ingrata Butl., 171.
segetis Schiff., 171.
segetis Hamps., 171.
segetum Leech, 171.
spiculifera Guen., 171.
suffusa Treit., 171.
ypsilon Hamps., 171.
ypsilon Rott., 171.
Alcedinide, 109.
Alcedo bengalensis Gmelin, 109.
Alcycne argentata (Tweeddale), 197.
cyanopectus (Lafresneye), 110.

Alpheus avarus Fabr., 97.
Ambasside, 272.

Ambassis kopsi (Bleeker), 274.
Amia ceramensis Bleeker, 274.
griffini Seale, 117.

hyalosoma Bleeker, 274.

quadrifasciata (Cuv. and Val.), 274.

Amblygobius insignis Seale, 116.

Anesthetization of marine animals by using

magnesium sulphate, 86.

Anas luzonica Fraser, 108.

Anatide, 108.
Anatomy, racial, in Taytay, 1.
Anerastia, 177.
celsella Walk., 177.
lotella Hubner, 177.
pallidicosta Walk., 177.
Anerastiine, 177.
Angonyx, 167.
testacea Walk., 167.
testacea Rothsch., 167.
Animals, anesthetization of marine,
using magnesium sulphate, 86.
Anomala, 256.
andradei Heller, 248, 258.
anoguttata Burm., 258.
atrocyanea Burm., 259.
beri Ohs., 259.
camarinensis Ohs., 246, 256.

catenatopunctata Ohs., 244, 256.

chalchoptera Burm., 259.
chalibea Burm., 250, 258.
chloropyga Burm., 252, 259.
corruseans Chevr., 250, 258.
dasypyga Burm., 259.
despumata Ohs., 243, 256.
encausta Cand., 259.
exarata Burm., 256.
flavoscutellata Ohs., 237, 256.
339

340

Anomala heteroglypha Ohs., 248, 258.
inconsueta Ohs., 250, 259,
infams Ohs., 236, 256.
leotaudii Blanch., 242, 257,
macrophthalma Ohs., 237, 256.
nitidissima Blanch., 259.
noctivaga Ohs., 246, 257.
obesa Cand., 259.
ovatula Ohs., 240, 257.
palawana Ohs., 241, 257.
picturata Cand., 258.
planata Cand., 248, 257.
prematura Ohs., 251, 259.
prasina Burm., 259.
proctolasia Ohs., 239, 257.
relucens Har., 250.
schultzeana Ohs., 247, 257.
semperiana Ohs., 241, 257.
smaragdina Eschsch., 259.
suleatula Burm., 257.
varicolor Gyllenh., 258.
vietipennis Ohs., 245, 258.
whiteheadi Ohs., 243, 258.
Anomalini, 256. -
Anous stolidus (Linnzus), 197.
Anthreptes griseigularis Tweed., 221.
Anthus rufulus Vieillot, 113, 136, 219.
gustavi Swinh., 113.
Antipha punctata All., 223.
Ants, 69, 71; Philippine, 121; relation of,
to lyeznid chrysalids, 74.
Aphena, 37.
farinosa Spin., 37.
farinosa Weber, 37.
saundersii Walk., 37.
Aphana farinosa Burm., 37.
fariposa Weber, 37.
scutellaris White, 37.
Aphanaria, 37.
Aplochlora, 176.
viridis Warren, 176.
vivilaca Walk., 176.
Apogonia lutea Moser, 188.
metallescens Moser, 186.
nigrobrunnea Moser, 187.
rugipennis Moser, 189.
viridana Moser, 187.
Aphrophorine, 49.
Apogonichthyide, 274.
Arctia horsfieldii Saund., 169.
Arctiide, 164, 169.
Ardeide, 107.
Arenaria interpres (Linnzus), 106.
Arhopala amantes Hewits., 76.
Arius argyropleuron (Kuhl and Van
selt), 266.
sagor Hamilton, 266.
Artamide, 112.
Artamides striatus (Boddaert), 111, 221.
Artamus leucorynchus (Linnzus), 112, 220.
Asopia pictalis Curt., 179.
Aspidimerus tristis Weise, 231.
Aspidomopha miliaris Fabr., 143.
Assamia dentata Buckt., 39.
Astrea multimaculata Moser, 183.

Has-

INDEX.

Astur trivirgatus (Temminck), 108.

Atherina forskalii Rupp., 268.

Atherinide, 268.

' Attacus ricini Boisd., 132.

Aulacophora quadrimaculata Chap., 140.
rosea Chap., 140.
uniformis Chap., 223.

Autoba yersicolor Walk., 172.

| B

BANKS, C. S., Rhynchota Palawanica, Part
Il: Homoptera, 33; Editorial: An Inte-
resting Occurrence with Sticky Grass:
Eragrostis viscosa Trin., 85; The Poly-
scopic Cell, 79; A New Accessory for Dis-
section Work, 131. ;

Bantayan Island, formation of, 149; four
new species of fishes from, 115; food
fisheries of, 151; location of pearl shells
at, 150; pearl fishery of, 149; pearl shells
from, 150; quality and value of pearl
shells from, 151; situation of, 149; value
of food fisheries of, 151.

| Barbus elongatus Seale, 265.
| Barracudas, Borneo, 268.
Bass, successful transference of black, into

Philippines, 153.

Batrachostomus microrhynchus Grant, 136.
Baza magnirostris Gray, 197.
BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT, ITI.

| Filipino

| Types: Racial Anatomy in Taytay. (B).
The Women, 1; Paleolithic Man in the
| Philippines. Homo Philippinensis, 27 ;

Filipino Ears, If: Ears from Malecon
Morgue, 191.

Belonide, 267.

Birds, additional notes on, from northern
Mindanao, 197; collected in Polillo, 103 ;
from northern Luzon and islands of Sab-
tan and Dalupiri, 219.

Black bass, apparatus used in transporting,

| to the Philippines, 153; successful trans-

|, ference of, into Philippines, 153; where
secured, 153.
Black lip pearl oyster, 88.
Blenina, 173.
donans Walk, 173.
quinaria Moore, 173.

| Blepharida manilensis Weise, 142.

| Boarmiine, 176.

Boiga angulata (Peters), 213.

eynodon (Boie), 213.
| dendrophila (Boie), 214.
Bolbopsittacus lunulatus (Scop.), 221.
Bombyx mori Linn., 131.
spinula Esp., 171.
BOOK REVIEWS:
} Check-list of North American Birds,

313.
Smith, Harold Hamel. Aigrettes and
Birdskins. The Truth about Their

| Collection and Export, 337.

| Borneo fishes, 263; barracudas, 268 ; butter-
fishes or pomfrets, 269; butterfly-fishes,
283; cardinal fishes, 274; climbing

INDEX.

perches, 272 ; croakers, 277 ; cutlass-fishes,
272; eastern spade-fishes, 282; eels, 265;
ephippids, 282; flat-heads, 286; founders,
ephippids, 282; flat-heads, 286 ; flounders,
287; goat-fishes, 278 ; gobies, 285 ; grunts,
275; half-beaks and flying fishes, 267;
kisugos, 279; kitings, 282; leaf-fishes,
283; lizard fishes, 264; mackerels, 270;
minnows, 265; mullets, 268; one-spines,
284; pampanos, 270; puffers, poison
fishes, 284; ring-fishes, 282; scorpian-
fishes, 286; scorpids, 282; sea-basses,
274; sea-horses, 269; sharks, 263; si-
ganids, 203; silversides, 268; slip-
mouths, 272; snappers, 275; sting-rays,
264; tangs, 283; therapons, 275; thread-
fins, 269; three-spines, 280; urasse-fishes,
281. \
Botys licarsisalis Walk., 180.
Brachilia acronyctoides Moore, 168.
Brachypteryx poliogyna Grant, 137, 138.
Brumus sutturalis Fabr., 148.
Bubulcus coromandus (Boddaert), 107, 220.
Bucerotide, 110.
Budytes leucostriatus Homeyer, 113.
Butastur indicus Gmelin), 108.
Butorides javanica (Horsfield), 107.
Butterfishes or Pomfrets, Borneo, 269.
Butterfly-fishes, Borneo, 283.
Buzzard, migration of Tic-Wee, 199.
- Bythosecopus biarcuatus, unilineatus, unifas-
cia, Walk., 51.
ferrugineus Walk., 51.
malayus Stal, 51.
Cc
Cacatua hematuropygia (P. L. S. Miller),
108,
Cacatuide, 108.
Cacomantis merulinus (Scopoli), 136.
Cadra defectella Walk., 177.
Calduba obdenta Walk., 173.
Calidris leucophea (Pallas), 107.
Callisitta mesoleuca (Grant), 137.
Camponotus (Colobopsis) vitreus Smith, 127.
: (Colobopsis) pubescens Mayr,
ire
femoratus Fabr., 73.
horrens Forel, 127.
maculatus Fabr. subsp. pallidus
Sm., 127.
maculatus Fabr. subsp. subnu-
dus Em., 127.
meeschi Forel, 129.
pandava Horsf., 70.
quadrisectus Sm., 73, 127.
rubripes Drury, 69.
Campophagide, 111.
Canthelea, 178.
gegnusalis Walk., 178.
Carangide, 270.
Caranx brevis Bleeker, 271.
ira (Cuy. and Val.), 271.
secfasciatus (Quoy and Gaimard),
270.°
speciosus (Forskal), 270.

341

Carchariide, 263.
Cardinal fishes, Borneo, 274.
Cataclysme, 176.
conturbata Walk., 176.
conturbata Hamps., 176.
riguata Hiibn., 176.
Caterpillars, myrmecophily of, 69.
Catochrysops cnejus Fabr., 69.
Celama, 170.
bifascialis Walk., 170.
teniata Hamps., 170.
teniata Snell, 170.
Cell, polysecopie, 79.
Centromeria, 39.
longipennis Walk., 39.
Centropus unirufus (Cabanis and Heine),
atIBI
viridis (Scopoli), 111.
Centrotinx, 47.
Centrotus dama Germ., 47.
rupicapra Fabr., 48.
taurus Fabr., 48.
terminalis Walk., 48.
vicarius Walk., 48.
Cephalophoneus validirostris (Grant), 137.
Cephaloxys hemelytra Sign., 36.
tersichore Walk., 35.
Cephonodes, 167.
hylas Linn., 167.
titan Rothsch., 167.
Cercopide, 49.
Cercopine, 50.
Cercopis inclusa Walk., 50.
Cerynia, 45.
albata Stal, 45.
lutescens Melich., 45.
maria Stal, 45.
maria White, 45.
Ceryniaria, 45.
Ceyx melanura Kaup, 110.
Chetodon adiergastos Seale, 116.
carens Seale, 115.
occellatus Bleeker, 283.
Chetodontide, 283.
Chaimarrornis bicolor Grant, 136.
Chalcophaps indica (Linnzus), 106.
Charadriide, 106.
Charadrius fulvus Gmelin, 106.
Charcharias borneensis Seale, 263.
Chilades, 166.
laius Cram., 166.
putli Moore, 166.
trochilus Freyer, 166.
trochilus de Nicey., 166.
Chilocorus cerberus Muls., 148.
Chilomenes sexmaculatus Fabr., 148.
Cheerodon oligacanthus (Bleeker), 281.
Chrochiphora, 180.
testulalis Hiibn., 180.

| Chrysalis, myrmecophilous Lycznid, from

the Philippines, 73.

Chrysocolaptes h#ematribon (Wagler), 111,

136.
Chrysomela bifasciata Hornst., 226.
Chrysomeliden, 139, 223.
Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw), 214.

342

Chrysopera, 174.
combinans Hamps., 174.
combinans Walk., 174.
Cicada conica Germ., 36.
farinosa Weber, 37.
mannifera Linn., 35.
quadrituberculata Sign., 34.
sanguinea De Geer, 36.
sanguinolenta Oliy., 36.
virescens Oliy., 35.
Cicadaria, 34.
Cicadide, 33.
Cicadine, 33.
Ciconiide, 107.
Cinnyris henkei Meyer, 220.
jugularis (Linnzus), 113.
sperata (Linneus), 113.
Citula armatus (Forskal), 272.
Cisticola exilis (Vigors and Horsfield), 136.
Cixius pustulatus Walk., 39.
Cleorina philippinensis Jac., 223.
Clettharra, 173.
albonotata Hamps., 173.
Climbing perches, Borneo, 274.
Clovia, 49.
bigoti Sign., 49.
conifer Walk., 49.
frenulata Stal, 49.
vittifrons Stal, 49.
Clupeide, 264.
Cnecodes suturalis Motsch., 141.
Coccinelliden, 223, 229.
Coelophcra octopunctata Weise, 229.
sexguttata Weise, 230.
Colasposoma, 140.
Coleoptera, verzeichniss von coleopteren aus
den Philippinen, etc., 139.
lamellicornia, neue, von den Phii-
ippinen, 183.
Collocalia, 103, 136.
fuciphaga (Thunb.)
marginata Salvadori, 110.
troglodytes Gray, 220.
whiteheadi Grant, 138.
Columbide, 105.
Cortributions to lepidopterous fauna of the
Philippines, 161.
Coraciide, 109.
Corone philippina (Bp.), 114, 220.
Corvide, 114.
Corynodes indagaceus Cheyr., 140.
Cosmopsaltria, 35.
doryca Boisd., 35.
inermis Stal, 35.
Cosmoscarta, 50.
heros Fabr., 50.
inclusa Butl., 50.
inclusa Walk., 50.
Cosside, 168.
Cremastogaster deformis Sm., 124.
modiglianii Hmery, var. clem-
ense, 125.
5 rogenhofferi Mayr., 124.
simoni Emery, 124.

Oi.

» 22

INDEX.

Cremastogaster subnuda Mayr, subsp. poli-
tula Forel, var, tagala,
124.
Crioceria 4-notata Fabr., 226.
Crioceris semipunctata Fabr., 139.
Croakers, Borneo, 277.
| Cryptogonus orbiculus Gyllh., 148.
| Cryptolopha nigrorum Moseley, 136, 138.
Cryptotympana, 34. ’ :
pustulata Fabr., 34.
? varicolor Dist., 34.
Cuculide, 111.
Culicicapa ceylonensis (Swainson), 136.
Curgia, 172.
nonagrica Walk., 172.
Cutlass-fishes, Borneo, 272.
| Cyclocorus lineatus (Reinhardt), 211.
Cynoglossus borneensis (Bleeker), 288.
| kapwasensis Fowler, 288.
macrolepidotus Bleeker, 288.
| Cynorta cavifrons Duyiv., 224.
citrina Jac., 224.
longicornis, Weise, 224.
quadriplagiata Weise, 225.
Cyornis philippinensis Sharpe, 111, 220.
Cyprinide, 265.

Dactylispa cladophora Guer., 146.
Deda, 46.
puncticlava Banks, 46.
Dalupiri, birds from island of, 219.
Darantasia, 170.
euneiplena Walk., 170.

Dasyatide, 264.

Dasyatis kuhli (Miller and Henle), 264.

Dasychira, 169.

horsfieldi Hamps., 169.

horsfieldi Saund., 169.

pudibunda Linn., 169.
Dasylophus, 221.

superciliosus (Cuvier), 111.

Dayao, quantity of pearl shell taken from,
89.

Deilemera, 164.

evergista Stoll., 164.
gratia Schultze, 164.

Demigretta sacra (Gmelin), 107.

Dendrelaphis ceruleatus Griffin, 213.

Dendrophis pictus (Gmelin), 213.

Derbe mesta Westw., 39.

! Derbine, 39.

Diacamma rugosum LeGuill. subsp. geome-
tricum Sm. var. viridipurpurea Emery,
122.

Diatomacee, 93.

Diceide, 113.

Diceum xanthopygium Tweeddale, 113.

pygmeum (Kittlitz), 113, 220.

| Dicruride, 113.

| Dicrurus, 221.

| balicassius (Linneus), 113.
Dictyopharine, 38.
| Dictyophora, 38.

INDEX.

Dictyophora ? albivitta Atkins, 38.
albivitta Walk., 38.
despecta Walk., 38.
europea Linn., 38.
hastata Melich., 38.
lepthorina Walk., 38.
pallida Atkins, 38.
pallida Don., 38.
percarinata Kirby, 38.
Dissection work, a new accessory for, 131.
Disséura episcopus (Boddaert), 107.
DISTANT, W. L., Rhynchota Philippinensia,
Part I, 57.
Dolichoderus bituberculatus Mayr, 127.
patens Mayr subsp. pubiventris
Emery, 127.
Donacia wiepkeni Ws., 139.
Dordura, 175.
aliena Hamps., 175.
aliena Walk., 175.
Drepane punctata (Gmelin), 282.
Drepanide, 282.
Dryophis prasinus Boie, 214.
Dundubiaria, 34.
Dundubia, 35.
mannifera Linn., 35.
mannifera Stal, 35.
quadrituberculata Walk., 34.
yaginata Amy. et Lew., 35.
Dysgonia tincta Hamps., 175.
Dysphania, 177.
palmyra Stoll., 177.
palmyra Swinh., 177.

10)

Earias, 170.

elorana Linn., 170.

frondosana Walk., 170.

grossypii Frauenf., 170.

insulana Boisd., 170.

insulana Rogenh., 170.

insulana Swinh., 170.

siliquana Stainton, 170.

simillima Walk., 170.

smardinana Zell., 170.

tristrigosa Butl., 170.
Ears, from Malecon Morgue, 191.
Eastern spade-fishes, Borneo, 282.
Echinopla striata Smith, 128.
EDITORIALS :

An Interesting Occurrence with Sticky
Grass: Eragrostis Viscosa Trin., 85.

D45

Enmonodia, 175.
hypopyroides Walk., 175.
pudens Butl., 175.
pudens Walk., 175.

| Ephestia cautella Hamps., 177.

Ephippide, 282.

Ephippids, Borneo, 282.

Ephippus orbis (Bloch), 282.

Epicrocis egnusalis Hamps., 178.

BEpilachna pusillanima Muls., 146.
vigintiocto-punctata Fabr., 146.

Epinephelus sexfasciatus (Cuv. and Val.),
275.
Epiplemide, 175.
| Equula ruconia (Hamilton), 272

Equulide, 272.
Eragrostis viscosa Trin., 85.
Ercheia, 174.
cyllaria Cram., 174.
eyllota Guen., 174.
cillota Moore, 174.
Erystus banksi Weise, 226.
Bublemma, 172.
angulifera Hamps., 172.
respersa Hiibn., 172.
versicolor Walk., 172.
versicolor Swinh., 172.

Euelatichthys crassispinus (Riippel), 276.

Eugoa multipuncta Hamps., 169.

Eumyias nigrimentalis (Grant), 136, 138.

Euplotes worcesteri, 291-336; bristles of,
sensory, 302; cirri of, 299; cirri of, new,
328; contractile vacuole of, 306; develop-
ment of the new peristome in, 324; divi-
sion in, 315; division of the body in,
332; division of micronucleus in, 322;
ectosare of, 303; endosarce of, 305; eges-
tion in, 305; ingestion in, 305; meganu-
cleus in, reconstruction of, 316 ; membra-
nelle of, 298; micronucleus in, division
of, 322; mouth of, 294; nuclei of, 307;
pellicle of, 303; peristome of, new, 324;
pharynx of, 294; reconstruction of mega-
nucleus in, 316; sensory bristles of, 302,
331; structure of, 291; systematic posi-
tion of, 309.

| Eupterotide, 162.

A method of using Magnesium Sulphate |

for the Anesthetization of Marine
Animals, 86.
Eels, Borneo, 265.
Egretta garzetta (Linnzeus), 107.
Elaphe erythrura (Dumeril and Bibron),
213.
Endotricha, 178.
flammealis Schiff., 178.
puncticostalis Walk., 178.
Endotrichine, 178.

Eurystomus orientalis (Linneus), 109, 220.
Euschema palmyra Hiibn., 177.
transyersa Moore, 177.
Eyeres comyntas Godt., 71.
Exocdetide, 267.

Falconide, 108.
Fauna, lepidopterus, of the Philippines, 161.
Faventia, 39.

pustulata Stal, 39.

pustulata Walk., 39.
Fidicina confinis Walk., 35.
Filipino ears, II, 191.
Filipino types: racial

(B) The Women, 1.

anatomy in Taytay.

344

Fish, care given, en route to the Philippines, |

153-155; disposition of, upon arrival in
Manila, 155 ; mosquito-eating fish at Hon-
olulu, 155 ;
to the Philippines, 154.
Fishes, of Borneo, 263 ; four new fishes from
Bantayan Island, 115.
Fishery, pearl, of Bantayan, 149; resources,
of the Philippine Islands, 89.
FPlatheads, Borneo, 286.
Flatine, 45.
Flatoides fumosus Walk., 45.
speculum Walk., 44.
tenebrosus et perforatus Walk., 44.
Flatoidesaria, 47.
Flatta completa Walk., 45.
lyrata Burm., 38.
maria Walk., 45.
tenella Walk., 45.
Flounders, Borneo, 287.
Fourmis des Philippines, 121.
Fulgora graminea Fabr., 38.
Pallida Don., 38.
Fulgoride, 37.
Fulgorine, 37.
Fundulus heteroclitus (Linn.), 155.

Geanine, 36.

Gallinago megala Swinhoe, 107.

Gallerueca bifasciata Fabr., 226.

4-notata Oliy., 226.

Gallus gallus (Linnezus), 104.

Gambusia affinis (B. and G.), 155.

Gargara, 48.

geniste Fabr., 48.
pygmzea Walk., 48.
Gargaria, 48.
Gargetta, 168.
costigera Walk., 168.

Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Bloch, 269.

Gazza minuta (Bloch), 272.

Gelechiinz, 165.

Gennadius stolieze (Day), 286.

Geometride, 165, 176.

Geometrine, 177.

Gerride, 277.

Glossogobius aglestes Jordan and Seale, 286.

Glottis nebularius (Gunnerus), 107.

Gnatholipis callurus Jordan and Seale, 285.

Goat-fishes, Borneo, 278.

Gobies, Borneo, 285.

Gobiide, 285.

Gold lip pearl oyster, 88.

Graphiphora o-nigrum Steph., 171.

Grass, an interesting occurrence with sticky,
85.

GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E., Editorial: A
Method of Using Magnesium Sulphate for
the Anaesthetization of Marine Animals,
86; The Pearl Fishery of Bantayan, 149;

lillo, P. I., with Descriptions of a New
Genus and Two New Species, 211; Euplo-
tes Worcesteri sp. nov. I. Structure, 291;

transference of black bass |

INDEX.

Euplotes Worcesteri If; Divi-
sion, 315.
Grurts, Borneo, 275.
Gyrtona, 173.
hylusalis Walk., 173.

lapidaria Walk., 173.

sp. nov.

Heenulide, 276.
Halcyon chloris (Boddaert), 110.
gularis (Kuhl), 110.
lindsayi (Vig.), 220.
Half-beaks and flying fishes, Borneo, 267.
Haliastur intermedius Gurney, 108.

| Hamodes, 175.

aurantiaca Guen., 175.
aurantiaca Hamps., 175.
attacicola Swinh., 175.
dicistriga Moore, 175.
propitia Guen., 175.
Haplonodon, 211.
philippinensis Griffin, 212.

| Haplosonyx ?smaragdipennis Cheyr., 141.

Harmonia octo-maculata Fabr., 147.
HeloGromas ochropus (Linnzus), 107.
Hemibungarus, 214.
Hemichelidon griseosticta Swinhoe, 111.
Hemirhamphus gaimardi (Cuv. and Val.),
267.
Hemispherius, 41.
parenthesis Banks, 41.
stali Banks, 43.
transfasciatus Banks, 42.
trimaculatus Banks, 43.
Herodgias timoriensis (Lesson), 197.
Hepatide, 283.
Hepatus matoides (Cuv. and.Val.), 283.

| Hesperide, 167.

Heteractitis brevipes (Vieillot), 107.

Heteraspis billardieri Crotch, 148.

Heterocera, 167.

Hippocampus kuda Bleeker, 269.

Hirundinide, 111-

Hirundo gutturalis Scopoli, 111.
striolata (Boie), 135.

| Hisha xanthoptera Bleeker, 264.

Holuthurians, dried, exported from Banta-
yan, 151; value of, 151.

| Homo heidelbergensis, 27.

philippinensis, 27.

| Homeesoma derasella Swinh., 178.

gratella Walk., 178.

Homoptera, 33.

Honolulu, cost of introducing fish at, 157;
mosquito-eating fish at, 155; success of
venture at, 157.

Hoplasoma philippinensis Jac., 140.

Hoplia maculifera Moser, 185.

philippinensis Moser, 184.

| Horornis seebohmi (Grant), 137, 138.
A List of Snakes from the Island of Po- |

Huechys, 36.
sanguinea Amy. et Serv., 36.
sanguinea De Geer, 36.

| Huechysaria, 36.

INDEX. 345

Hurria rhynchops (Schneider), 213.
Hypetra, 174.
aliena Walk., 175.
bubo Hiibn., 174.
bubo Hamps., 174.
noctuides Guen., 174.
Hydrocampine, 179.
Hyloterpe albiventris Grant, 137,
Hypernaria discistriga Moore, 17
Hyperperissa, 165.
aurantiaca Semper, 165.
pulchella Schultze, 165.
Hypopyra grandeva Feld., 175.
persimilis Moore, 175.
pudens Walk., 175.
Hypoteznidia torquata (Linnzus), 106.
Hypothymis occipitalis (Vigors), 111.

220.
5.

Tole, 221.
gularis (Pucheran), 112, 136, 138, :
Irena cyanogastra Vigors, 112.
Island of Bantayan, four new species
fishes from, 115; situation of, 149.
Island of Dalupiri, birds from, 219.
Island of Sabtan, birds from, 219.
Tsland of Polillo, 103; snakes from, 211.
Issine, 41.
J
Jada, 39.
maculipennis Banks, 39.
nitagalensis Dist., 39.
Jasside, 50.
Jassine, 51.
Jassus, 52.
elegans Dist., 52.
nervosus Fabr., 52.
Jassusaria, 52.
Jivatma, 41.
metallica Dist., 41.
triangulata Banks., 41.
Jobnius borneensis (Bleeker), 279.
vogleri Bleeker, 280.

Kitings, Borneo, 282.

Kisugos, Borneo, 281.

Kittacinela, 221.
luzoniensis (Kittlitz.), 220.
parvimaculata McGregor, 112.

Kolla, 51.
insignis Dist., 51.
tripunctifrons Banks, 51.

Labride, 281.
Laccoptera fallax Weise, 145.
insulana Weise, 145.
manilensis Weise, 144.
Lactarius (Bloch and Schneider), 270.
Lalage niger (Forster), 111.
Lamprocorax panayensis (Scopoli), 114.
Laniide, 112,
Laride, 106.

Larentia conturbata Walk., 176.
Larentiine, 165, 176.
Lasiocampide, 168.
Lates calcarifer (Bloch), 275.
Leaf-fishes, Borneo, 283.
Lebeda plagifera Walk., 168.
Ledrine, 50.
Leiognathus blochii Cuv. and Val., 273.
caballa (Cuy. and Val.), 273.
edentulus Bloch, 273.
splendens (Cuvier), 273.
Leis dimidiata Fabr., 232.
dunlopi Crotch., 232.
Lema semperi Jac., 139.
Lepidiota corpulenta Moser, 185.
Lepidoptera, contributions to the lepidop-
terous fauna of the Philippines, 161; new
Philippine, 161; species of, hitherto unre-
corded from the Philippines, 166.
Lepidopterous fauna, contributions to, of the
Philippines, 161.
Leptobelus, +47.
dama Germ., 47.
dama Stal, 47.
Leptocentraria, 48.
Leptocentrus, 48.
gazella Bukt., 48.
taurus Fabr., 48.
taurus Stal, 48.
Leptopsaltria, 34.
quadrituberculata Sign., 34.
quadrituberculata Stal., 34.
tuberosa Sign.) 34.
Lethrinus amboinensis Bleeker, 277.
Leucania, 172.
inframicans Hamps., 172.
nigrilinea Leech, 172.
Leucotreron leclancheri (Bp.), 220.
marchei (Oustalet), 105.
Lichtensteinipicus funebris (Valenciennes),
ialil,
Limacodide, 168.
Literature, III,
203.
Lithosiine, 164, 169.

Philippine ornithological,

Liza cwruleomaculatus (Lacépéde), 268.
Lizard fishes, Borneo, 264.
Lomotropa, 179.
costiflexalis Guen., 179.
costiflexalis Led., 179.
Lophopine, 40.
Lophotriorchis kieniri (Geoffroy St. Hil-
laire), 197. .
Loriculus philippensis (P. L. S. Miiller),

109, 221.
Lutera, 262.
nigromaculata Ohs., 236, 262.
Lutianide, 275.
Lutianus erythropterus Bloch, 275.
fulviflamma (Forskal), 275.
vitta (Quoy and Gaimard), 275.
Luzon, birds, from northern, 219.
Lycena argyrognomon Bergstr., 71.
elna Hetwits., 166.

346

Lycena gaika Trimen, 166.
pseudargiolus Boisd.,
putli Kollar, 166.
trochilus Freyer, 166.

Lycznid larve, ant-attracting organs of, 69;

secreting pores of, 70.

Lyceenidz, 161, 166.

Lyclene semifascia Moore, 170.

Lymantriidz, 162, 169.

Lystra farinosa Fabr., 37.

70.

Maceda, 173.
discalis Walk., 173.
mansueta Moore, 173.
mansueta Walk., 173.
Macherota, 49.
ensifera Burm., 49.
Macherotine, 49.
Mackerels, Borneo, 270.

Macronota luctuosa Voll., subsp. palawanica, |

183.
Macropygia tenuirostris Bonaparte, 105, 220.

Magnesium sulphate, a method of using, for |
the anesthetization of marine animals, 86. {

Malaia, 253, 260.
thoracica Ohs., 253, 260.

Malecon Morgue, ears from, 191.

Mallienesia latipinna La S., 155.

Man, Paleolithic, in the Philippines, 27.

Mandesa, 49.

amplificata Dist., 49.
vittifrons Stal, 49.
Manoba, 169.
fractilinea Snell., 169.
implens Walk., 169.
Mareca penelope (Linnzus), 197.
Margaritifera margaritifera (Linnezus), 88.
maxima Jamson, 88.
vulgaris Schum., 95.

Margaroniine, 179.

Marine animals, anzsthetization of, by mag-
nesium sulphate, 86.

Maruca testulalis Moore, 180.

McGREGOR, RICHARD C., Birds from Pa-
uai and Mount Pulog, Subprovince of
Benguet, Luzon, 135; Additional Notes on
Birds from Northern Mindanao, Philip-
pine Islands, 197; Note on the Migration
of the Tic-Wee Buzzard in the Philippine
Islands, 199; Philippine Ornithological
Literature, III, 203; Birds from the Coast
of Northern Luzon and from the Islands
of Sabtan and Dalupiri, 219.

Megapodiide, 104.

Megapodius cumingi Dillwyn, 104.

Membracide, 47.

Membracis rupicapra Fabr., 48.

taurus Fabr., 48.
tricornis Hardw., 48.

Menippus viridis Duvivier, 141.

Mestleta angulifera Moore, 172.

Metriona manilensis Weise, 229.

trivittata Fabr., 146.

Micreunaria, 47.

Microbuglossus humilis (Cantor), 287.

INDEX.

Microcossus, 180.
| mackwoodii Moore, 180,
| Micropodide, 110.
' Micropus pacificus (Latham), 219.
Microscopical aecessory, 79.
Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde), 153.
Migration of the Tic-wee Buzzard in the
Philippine Islands, 199.
Miltochrista, 170.
miniata Forst, 170.
semifasciata Hamps., 170.
semifascia Walk., 170.
Mimela, 252.
blumei Hope, 260.
maculicollis Ohs., 260.
palawana Ohs., 252, 260.
Mindanao, additional notes on birds from
northern, 197.
| Minnows, Borneo, 265.
| Mogannia, 36.
conica Germ., 36.
conica Stal, 36.
histrionica Uhler., 36.
illustrata Amy. et Sew., 36.
indicans, ignifera et avicula Walk.,
36.
recta Walk., 36.
terpsichore Atkins, 35.
venutissima Stal, 36.
| Moganniaria, 36.
| Mogarras, Borneo, 277.
| Monocanthide, 284.
| Monocanthus chinensis (Bloch), 284.
| Monodactylus argentus (Linneus), 282.
| Monolepta bifasciata Hornst., 225.
(Candezea) bifoveolata Weise.,
141, :
rubrosignata Bohem., 226,
| Monomorium (Martia) banksi Forel, 123.
floricola Jerdon, var. philippi-
nensis, 123.
(Martia) orientalis Mayr, 123.
Monotaxis, 164.
\" montanus Schultze, 164.
trimaculata Hamps., 164.
Morgue, ears from Malecon, 191.
MOSER, J., Neue Coleoptera Lamellicornia
Von Den Philippinen, 183.
Mosquito-eating fish, 155.
Motacilla melanope Pallas, 113.
Motacillide, 113.
Mullets, Borneo, 268.
Mullide, 278.
Munia cabanisi Sharpe, 136, 220.
jagori Martens, 113, 219.
| Murzenesocide, 265.
| Murzenesox cinereus (Forsk&l), 265.
Mugil belanak Bleeker, 268.
Mugilide, 268.
| Museadivores chalybura (Bonaparte), 105.
| Muscicapula luzoniensis Grant, 136.
| westermanni Sharpe, 136.
| Muscicapulide, 111.
| Musotima, 179.
anlucalis Feld, 179.
suffusalis Hamps., 179.

INDEX.

Myelois bractiatella Walk., 179. |

Myristicivora bicolor (Scopoli), 105.

Myrmecophilous Lyczenid Chrysalis from the
Philippines, 73.

Myrmecophily of Caterpillars of Catochry-
sops cnejus Fabr., 69,

Nagoda, 168.
nigricans Moore, 168.
Nannocnus eurhythmus (Swinhoe), 107.
Natrix spilogaster Boie, 211. j
Nectariniide, 113.
Nemipterus upeneoides (Blecker), 275.
Nephesa, 46.
rosea Spin., 46.
rosea Amy. et Sery., 46.
Nephopteryx, 178.
clientella Zell., 178.
proximalis Walk., 178.
syntaractis Turn., 178.
New genus of snakes, from Island of Po- |
lillo, 211.
New lepidoptera, 161. }
New species, of snakes, from Island of Po- |
lillo, 211; four, of fishes of Borneo, 263 ;
four, of fishes from Bantayan Island, |
115.
Ninox philippinensis Bonaparte, 108.
Noctua e-nigrum Schiff., 171.
segetum Schiff., 171.
suffusa Fabr., 171.
ypsilon Rott., 171.
Noctuidae, 171.
Nola teniata Snell., 170.
Noline, 170.

Note on the migration of the Tic-wee. Buz-
zard in the Philippine Islands, 199.
Notes, additional, on Birds from northern

Mindanao, 197.
Notodontide, 168.
Numenes, 162.
insolita Schultze, 162.
Numenius variegatus (Scopoli), 106.
Nycteoline, 170.
Nycticorax manillensis Vigors, 107.
Nyctipao, 174.
crepuscularis Linn., 174.
stringipennis Moore, 174.
Nymphula, 179.
nympheta Linn., 179.
turbata Butl., 179.

Octhodromus geoffroyi (Wagler), 106.
mongolus (Pallas), 106.
Odonestis, 168.
plagifera Walk., 168.
plagifera Hamps., 168.
Odontomachus banksi Forel, 121.
infandus Sm., 122.
Odontoponera transversa Sm., 122.
(Edicnemide, 107.
OHAUS, FR., Die Ruteliden der Philip-
pinischen Inseln, 233.
Omphisa, 180.

99458——3

347

Omphisa anastomosalis Guen., 180.
anastomosalis Hamps., 180.
One-spines, Borneo, 284.
Ophisma attacicola Walk., 1/5.
Orhopala; 74.
Oriolide, 113. :
Oriolus acrorhynchus Vigors, 113, 220.
Ornithological literature, III, Philippine,
203.
Orphnophanes, 179.
albisignalis Hamps., 179.
eucerasalis Walk., 179.

| Ortalia pusilla-mesta Ws., 232.

Orthorhamphus magnirostris (Vieillot), 107.
Orthosia sinens Walk., 171.
Orthotomus chloronotus Grant, 220.
Orudiza, 175.
proteclaria Walk., 175.

Orzonoba, 176.

clelia Crani., 176.

clelia Moore, 176.
Osmotreron axillaris (Bonaparte), 105, 220.
Otolithus dolorosus Seale, 280.

maculatus (Kuhl and Van Has-

selt), 279.
orientalis Seale, 281.

Otomela lucionensis (Linnzus), 112.

Oxyurichthus cristatus (Day), 285.

Oyster shell, price of, 89; quantity taken
in one year from Davao pearl bed, 89.
P

Pachyzancla licarsisalis Hamps., 180.
Paduka, 167.
glandulosa Dist., 167.
Palawan, Rhynchota Palawanica,
33.
Paleolithic man in the Philippines, 27;
scription of, 28; discovery of, 27.
Pampanos, Borneo, 270.
Papilionide, 167.
Papilionine, 167.
Papilio, 167.
neptunus Guér., 167.
priamus Linn., 167.
xanthus Rothsch., 167.
xuthus Bingham, 167.
xuthus Linn., 167.

Part II,

de-

| Parastasia, 261.

canaliculata Westw., 261.
confluens Westw., 261.
discolor Westw., 261.
indica Ohs., 262.
nigriceps Westw., 262.
nigroscutellata Ohs., 262.
nonfriedi Ohs., 262.
westwoodi Waterh.,
262.
Pardaliparus elegans (Lesson), 137.
Pearl fishing, laws relating to Philippine,
94.
Pearl fishery of Bantayan, 149.
Pearl shells from Bantayan island, 150;
location of, 150; value of, 150-151.
Pearling banks, Philippine, 90.
Pearling fleet of Zamboanga, 89.

ex Westw.,

5348

Pearl oyster, enemies of, 93; life history of,
92; movements of, ; transplanting and

cultivating the Philippine, 94; varieties
of Philippine, 88.
Pearls, artificial production of, 97; com-

position of, 95; determination and vyalu-
‘ation of, 99; yield of, in Philippines, 95.
Pearls and pearl fisheries, Philippine, 87.
Pelargopsis gigantea Walden, 109.
Pempelia cautella Walk., 177.
Penelopides subnigra McGregor, 110.
Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresneye, 111.
Perigonia testacea Walk., 167.
Peristeride, 106.
Pernis ptilorhyncus (Temminck), 108.
Petalocephala, 50.
philippina Stal, 50.
Petrophila manillensis (J. R. Forster), 112.
Phalena, 177, 171.
clelia Cram., 176.
Phapitreron amethystina Bonaparte, 105.
leucotis (Temm.), 220. —
Phasianide, 104.
Pheidologeton diversus Jerdon, 123.
Phenice, 39.
fritillaris Westw., 39.
moesta Stal, 39.
moesta Westw., 39.
Philampelinz, 167.
Philippine ants, 121.
Philippine pearl oyster, varieties of, 88.
Philippine pearling banks, 90; currents in,
90.
Philippine pearls and pear! fisheries, 87.
Philippine Ornithological Literature,
203,
Philippine Snakes from the Island of Po-
lillo, 211.
Phlegenas luzonica (Scopoli), 106.
Photoscotosia, 176.
miniosata Hamps., 176.
miniosata Walk., 176.
Phthonoloba, 176.
benguetana Schultze, 165.
decussata Moore, 176.
Phycidopsis, 172.
alboyittata Hamps., 172.
Phycita, 178.
elientella Hamps., 178.
proximalis Hamps., 178.
proximalis Walk., 178.
spissicella Fabr., 178.
Phyllotreta serricornis Duviy., 142, 226.
Phytorus latus Weise, 139.
Picide, 111.
Pionea anastomosalis Guen., 180.
Pisobia ruficollis (Pallas), 107.
Pitane fractilinea Snell., 169.
Plagiolepis longipes Jerdon, 127.
Planesticus thomassoni (Grant), 137.

Ill,

thomassoni (Seebohm), 138.
Platacidz, 283.
Platax orbicularis (Forskal), 283.
Platycephalide, 286.
Platycephalus indicus (Linnazus), 285

Platynaspis nigra Ws., 232.

|
|
|
|
|

| Polynemus tetradactylus Shaw,

INDEX.

Platypleura, 33.
fulvigera Walk., 33.

stridula Linn., 33. ‘
Platythyrea inermis Forel, 122.
Pleuronectidez, 287.

Ploceide, 113.
Plotoside, 266.
Plotus anguillaris (Bloch), 266,
Pochazia, +4.
fasciata Fabr., 44. =
guttifera Walk., 44.
Peciliide, 155.
Pecilopsaltria fulvigera Stal,
Peciloptera maria White, 45.
Poison-fishes, Borneo, 284.
Polillo, area of, 103; birds of, 103; island
of, location of, 103; snakes from, 211.
Polinemide, 269.
Polioaétus ichthyzetus (Horsfield), 197.
Poliolophus urostictus (Salvadori), 112.
Polycaulus elongatus (Cav. and Val.), 286.
Polydactylus zophomus Jordan and Mc-
Gregor, 269.

269.
Polyneuraria, 33.
Polyrhachis armata LeGuillon, 128.
bicolor Smith. var.
129.
bihamata Drury, 128.
eyaniventris Smith, 128.
dives Smith, 71.
sex-spinosa Latr.
Em., 128.
textor Smith var. equalis, 129.
Polyscopic cell, 79; cell holder, 81; method
of use, 81; method of preparation of,
80; reason for, 79; useful to entomolo-
gists and general biologists, 79; uses
of, 82.
Popillia, 260.
cetrata Newm., 260.
conopyga Ohs., 260.
depressa Kraatz., 261.
depressiuscula Kraatz., 261.
megregori Ohs., 254, 261.
mutans Newm., 261.
oculata Ohs., 255, 261.
scalpta Newm., 261.
variabilis Kraatz., 261.
Porgies, Borneo, 277.
Prenolepis longicornis Latr., 127.
Prioniturus montanus Grant, 136, 138.
Priopis gymnocephalus Lacépéde, 274.
Prioptera immaculta Wagener, 228.
immaculata Wagner, var.
punctata, 228.
sinuata Oliv., 228.

concolor,

var. esuriens

fusco-

| Pristipoma hasta Bloch, 276.

therapon Bleeker, 276.
Promecotheca cumingi Baly, 146.
Prorodeca angulifera Walk., 169.
Prosopodasys trachinordes (Cuy. and Val.),

286.
Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie), 214.
Psammoperca waigiensis (Cuy. and Val.),
274.

INDEX.

Pseudoamia polystigma Bleeker,
Psudomalaia, 260.
flavopilosa Ohs., 260.
pilifera Burm., 260.
semperi Kraatz, 260.
tagala Heller, 260.
Pseudoganisa, 162.
currani, Schultze, 162.
Pseudophana lyrata Burm., 38.
pallida Westw., 38.

274,

Pseudorhombus javanicus Hamilton, 287
Pseudosciena anea (Bloch), 280.
diacanthus (Lacépéde), 279

Psittacide, 108.
Psylliodes splendida Harold, 142.
Ptylus conifer Walk., 49.
frenulatus Stal, 49.
simulans Walk., 49.
Puffers, poison fishes, Borneo, 284.
Pycnonotidx, 112.
Pyecnonotus goiavier (Scopoli), 136, 220.
Pygospila costiflexalis Guen., 179.
Pyralide, 177.
Pyraline, 179.
Pyralis, 179.
? egnusalis Walk., 178.
farinalis Linn., 179.
pictalis Curt., 179.
pronealis Walk., 179.
proximalis Walk., 179.
Pyraustine, 180.
Pyrops perpusilla Walk., 41.
Pyrotrogon ardens (Temminck), 110.
Pyrrhula leucogenys Grant, 135, 137, 138.
Python reticulatus (Schneider), 211.

Quadrifine, 174.
R

Racial anatomy in Taytay, 1.
Radinacra euthusa Hamps., 172.
Rallidez, 106.

Rastrelliger brachysomus (Bleeker), 270.

349

| Rodolia podagrica Ws., 232.

rufopilosa Muls., 232.
Reesella fragilis Swinh., 170.
Ricania, 44.
fenestrata Fabr., 44:
fumosa Stal, 45.
fumosa Walk., 45.
guttifera Stal, 44.
malaya Stal, 44.
proxima Melich., 45.
rosea Spin., 46.
speculum Stal, 44.
speculum Walk., 44.
subsinuata Stal, 44.
teniata Stal, 44.
Ricaniine, 44.
Ricaniinaria, 44.
Ricine suffusa Walk., 169.
Ring-fishes, Borneo, 282.
Ruteliden, der Philippinischen Inseln, 233.
Rutelini geniuni, 261.
SS)
Sabtan, birds from island of, 219.
Salurnis, 45.
granulosa Stal, 45.
Sarcops calvyus (Linnzus),
Sarrothripine, 173.
Saurida tumbil (Bleeker), 264.
Scamandra, 37.
hermione Stal, 37.
rosea, Guér., 37.
Scatophagide, 282.
Scatophagus argus (Gmelin), 282.
SCHULTZE, W., Contributions to the Lepi-
dopterous Fauna of the Philippines, 161.

ines

| Scianide, 279.

Resources, fishery, of the Philippine Islands, |

87.
REVIEWS (BOOK) :
Check-list of North American Birds,

313.
Smith, Harold Hamel. Aigrettes and
Birdskins. The Truth about Their

Collection and Export, 337.
Rhabdornis mystacalis (Temm.), 221.
Rhinogobius caninus (Cuy. and Val.), 285.

nebulosus (Forskal), 285.

Rhinomyias insignis Grant, 136.
Rhipidura eyaniceps (Cassin), 136, 138, 220.

nigritorquis Vigors, 111.
Rhisina puncticostalis Walk., 178.
Rhodophea, 178.

advenella Zinck., 178.

heringii Rag., 178.
Rhophalocera, 166.
Rhyacophilus glareola (Linnzus), 107.
Rhynchota Palawanica, Part II: Homoptera,

33, Philippinensia, Part I, 57.

Scolopsis vosmaeri Bleeker, 276.
Scombride, 270.
Scomberoides lysan (Forskal), 272.
Scorpenide, 286.
Scorpion-fishes, Borneo,
Scorpidide, 282.
Scorpids, Borneo, 282.
Sea-basses, Borneo, 274.
Sea-horses, Borneo, 269.
SEALE, ALVIN, The Fishery Resources of
the Philippine Islands. Part III. Pearls
and Pearl Fisheries, 87; Descriptions of
Four New Species of Fishes From Ban-
tayan fTIsland, Philippine Archipelago,
115; The Successful Transference of
Black Bass into the Philippine Islands,
with Notes on the Transportation of Live
Fish Long Distances, 153.
Serida, 40.
fervens Dist., 40.
fervens Walk., 40.
latens Walk., 40.
Serranide, 274.
Sessiine, 167.
Setina semifascia Walk., 170.
Sharks, Borneo, 263.
Siganide, 283.
Siganids, Borneo, 283,

286.

Siganus albopunctatus
Schlegal), 284.
fucescens (Houttuyn), 284.
hexagonata Bleeker, 284.
javus (Linnzus), 283.
vermiculatus Kuhl and Van Has-
selt, 283.
Sillaginide, 281.
Sillago sihama (Forskal), 281.
Siluride, 266.
Silversides, Borneo, 268.
Siriocauta testulalis Led., 180.
Slip-mouths, Borneo, 272.
Snakes, Philippine, from
Polillo, 211.
Snappers, Borneo, 275. |
Solenopsis geminata Forel, 123.
Sorocostia mesozana Lucas, 170.
Sparide, 277.
Sparus calamara Russell, 277.
Spatula clypeata (Linnzus), 108.
Spheroderma, 142.
Spheroides lunaris (Bloch), 285.
Sphingidz, 167.
Sphyrenide, 268.
Sphyrena toxeusa Forster, 268.
Spirama pudens Hamps., 175.
Spilornis holospilus (Vigors), 108.
Spilotichthys pictus (Thunberg), 276.
Squatarola squatarola (Linneus), 106.
Stenia testulalis Guen., 180.
Sterna sinensis Gmelin, 106.
Stethorus pauperculus Ws., 232. |
rotundatus Motsch., 232.
Sticholotis banksi Weise, 230.
ovata Weise, 230.
Sticky grass, interesting
with, 85.
Stictane fractilinea Hamps., 169.
Stictopterine, 173. |
Sting-rays, Borneo, 264.

(Temminck and |

the Island of

an occurrence

Streptopelia dussumieri (Temminck), 106,
220. |

Strigide, 108. |

Stromateide, 269.

Stromateus cinereus (Bloch), 269. |

Sturnide, 114.

Sylviide, 112.

Syngnathide, 269.

Synodontide, 264.

Synonycha grandis Thunb., 148.

Sypna, 174. |
ochreicilia Hamps., 174. |
omicronigera Guen., 174.
punctosa Hamps., 174.
punctosa Walk., 174.

T
Tachornis pallidior McGregor, 110. |
Tachysurus venosus (Cuvier and Valen- |

ciennes) 266.
Tangs, Borneo, 283.
Tanygnathus freeri McGregor, 103, 108.
lucionensis (Linnzus), 108.

| Tibicinine,

INDEX.

Tartessus, 51.
ferrugineus Stal, 51.
ferrugineus Walk., 51.
fieberi Stal, 51.
malayus Stal, 51.
Tartessusaria, 51.
Tarucus, 161.
leopardus Schultze, 161.
theophrastus Fabr., 69.

Taytay, racial anatomy in, 1.

Taytay women, branchial index, 9; com-
parison of, with women of northeastern
Siberia, 1; crural index, 10; disease and
species, 15; ear form, 14; head and face,
12; morphology, 15; omphalic index, 8;
stature of types of, 3; trochanter height,

| Tayia punctosa Walk., 174.

Tetraodon fluviatilis (Hamilton), 285.
immaculatus (Bloch and Schnei-
der), 284.
Tetraodontide, 284.
Tettigonia impudica Sign., 50.
impudica? Stal, 50.
sanguinolenta Fabr., 36.

| Tettigoniella, 50.

impudica Sign., 50.

Tettigoniellinez, 50.

Thea cincta Fabr., 147.

Theraponide, 276.

Therapon jarbua (Forskal), 277.
puta (Cuv. and Vol.), 277.
quadrilineatus (Bloch), 277.

Therapons, Borneo, 276.

Threadfins, Borneo, 269.

Three-spines, Borneo, 284.

Thriponax javensis (Horsfield), 136.

| Thysanophrys bobossok (Bleeker), 287.

scaber (Linnzus), 287.
tentaculatus (Riippel), 286.
36.
Tic-wee buzzard, migration of, 199.
Tineide, 165, 180.
Totanus eurhinus (Oberholser),
Tortrix insulana Boisd., 170.
Toxotes jaculatrix (Pallas),
Toxotide, 282.
Transference, successful, of black bass into
the Philippine Islands, 153.
Transportation of live fish long distances,
153.
Treronide, 105.
Triacanthide, 284.
Triacanthus blochi Bleeker, 284.
Trichiuride, 272.

106.

282,

| Trichiurus haumela (Forskal), 272.

Tridacna gigas Linn., 98.

Trifine, 171.

Trimerisurus halieus Griffin, 214.

Trogonide, 110.

Turdide, 112.

Tylosurus anulatus (Cuv. and Val.), 267.
strongylurus (Kuhl and Van Has-

selt), 267.
Types, Filipino: The Women, 1.

INDEX.

Umbrina russelli Cuy. and Val., 279.
Upeneoides luzonius (Jordan and Seale),
2719.
sulphureus (Cuy. and Val.), 279.
tragula (Richardson), 278.
vittatus (Forskal), 278.
Urasse-fishes, Borneo, 281.
Uroloncha everetti (Tweeddale),
Uxantis, 47.
consputa Stal, 47.
siccifolia Stal, 47.

Verania nigrilabris Muls., 148.

VIEHMEYER, H., On the Myrmecophily of
Caterpillars of Catochrysops Cnejus Fabr.,
69; A Myrmecophilous Lycaenid Chrysa-

lis from the Philippines, 73.
Vollenhovia banksi Forel, 126.

113.

oblonga Sm., subsp. dispar, 125. |

WwW

WEISE, J., Ueber Chrysomeliden und Coc-
cinelliden Der Philippinen, 223; Ver-
zeichniss yon Coleopteren aus den Phil-
ippinen, nebst zwei neuen Arten aus
Niederlandisch Ostindien, 139.

Women, Filipino, 1.

301

| x

Xeocephus rufus (Gray), 111.

Xystema abbreviatus (Bleeker), 278.
kapas (Bleeker), 278.
lucidus (Cuy. and Val.), 278.
oyena (Forskal), 278.
punctatum (Cuy. and Val.), 277.

| Y
Yungipicus validirostris Blyth, 136, 220,
221.
Z
Zamila, 41.

lycoides Walk., 41.
perpusilla Dist., 41.
Zamboanga pearling fleet, 89.
Zenarchopterus buffonis Cuv. and Val., 267.
dux Seale, 267.

Zizera, 166.
| gaika Butl., 166.
gaika Trim., 166.
mora Swinh., 166.
putli Semper, 166.
Zoraida, 40.
javanica Westw., 40.
sinuosa Westw., 40.
Zosterops batanis McGregor, 219.
whiteheadi Hartert?, 138.
Zosterornis whiteheadi Grant, 137, 138.

JUST ISSUED.

Order No, 412.

THT SUGAR INDUSTRY IN THE ISLAND OF NEGROS

By HERBERT S. WALKER.,

145 pages, 10 photographic plates, and 1 map.

Price $1.25, United States currency, postpaid.

CONTENTS.

BUI ETO UIC G1 OT egress tae eee cece ene ne ES ed ee

General information regarding Negros.

The

- Pontevedra-La Carlota

The

Geographical location ................
Size, shape, and area...
LOVING ATS ieee pas seesnss So eee Ss sec arn ae eeaea ss susattin seamed cack Sopeeussee
TSN SS ee eT PS eee lee
CCU NCE ag eR ee
Mhevsu pany beltins eh 28 eae do
VSS SEER CLO MS ae ra
Other sugar-producing districts of Negros... --.-----------eeeeee eee
History of sugar production in Negros......
HREGENID SLA EIS ULC ee cece ecncge ne cee cance cas anne cae rc ota seecey ea cee
WV ble Smo tm Cane ypT.OW Ml NCL TOS sate cnse tesa eeeeresnn es aens eee
Cane diseases and insect enemies ........-...-2..--.-2.22:-cecesceecuen cece seneececeeeceeeceseeeees
INationalliGymot thes planters ts se cscs cee ener ire eres nea ee ene ae
Native labor: Difficulties, past and present..............-2...--2-.0220---eseeeeeeeeee-
principal sugar-producing districts of Negros..........2....222--22..0--c1eee0---
Bi] ay gare ce a ne, Zee eee ey ep eecetae ececoes

BBG Ol secsceseetezoesscnsezeel ccs

Bimal Dagan =ESabel ae csesscsccsce. ss seecm oe ce sos saeee vette sce cen een cs vase rtaerss cectweats oye ceees
Hiloo-@aban call anwaessesteeeases see eeeenree sees Cea Eee
FSET | (CEA a ee atte ire iP ee
NV SYEUTAS) Speen ae ae ec
soil of Negros compared with that of other sugar-producing countries....
Average composition of the soils of Negros.............-.------20220---200- 00s

Hawaiian soils
Egyptian soils ....
Louisiana soils

Comparison of Negros soils with those of other countries
TEMES SREU NALA LOS TY Ne DRIGIS eS eee ee oS

Order No, 412,

The cane of Negros
Average composition of the purple or native sugar cane in Negros.........
Other varieties of cane grown in Negros. .---.c-qcc licence cee ence ence corer ence
CaneNini the Hawalianlilslandsit2.2.-2ecr<:- 2c = eee ee en ee ee
Egyptian cane)
Java cane .........
Louisiana cane ..
West Indian cane

CATIG) 2tieccc secre etaeeee tern acne ese eee erase ee ee
Desirability of introducing other varieties of came.......-----.------ceseeeeeee
The cultivation of sugar cane and the production of sugar as carried on
at Ghetpresent) time sin UNe grossa... .cns tee
Preparation of the soil...
Preparation of the seed
Planting
Cultural operations after planting
Cultivation of ratoon canes
Period of; srowthy of They came wen ens eee eee ee ears
Cost of cultivation
Cutting the cane
Pransponrtine:the canes colulie mail | eevee meee ee ae eee
Cost of cutting the cane and transporting it to the mill... ae
Momutacturevor sur anetrom ithe Cam eres ce nse eee ee one ee
Mixtracbiom(Of- the yt lee ss ct ss ae oak se oes oe cence ae
Manufacture of sugar from the juice aa
Quality of the sugar produced in Negros.........0....2..2.22.2.22scccesee-eececceseeeeoe=t
Gost of pmanufactire: Soren icc ec cere eee ae
Transportation and sale of the sugar...
Estimate of average cost of same
Quantitative experiments to determine the weight of sugar produced
from:avgiven: weight of camels cose ee ee ee ee eee
Mill Control No: J; hacienda San, Jose. 22.2.2 coe oo eee ee
MilliGontroleNo>2shaciendansant OSes ee ee res
Caleulation of the average cost of producing sugar in Negros by the
MELHOA SMO WET PLOY cc seeeeeeen nee ee ere een aa eee
COLE Hoy TE aya ES LOS eS a aoe
Estimate of fixed charges for maintenance and depreciation of plant
and interest ion! the capital imvested =o nner cee setencneneeeteaen se
Total cost of production
Possibilities for improvement... x
Wm etilttiva tlom) Fices:-.x.Seeeccccece ss scccneee Sates ose een aera
EIS TYpy 6 2B ARDY CY We ee Er
Advantages of a change to modern methods of manufacture.
The future of Negros

SSS ay
Appendix
An investigation to discover if diseases of the sugar cane exist in
SIN CSO S are ne rac ee a
TGR | ceenecce neo tncet cosco cence sce Sap SoS SS EEO EES SELON SESS Ce SSBC SHES Sec Socanoctaosecugr beseaeocseescaceanocessessossonnesse
NOTE.

134
139

139
143

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,

or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S.
Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., inigiena
Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.

Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 10 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.
CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

INDO-MALAYAN WOODS

BY
FRED W. FOXWORTHY.

(Being Section C, No. 4, Vol. IV, of the Philippine Journal of Science. )

Orper No. 411

182 PaGEs. 9 PHOTOGRAPHIC PLATES,

Price $0.50, U. S. currency—Postpaid.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I. Introduction.
a. Hrroneous popular notions with regard to eastern timbers.
6. Object of this work.
c. Definition of the Indo- Malayan region.
d. Review of previous work and acknowledgments.

II. Properties of Wood.
a. Woods of Tropics and Temperate regions compared.
6. Weight and hardness, tables.
c. Strength, work of Newton, Gamble and Gardner.
d. Odor, color, taste.

I11. Suitability of different woods for special purposes.
a. Knemies of wood.
}. Woods exposed to salt water.
c. Ship and boat building.

IV. Rare, ornamental, or precious woods.
VY. Comparative chart of common names.
VI. Timbered areas. and future supplies of wood.
VII. Species notes.
VIIT Index.

This valuable work is interesting both from the standpoint of com-
mercial and scientific importance. As will be seen from the Table of
Contents, the work treats exhaustively of the known Indo-Malayan woods.

NOTE.

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Hssex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements,
Messrs. A. M. & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION,

Order No. 407.

THE BATAN DIALECT AS A MEMBER OF THE PHILIPPINE GROUP
OF LANGUAGES.

By Orro SCHEERER.

TOGETHER WITH

“EF” AND “V” IN PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES.

By Cartos Evperett Conant.
141 pages.

Price $0.80 United States currency.

Order No. 408.

A VOCABULARY OF THE IGOROT LANGUAGE AS SPOKEN BY THE
BONTOC IGOROTS.

By the Rey. WALTER CLAYTON CLAPP.
Igorot-English and English-Igorot.

Price $0.75 United States currency.

Order No. 102.
A MANUAL OF PHILIPPINE BIRDS.

By Ricuarp McGRrecor.

Part 1-412 pages } In two volumes.
Part IT.-324 pages {

Descriptions of all known species of Philippine birds, together with
keys to species and genera.

Price (for the two volumes) $4 United States currency, postpaid.

' NOTE,

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION,

Order No, 401,
THE BONTOC IGOROT.

By A. EH. JENKs.
110 pages. 3 maps. 154 photographic pints 9 figures:

An interesting study; the result of almost a year’s residence among
the Bontoc Igorots.

Price $1 United States currency, postpaid.

Order No. 402.
NEGRITOS OF ZAMBALES.
By Witiiam ALLAN REED.

62 photographic illustrations. 91 pages.

An interesting ethnological study of the pygmy blacks of Zambales.

Price $0.25, United States currency, postpaid.

Order No. 403,
THE NABALOI DIALECT.

By Orro ScHEERER.

TOGETHER WITH

THE BATAKS OF PALAWAN.

By Epwarp Y. Minne.

199 pages. 1 map. 28 full-page photographic plates. 6 figures.

The result of research work among this interesting tribe of primitive
people.

Price $0.25, United States currency, paper, postpaid.

NOTE.

Orders should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Science, Manila,
or to any of the below-listed agents. Please give Order Number.

FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64—66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. S.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., Wieland.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Miiller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements.
Messr3. A. M. & J. Werguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

CIRCULARS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER SENT ON APPLICATION.

Nem,

Beginning with Volume V, a new section, ‘‘Section D, Ethnology, Anthropology, and Gen-
eral Biology,”’ will be added to the Journal. The price for the whole series to subscribers for

1910 will be as heretofore, $5 United States currency. Single- Subscriptions to Sh ses D will

be $2 United States currency.
Beginning with Igix, the price of the entire Journal will be increased to $7 United States
currency, Section D will appear as often as material is available.

——— = —_

CONTENTS.

GRIFFIN, LAWRENCE E. Euplotes Worcesteri sp. Boe

NOVaT MLL Diyastom 2002 eee ae Eee Eee 315
RUE ATE ee IR IIR ee NO CO et NC a 337
Index, Title-page and Contents! suis ees 339

_ The “Philippine Journal of Science” is issued as follows: :
Section A, Chemical and Geological Sciences and the Industries, oa United States
ourrency per year,
Section B, Medical Sciences, $3 United States currency per year.
Section C, Botany, $2 United States currency per year.

Section D, Ethnology, PAU DROLOEY: and General Biology, $2 United States our-

renoy per year.

The entire ‘‘Journal,” $5 United States currency for Relunes I, TI, TV, and V. ‘There-
after, $7 United States ourrency per year.
Authors receive 100 copies of their papers free.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Business Manager, Philippine Journal of Soience,

Burean of Science, Manila, P, I., or to any of the agents listed helo Please give order

number,
FOREIGN AGENTS.

The Macmillan Company, 64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York City, U. 8. A.

Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, W. C., England.

Mr. Martinus Nijhoff, Nobelstraat 18, The Hague, Holland.

Messrs. Mayer & Muller, Prinz Louis Ferdinandstrasse 2, Berlin, N. W., Germany.
Messrs. Kelley & Walsh, Limited, 32 Raffles Place, Singapore, Straits Settlements. |
Messrs. A. M, & J. Ferguson, 19 Baillie Street, Colombo, Ceylon.

Entered at the post-office at Manila, P. I., as second-class matter.

A limited number of unbound copies of aestond Volumes are
available, which may be secured from the Business Manager,
Philippine Journal of Science, Manila, P. I., at the following
rates: Volume I, 1906 (not divided into sections), $10 United
States currency; Supplement to Volume I, $3.50 United States
currency; Volume I (without supplement), $6.50 United States
currency; all later volumes at current subscription prices.

\
i

eerie
rim

al:

by
r
My

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Philippine journal of science"

See other formats